/' -u: t M Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2007 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/edinburghencyclo11edinuoft i THE EDINBURGH ENCYCLOPAEDIA COMODCTKD BY DAVID BREWSTER, LL.D. F. R. & LOXO. A>D EDIX. AND M. R. L A. «r rAUi^ AjcD or tir botu. 4CAiiaiv or I o^ Tmm n>t*L mcixtt or frtncai or dbouu; or I MWMUST MMcuim or im I aanBi or TBt tpcunr or trb *ii> Mcatrr or LotowM: orTm MOBrr or new toml, or ran iraicu. AND or or KMtvmtL lamom or naumuiOA ; or t w tm MftiaiL avraar McmT or nuNicrorr ; or mc AUUAXsorTBB muMorwcAt. WITH TVB AMMTAMeB OV GENTLEMEN EMINENT IN SCIENCE AND LITERATURE. IN EIGHTEEN VOLUMES. VOLUME XL EDINBURGH; PRINTED FOR WILLIAM BLACKWOOD; AND JOHN WAIGH, EDINBURGH; JOHN MURRAY; BALDWIN k CRADOCK ; J. M. RICHARDSON, LONDON ; AND THE OTHER PROPRIETORS. M.DCCC.XXX. HiMOfjr. lotk. rtrurtive ignownw of l>wrb»riait>. Several are alluded to in the Sacred Scripture* ; and we are clearly of opi- nion with Schetichrcr (Na/ural History of the Book oj Job*) and Dr Young, (SoUa on his Paravhrase on Job,) that the nublinie ilescrintion of leviathan given in the 41st chapter of the book of Job, applies to no other animal witli which we are acquainted, if not to the crocodile. Hi* ample jaws and dreadful teeth, his compact impenetrable scales, his large and fiery eyes, hii strength, ferocify, and courage, agree exactly with our best descriptions of the crocodile ; and though some namgri might lead us to conclude that the poet was dMOibing an inhabitant of the ocean, this objection is trivial, when we reflect that the large rivers and lakes, which form the ordinary habitation of crocodiles, might, in the glowing and figurative languages of the East, without too much hyperbolical exaggeration, be desig- natetl by the terras dee^ and ocean. Of the ancient classic naturalists who have written •»* f^- on reptiles, we nee ofder eoaayriiM dMM MfMilM ilHt Utre tvk, m. Um aiM^ liMiriik dmnai^ and lonoiMi, iodo- diMf aadbt lisank dw cnoMvW >(MaM. oordvli, w> ft^^^l^^^Mfl^L f^^^^^^^M^^^ ^■^J^fciMk* T^A ^B^^riMl I tmi tiM frngtb TW rihatrklct h* nnlu lis pvbliihHl llii cditMO flf In (iiMwark. whidi. tiiMgh DO* fVMMit Bkncn cmbt m ate aolbar. th* CBTiAttM are . iMHilw Mtd MTpmu. Tb« M kaiaf AiTBHlMd with Cut, ifi or ^Ik Md baviaf ■ riBi* •oly ISmv priadp*! ta. «m1 Bmmm § bat , Ltetrtm, mad lUmm t bat mart of MbdiviiWL ""f Thi tirtniiML thirir in iNrrr • lw««Ma, y^ M*r l«r(«M«. and OTiIm bhmu I^errta. tb«« an i 4Nid Uii^ addad to dtdr •TtlM rnodina. T«f Thai aaft af CmmIm's w«k wludl Wjwwto the ^mm/ A m fc II, hM baao Ir—laiid. wilJb imm addt. IkMl aMltar. by Di Tattai^. and iwMiihad in fbw la I7M and ITBOlllH CmwI da Laamda pnblUMd Ma Uutm^ Sttmnlt, d,, (^ml,MmmltMCfm»»irmtt Str- pmB. Tbiawarit bad ha« pnjftf^ hyMnaaa ■M ha had aril^Md «^^imiJ,„^„fai, .* ,. t, «mp«Mmi b«lndhH hinMN-anaUa to pwMa tht ■da BM toah. ha i l i i ili d I ai wimta to annaly hianhtag ^ tobapmiatohw haw aUjr Bdbo bad toiactod hia A ansa ihia wark w Mifa ■M . ^. iha wark at •laMoTiha ihiajMft aTnatnaa bialOTjr. The wbalb woril m diridad which aayba Btanjww into aytlaautic Hrr- ^- - will kaif Iw rvKardcd and alcfant publicaiiana «n into two n«ar^ mjimI aa fUoanct and iiKlrprn- dia- r- ■— r — ^ — w ■ ■ ■—•■■»■•■ ^w «i III I Ha»« ■ ■ »<» ■«a«^|i^«^ ■■■^■■■■wMi, mA haniy nraAioad by aptWiiainary dia- MMMThaflmpafU wn which wc alooa a(« at praacnt CBwatnadt traala at nvipvoua onadnHiada ; tft^f ihaac «• fl iBi 1 nadar Chv OBDoal h^da. bwKaaM. Unnk. ovipaitNuquadnipeda withoat tub, uid two>ftiot«d rrp- HUtoi?. tilrt, each bring more or Icm aubdivided. Th« toctoites ^'■'V"" have only two raUbviaioot : lit. Sea lorioUet, of which aix tpectea art daacribtd ; and 2d, FrtMk mater aiid /and lortouet, of which tbrre are twenty ipedea noticed. Thf Uaatda are divided into, lit, Tboae which have fiat tail*, snd five tac» bcAaa^ indoding four apcdea of cro« codilr. the draKoii, tupinambia, and five other cpeciea ; 9d, Tboae wbidi havo nmnd taiU, five toea before, and a craird badi. eonptohcnding the guana, the baulisk, the agama, and three other apccica ; Sd, Tbote that have ronnd tail*, five toea before, and fillet* on the bel- Sr PnnlaiBhriaitnl icalca on the under tur- &ce of the toea, oentaining the gecko* and two other analeVOM apacica; 6A, Tkeaa that bavr only three or fcw taaa^t»4^hklibdaiy the aepa anddialcidea; 7tli, Thoaa tbaft have ma^bmwMa wing*, the dragon or dy« ing limd ; Sth, Thoae which have three or four toea on each fee* fool, and four or five on each hind foot, inrlnding the aalawanifar, aak, aad finur other*. Of the o wi i owiM a qua d ni ii a d a w ith e ut taiU, there are thne aobdivMiaa*: Irt, Frva harin^ their bead* and botfaa aappdar and eluiigltd, of which there are tliir- MM fpacw* : 9d, Tria ftop^ hafriiyt a aniall vi*cou« •aOal aadcT each toe, eaaqmhaadaig aavan snrcie* ; 3d, Toad* with compact rooadad bodiM, of which there •re (oortccn apeciea, iudading tha PV*. or Surinam toad. The latt head, wbich i* not aoUiviJcd, cuntain* only two ipedca. Thia work af M. Liwaidi wm twwiKiil into Eng- liA by Mr Kerr. and pifilMiiil at EJiabaiih in4 roU. •vaita I809L la r9t. waa ■abHAid at Eriaag the Hiiiana To- tadiaa** of J. D. Scho*^, an esoaUent work, left inw perfect by the death of ito iagRuoaa author. We BHat not here onut to aatioa two ingenious pub- T»« licatioa* in L^n on the pbnialon of rrnrti.-. i.v Tir Robert Townaon : l*t, Dt Aa^iEut pn! tii^ea in 1794 : aid Ud, OimnalUmti /'»^i.»..^.<« «< lU tf dm k ma AamtHianm, nubliahad at Vicnoa in 1796. Aeoofding to Danciin, the moat natural daaaification Biongnuc of rralilaa tM faaajrat apoaarad, ia that of M. Alcaandre Brw^atot. paliMiiiit fa I7» iatha Magaum Emc^Iq. prdi^mt. A» we AaP ftJIjf ajcpha thia dataifiration, after aanag noticed the ptfaqpaliMlaiahda who have adopt- ed aad BMdiicd it, awafcali here aMtdy give an outline * of tUa aalhaf'a aahdlviaiaaa. Ha diatnbutni all rct>tilcs oadar Aor geaatal aal«t : ddaawiu, or tortoiie*, uf which ha aiakae two gaaaia, CMaaia and 'I'rttmdo, cor- fi uu a dhi g rtartly thut far vtitli the iiivi*ion uf I^re- peaa; Sd, ^aartr**, of which there are niite genera, vi«. Crmadiluj, Igaama, Drato, SttUio, Gajta, Ckaaidio, Laotria, Scneni and CkaJridt* ; ad, OpkidlirHM, or mt* pmta ; aad Mb, Bmlraarma, at which Ihacc are four ge> nets. Am, Biifa. //jda. aad g afaiaB dr g. At the eery conaMWMMat of the prcaaat century, UinOk. M. Latreillepabliahed //#/lif<>t'rc KalartlU dtM llrpnUi, the amageaMat of » ticfrum that ut'La- cepede, 'except in |>Ij — „ -.- .^^mander under the aama head with the (Voga and toad*, and a ipecica of Praten*, which appoart to be a tadpcjc of the water aa- lamaadar, aad the Siraa, aatong the aarpenta. Ht*g^ neric chanctota. however, are more pred*e than thoaa Cmv geacnl heada, toctoiaai^ Unrdi, of Lacapadaj bat hi* BMthod, on the whole, i* inferior t.^ HERPETOLOGY. M. Latreille aUo published to 1805. The first vokme contains some historical no- History, Cinte. li9hed an elementary , on natural history, under the title of Tableau Ele- • de VHislnirc NaturtUf des Animaux, in which he ipive a ceneral description of reptiles. Attached to the first volume of his Lectures, Cuvier bai given a systematic arrangement of the various clas- ■sa and orders of animaU , and in the classification of rtptilea, he has adopted an arrangement radically the •BBM with that of Brongiiiart. In the first place, he dividea reptiles into two sections; 1st, Those which have two auricles to the heart ; 2d, Thase that have but «ne. Each of these sections is subdivided into two or- der*. The first order consists of those reptiles that have a ihcU or carapace, and their jaws defended by horn. Tbeae are the cheloniens, or tortoises. The second or- der consists of those that have the body covered with acales, and are furnished with teeth like the sauriens, or liaard-s, the genera of which are, with the addition of aeps, the same with tliose of Brongniart. The first or- der o( the second section contains the serpents. The •econd order comprehends those reptiles that have a nakrd skin, feet, and gills at an early stage of their existence. Of this order (the Batraciens) there are three families ; liami, or frog, including the three sub- genera of Wano, Hi/la, and Bufo; Salamandra, including the sub-genera of Snlamandra and Triton ; and Siren. These excellent Lectures contain a very full account of the anatomical structure and physiology of reptiles, and to thtm we are almost entirely indebted for our chapters on that subject. The first two volumes of this work were translated into English under the inspection of Mr Macartney, lecturer on comparative anatomy in I>on««te1y and the sequel of the same workj en, Utlejl. Ifutojre Naturelle de, Rainettes des Grenouilles el tetLropaudt, he has contributed eight volumi with numerous plates, to the voluminous and expensive TOllectimi of natural history published by .Sonnini These TBiutnes were published at different limes, from 1802 HERPETOLOGY. ire Anatooiy tnmltCed with 'aocfa additicBal hifauMt ion »«^;y ftwi Cavicr. and Utely paMkiwl bj Mr Uwreace ; HmmmiT BB^« l«fMi»y 'ate fA« oW^rwyraAHirf M / » wa» p * trir g^. iltf-ijr B wyWi w, 4w- ; wveni paper* bjr Cuvi«r, G«af. fttogr, D— nin, Laecpsdr, &c in the Amnalet de Um- mm £HkUwt SttmtUt, wmn pwticuVtrly in the Sd, The Saurians, or lizards, have a lengthened scaly Hittoy. body, feet anned with daws ; a tail that is olifii of con- — .» — ' atderablelength, and the jaws be«et with teeth. Their ^""*^ kg! an in general short, and rontequentiy their |)acc. though quicker than that of the former order, is slower than that of mott quadrupeds ; and as their legs are set wide frtma the body, their progresa is unsteady and alao owpulate, and The lOlk, Wk, aad IMk volanM, aad • aMle paper by oblique. The reptiles of this order alao Mr UmC fibipMBil •■ Hm Brilkli linHa, m the •» dapoaite dMir m to be hatdiod by v«Blh volaar a* the Ummem Tnnttttiimt. youn^ara estracCd in a perfect state. nof theapcdH. oMMllii^ be derived from Shune** \ eft* I Brown a Gml Hutmy ^ Jmmitm t CMeih/e JiKii if Hittmn ^ Cmnimm: RmmT* Ntlmnl Hm- tan ^ Mm»t white'a Nttmnd Hktmjf tf St^. harm, CM^Aorse Ntlmrwk diOm Sankgm. «r hb Hutorim Jn^iiMrii i H Pmkm Smiitim / Bingley'a ^asaaW AharawW. weL ui^ fnitmX. Pmtm A nk i m, H Pittium W Bki^Wfkf, weL iii^ Pai kaVayMHorTkHMbor OKHar. Cwk. Of the Saurian order, Uaudin reckons sixteen ge« nera. which ve ahaU divide, with Dumeril, into two Sections, Pktni cmnlala, or flat tailed, and Tereiicau- 4ato, or raMDd tailed. Of the fldt-taile A. ■ ■ *■ •"* ■* they lanHin nr HwanlnaML Tnav agga aro cava wi ifca«M l.andawilif riil by«haft5£lahitfaa« hi d» *m whiafa they aro •• pMsanra Ihraagh Mfc. TWniiliMni arderie divided by DaaKiUhMe I t tails are Ihla, I oonMfeaseu i a bro feet, termi- irderie divided by C rarodi/ bntas aniy ana species, and „ \ the fhanh only by a Ibw aiintB dMaraneea. wa shaU conthMe the tBviatan af CnvkvhMatwoganaea. Omimm tm i Tmmda : the Bf Ina aaa tartaiaea, er tnttlea. which the fceni rather of r, m the lor- la tha ihM order, B*TaACUNs, the body is naked, BuracUak L c aoeara d naithar with Aell nor scales ; the feet aro alwaye diadnct and vithaal daws ; the two eoMa do noc enter iaia perfcei eopulation, and the young ud> ticrgo a netaaMepnoenu Tina order ie anbdivtdsd into two acctions, those with- out t«ik and tboee with taila, and m eech qf thcae aec- tions ere rerkoned thtea genan. The aenaan of the B a trariaaa without tails are //« ar lna>n«g, having a lang body a little i ahaM fladnr te n gna ; ftur toaa on the faro feet, natad by MnlicniBr knobs ; Ramm, or flrog, difeing from the fottaer in having tlie tons pointed and not hnahbad; and Bmfii, at toed, having a thick liroad body heart with warty t ub e r c k s, espMiaUy two upon tite neck. The genera belonging to the second sec- tion en iTafasiMiidi a. havini^ a long body terminate*! by a tail that k gaaerally cyltiidrical, three or four toea est the ISare ihe^ and five on the hind ; Proleat, having a long body tamiinelad by a compraaii i fin-like uil. thraa laas en the fbro leet, and two on the hind, with peraiaiani hianAi*; aad Sinn, having a kngtben- cd body, a oompfaaaad flai-like tail, fore feet fttr> nished with ckwa, bnt na bind feet and persistcnC HERPETOLOGY. Part I. ON THE ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF REPTILES. ^^^^^^ Hatino now pven « ffeneral description of Teptiles, .lliplpZw and explwneH the clMsificstion which we intend to fol- Iscr of low in the sub!* Ur, the tortoiaea have then to fiud in a atate oTpeaaik to twina the action of ihaaa iiiliaiiliia to ADMumtr and Pby'ti. ulofQr of Bepiilo. NtW WialMMllidlhahandar paw ia in daiafcljr variad. l^tU aaa tottlaa whole wjtfaaau liioa^gh.LiiiniiliBg, within af In4kt I ■■rill it ia digitafl«l.aDd ) of i«« divtaioM^ in othora of fcur, thiOT, andai dtmi, inaaaifiiatednawa, I and anaonr of ikrir diraiana, at* adap te d to tWnriena acliana gT walking, rlwliif. gnMping, l?pel«iiw Md earadaBy thai pal of k which ttothnpnhi^wafeoaaiiMbla aae. and it ia patna la tupinambes are tlie beit leapers among the saurian* ; and ftoga and toada, though tbay cannot walk well, ate excellent juntper*. A great variety of reptilea awim well, especially tur- tle«i crooodilea, and fitiga. The only apecies that can be aaid to fly ia tlie dra^jn, wlioae motion through the air raiawiMai that of the flying iquirreU. CHAP. II. Of Semsaliom im RtftUm. Aa the caTity of the cranium in reptilea ia very amall, Bmu. and not nearly filled by the brain, it followt that the aiae of thia organ ia very inoooaiderable. It is calrula- tod that, in tlietwtle, the brain ia little larger than ^j^ part of tiie whole body, thoogb in the frog it ia propor- tionally much lamr, being aa 1 to 172. It oonairta chiefly of fivenMndad enuneneaa, without convolutiona, and with a aMoth baae There ia no €orpiu cattotmm. owe: thoM taaa are fowvally fomialMd with yonwa, mom vmniii, or mr6or mim, and what are called Iwe di gi t a ted pawB,a m»i w i i i ^ to then— bar, tiM lAMaan of the optic nrrvca, are aituated behind the oervea tn The thigh bone of rmlilaa ia dadar te thai ef anhMl^ cxcrnl that it haa a daohla a n wa ti a «Mfoor leaa wwhalil^ |wea« lOiitm a conwity forward towaaJa Ae tihU cr dirtal eitnouty. and a eonoavity towardt the paltia. In the tortoiaea it haa well marked tio- The diatributien of the poculiaritiee. The nwnlMr of ipinal nervea in the different ordcra Nwtab and tiibca of reptilea, ia proportional to ilic number of - "^ of which tike apinal column i« coropoked, and ia ao littlo diflerant (hm tnat in man tlui it need not be here deacribcd. Thenarreaoftheatlantal, or foreleg*, are derived fVom the oarvieal nervea. and ■oroetimea the tluraal, uniting to fenn a brodttal plexua or net -work. Those of tortgiaea m» aatitnaely ooaiplea ; thoae of iiaanU mere simple ; end tlwe of Craga p ro c ee d (Voin a very thick cord •t ihaae aio wantfag in liaeeda and ftMa. waning fttan betwe«i the aeooi>d and third vertebral, ly ronnd. *Napt_in the Snriaan toad. In and tbrwnng tiM largcat nerve in the body. The nervea of the aacnl rxtmnity in liaarda, after aaaagiagftoan the pelvia, CDrmaaingie cord, which rune down the inatde of the thigh, anathcnor supplie* the leg and toaa. In frug* this lane cord paaaea to the poatariar part of the thigh, like the adatic nerve in itiawnchflattaniJ. TiMroarvfcw tn thenwdaaof tJua w g iu n The leg ia compeaad ef a tibia and 6lMila, thronghoat tlMir vlHle Irngth. eaorpc in froga. in which Ihey m aaitad. WImbi arparoto, they are nearly of 'are artienlatad ianMdiatrly ■MMclea of tlw leg ate oMat lft«V«. Inthefiamrv.they italheortofawinaungi in tha leOat; ihey roalf of the eqaal aiae, and in general with the thigh bone. The W— hahltiTthettleaaa kgh.. Thebeaeaaadi MwiMirf r foal the very diflanat ibrai linha of rrptilea, their p raf i awi»e ~ af alaadhc vary In ><< the haalar feet >of llMpawa. of the laafl ^ gftMOAm kind of npin aatateof re« The tnrtlea rather hnttattoiaoawalkwoi Bwve m n t on laa rcat aa pawt. while the J'ttle ahove the flk*MHa The laAroeieae, md aapraally flwea, lert in a and Mnkim paatara. with tha iw* pan of their body that I on the fiar* Irga. Thoae liaarda. whoaa bodiaa riaoi > the cAo/cadn. are coiled liaBg with ipeat i^lity, while a clinch wal^ if we eaeaat tho walk hkeaaala s alewly. Soane aanriana othrra, aa the rro- Few Ito^paara that laptilea peeana all tlia five flmnd ai tiM other vertebral aniaials, thouf^h in very proporti' ' - ' ilegrrea. Tbeir sight ap- to bo very •. : tlirir eves are in general and ptoaiincaL Tha se n a e of bearing, if we may Craai their want of asternal car>. i> much leaa Tact than that o4 aigltt. Tbeir smelling is suppoaad a aiailar reaaon. and from the little u*f they «>• poor tu aMke of thia aanae in aadiiiiK' "I, to be atiU leaa acute; and It ia doubted w1h< . i if them peaaaaa the frculty of tasting at all. With respect to lOMch, it ia prohablr that tha«e whidi iiave son skitu digitalod leet, puaacaa considerable acutenesa in while iluM which have Md!\ . slu Ily, or co- la oo*> ■ „■ . '.i^rre, if at all. We shall essminc the organs of all these acnaea in the order which we liave li>i<' ')<»"< in the article AxsTowv, and nemplificd in ( . except that we shall defer the orcntu inMl. Tka lower fm tmki b ■■ vmAt, and ili OMliaa eon. ABoof tka Bi ib CMeadb Aei* ta ■ pacaHwity la thia articalaliaa tiea. Dot bhm bete treat of that organ and iu appenda- wftfc> mmiut f d tal a r aariaa, ayaaPy aa it haa baa gaaat ari ata r length. oMdr a MfcJKt ct dvpala aaMaf aaf raliata ftaoi tba In the GMaataM, the taagtw ia ■mall and pyrami- T«ngBa. dal, with the baw tmned b a A w a r ih . and the poinf Hendotaa waa. wt belkwe. the int to aaaert. dut ftrwankb Tba at kj/otia, or boae of the loague, va. I>a aaperfcnr c^Ttfaa u aead lk wat aieeaa Me oa the riaaiadJhrtpt ap m afc It ia mora or lata eart^agi- lawar. w1>fai ha Muiiaaad to befaad. Thia iniialna oooa. wMbwvibv AraMWaad ftiny. aad oToDarae by Tba BMcbniaa of the taegaa m the Chaadcon ia itadf ia not larger than ddi faaarai andaBt Ofdaiaa a/ the MMbdi^ af a goaaa qoB, bat ta Ave or atx incfae* long, growhy caRad ia ^aaatian ; btaadar tavarda ita eaunnity, where it it cevrred af the Praach •eadaaMma balefad they a ghMtaaaa aMttcr. IntheaaaalattaaeftiMaaiaMd,lhia lla dhiaidhj. The ■ate raoan ab- onaa liaa withia a Ataih at the hotiabi of Aa pwerar. aaev BMft the as* aad ia ao oontiartWI aa to appav not mow than onhr ao Ar aa ratpacto tka ia langlh ; hot whca the aumal ia in aaarch of MM •appaaaoa waa wreog onnr ao nr aa ratpacta taa la langla ; Dot wnca tae anaaai n m aaarcn or prnr. la«er>rw.M,bfcct. both the jaara aaa aMMMhlaaa the taa«ae ia, bir pecaliar maadea. danod oat to tia each other. Thia piraMar aititallhii i* weN ilaw baaa ate wcaiwd bla hal. ia awqr of the nplfla^ the tongaa ia loira hi iho laarar, ae aa to adadt af A«a and artaa daady af a ihkk j|landalar maai^ Ifanaad of a'firaaft rive aadaa. floe iiaaahi ^ Mmumm, tarn. iL pi 90. munber of naol pipoa, oniicd towarda the haae, and Weaf«not,bowav«r,to«apMor. thatthemarkw divotgiag low a rda the aarthct of the tangae. In ftct, of tl^ ftaeadBa oaovae apoa Iha cnahna. Tae fact ia waecMaathatonfaoftnoaaaalivary gland, andiha ia, that the cianiam ia ««ry taaaO, aaai b ao fixed with* mawaalivaproparad m k iapowvd o«it l>y nmnerea* or4> in the liianiliaa of the appar jaw hana. at to aawo fleai aleag the Mn of the organ. Thi» i» panii-utarly with tyalaMv; the' arlMhdaa af the two jawa the caae in the CWoat— », and many of tbo .Soomia* ; Kcoio of the other ONrianf and a ai iaH ar a UB ct ai t k Hi aagi S b arieai.iheaaalaifcnaadbydW tal with haid Imw oaaltal ^piDa^ with dMir paiota af tho brachaa 4ftfte jaw la geaefaOy vary ijiailad haatwJ^ appraiU} fcr Iha patpoae of pre- ftoaa the ataaaach. In 1W aMKka MtadM to the jawa are awH p aawW dda aider. ewaOovhw i* alw ftcilitolad by tha aeiioa ia *a nil ihii aad Aaariaai. In tho ftriaar. the of iiiiiiilii plaead along the neck, aad aaartad mto the galat, aa well aa by the bene of the toagve and ita >: while ia the hi- iho galat, aa well aa by the boae of the toagve i tor. the digaairic and dk aioaaHar appmr amal pram! amaoHb Tha aama laufhanii it evidaat in tlie Jlo- nenl. IW ftrte with wWch aoaae taitfea eiaao the fiaiiaai, anadrfly ia tha l^n aad toada ; and in all jawo to aatoaiddng. It ia eota aaaartod, that what tkiidaiadtorearaaaailyhitbamlletaaaMrDBalonfi. acMo doaad wkk tio h i m . it i* anpaaaiMrtoapBntham ; tadhal ftMa. which, by admitting a eonaidartUe de> aad dtot ovmi vfcaa the head fa cat of . the eaameliaa greeofnaaaainn lathalaha,aathelbodiiniiaathroiM4 la the Irta^ aa the (bod paaai through I figur i#tho kAatotfaaa hi ito ■andHilii. " ' ' ' dhaawieML fai the d)ftnat ordcn^ trOiaa, md tpecirt. af Armoactoo canahaMa to act fbr laaay hoan. A 6, gaady fccDJtatodnJalirian e large rape, by The atoaHcA of rrpalM fa of very variooa figure and smm,^ ADtheSaardHwhoTotoMhiBbalkjnn^ariiBtfw Hi «kt Ofciimr thij oiyi ^prnt m If dotddod ba^k ▼ou IT. ravr l. a R«i*ok*. FLAtt CCXCV. Ki,.4. Fig. A, «• ri^T. ViC^B- Kg. 9, 10. Pi«. II. Pwdof upon iuelf; and Uiat portion -wliich is opposite the priuci|>al curvature, has its sides tiiicker than the rest, and is internally pU teil with lonRitudinal folds. The insertion ol' the Rullet in these nniinals is distinguished by the sudden dilatation formed by the stomach Among the Silurians, the crocodile lias tJie stomach of a globu- lar figure, tlividcd, however, into two unequal portions. Tilt stomach of the Guana is oval, and very long, with- out ctirvature, and not easily distinguished from the guUet In the Tupinambis the stomach forms a long tube, bent nearly into a circle. The stomach of the Chameleon begins by an inflated portion, then takes the form of a long cylinder, and bends back upon itself. In the Dragon, this organ is strait, and has nearly the shape of a pear. In the Datracians, the form of the stomach resembles that in tortoises, but is proportionally more dilated. In Salamanders it is long, not much ex- panded, and strait, except near iU farthest extremity. Tlie intestinal canal of reptile* is not easily to be di- ■vided into small and large by any particular appendage, like the cacum of qnadrupeds; though the distinction, in point of diameter, holds in most species. All the Chela- titans, most of the Saurians, and all the Balracians ex- cept the Siren, have a long small intestine inserted into one extremity of a short great gut, into which it is itsually prolonged, so as to form a valve. In the Igua- na only is there any thing like a coecum. The intestines of reptiles in general are very short. In the Clielonians, what may be called the small in- testine, is largest at its juncture witli the stomach, and gradually diminishes in diameter till it terminates in the great intestine, where its diameter is only about one-fourth of that of the latter. The coats of the in- testines in this order are thicker than in those of most other reptiles. See Fig. 8. In the nilolic crocodile, the small intestine is divide in. Into what nay be called tha ngkl rjr** r eo ta p a rt a ient of the rratrida, which throw* it thetc4laacra/aar ^uaaiwlaiint. Tha lah aarida iMeiMi the Maad Aaaatha palaawiry aaiaa, aad poara H fata thalaft t; and from thia latter it iathrmmfaMa tha ' fUrj, the caraiUab and aaiUafy Tlka BMraawM ot«far hat* a ' - of a aiMlr aarida. aad a .eTacBakal ■I bv Ma hnachae tWHialti tta blaad ta aD natta of tha ba^. Wama aui he i aaat a alaf aaaaaarfaatkaaf thenmn- her id caawa aT the p i hi ilpd M ae d a i aa ek in the rap, tila trihaa ; bat amat laAr the wadii to Cariar'a ^faa- itr CWiparfri Le^on uv. Art. t, vd. it. vhara tfaay Thar* ia 'aal thai waO marltad tnff flrttflSl MM TMOTM MOOO IB ha ■laiaiafta. eaaara. aad bir«k ; ^at la dMra ia a aianifl fiAnaaa. aa CaUad h« hi tartoiw. It i* Mid that n laag hare the Mood of a paler eaienr dHB tha aaaw ipa> etaa ivgalarlT %d. Tha ahMlata qnaatity vf blaod in tha drailatiBf I av taptueay ia propaitiaBally aaadi aaallar ■aMna aad biina : hmoathavaanaclta are wl now prepared to consider two of these circumstances — Aiutomy the remarkable faculty of rcprotiuction of parts that ^1?^^ have been mutilated or deatroyed, and the great ten*. ^Siih*. city of life at which we have already hinted. ■_ -.-■ It is chiefly in the lizard tribe and salamander, that Riprodue- eipertmentt and observations on the reproduction of tion of parts have been made ; but it is reasonable, from ana- ?«**• logy, to infer, that similar phenomena may take place in other tribe*. The lisards arc peculiarly liable, from their tinallness and the numerous enemies to which thev are exposed, to partial injury or destruction of their a mu ba r* . This u particularly the case with respect to tha taO, which is long and slender, and in many specie* ao brittle aa to break dwrt on being handled. In these caae* it haa been repeatedly obaenred, that the part laat haa bam in no long time reprodaced, generally si. aiOar to the original, but Kmetime* a double tail has The rrprgduction of lost parts in reptiles, has been aada tha aab^ect of niuneroas and satisfactory expcri. BMBta, eapaoally by Spallansani, Bonnet, and Blunien> bach. From these it appears, that when part of either estrcroity, or of the tail, is cut off, from two S|)ecics of liaard, the tmetrtm agilu, and lacuUru or water newt, the woond ia MIowed, for two or three minutes, by an effnaion of blood, after which the stump gradually lieati^ and in tha coarse of a few days the rudiments of a aav Haih or tail Ixgin to make their appearance ; that tbaae r udiui a ma are gradually drrelopcd, till in a few r aoaaataacB a little more than a year, there la a perftet member, similar in sixe and proper* to that which had been cut off, only retaining for time a delicacy of structure atid tran»|Nirency of maea aot fbond in the on'ipnal orfpn. It is fur. proead. that thase rrgvnerated parts may be again raooaladly maored and reprodaced. The most sur- uiidiig of there aapariawotav howerer, are those of Boanat and Bluaaabach en the reproduction of tha wfaela eye in the water newt. These have tausht ua, that whwi the eye of that animal is dissected from the orbit, so as to leave about a fifth of the membranes in contact with the optic nerve, the vacant orbit is first cloaed by the eyelids, and gradually the vacuity is filled ap wkb a growth of new parts, which in about a year ika parftct slrvcture of an eye, with its inveat* humours, transparent cop« contained and rolourad irisi Wa have already raaiarkad tha great power of ab> i-cnidty *f ■aaed by teptflaa, and have now to notice uft. aa fc ra ura ble chvanwtancea under which thay eoatlaaa to lire, and perform most of their tunc* ' laiMa of a paler colour than in •Tka drealatCa ai thaaa i thoagh not so cam> aa in tha hhhar daaaea afihaals, ia yet a pef^ ; on^ a* hi the Wghar daaaea, thoagh aat hi the aaow dMoa. tha blood tdua a double eooraa. aaaw af jta mhi g t hr iia a h the \mng» befara it be diatri- baladtatfiaraatafthaaady. We aholl ace, fa the • eaadiac Chapter, that ahboNgh the laaga of TvptOaa largorm p ta pu i thi a than thoae rf wa a iaia fa and bit tli^ ara leas vaacalar, and theraAira eaalaia qaanttty of blood. It is this ia p erfc uhai of what haa baoa eoOad tha haa^ dnealotion, and the sli^^ht dilfiT- hf m^itimk and pafciaaic blood, that lay f^ aaawof thaaaaatrraiariuihiacimnB- ia dta ph ya idagy of tbaae aahaala. We are IbM*. Moat reptile* poescas the faculty of resisting estremea of heat ann cold, and the rfliect of chemical agents, bet> ter than other animals. 7*hough notrady nuw believee the ridiculous stories of salamanders living in the fire, it ia still a curious fact, that lisards and alligators live with aaae, and apparent satisfaction, in the water* of hot sariag*, heated to a liegree very considerably hit;her than the hotteat temperature of the torrid sone. Fruga and nawta ara often exposed to a degree of cold far be- low the freeting point, while in a state of torpidity, and they have evoa baan known to remain imbedded in a block of ice for WMUiy houn, without having their vi> tality extinguished. Some of these animals, that have been put alive into aphrit of wine, for the purpose of preserving them as s p e cia iew*. hare remaineil alive for several hoiara; and other instances are recorded of their ousting for a considerable time in the exhausted re« 12 HER FETOLOGY. Abfoffbest ceiver of an air-pump. Progs and water-lizards have livey"^ by the pulmonary arteries, there being m general no ^--y-J' bronchial vessels. The gills or branchiae of tadpoles, and of the pro- Branchie. teus and siren, resemble the gills of fishes in their ge- neral structure, but are not, like them, inclosed within a particular covering, but hang loose and floating on each side of the neck. They form three or four rows of small tufts or fringes, supported by small cartilagi- nous arches ; and these arches are articulated on one side behind the cranium, while on the other they are united to a bone re-.embling the os hyoides. They have between the rows intervals, by which the water in which the animal floats is freely admitted to the mouth. The branchiae of the siren consists of three tufts. The spongy texture and little vascularity of the lungs Respjraaoiu in reptiles, enable them to take in a greater quan- tity of air than other animals at a single inspiration, and this capacity appears to be increased by the expan- sive power of the air cells. It is remarkable, that rep- tiles not only receive air into the lungs in the ordinary way of inspiration, but swallow it by the mouth, in which action they are assisted by the muscles of tlie throat. In fact, it is only by deglutition that the Che- lonians inspire, and in expiration the animals of this order employ chiefly two pairs of muscles, situated in two layers near the tail, between the shield and breast- plate. In the Saurians, the mechanism of respiration is executed chiefly by the abdominal muscles, and by those which move the ribs. From the large quantity of air which reptiles can inspire at once, there is the less occasion for frequent respiration ; and, accordingly, in these animals, the breathing is remarkably slow. It is least slow in the Chelonian tribes, and it appears to be slowest when the animals are asleep. What is most remarkable, how- ever, in the respiration of reptiles, is the power they possess of suspending respiration. Tortoises have been known to live more than a month with their jaws close- ly tied, and their nostrils stopped with wax ; and there seems little reason to doubt the remarkable instances that are on record, of toads being found alive in the trunks of trees and blocks of solid stone, where the function of respiration must have been suspended for years together. It also appears that reptiles can live for a longer time uninjured in deoxygenated or impure air than other animals ; a circumstance that is explain- ed on similar principles. This continued vitality in vi- tiated air, has its limits however ; for it is found, that when these animals are confined in atmospheric air, they cease to exist when the oxygenous portion is ex- pended. The changes produced on atmospheric air by the res- piration of reptiles, are similar to those produced by tlie breathing of other animals, viz. the consumption of oxygen and formation of carbonic acid. On this subject we may refer our readers to Mr Ellis's Inquiry into the chaugrx produced on Atmospheric Air, published in 1807, and Further Inquiry in 1811, in which the experiments and observations made by the ingenious author, and collected by him from former writers, are fully and satisfactorily detailed. Intimately connected with the function of respira- vitrf Iis^t. tion, is the vital heat of animals. We have already seen that this in reptiles is very low. It appears, how- S HERPETOLOGY. 13 AatUmy ev«r, that, uiMl«r the otdinary toopenture of the at- ■»! Pk7*i»- nuMphwe, the heat of tbe*c animal* it generally • few J^j^ degiVM above that of the surrounding mediuu; anJ 'l!*^' — woua Nia eontinuea, tl>ey have the power ot* prcterviqg ~ ' ~ a aBoderate tcmpcrataie, and of ntutiag, to a oer- iMn Atgree, eooadanbly iofensr indeed to roan and the extrcmaa of eitlier heat or cold. See Ahnoat ad teptilea otter toundt hmto or leas loud ; the aalamander and the gicen liaard bcinK almoat the only known exoaptioaa; and it is even nK certain wbeUier the fimncr ■beuid be entirely excluded. Tur> dos aad iMloiaaa hsaa or sigh ; croc o dilas l«w or ruar, la in so loud a tono aa to reaeoihle dictant while the jrouag of thaacaaiaafe aaa aaid to I a noise like a cat, (but wholiMr mmmmg ot jmr- rmg wc urn not told), and to utter piradnj criea ir at- taocd, when firat extruded fram the tf(g. Iguaoaa Make a sort of whittling sound as thejr ran akm^ Ike treca, and the croaking of fnigaand loads ia suffiocat* Ijr know*. The ergana of voioe in thcae aniaaala are very MBple, faf a Mqgle faryMT, vilhoHt eMrfirf. but in- Bttwa ohorda of iJm gtaUu, nsovad bjr m aha» wanihranrwis baga I wiUi the aialfii, or paachea ia the cheeks, whictb wkM JBJatiij acnre to ingti er awdify the CHAP. VI. qrSmnHommi imtUfHkM. Orpa^ Uvtr. TiiB moat iwpartant of the saaidi« argam, which we an to Dodce ia teytiles, are the liver, iiinnaas, aflaan, and ummrj arpmm. The liver of thaw amnala ia always krytw and in tan pas, as ia the ■lasnaader, ita nnip ort i w al de is very ceaasdevaU*. la the rkitwisna it iato two roaadcd irteanlv Uhf, the one the right hvpeeheadmna, Md the other [ to the sloiBaGh at ila sean «w«aiareb Ilk divhied into two lehea ia the craoodile and the hat in the e l ha r S aa r ias w , it tanm only one : ia aiae and Agare iu the several tribce. In an the Batraciana occpt Ae MUn M lide r, the liver iacaaanaed ef two lohea. All raplilaa have a gall bhddar. which is more i». tinalely Mnaealed with the liver, but ia nrepertionally lalW than ia ^aadrwpctk and birdsi In the Chela, ■iwa. It iaalBMat wfaolhr eaaoaalcd in Uie riitlu lobe of tito liver, aid ia fua a d m a mntlar ■tuation ia crao». aim. There aw generally two daato Itortinf to the Niaaa ; oaeftaas the liver, the hepatic daat, aad the r. Iha cyaiie^ Imbi the «all-bladdar» aad theaa^ ia sep ar ate froni each other. Thaaaailiaaaad atae of the eaaaeas are eery va- la aiaataf thfrCbehaiians tt is triangiiUr. andge> la the u e a a dil e it ii dtvuicd into lohea. la seaaa of the B s ta i c iaai, aa the fk«g. it ia lodged ia Ihe erchef the s n a nrii towards the sterael part of the hady ; ia nthw a, aa tikr aalaiaander, it ia aitaaled in the §m carve of the hWeatawa. The paacraatic dnot is hat hi aooe iaalaaeak aa ia the N»> jIlMk The^deea aiiata in all refMilca; bntilaal ftea^ and ritoati un in thaae s nim el^ haa baaa vnr no- latharhJaaaiii, itiaahqwd like the kidney ; in the Saurians, it is elongated ; in Anatomy mo«t of the Batracians, as frogs and toads, it is sniall '^ Pbyao. and spherical, and in the former tribe is situated in tlie J."*^^?^ ■aaaentery ; while in salamanders it is of au oblong -_** ^- form. AU reptiles appear to have kidneys ; but the struc- Kidnejn. ture of these organs is extremely simple and iwiforni, as they have no distinction of cortical and medullary subatsince, and no part* corresponding to tiic infimiU-' Mm and pelvis in mammalia. In figure and situation, however, they vary in the several orders. In the Che- lonians they are short and thick, and lie far back in the cavity of the abdomen. In the Saurians they are of an oval form, more or less flattened and elongated, aad in general they be far back under the eacrum or near the taiL It is uncertain whether their form varies with agt m att thaae awBMb ; but it appears that in ywany cracadilea tkagr are eatire, while in full grown ladividoals of the ssoae tribes they are divided into se- veral lobes. In the Batraciana, they are situatrd pretty 6r Sarwmnl and very near each other, and resemble those of the Saurians in form. All the rentile tribes have not a urinary bladder. It L'rinary is found in tne Chakmians, in whom it is very large, bUUder. and is mora or leas divided into two portions. Of lha iSaariana, oidy the tupinambis, iguanas, stellioe, clHaMlaana, aad dragons, have an urinary bladder. It is foond in the Batsaeiana, ia some of whom it con- sists of two aMaafaraiMaa b^a, while in otliers it is siaglaL El ia|itilBB tlMfe ia a cotnmon receptacle or passage cloaca. for the urine aad /tcu, called eioaca ; and in those tribea that hava ae eriaary bladder, the ureters, or ptpca froat the kidneya, open inuaediataly into this re- of a peculiar nature take place in pccujur k. Tbaa, ia the crocodile, there is a gland si- octioiu. aa each ade of the lower jaw, just beneath the ikia, having a doet opening externally, and secreting a substaaoe that anelU like musk ; while gUiKls of a simtlar natare are found in the cayman, near the anus. In several of thaae anjaiala, aaia toada aiid aalanwndera, aa acrid Said ezndaa thmach nnmeroMa pore* of the alna wbaa they are irritateJ. This fluid is not, bow- aver, poiaoaoaa, as has been supposed ; but, anMa^ the Sauiiaia^ the Reckoa secrete Avm between their toes a matter whioi is really of a venomous nature. See Cacao in the anbaaqawit Pivt CHAP. VIL Of Inttgumation in ReptiUi. A coNCiDCRABLB variety is found among the rep- tiles with respect to their integuments ; and as these varieties constitute many of the generic and specific characters, it is necessary to examine them with some aiinatctiesa. In all these animals there is the usual distinction of Cutklst cuticle, true skin, and nte aa c a n a w . The otructure of the skin and rrte aaaesaw dMera but little from that of other animala, except in the ftog and toad, where there ia this peeoiaity, that the Miin adherea to the parte beaeath only at a firw points, ae that it forms a aort of loaae bag about the animal, auaoeptible of occa> aional inflatian. 1 he cuticle ii extremely variona in the dtCaant andan and tribea. In the Chalnniana, though > only the bead, tail, and extxemitiear -appw to becoo- u HERPETOLOGY. MoKlnaf the ikiii. ToftiMe AmMb; twwI with skin, yet in Veality the whole body within ^gd njtio. th^ ghell is envelopwl with a thin transparent cuticle, capable of being thtacheer, situation and figure. A thin membrane re- «erobling cuticle, also covers the shell of the Chelonians; and in several species, the upper shell, or shield, is co- vered with a dense and strong membrane resembling leather or parchment. Among the Saurians there is ■first a cuticle enveloping the true skin, then scales, plates, or tubercles, and over these again another cu- ticle, as in the Chelonians. In the crocoearance of a taiL By the seventh dajr, the aiaa of the tadpole is increased, and the dis* tinction of head and tail more evident ; and there are Anatomy aim visible the rudiments of the fore feet and of the *°'^ Phyagr gilU. It haa now quitted the egg. At the end of nine p^^"^ days, the head and body are enlarged, and the tail con- -_'*~**|^ sidenbly lengthened. Soon alter this, the branchice " " are so much increased as to be distinctly observed ; but, about the twentieth day, these appendages are with- drawn below the skin, as no longer necessary ; and about four days after, the fore legs, which till now had been almost entirely concealed below the skin, appear extemallv. The Ixxly of the tadpole is still transpa- rent, and its long intestines are seen extending from Pi-atk head to tail, (see Fig. 16.) In a few days after this, ^9^'-T^- the tail gradtudly disappears ; the hind legs are deve- '*' luped ; and, in about two months from the first exclu- sion of the ovum, the animal becomes a perfect frog. The metamorphosis of all the Batraeians does not pro- ceed exactly in the manner above described. In par- ticular, the tadpole of the liana paradoxa undergoes such remarkable diaiiges, as to have been mistaken fur aa animal ot'a very ditfrrent class. The«e will be no- ticed in a subsequent part of this article. The young. of salamanders also differ from the tadpoles of frogs, and have been denominated tame. They remain four months in the tadpole state. CHAP. IX. Oa Hyhernalion in ReplUet. HAvnra, in the preceding Chapters, describe> 16 AaMM* titefor foxl appears to cense, and their temperature mi Mv*. aink« below iu natural standard. So complete is their ''«'•' WMitof awitation, that they may l>e cut, torn, and in "«>*"**• jome CMC* broken to pieces, without expressing the ' Inrt dMTCC of pain, or showing any sigTis of motion. In tlii* state they continue generally during the whole winter : and, as the genial heat of the spring re- turns, or in thoM climates where the changes of season are not so remarkable, when the analogous revolution of the seaaon takes place, the animal begins to shew signt of returning life, gradually recovers sense and motion, iu heart beats with a gradually increased velo- citv, its respiration becomes more frequent and regular, its 'temperature increases, it quits its retreat, resumes its ordinary functions, searches after prey, and seeks a mate. . ,. -i • It is remarkable that this hybernation of reptiles is not confined to those species wliich inhabit a cold or temperate region, but seems to extend even to the hot- ter climates of Barbary, Egypt, and South America. It is also worthy of remark, that this continued state of torpor, unlike the winter sleep of bears, marmots, and HERPETOLOGY. otlier hybernating quadrupeds, does not produce any An«tomy very evident emaciation or loss of weight in the torpid *"^J''>^'j'* Reptiles. animal. Land tortoises have been repeatedly weighed just before retiring to their winter quarters, and after emerging from them, and were found in some cases not to have lost above two ounces. It is found that when some of these animals, as tor- toises, in a state of domestication, are taken from their winter retreat, and exposed to a more elevated tempera- ture, they recover, in some degree, their sense and mo- tion, though they scarcely ever take food during this pe- riod. We have known a land tortoise kept in a room where there was almost a constant fire, lie for several weeks together in the box that formed its retreat, with- out making any attempt to come out, and though when taken from the box, it opened its eyes, moved its head, ;ind sometimes walked a little, it could not be prevailed upon to eat till its usual period of hybernation was com- pleted. The ))erson with whom it lived, with officious kindness, would sometimes force a little broth or soup into its mouth ; but the animal never showed any desire to eat of its own accord. See Hybekna tion. Part II. CLASSIFICATION AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE SPECIES. Chclovi- Ava. ORDER I. CHELONIAN REPTILES. We have seen that most of this order, comprehending the animals called turtles and tortoises, are inclosed witiiin a homy covering, consisting of ;wo parts, one covering the back, and usually called the sliield ; the other supplying the place of a sternum, and called the breastplnle. Each of these is composed of numerous plates ; tho»e of the shield being most numerous, and divided into those of the disc, or middle part, and those of the margin. The plates of the disc are generally thirteen in number ; and those which are ranged along the back from head to tail, are denominated vertebral ^ii^tM. The plates of the margin vary in the different ■peOM from 21 to 25. There are several teniis appli- cable to these plates, which occur in the following cha- racters, and therefore require explanation here. When the plates rise in a ridge in the middle, they are said to be carinated ; when they have depressions in the con- trary direction, they are forromed ; when they are uni- formly highest in the centre, they are convex or svb' convex, according to tlie degree of elevation ; when they lie upon each other like tiles or slates upon a roof, they are imbricated ; when they are notched about the edge like the teeth of a saw, they are serrated. The shield and breastplate of these animals are more or less firmly united together at the edges, leaving open- ings for the head, legs, and tail Some species have the power of withdrawing all these parts within the shell, where they lie as if shut up in a box, safe from the attacks of almost every animal but man. ' Thelegsof these animals are very short, but so strong, that one of the larger turtles has been known to walk with •ppamt case, while several men stood on its back. In their motions they are slow and awkward, and, with very few exceptions, they are inoffensive, and submit, without resistance, to the most cruel treatment. They pus the winter in a torpid state. Gsifus I. Chblonia. turtles. The feet flattened, *• as to resemble the broad part of an oar ; the toes of unequal length, united together so as to form a broad expanded surface, with flat nails inserted into its margin. The Cheloniw comprise the largest species of this or- der; some having been found that weighed seven or eight hundred pounds. They are inhabitants of the ocean, and feed partly on fuci or sea- weeds, and partly on the mollusca and other small sea-animals that har- bour among these submarine plants. The eggs of all the species, and the flesh of most of them, afford a deli- cious repast even to the epicure. Of this genus only six species are distinctly marked by naturalists, though it is understood that Schoepff, the Prussian naturalist, was acquainted with eight. These six species may be thus distinguished. Species 1. Chekmia mydas. Green turtle. Plates of the shield neither imbricated nor carinated, in num- ber thirty ; four feet, furmshed with two nails. See Plate CCXCVI. Fig. 1. La Tortue Franchc. Daudin, Hist, Nat. des Reptiles, par Sonnini, i. p. 10. Lacepede Hist. Nat. des ^iiad. Ovip. i. Art. 1. (Translation by Kerr.) Testudo mydas, Linn. Syst. Nat. a Gmelin, p. 1037. Schoepff, Hist. Nat. Tesludimim, p. 73. pi. xvii. fig. 2. Green turtle, Shaw, General Zoology, iii. pi. xxii. 3. C. rtigosa. Wrinkled T. Plates marked with three transverse black furrows ; body of the shield ches- nut-coloured, with a yellow margin. T, ridce, Daudin, i. p. 37. 3. C. carelta. Caret, or Hawksbill T. Shell ellip- tical, subcarinated, serrated; dorsal plates 30, imbri- cated. T. caret, Daudin, i. p. 39- Lacepede, i. Art. 5. 1\ imbricata, Linn, a Gxnelin, p. 1036. Schoepff, p. 83. pL xviii. Imbricuted turtle, Shaw, iii. 89. pi. 26. xxvi. 4. C. cepediana, Cepetlian T. Feet thin shaped, furnished with one nail ; plates of tlie breastplate li. T. cipedienne, Daudin, i. p. 49. 5. C. caouamia. Loggerliead T. Shell ovato-cor- date, serrated; plates of the disc 15; vertebral plates gibbous behind. Mjdas. Plate CCXCVJ, Fig. 1. Rugosa. Ciietfa. CepediaHS. Caouaanib HERPETOLOGY. 17 in, L p. 54. Lampede, i. art. 3. • GnKlin, 1038. Schoepff, p. 67. CotUo^ Cfuca Tunk. LaggtHtmd Imtk, Shsw, i& tA. S3. 24, S5. ft X. Corimitm. ConMCOiM T. Body not shelled. bat covered witk a \m»htrj coat pbked longitudiiMdly ; HN^ fi n e n i p eo* T. laik, Uaudtn, i. p. 6?. I^repcde, L art. 6. T.Jin*, Linn. • Gnwlin, lOiti. 8^Mlt4 tmrtk, Femunt, PkO. Trm*. \xL 915. ~' ttmtmtt ilriltiA 2M*«r, «oL iv. p. 1. Sluw, iii. p. 77. pL «!■ Of thaw mx ipacMS, we thall notiee th* lint, third, ipatioilvly. Eaculent, or green cwarMf 1. tuitfe. Of all the Chclonian reptile*, thb it deserredljr held jMmlnHHii. fhM the I^Cm4 «Mck it tibrda t» tfaa 'and itia alwaneaf th» latum aftf>—tribaa,«Dd ia not laaata. tawta^flf JlatMbHi aad ■■iiiiri, th— ftan ha Bti» Hty a* an anicW of diet. A fall grown tmtlr «Aat aaMOTCt an or teren feet in length tnm the n«ae to tbetip of it* ahort tail, three ev tamr fcol in breadth, ottd ncarlv aa nmch in thirk> mw at tba ■JdMla cf tfaa body. It aooiatiaMawaigh* •igkt baadbad paaada, Tha body ipvaM* of ai oral fbna, and tba baad la af eoMUanbia aiat inpmMftian ta Iha bady. Tba UQ b ab«t and thick. Tha fcct an 1«M, and macfa bettar adaplad to tba aet&a of awjnaMtlbMtbalof walkbMP. Tba bead, fcct. and tail,aM '^^ ' with leala* Twa bwaal plati ia abattar tban dw abiald, and baa twamy»thiat or twcnty-lbar ptaMi dhpaaad hi foor rawa. The pttirailiag cofaar of MaMMb'a riMll, wban in ita nMal aituatian. ia far^|hft nrigaa brawn, with apoto of a ytlhnr coloar ; and whan the riMll baeoaaa dry, ifca brawn aManwa a darker baa. Tbia laiBii ftanaala tba riau both of thaialanda ■M coMtneMO or ma nnia^uupaeai nj^iwio. ana w loana bigf«M abaa^Ma balb in tba Bmi and Waat indiea. It aanMlbnaa a maia Aa a aaa tha of krga rhaia, and oc- gaaa dialraca ftani tba thor* into the > parti of tba eovntrr. It awima with ka bead and part of ita Aell I of Aa waMr; bat wban itfearathe iHaaadt €m ptK^tt, aa aaiba ila jnvy am a m tba radui it divaatatba wnHn« aMam^ baiacn btaaaiua at ita aawaaHnf Ihavaada. It ia a^ bawavcr, that it doaa not e aacertainetf; u who suppose no ■, antl the 1 growth. We _e for ,' of turtles for s*-*! Ki tile East Indies; raly bagan in ina maMb of April, and takes vp setaral wana, aa dw agg* ara laid at intenrala c^ aboat Ibur- taondays. Wban ptaporing to lay her egg*, the female tartio «fi a bale abaat two feet deep, a little above and into this cavity she drops abnut ons at one tmie. While thus rmploj-ed, aala aa e o a ipkulj i taken op with the buai. aaaa ftr wMcb •*•» *>*• r,wnm «ed brfBrv sh^ »- lay, aba qaito the place, and seaks a more *r< Aflar borhig depoailad aD iba tggi wiadi she u lu i«> VOL. XL raKT I. it to raaain unmolested, bat it if oonjcctand by thosi- tbaM*of an oniaut •■ -*■"- nanmr of years rei >.>r mi dkall asa barnfter that thia is species of a much more (Hr -- Even in tSc time of V. the table* of the graat was |ir.ic and if we may cndit the account* of .Elian and Dio* donio bicvlua, the harbaro i« of the Ka*t were aocaMoBWd to employ thr i* the largest iiulivi. daabaa cmoea. It u bci;cNcil ijiat it is only within tbooa bandrad year* that turtle* have been imported Into Bampe for the purpo*c* of food. Variona method* are reaortcd to in diSerent conn- fbr catching turtle*. A very common r ^l them as they go on shore, or return. <. .e of iaybtg their eus, when tlie}- are easily «r« rc«ted; and, by the unilMtbrce of several prrtons, are turned on their backs, a position from ^' y find it extmnely difficult to escape. Several • il.> are thus tumcu, and when a sufficient number iios been thus partly secured, thev are dragged away by ropes, and carrinl in l>oat« ia Ibe methol i>rA< il hama isUiw: sailors, wl< pic* durinv (• to their place oi destination. This '('(1 >>y the inhabitant* of the lU- ' often employ cd with success by iig at the islands between the tro- .' voyage*. Turtles are alao taken if ..4*11 Sol-lf. flHllfTk flT ITf^Ilt (IpX- ill, in the ^ .... '- down the ' y, to as to .11 assifitjiiit tliiM si'ciire hind part, and raise the fore piut i>l ,«.... ...1 (I...... I,, F^... to iljp surfnri-, «■..».. w* c Chelonian Bepdlo. 18 HERPETOLOGY. ever, of catching turtles out at sea, is by means of a kind of spear, or harpoon, with a long wooden shaft, to which the heail of the spear is but loosely attiched. This kind of fishing, as it is termed, is generally carried on by two men in a small light boat or canoe. One of tho«e persons manages the boat, while the other stands n uiv to dart the spear into the back of his destined victim. It is nat long before a turtle is seen either swimming at the surface, or, what is more usual, feed- ing at the bottom, where the water is about a fathom deep. Sometimes the animal discovers the approach of his enemies, and endeavours to escape ; but the men paddle after him, and generally contrive to tire him out in atwut half an hour's chace. The spearman then hurls his weapon, the head of which, from the peculiar construction of the instrument, generally sticks fast in the shell, while its attachment to the shaft is secured by a long string. The animal thus wounded again, makes off, unlvss he has been so much fatigued in the chace, as to be incapable of further exertion. In either case, he soon becomes an easy prey to his pursuers. It is only for its flesh that this species is so much esteemed, its shell being of no use. In many of the West India islands, turtles are exposed in the open market, and a turtle-steak is there as common as a beef-steak in Britain. The flesh of the turtle is ex- tremely nutritious, and is considered an excellent re- storative in cases of debility and emaciation. Hi»)ubill Sp. S. Chelonia caretta. The imbricated or hawksbill *"«'«• turtle. Tiiis species, though of considerable size, is much less than the preceding, the largest individuals seldom •weighing more than three or four hundred pounds. The shield is of an oval and almost heart-shaped form, slight- ly sinuated before, and narrowest behind. The disk is covered with thirteen plates, that are two or three lines thick, of a smooth surface, nearly transparent, lying over each other like tiles upon a roof. The five verte- bral plates are of unequal size and figure, though each is ridged longitudinally in the middle. That nearest the head is very large and quadrangular, with a semi- circular margin anteriorly. The three next plates are hexagonal, and have their greatest length across the body. The fifth is pentagonal, with one angle directed backwards, and a little prolonged towards the tail. The eight lateral plates are very large, and of an irregular pentagonal figure. There are twenty-five marginal plates, which are so much imbricated as to give the sides of the animal a serrated appearance. The colour of all these plates is generally black, with irregular transparent shades of red or yellow ; all of them toge- ther sometimes weigh from four to eight pounds. We have been thus particular in describing the plates of this species, because they constitute its most valuable product. They form what in Europe is denominated fortoise-sheU, which, by the inhabitants of the West Indies, is more properly called turtle-shell. The head and neck of the caret turtle are considerably longer than those of the green turtle; and the upper mandible projects so much over the lower, as to give the snout a distant resemblance to the bill of a bird of prey, whence English sailors have given it the name of hawksbill. This species is found in the Asiatic seas, and on the Atlantic coasts of America ; but is said not to be met with in the South Sea. and its feet longer Cheloniaai Reptiles. cure, as its shield is more convex, than those of the first species; so that when tiirned on its back, it more readily regains its natural position. The female begins to lay her eggs in May, and continues with intervals till .July. She is said not to deposit them in fine sand, but in gravel mixed with shells. The young of this species very nearly resemble those of the former. The eggs of the hawksbill turtle are esteemed very delicious; but its flesh is unwholesome, and affects those who eat of it with fever and dysentery. It is al- most entirely for the plates of tortoise-shell that it is made an object of search. The use of tortoise-shell was known to the ancients, but it is only in modern times that the manufacture of it has been brought to perfection. In selecting the plates, those are preferred which are thick, clear, and transparent, and variegated with dark-brown, golden- yellow, red, and white. In preparing them for use, the plates are softened in warm water, and then re- duced to the desired shape, by pressing them in warm iron moulds. After they are cooled, they are taken from the mould, smoothed and polished. For the pur- poses of inlaying in cabinet work, the moistened plates are pressed perfectly flat, and kept in that state till cool and dry. It is usual to place below them metallic leaves of such a colour as it is wished should appear through the transparent part of the shell. Sp. 5. Chelonia caounnna. Loggerhead, or Mediter- L(,„„ej}|p,j ranean turtle. turtle. This has been sometimes confounded with the last species, under the name of caret, but Lacepede restrict- ed this name to the hawksbill, in which he has been followed by succeeding naturalists. This is a very large species of turtle, and is said by Lacepede even to exceed the green turtle in size. Its head is much larger in proportion than that of either of the former species. The mouth, and especially the upper mandible, is also of considerable size. The neck is thick, and covered with a loose wrinkled skin, thinly beset with horny scales. The shield is of an oval form, narrowest behind. It is of a yellow colour, with black spots. The legs, especially the fore legs, are propor- tionally longer than in many other species; and both the fore and hind feet are furnished with two sharp claws. The individuals of this species are most abundant in the tropical seas, especially about the West India islands; but they are also found in the Mediterranean, particu- larly on the coasts of Sicily and Sardinia. In its manners, this is one of the fiercest of the Chc- lonian tribe ; it defends itself with great courage and activity, both with its mouth and claws, and has been known to snap a moderate sized walking-stick with a single stroke of its jaws. It appears to be the most predacious of all the turtles, not only feeding on shell- fish of considerable size, the habitations of which it easily breaks with its strong mandibles, but attacking the young crocodiles, seizing them by the tail as they retire backwards into the water. Thus these animals instinctively perform an act of retributive justice. The older crocodiles make a prey of the eggs and young of those turtles which inhabit the shores to which they resort, and the turtles in return seize on the young cro- codiles while they are too weak to defend themselves, _,, The loggerhead turtle wanders very far from land. V t)Tfi *" ^ smaller than the green turtle, the It has been seen apparently sleeping on the surface of hawksbill possesses considerable strength; and when at- the ocean, about midway between the Azores and Ba- Ucked, defends Itself with much ferocity, giving very hama islands, at a distance of many hundred miles from •evere and painful bites. It is also more difficult to se- land. The female lays her eggs in the sand. HERPETOLOGY. 19 rbdoBlMi The flesh of this tpecies i* come and rank, and eaten ■«l>«a«»- only by the lowest d««e« of the people. lu body, """"V""^ however, aflonb a oaasiderable quantity of oil, which is Hwd for burains in lamps, and dressing leather. The plates of its shell are too thin for most purposes, but nave been ccnplojred in cabinet-work. An individual of this species, which was cauf;ht on the coast of Provcnoe in France, was kept by Rondelet. It emitted a canfuaed Idnd of noise resembling sighing. 11. Daudin rcckoos as varietieaof this medes, the Na- tieorme of Lacepede, the Box tortoise of Catesby, the Thiddicadcd tortoise of Dampier, and the Tettudo ma- eropiu of Walbamnf toiiacMis Sji. 6. Chelomia coriaeta, ooriaceous turtle. Tonia. We notice this s|MciM ban, only for the purpose of remarking, that it is so maC if oonfiiaDded with the first species of the next tribe. The distinguishing cha- racters of both will be considered nton properij in a subsequent p»g9- Cmsv% II. Tbstooo. TORTOISES. TuK TortoiiTM, under which we include the Em]fde$, CMwda, and Tet'itdimrt of Dumeril, have all the toaa fanuslMd with daws, but not distinct in all spcdcs, aonc having them separate, while in others the tfistinc- tion is marked only by the projecting daws. The shell n gcncfaUy hard and bumy, but in a few spades it ia atm aoft eonristanc*. The turtoiaw ftad p«y on w. mUMta, mad partly on iniirts, worms, snails, and simi- w ■aaU aainMla Smamtitktin faide on the b o rder s of kkaa and rivers; others livaantirdy on land. There are about M spadca, wbicfa nwy be divided into two Sac ti opa, aceo w l iu f as tbay live moat cawnwaily on w»> Sect. I. FrcsM-mder Tortoitet. These have the toes distinct, and cencrally termina- ted I17 cfvokcd daws In soma speacs the toes are eo> tirely separate ; in otbers they are mora or laaa coanec^ ed i)^ laamtiTinai, or the feet are palnuted. They b'e in or naar ftaab walar, but walk caiuly on land. Of this Stctioa tiMva aaa abont 96 species, distinguished by the foUowiaff aaaaa and cbanMarai SiKcirs I. Teiim^Pertm. Fierce or soft tortoise. Shdl ovate, brown, Isathsiy, tnberculaled beiot* and behind ; three toes, fkmishad with nail* ; muule pnK mincnt. cylindneaL T. Frmx. Pnnant, PkU. Tram. voL Ixi. p. 9S(i. Linn, a Gmalin, p^ 1099. Scboepff, Hut. Tetimi. p. 88. pL six. La Tortue de Pemmtmt, Daudin, i. p. 69. pi. xviii. FlifTee T. Shaw, iii pi 6*. pL xvii. La Tortue MoUe, Lacepede, L art. xiv. Le TrioHifx de Georgie, Geotboy, Ann. de Mus. xiv. Chelonan p. 1 7. • Reptiles, 2. r. Enphratiea, Euphratian T. Shield of an ob- EuphraUoiL scure green, leathery, not tuberculated ; breastpUte white and smooth La T. de I'Eupkrate, Daud. i. p. 305. Le Trionyx de I'Euphralr, Geoff. Ahh. xiv. p. 17. S. T. 6arlrami. Cirrbated T. Shell soft ; feet five- Buwsmi. toed, all the toes nailed ; nose elongated, and furnished with retractile cirrhi. La Tirtuf de Bartram, Daud. L p. 74. Tettudo ytmicota Burlrami, Schoepff, p. 90. 4l T. rati rata. Beaked T. Shell orbiculo-ovate, nottisbb leathery, carinated, rough, streaked with oblique fur- rows flxan elevated points ; nose cylindrical ; three toes, furnished with claws. La lortue a btc, Daud. L p, 77. 7. rottrata, Schoepff. p Q^. pi. xx. T. mewtbroMocta, Linn, a Gmelin. he twioiufx tk carine, Geoff Ann. xiv. p. 14. 5. T- groHuiala. Shagreen T. Plates of the shield Cnaulsts. granulated, naked, hard ; breastplate and margin of the shield cartilaginoua. La tortue ckagriiUe, Daud. L p. 81. Lacepede, i. art. xxiv. Letrionyx de Coromamdet, Geoff. Aiut. xiv. p. 1 6. 6. T. m atamat a. Matamata T. Shell oval, subcon- Mtumsta. vex, tripiv carinated ; feet subdigitated ; no>e cylindri- cal, iMMWanad into a proboscis ; neck fimbriated on Ijg tortae siafaasafa, Daud. i. p. 86. pi. xx. fig. I. TJmiriatm, Sdioapff, p. 97- pi xxi. Linn, a Gme- lin. Fimbriated T. Shaw, iiL p. 70. pi. xviii. CbellfM£mbriaia,f Dumeril, Zooiag. Analut. 7. T. iitfimota. Two.»pined T. Dorsal plates IS, al e ng a t ad , posteriorlv subimbncated, wrinkled, acutely cartBatod; two of the marginal plates above the tad acutely tw»4arkad. La tortme damile epine, Daud. i. p. ()4. 8 T. lerptntima. Sefi>entine T. Dorsal plates sub- s«]>enuna. carinated behind ; shidu marked behind witii five or six tooth- like processes ; feet digitated. La tortm* terpentine, Daud. 1. p. 98. pL xx. fig. S. Ldoepade, i. art x. T. eerpcnlina, Linn, a Gmelin, p. 1042. SdMtepff, p «<. nl. vi. Smoke lortotM, Shaw, iii. pL xix. 9 T. tpemglrrt .Spenglerian T. Shield yellow, sub- spengleri. cannated, posteriorly tix-toothed ; ncales imbricated. La iwme e/iemgUrienme, Daud i. p. 103. Tetlitdti tpemgteri, hum. a Gmelin, p 1043. 10. T./lava. bellow T. Shield of a blackish-brown fUts. colour, with yellow ilots and Unes radiated on each plate. Im lortue JauHe, Daud. L p. l(/7. Lacepede, i. art. xiii. T. orbiadarit, Linn, a Gmelin, p. 1089. IliissaAlks siksv '^ •— •■'—-. vbkb ■(>*• bi ha*ia( th* shield aorc n l«s e mitumm ar esttOSfpoous, hsTt bsco Utclj anangsd ua- If M.GsaAsy St Ulan*, aadsrtlttaMDtar rV'tMw, •onlbdrramlbsirtenBC but three daws on csdtfooc Of thi» teararahkhwahsTsooikirfiB thcltMsifTiMajrmcs. The isM srs ai follow. ■a« L« Tnoays A|lMi. /«*» rfc iVw» siv. p. II. L* Tr. d'h^jptt, f. It- wUbihs Ttl*d» friniyw of Owslifc U Ti. mmU, p l£ TV. tarkUmm af ti^olln in*. Is Tr. do Jar*. B, IA. •Bifiialka»aeaHlaBad«hslana4astfsaafsBS*(nn»(CMjr«) io the modem French ■rruigcnwnt ; ■ nicely of distinc naal is aispL Of this anus M. GcsAoy iceksos two ipedss, sod ihinkt th«r« may b« thns^ 8m alv. p.18. ihs 1. IV. 1. IV. Th( 1 TV, Tha 4, Tr.Ji .iiMm. 20 L IIERPETOLOGY. Rrpulw. Luuxu. Cnpica. phtlik Scabn. Subrufa. Vertueosi, GaUaU. SeripUL forghyTtt, Beticulau. Svmu. Ccntnta. , 'f. Kuw/xuff, JSchoapff, p. i. pi. u SixckUd T. Shaw, lii. p. .'JO. ' Jl. T. iiitniia. Mud tortoise. Shield of a uniform dnrk brown culour ; fibular or outermont toe of Uie hind feet without claw. /^ torlue bourbcute, .Daud. i. p. 115. Lacepede, i. art. vii. T. Iiiluria, Linn. « (Jnielin, p. 104O. Mud lorioitg, Slutw, iii. p. S2. pi. 6. lU. T cospica. Cmpijin T. ."^hell orbicular; five nails on the fore-feet, and lour on the hind; head scaly; MO tail. La torlue caspienne, Daud. i. p. 124. T. ca%pn:a, Linn. aGniel. p. 104-1. 13. T melanocephala. Ulackheaded T. Shell ches. nut-coloured ; head and feet black ; tail short Ln lorlue a liie noire, Daud. i. p. 128. 14. T. icabra. Rough T. Upper part of the shield rough, yellowish, irregularly spotted and striped witli brown ; margiiml plates 25 ; feet palmated ; one hind toe without ciaw. J^ lorlue rabottietut, Daud. i. p. ISQ- Lacepeue, i. art. xviii. T. scabra, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1040. 15. T. subrufa. Reddish or brown T. Shell ches- nut-coloured ; plates of the disk flattened, smooth in the middle, streaked on the margin; plate»(Of the breastplate 13; all the feet five-clawed. La tortus roussdlre, Daud. i. p. ISS. Lacepede, i. art. XXV. 16. T. verrucosa. Warty T. Shell covered with warty prominences ; notched round the margin; all the feet four-clawed. Li toriue a vermes, Daud. i. p. 134. T. verrucosa, Walbaum, Chelonograph, p. 116. T.tcabra. Linn, a Gmelin, p. 1040. 17. T. Galeala. HeKneted tortoise. Shell oval, de- pressed ; three dorsal intermediate plates, acutely cari- nated ; marginal plates 24 ; head plated ; lower mandi- ble furnished with filiform cirrhi. La tortue a casque, Daud. i. p. 1 36. T. galeata, Schoepff, p. 12. pi. iii. fig. 1. Galeated T. Sliaw, iiu p. 57. pi. xii. 18. T. scripta. Manuscript T. Shell orbicular, de- pressed; plates marked above with characters; margi- nal plates 25, spotted on the lower part. La tortue ecrile, Daud. i. p. 140. T. scripta, Schoepff, p. 16 pi. iii. fig. 4. and 5. iMIered T. Shaw, iii. p. 57. pi. xii. 19- T. porphyrea. Porphyry T. Shell of an ochry red colour, scantily spotted with obscure green and brown ; four squamous tubercles at the anus. La tortue jtorphi^ree, Daud. i. p. 142. 20. T. reticulata. Reticulated T. Shield streaked and reticulated with black and brown, witli yellowish lines in the middle of the plates; marginal plates not toothed, three spotted at-the juncture with the breast- plate. La tortue reliculaire, Daud. i. p. 144. pi. xxi. fig. 3. 21. T. serrata. Serrated T. Shell marked above with transverse brown and yellow bands; posterior marginal plates not toothed; lateral margin at the junc- ture of the brea.stplate five-spotted. La tortue a bard en icie, Daud. i. p. 148. pL xxi. fig. «8. T. cenlrata. Concentric T. Dorsal and margi- nal plates marked with two or four black concentric circles ; breastplate yellow, without spots, notched be- hmd. La lortue a lignes concentriques, Daud. i. p. 153. Concentric tortoise, Shaw, p. 43. pi. ix. 23. T. jiunclata. Dotted T. Shell oval, moderately convex ; dorsal plates and head smooth and black dot. ted with yellow. La tortue pnncluce, Daud. i. p. 159. pi- xxii. 2'. punctata, Schoepff, p. 25. pi. v. Spotted T. Sliaw, iii. p. 47. pi. x. 24. T. picta. Painted T. Shield oblong, convex, very smooth; plates nearly square, brown, bordered with yellow ; breastplate as long as the shield. La tortue peinte, Daud. i. p. 164. T. picta, Linn, a Gmelin, p. 1045. Schoepff, p. 20. pi. iv. Painted tortoise, Shaw,.iii. p. 45. pi. x. 25. T. martiiiella. Martinella T. Shell a little flat- tened, oval, marked on the back with two longitudinal ridges; plates of the breastplate 13. La tortue martinelle, Daud. viii. p. 344. 26. T. tricarinala. Three-ridged T. Shell orbicu- lar ; three-ridged, vertebral plates transverse. La tortue retzienne, Daud. i. p. 174. T. tricarinala relzii, Schoepff, p. 9- pl- ''• Tortue a trois carhtes, Latreille, Hist, des Rep. i, p. 118. Tricarinated T. Shaw, iii. p. 54. pi. xi. 27. T. scorpioides. Scorpion T. Shell oval, longi- tudinally three ridged j vertebral plates oblong, poste- riorly imbricated. La torlue a trois carenes, Daud. i. p. 1 78. La tortue icorpion, Lacepede, i. art. xii. T. scorpioides, Linn, a Gmelin, p. lOH. 28. T. amboinensis. Amboyna T. Shield convex, smooth, brown, both it and breastplate bordered with yellow ; head compressed, brown, cheeks and beak ra- diated with yellow ; feet palmated. Jm lorlue d'amboine, Daud. viii. p. 34'5. 29. T. Pennsylvanica. Pennsylvanian T. Upper part of the shield smooth, uniformly reddish, flaltish in the middle ; three of the vertebral plates hexagonal, oblong, imbricated behind, the first and fifth being elongated, and nearly triangular ; marginal plates 25 ; tail tipped with a claw. T. rougeatre, Daud. i. 182. pi. xxiv. Lacepede, i. art 2. T. Pennsylvanica, Linn, a Gmel. i. 1 042. Schoepff, pi. xxiv. fig. A. Pennsylvanian T. Shaw, iii. p. 60. pi. xiv. 30. T. odorata. Odorous T. Shield smooth, uni- formly brownish, flattish in the middle ; marginal plates 23 ; breastplate moveable only in front ; tail tipped with a claw. T. odoranle, Daud. 1. 189. 31. T. glulinala. T. a balans soudecs, Daxid. i. I9i. This, which is marked by Daudin as a distinct species, seems to be only a variety of the preceding, differing in the immobility of the breastplate. 32. T. subnigra. Blackish T. Shield rounded, con- vex ; plates streaked at the margin, smooth in the mid- dle; vertebral plates carinated; plates of breastplate 13. 7\ noiralre, Daud. i. 197- Lacep. i. art. 28. 33. r. virpulata. Striped T. Shell dark brown, with numerous yellow spots ; vertebral plates longitudinally carinated. T. a goulellettes, Daud. i. 201. 34. T. clausa. Close T. Sliell browni.sh, striped on the back with yellow ; vertebral plates longitudinally subcarinated; middle of the breastpkte a little com- pressed. Chelonian Reptiles. Punctata. Picta. Martinella. Tricarinatat Scorpioides- Aniboinen- liis. Penns)ilTa- nica. Odorata, GUitinata. Subnign. Viigulata, Claiua. HERPETOLOGY. 21 ^TOica. k Flatk •rXcVL TtbtiUa. p. 36. pi. viL T. a baiie, Dand. i. SOT. t'lo»e lortoitf, Shaw, iii. p. 36. pi, iS. T. anolinfama. Ciiniliiia T. Shell brown bay, nunlMd above with ; elluw line» uid tpoti; doml plates ■triUHl; reitebnl plates longttodinaUjr carinated, !«• Ural MbgiUMma. T. i MMut ei /m e m e , Dand. i. SOT. Lacep. i. art. xxr. T.mnlma. Linn.aChnel 10! 1. 1013. T. eUmm, ScfaoeplT. p. 32. pi. viL 96. T.tjuamalm. Scaly T. Shdl orate ; body, neck, tail and feM tcalr abore, smooth and soft bcluw. T. temilUum de Br T. tqitamala. Linn .2. bciT. II. Lmd Torimtgx In the meek* that belong to this aecttOB, the toes an ii fran each other, but are niiitod below the ak_ J une broad espannoa, from the inarein of whicb appear the claws. They however walk, tJiotiffh with • very slow pace, on the ground ; and live diiany on woraM and faiaecla. There are 16 species, >t2. Spieitt S7. T. griKcm. Comnon hmd T. Shield b*. mi ^p he i wa l ; plate* of the disc Mboaorex, vertebral plates subgtbboas: mannna] ^, obtuse at the aides; the whole sldeM blM^ and yellow. See Pkte CCXCVI. Fi,r.«._ Dand. L S18. Lecepcde, t. L p. I. Lm T. grtequt, art. xvi. bL t. i tM9tt9 fftfce, pw dft. pL vnL Linn, a Gmciin, p. lOiS. Schcepff, 58. T. convex, eil shade Of yellow 'lactnl*- SImw, iii p. 9. f«. Bonfemi T. Shield oblcag, dovMl pklas Uaekisb-brown, with a in the middle; marginal S3 or S4, obliqaeiy marked with black and yellow. T. ionUe, Dead. L SSS. T. mmrfimmtm, SchocpflT. p. 52 pL ii. Mm ni mm H d- tortortr. Shaw. iiL p. 17. 99. 7. tmbmluta. Inlaid T. Shield eblong. gibbotu ; plate* of the disc rectangular, sabgibboos, Aarrowed, black, with yellow linct; maginid plate* SS, black with yellaw below. T. a wM fmrt rr it . Dand. t ?4S. 7. loMMa, linn, a f ;. roMsr tmioite, Shaw. i i . pL vSL 40. r. p m rtmh rm. Spatted T. Shd a Iktie flat- tened, broad, snl mi fa f d ; bceaatpitt nearly of the ■Mi taagtll with the shsdd ; hod black above, spotted with yelww, entirsiy ytUow beknr. Daud. i. mg. 41. T. fnlypkewnu. Gopher T. Snout slender and sharp ; pUftes thin, of a greyish ash colour ; claws flat and rooadish. Dand L i56. T.gofktr, Bertrao'B TVosefr. 4*. T. gtm mHi k m. Geometrical T. Shell orate; all the plarln e le i lsd . bat flat on the ton, marked with yen** Kraaks radbtinc ftum a centae at each plate. T. gnrntt Bi n f M!, Dand. L 9Ga Laoepedc, i. art. xvii. T.tnmt tti i M , Linn, a Ooselm, p. 1044k Scfaoepff, p.49.pl.x. Ge es sti rfaa/ iBrfotJe. Shaw, iiL p. SO. 4S. T. afcynt. Elegant T. Shell hemispherical ; pktee ft u i wwl , eooeez, Ifaor^ttiped, with flat araolsr T. efq^M/r. DMd. L tML 7. elmnu, Scboepr, p. 111. pL nv. 4«b 7. emi. Sh idd rouad, higyy convex ; plates ialMaad, with proBiucut red arcoht ; three 9 Cheloniaa Reptile AieoUU. Ca&a. JuvencnU. FaicUta. PiuOIa. middle Tertebral pktes radiated of a deep yellow late« rally ; lateral plates radiated below. La TortHt coui, Daud. L 271. pi. xxvL 45. T. lutcola. Yellowish T. Shield rounded, gib- bous, yellow, with «ub-gibbous plates. T. luleoU, Daud. i. 277- 46. T. indica. Indian T. Shield convex ; anterior marginal plates reflected upwards. La loiiue indicnne, Daud. L 280. 7. indka, Linn, a Gmelin. Schoepff, p. 101 . pL xxii. IndioH lorloite, Shaw, iii. p. 25. 47' T. areolata. Areolated T. Shield ovato-ob- loog, moderately convex ; plates nearly square, eleva- ted, deeply furrowed, with rough depressed areoLe. La T. (irfolce, Daud. L 287- 7. areolata, SchoepfT, p. I0». pi. xziii. 48. 7. tafra. Cafre T. Shield flatli.«h, broad ; plates flat, except the lalack, white, purole, green, and yellow ; breastplate white ; a red tubercle on the neck. La T. vermitloa, Daud. L 299. Lacepede i. ait xxiL 7. ptaiU*. Linn, a Gmelm, p. 1(H4. A/rieam land tortoise, Edwanls' GUaninet. 52 T. denliculata. Denticulated T. ^eld orbictt- late cordate, denticulated at the margin ; plates hexa- gonal ; feet four-clawed. La 7. daUiUe, Daud. L p. 303. Lacepede, L art. xix. 7. denticMlala, Linn, a Gmrlin, p. 1043. Dmlicmlated 7. Sliaw, p. 59- pi. xiii. SrKdxal. TeMadoferox. Fierce tortoise. Pierce tor- There are several species of the Chelonian order toue. which have the shield softer than the ordinary shell of most sprdrs. This is the case with the 6th species of the fanner tribe, and with at least four of the present. The coriaceous turtle, or Luih of the French writers, and the soft-sh e lled tortoise of Pennant, though agree- ing in the comparative softness of their external cover- ing, differ very materially in general form, liabitation, and manners. The coriaceous turtle has an oblong bo- dy, covered immediately with a bony shell ; but that shell is invested with a Un\fi^ memliranous coat ref«m- bling leatlier, plaited longittulinally, and the shield terminates behind in an acute point, overhanging the tail. The body of the fierce tortoise is rounder and more convex, and the middle part of the shield is hard ; but its margin, especially towards the tail, is soft and pliable, resembling thin sole-leather, and the hind part u rounded. The tail of the first species is long, and ytry thick at the root ; that of the acoand very short and smalL The head ef the fanner is small, round, and terminates in a beak, resembling the bill of a bird ; that of the latter is proportionally larger and longer, with a long tapering cylindrical snout, bsviog some Oeaticola- ta. ChdooitB Mod c»r- toisc bad IOC. Mm. HER FETOLOGY. broader behind than before. The breastplate is nearly Clielonian of equal size with the shield, and is of a pale yellow Repules. colour, witli a broad dark stripe down each side, while ^""V"^ the middle part of the shield is of a blackish brown, Common mixed with yellow. The head is small, and covered '"?■* ^'' on its upper part with irregular scales; the mouth is "'*''* small, the legs short, and the feet pretty broad, and covered with strong ovate scales. The tail is very short, scaly, and terminated at its extremity with a curved horny process. It seldom weighs above three pounds. This species is entirely confined to the land, and pre- fers elevated woody situations. It is found iu Europe, Asia, and Africa, and is very common on all the coasts of the Mediterranean Sea, especially in Sardinia, Bar- bary, and probably in Egypt. It is not a little curi- ous, that, even in the warmer climates, this species re- gularly retires to its subterranean quarters during the winter months ; thus proving what we have before re- marked, that the hybernation of these animals does not depend solely on the degree of cold. It begins to bury itself in October, and usually makes a hole about two feet below the surface, where it continues till April. The males of this species are in summer tolerably ac tive, and very fierce towai-ds each other. The female lays her eggs towards the end of June, depositing them in a hole, and covering them with sand or mould. They seldom exceed five in number at one time, and are of a white colour, and about the size of those of a pigeon. They are hatched towards the end of Septem- ber ; and the young, when first extruded, are scarcely bigger than walnut-shells. The individuals of this species live on roots, fruits, worms, and insects, the shells of which latter they ea- sily break with their strong jaws.* The land tortoise is often domesticated, especially in gardens. We shall select the account of a tame tor- toise, given by the Rev. Mr White of Selborne, as a pleasing specimen of the manners of these animals in a state of captivity. This individual had been in pos- session of a lady for upwards of thirty years. It re- gularly retired below ground about the middle of No- vember, and did not emerge till the middle of April. Its appetite was voracious in the middle of summer, but it ate very little in spring and autumn. It seemed greatly alarmed if surprised by a shower of rain during its peregrinations in search of food ; and though its shell was so thick that it could scarcely have been in- jured by the wheel of a loaded cart, it discovered as much solicitude to avoid rain, as a fine lady in her gay- est attire, shuflSing away on the first sprinklings, and making for some shelter. Whenever the old lady, its mistress, who usually waited on it, came in sight, it always hobbled, with awkward alacrity, towards its benefactress, though to strangers it appeared quite in- attentive. It never stirred out after dark ; often ap- peared abroad only for a few hours in the middle of the day; and in wet days never came from its retreat Though it loved warm weather, it carefully avoided the hot sun, and passed the more sultry hours under the shelter of a large cabbage leaf, or amid the friend- ly shades of an asparagus bed. Towards autumn, how, ever, he appeared anxious to improve the effect of the S2 KWmbbuice to that of the mole. The coriaceous tur- tle i* an inhabitant of the sea, is frequently found in the Mediterranean, and has been seen even on the coast of Britain. The fierce tortoise has yet been found onl^ in the rivers and fresh water lakes of America, especi- ally in Floriila and Carolina. The former is a large species, otlen measuring above seven feet in length ; the latter seldom weighs above seventy pounds. The fierce tortoise frequents lakes and muddy rivers, and hides itself among the water plants that grow at the bottom, froni which it is said to spring suddenly on its prey. This consists of small water animals, and, in some places, more particularly of young crocodiles, of which this species is extremely fond. They seize their prey by suddenly darting forward their long and strong neck, which they do with great celerity. This species is among the strongest and most active of its tribe, and, as its trivial name implies, is possess- ed of ferocity and courage. When attacked, it boldly defends itself, rising on its hind legs, and leaping for ward to seize on its assailant ; and if once it fixes with its jaws on any part, it is scarcely made to let go its hold without cutting off its head. The fierce tortoise forms an excellent article of food, at least not inferior to the green turtle. Sp. II. T. lularta. The mud tortoise. This is one of the smallest of the fresh water tor- toises ; its whole length, from the snout to the tip of the tail, seldom exceeding eight inches, while in breatlth it is not more than three or four. It is of a blackish or dark brown colour. Its tail is nearly half the length of the shield, and is stretched out when the animal walks. Hence the mud tortoise has been sometimes called by the ancients mus aquntilis, or water rat. This is a very frequent inhabitant of lakes and mud- dy rivers in the south of Europe, and in many parts of Asia. It is very plentiful in France, especially in the provinces of Languedoc and Provence. It lives almost entirely in the water, only going on land to lay its ^gs, which it covers with mould. It moves with a quicker pace on land than many of this tribe ; when disturbed, it utters a kind of interrupted hissing sound. It feeds on fish, snails, and worms, and often proves a troublesome inmate in fishponds, killing many of the fish, and biting others till they are nearly exhausted from loss of blood. It has been proposed to employ the mud tortoise for destroying vermin in gardens ; but it is necessary to have a pond or large vessel of water for its ordinary re- sidence. With such a convenience, it may be render- ed tame and domestic. The young of this species, when first hatched, are not an inch in diameter. They continue to grow for a long time, and are known to live for at least twenty, four years. Sp. 86. T. Graeca. Common land tortoise. Several varieties of tortoise, known both to ancient and modem naturalists, have l)cen described under the name of Greek ; and, according to Daudin, Schoepff was tile first to remedy this confusion, and to mark each by its distinctive characters. The species of which we are now treating seldom exceeds ten inches in length ; is «f aiv oval form, with a very convex shield, J*Jrf Ai.'^Thl''H.l''T '**"• '" *"^ author with which we are acquainted, that land tortoises are accustomed to drink. The «iMf of dm utaole h«, bteljr, however, ascertained ihc fact, that althout;!, they can Uve without drink for years thev swallow liouids wt "l^rnlrf y ' ," "'^""^ *"• '^'"" ■" '"' 'P""«- ^ '""^ "•""■"••' "h''" ''=« been in the pes cssLTrf a c/rpenfer at ^^rt^- i^^l^T^nk Jl^ ^ 1 vlv •'. '"/'"'• *"? """/ ''"°"" '" *'""'' <"■ "» »™ «"<"•'• »"' the spring of this year (181o7then i h^ r1- S^SUr.SX».Lretn"utv" sS«'' '^'r- . ^T*^ """" "^ '!'■«' d-p'into'the fluidf so L ^ coier e^en it'Ty^" un Hcn gTMiuuiy, ua umMt irojierceptiWy, sucks it up, so u to dnnk some ounces in the course of s quarter of an hour. HERPETOLOGY. 23 ScplUn. fkOMtAW Onlo. faiiit sunbeaint, hj gating its »heil under the reflection rail, and inclining it« »he!l towards the »un. In i ping the ground to form its winter retreat, it dug with lUfec* feet, and threw up the earth over ita back with ha hinder feet ; but the motion of itt legs was so slow, m acweely to be obaervcd ; and though it worked with the gf«atMt Maidnhv both night and day, it was more tlMB a totaiglit bmre it h^ coinpleted ita inhuma- tion. How long an animal of this species may live, we cannot determine ; but it is known at least, that their age may exceed a centory. One of them was introdu- ced into the nrden of Lambeth palace in the time of Archbishop Land, was living a hundred and twenty yean afterwards, and died at laat rather froin the ne- glect of the gardener thai ftvn tweemn age. The land torlaiaa tonm aa exoaDant article of food, though it ia acmrijr ea p layed far that pvrpose. es> oept in Gfceea. The agga, however, are eaten very oanmaniy in Italy. Dandin iiwiiiiiilai cwfat varieties of the Crrek tor* toise, allof whtefaareoTa veiy diminutive size, and chiefly in the sorftce md raiiagations of the AflMi^ the noMrana fbaaQ raauina of m ancient world tfaM hMre kttljr bean dheofand. ai« aeveral that bdonc to the tmtoiie ttAaai Thew have been fcnad at M^u ; in the a a t ir u H a of Berlin ; in the ftraal of Leipaic ; at Ais in the south of France ; in the neigi^ bo u r h eed of Bniaiela; n the nonntainii of St Pierre near Maealrkhl ; md in the phwf ■■err lai near Piaia. These liwiiina have bean d a aiB ie d bv Fanjas da 8t Food m hia aeeoMK of the ■iiiitain af 8t Pierte, and by Caviar in the 14lh vaL of the Jeaelrt de Mmtmmt, p. t>9. Frea theae Moaanta we gather, that, hiadu mmj spedca either aoar cKtiacl. cr to na unknown, renaina hare baaB fcnad of the grera lurile, of the raiftfiMfad^ carctta, and sersawBOi turtles ; and of at I {T.JIava, or Emroptm) of ftuah water Okd» II. SAURIAN REPTILES. what we have said rsapecting thn order, in il arraagaaent. p. i, «• najr remark, that, fai OMat of the ipacieih there ia as lenaMe neck, or re- markable contractioa b e t a e a u the head aad body ; that they have all a Icngthaaad thorax, fN t mHad by the ribs; that their tail ia OMat eeauaaalyi«aBdod,tii(Nigh in soaw tribes it is oonnnaad lalanlly, than aenri^g the parDoae of a fc, Mni|{ varf adoMa pn ha n sile. The iinib^ which are always diart, are hi a few in- ftaneaa oahr two in aumber. The aen^bcr of the toes aad flf Ihav c w p u ae nt jomta, as well aa their form mi mpailiie situation, difar eonadcrably. All the pd« chage their riun cvwj ipri^ Their jaws, tn«gh dwy c a m — cn i y expand very oonsadenbly, ne> w snmte ftom each odiar at the articatotion, as we ahall hvaaftar find to be the case with aerpmta. They all find on ihriy aaimala. Their voice a weak, aad w wh im m d aff hfaa or whiatle. They copulate, lav eags eoveicd with a caloBrcoos or meaibraaoaa shell, wficfa they deposit ia the earth or aaad, bat do not aa. Mt m hatching thaaa. They are in general very active and veracious. Moat of the saedea an inhabiunu of the warmer dimatcs, few of thaaa being found in the northern countries. It haa beaa leaiarkcd, that in this Comwwm crocodUe, Shaw iii. p|. |v. Ivi. Ivii. Under this species, Daudin ranks as varieties the '" r of Senegal, the black crocodile, and the ln> Sect. II. Gwoiaii. Mnxale lengthened, narrow, nearly cvlindrical ; two teeth at leeat en each side of the lower jaw, prolonged upwarda beaide the upper jaw. Sp.9. C. Immntlrit. Long-beaked crocodile. Mui- liDgint- sle double the kngth of the head ; both jawk furnish- '™- cd with 97 teeth on each aide ; four carinated plates, di aaoaed in a square upon the neck. Lm crot o dUe d kmg bee, ou le petit gatial, Daud. i. S99- Sp. S. C. AnHrottrit. Narrow-beaketl C. OangKic Aretireitris. ('. .Muislc narrow, as long as the head; upper jaw furnished with 88 teeth on each aide ; loWer jaw with onlv 25 on each side ; two carinated plates upon the Le crocodile d bee etroit, ou le grand gonial, Daud. i. 380. pL xxviL flg. 8. Lt gmoiml, Laeefedit, vol. i. part iL art 3. pi. xti. Ijoetrtm gmmgitieo, Lirni. a GmeL p. 1057- Ijomg-moted eroeodiU, Edwards, PhU. Trant, %\\x. p. 699. pi. xix. Cmg t im enetdiU, Shaw, iii. p. 197. pi. be. Sect. III. Caiman*. Muasle broad, flat, and obtuse ; the fourth tooth of the lower jaw received into a particular ouaty of the upper jaw, by which it is concealed. Sp. 4w C. caiman. Caiman crocodile. Beak flat, a Caimas. little narrower than the head ; jaw* furnished with 1 9 teeth on each side; 14 carinated plates, diqiosed in five rows upon the neck. IjC crocodile caiman, Daud. i. p. 399- Lacerta aUigalor, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1058. No. Ii. AOigator, Smw, iii. p. 19S. pi. hx. Sp. 6. C. yaam. Yacare C. Mustle blunt, a Utile Yacar*. S4 maWppi- t-atinxtri*. elevated; j»ws furnished with 19 teeth on each side; two fore teeth of the lower jaw elongated, and passing through the up|»er jaw. Daud. i. p. 407. Sp 6'. C. Misiissippiensis. Mississippi C. or alligator. Muule broad and flattened ; four carinated scales, dis- posed in a square upon tl\e neck. I ^ crocodile da Musissippi, Daud. i. p. 412. Alligator, or Florida crocodile, Bartram's Travels in South America. Sp. 7. C. Intiroslris. Broad-beaked crocodile Muz- zle broad and fl.ittcned; jaws furnished with 19 teeth on each side ; eight scales, disposed in four pairs upon the neck. Le crocodile li large muncau, Daud. i. p. 417. Perhaps this may be considered as a variety of the alligator, from which it appears to differ only in the number and disposition of the plates on the neck. Such is the arrangement of Daudin. We must now notice die classification of Cuvier, as given in the 10th volume of the AnnaUt de Museum. Essential Characters of the Genus. Tail flattened at the sides ; hind feet palmated or semipalmated ; tongue fleshy, attached to the floor of the mouth, except at its edge ; teeth sharp, simple, ranged in a single row ; penis single. Subgenera and Species, with their essential Characters. Subgenus I. Alligators. (Sect. III. DaucUn.) Species 1. Cr. Indus. Muzzle parabolic, depressed ; scales on the neck four. Native of North America. 2. Cr. sclerops. A transverse ridge between the or- bits ; neck furnished with four bony bands. Native of Guiana and Brasil. 3. Cr. palpebrosus. Bony palpebrse ; neck furnish- ed with four bony bands. 4. Cr. trigonatus. Bony palpebrae ; neck furnished with irregular triangular carinated scales. Subgenus II. Crocodiles. (Sect. I. Daudin.) 5. Cr. vulgaris. Muzzle equal ; scales of the neck six ; those of the back in sixes, square. Native of Africa. 6. Cr. biporcatus. Muzzle furnished with two ridges nearly parallel ; plates of the neck six ; scales of the back in eights, oval. Native of the Indian islands. 7. Cr. rhombifer. Muzzle sub-convex, with two con- verging ridges ; plates of the neck six ; scales of the back in sixes, square, those of the limbs thick and ca- rinated. 8. Cr. galeatus. Top of the head furnished with a two-toothed elevated crest; plates of the neck six. Na- tive of India beyond the Ganges. 9. Cr. biscutatus. Intermediate scales of the back s<)uare; outer ones irregular both in form and situa- tion ; plates of llie neck two. 10. Cr. acuius. Intermediate scales of the back square ; outer ones irregular ; plates of the neck six ; muzzle elongated and convex at the base. Native of the Antilles. SwBOENus III. Longiroftret, or Gavials. (Sect. II. Daud.) 11. Cr.gangeiicus. Top of tlie head and orbits trans- verse ; two small plates on the neck. 1 2. Cr teniiirottris. Top of the head and orbits con- tncted ; four small plates on the neck. M. Geoffroy St Hilaire, in a second Memoir on Cro- codUes, xn the tenth volume of the Aniuk* de Museum, HERPETOLOGY. has formed another species of Nilotic crocodile, under the trivial name Siichn.t ; but his account of it is not sufficiently precise to determine its specific differences. As we have already, under the article Crocodile, given a comprelieiisive account of the three principal species of this tribe, viz. the crocodile of the Nile, the alligator, and the Gangetic crocodile, or caiman, we shall at present dispense with any thing more on the natural history of these animals. Saurian Reptiles. Species. Guianentit. Plate CCXCVI. Fig. 4. Genus II. DnACiENA. DRAGON. In this genus the body is covered with large rounded Dhacxsa scales, (those upon the back being carinated,) dispo- Genus, eed in transverse bands, and separated by numerous other very small scales that are round and carinated. The head is thick, compressed laterally, and covered at the top with several smooth scales. Some of the teeth in the fore part of the jaws are sharp- pointed, and those behind are broad and flat like the molares of quadru- peds. The tongue is forked at its distal extremity ; and the tympanum of the ear is apparent externally of a round form. The lower part of the body is covered with smooth scales, disposed in transverse bands. The tail is covered on that half next the body with plates, which form on its upper part first four, and then two toothed ridges, while the remaining half is covered with rough rhomboidal scales, carinated and imbricated. The four feet are each furnished with five long toes completely separated from each other, and terminated by claws. There is only one species, viz. Species 1. Draccena guianemis. Guiana dragon. La JDragonc de la Giiian, Daud. i. p. 423. pi. xxviii. , La Dragone, Lacepede, vol i. part ii. art. 5. pi. xiii. Lacerta dracama, Linn, a Gmelin, p. 1059. Draccena lizard, Shaw, iii. p. 218. pi. 67. See Plate CCXCVI. Fig. 4. This animal in many respects resembles the smaller crocodiles, differing from them chiefly in its forked tongue and distinct toes. It is of a reddish-brown co- lour, shaded with green. It is from two to four feet in length, of which the tail is about one half. This latter organ is very thick at its proximal extremity, ta- pering gradually towards the point, and is strong and flexible. The dragon has hitherto been found only in South America, and chiefly in Guiana. It is a land animal, frequents the savannahs and marshy plains; readily climbs trees, and hides itself when in danger from cro- codiles or other enemies. Both its flesh and eggs are used as articles of food. Gbnus III. Basiliscus. BASILISK. The body in this tribe is thicker in proportion to its length than many of the order, and its whole surface, as well as that of the head, neck, tail, and limbs, is co- vered with small scales that are generally rhomboidal, and a little carinated. The head is short and pretty thick, especially towards the back part; the tongue broad, thick, flat, rounded at its tip, not extensile, and almost wholly attached within the lower jaw. The throat is susceptible of inflation. The tail is long, very much compressed laterally, and surmounted at least along its anterior half, with a high vertical crest that is radiated, capable of beuig folded together, and scaly. Basilis- cus Gerni^ H E R P E T O L O G Y. t5 MitntiM. '■ I. Tbe feet ate rather thick and lon^ and furniatted each with fire toe*. Icnniaating in daws. There are two spedca, via. SptdtM 1 . Batikuut mitrttmt. Mitred basiliak. Tail ki^ and potntad ; back of tb* iMad kurmounted with a very hi^ mitre.abapcd inemfaraie. See Plate CCXCVI. Fig. 5. Lt BmtUic pntfrewmU iU^ ou « etfttehon, Daud. iil p. 3ia pL xlii Le Ba»iUc, Laecfrnfe, voL L part ii. art. 14. LoBtrla htuHimmt, Unn. a Gntelin, lOCii. S. B. amheaumm. Aanboiiia B. Tail long; head nalud, dofwl CMit pcctiaatML Lt B. rm ^mMa dtJk A tim ; Daud. iu. p. sn. Lr porU-rrUa, l^atffdtk «>!• •• part ii. ait. 15. Ijacrria am Mmu i t , Linn, a Gntelia, p^ i06*. The animak abow chMMteracd, thoogh augular in their external a pyri iCT , have nathing of the terrible aspect and daadqr prapcrtica of the baailiak, to re. nownedaiMMtbitwrilan of antiquity. See liAt-iuKK. They are hanuWa a inofanave crcaturea, enlivenini; the wooda of America and Aaia with thair active aotiwu. AaMird bjr the craat on thair back and tail, ihajr bap with agilitjr fton btBach fe» bnnch, thwMh thmy have no prataaaiao* to fl^init. *» waa aupj^aaad ojr Saba. It ia not certain whether ihejr bei|yaHt the water, but if ihtj do, their u ea ud iuBbranei oMat act aa &U. GkXO> IV. Tl7riM4llBtS. TheaniaMk of thia tribe have the back and ballr ei^ The hMd iaoaweted withMMMnoaaoMdlacalai^aBd, M well aa the neck, ia lent aad thin. TheMifMia I. end fothad. The bedv U Iw^ Md ef • foUnt aaekc. The ud k ««]r kng, at iu bMe. ■Iwhtljr vettidOiaid. ar with a very ■oMUaetiUeai^ioin aame hnfmlhinotheta. The >et are tWBg,and Ime eech tea leea aayanaail and ftwiihad with dawa. The tnpineiahaa ere very active, live hath on and in the water, feed oo i an wood mice, ftnita^ and iafaaa^ The aaak greedily afWlheana they enaAilly avoid the ■Mto, which, in their torn, prejr ( Tbcjr an all naiivaa ef wann cUaiy in South America, V^jpt, and tbe Eaat Indica. Dawdin haa thara e tt ii Md fbartccn apeciaa, which he diatffiNrtaa aadar tw» SactioM ea Iblkwa : SacT. I. 7W|pMM«Aar milk Ikt Tmii geeyuwrf aarf ««/de. /fprriety. TiqnnumUt wtamMor. Saflmard tnpinam* bk. Head covfrvd with pretty kf ge na lea ; back black, with foor lonjtitndiraU ltni Lt Tufimmwtbit pr t p r e meiit Hi, en Se e eat aii/ , Daud. W. p. 20. fjt TxpiiivmUg, Lacrp. J. part ii. art. fi. pi. xiii. fig, 2. Lmerrla wnmlor, Linn Monilorv lizaitt, Shaw, .... , . . .. j .. .■..:. 2. T. eJrf am*. Elegant T. Drowniah with white prmcenfri' 1irii-4 :^^,ve the liead and neck, nine tran*- vme bitrc! I wlijtr tpoi^ upon the hack i the belly «->'''' rrruptcd tmavcrae biown tinea; Lr I .;.ud. ill p.S6. S. IU- Cepedian T. Browni«h above, with . ill i* '.ran^vetae rowaef apoU; .white on the VOL. II. r«BT I. Repiile Indicus. MaculaCUb Gruetu. fore part of the body, and black on the hintlor ; whitish below, with interrupted trantver^ brown lines. Le T. cejtedian, Uaud. iii. p. 43. pi. xxix. 4. T. iiuUau. Indian T. Black above, with con- fuaedly scattered white dots. Le T. iudien, Daud. iii. p. 46'. pi. xxx. 5. T. maculalut. SputtL-d T. lilack above, irregu- larly marked with transverse bands, and seven longi- tudinal rows of greenish spots on the upper ]>art; Deck p)ailcrge blanche, Daud. iii. p. 72. pi. xxxii. M. T. rarif'alm. Variegated T, Blackiah above, variegated with double transverae rows of round yel- low lines and sbades ; tail twice aa long aa the body, Le T, Ugarri, Daud. iii. p. 76. FerMretadirwrd.Whitr, Fnyerr/o N.S. ;f'(i&«,p.S53, 13. T. tMmmlktwmtiemt. Pimp^ T. Black-coloured, with roundish white spota irregularlv disponed ; belly marketl with brown bands ; two black lines behind the eyes ; head scaly above ; tail of moderate len^. Le T. rxanlhrmaliqme de Senegal, Daud. iii. p. 80. \^. T. laceHinui. Liaard T. Some carinatetl scales !'««»><"". along the back ; eight longitudinal rows of smooth pUtes below the belly ; tail long, with a small double crest at its liase, I^ T. liztiniH, Daud. iii. p, 85, Ije SiloHnr, l.ac*pedc, i. part ii, art 1 1 . LaccTia bicarinata, Linn, a Graelin, p. 1060. Genus V. Iglana. GUANAS. Tbe imlividnals of this tribe resemble those of the lotrAVA last, in having the body and tail surrounded with nu- Oeniu. meroos small rings of mmuta scales that are nearly of a aqoare fignre, and in sometimes having the toil a little > oompreased at the tides, though this is in a >r - " -'-- gree. A hi^ crest comnos^ of numerous scales, reaeinbliDg the teetn of a comb, extends mun^ o StcUatu;, Nilotiau, BengslMw. OinttiUi Plate CCXCVI, Fig. 6. AJbigoUril. Vuiegtiui. Exsotlit. maliciu. HEUPETOLOG V. Rrpnlc*. DrlicatitM' FtATB CCXCVI. Jig. T. Coniuu. CarolOi Cominoo luana. I)*AC0 ticotu. f6 the rxrlebro! from the neck to near the tip of the tail. The head is somewhat pyramidal, and has four sides ; the tongue is broad, flat, fleshy, but little extensile, and a little notched at its tip ; and below the throat is a pendulous inflated skin, compressed laterally, and fur- nishcd at iu fore jiart with a crest resembling that on the back and Uil. The feet are strong, each having five toes ending in claws, and under each thigh is a row of small porous tubercles. The Guanas are found both in the E. and VV. Indies; and chiefly inhabit the woods, sporting among the trees. There are three species, viz. Sptcies 1. Iguana deUcalissima. Common guana. Swelling of the throat pectinated anteriorly ; dorsal and caudid crest pectinated ; forehead and muzzle covered with smooth plates. Plate CCXC\^I. Fig. 7. J.'Ifuane ordinaire, Daud. iii. 263. pi xL L'iguane, Lacepcde, vol i part ii. art 12. Lacrrla iguana, Linn, a Gmelin. p. 1062. Common ^uana, Shaw, iii. pi. Ixi. 2. /. coriuUa. Horned G. Swelling of the throat anteriorly pectinated ; forehead beset with tubercles, especially one resembling a horn. L'Iguane cornu, Dau» of the body to the shoulders. In other respects they resemble the guanas, having, like them, a crest along the back and part of the tail, and an inflated membrane below the throat. Their tail is, however, proportion- ally longer, smaller, and more cylindrical, and their limbs more delicately formed. Naturalists of the pre- sent day reckon three species, which Daudin has dis- tinguished by the following names and characters. Species 1. Draco linealus. Radiated flying dragon. Lineatut Body beautifully variegated with blue and grey above ; wings brown, longitudinally streaked with white. Le iragonraye, Daud. iii p. 298. 2. D viridis. Green flying D. Body green, rather Viridis. scaly; wings grey, transversely marked with four brown bands and connected with the thighs. See Plate ^,l^^IL. CCXCVI. Fig. 8. Vtr Le D. verd. Daud. iii. p. 301. pi. xli. Draco volaiis, Linn, a Gmel. p. 10.56". Le Driigon, Lacepede, vol. ii. part ii. art. S3. 3. D.piscus. Brown dragon. Body brown, paler Fuscus, beneath, scarcely scaly ; wings brown. Le D. brun, Daud. iii. p. 307. These animals so far resemble each other in habits, manners, and habitation, that it is unnecessary to de- scribe each species. They are usually of small size, seldom exceeding eight inches in length. From this small size, and the membranous wings with which they are furnished, they readily support themselves for some time in the air, though their flight seldom extends beyond thirty paces, darting from tree to tree in the manner of the flying squirrels ; ani- mals which they much resemble, as well in their mo- tions as in their manner of life. They are supported chiefly by insects, which they sometimes take while on their flight. Flying dragons are found in Asia, Afri- ca, and America, especially in the island of Java. We need scarcely remark, that the fantastic animals described by the older writers of natural history, under the name of dragons, are mere creatures of the imagi- nation ; though it may be proper to observe, that spe- cimens are not unfrequently met with, in cabinets of animals, that nearly resemble the figures given by those writers. It is now known that these specimens are arti- ficial, and are formed by designing people, who make a trade of selling natural curiosities, by dressing up small ray fish, so as to resemble the fabulous dragons. Genus VII. Agama. AGAMAS. The species now ranked under this name had gene- Agam^ rally been regarded as guanas, or stellios, from which Genus. Daudin distinguishes them by the following characters. Body oblong, more or less thick, entirely covered with small rhomboidal scales, that are almost always carina- ted and reticulated together ; tail in most instances cy- lindrical, but in a few compressed ; tliroat capable of being inflated ; tongue short, thick, a little cleft at its tip ; head thick, callous, generally set with spines at the back part, and covered with numerous small rhom- boidal scides ; feet long and thin, having each five slen- der toes furnished with claws. There are twenty-five Speciei. species, arranged under five Sections. Sect. I. Agamas having a compressed Tail. Species 1. Agama superciliosa. Supercilious Agama. SupercUio- Body of a pitchy black ; back and tail crested above ; »»• occiput callous and spinous ; scales of the body rhom.- bold and carinated. L' Aflame sourcilleux, Daud. iii. p. 336. Laeerta superciliosa, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1063. HERPETOLOGY. ptftii. art. 7. Airu FnagtiSmrd, Shaw. 2. A. tcniala. Fork-hnded A. T«l « little rmtv. prp«i«l. of the length of the body ; » fermtnl crest on the back ami tail ; occiput odlooa and two ibrked. I.'A. ocdptUjbmrcim. Daud. iii. p. S45. I^crria toOaia, Linn, a GroeL p. lOGS. Shielded lixjtrd, Shaw. L* lett/otircAiie. Laoepede, toL L put iL art. 8. 3. .4. alra. Black A. Occiput very rpinout ; body of a blackish fqualid broirn above, with a lonpitu.linil veil.... I, •=,ndal«^»h«h«i; beUy and throat blu. I 'ttle cwBprwwtL i. .i;aMr Htmirt, UamL Hi. p. S49, ^ /LfatcuUm. Banded A. Tail onsofaMd, thrice aa kNur aa the body i coloar bine, pakr Ulow, with pal* ■MCs on tiia atck, and four transverw pal* Mne band^ oC which tha Mond is the ahorteat. on the ba^ LA. i bmrnda de tlmde, Daud iii. p^ SA& Skctiox II. Aj:amtu properly to ealleJ, Body aleiMlcr, wicboM tabetdaa ; tail cylindricaL 27 PlAT« €CXCVI1. 'n:bn. Cadabia. UurKan, rWrigBb. *• •^* «fa«>n<«. Cii— HI AgMBa. Tail Ion* ; up- p« part of the neck and back part of the Ixwl .pi- Mo^ with the lodea of the oeefpot reretwd ; a nnall do«aaI p a ciia a tad amm. ; rn la i « pale gracxtiah blue. L'A.iu€almu, Oaad. wL p. SM. Laetrtm ^mmm. Linn. • OmeL p. I0G4>, L'Amamt, tmetA. L part li. art IT. t.A.ealatu. Galcol A. Blue ; tail Ion* ; lore part flf the back and back ^r, »r.t,. i.,.,i r.,niiahcd with a ■aatlcrat Sac PU; % l^M. ftltott, Ilanrl. .... |,. .,..,, im. juiii. If^UtakUt^ Uan. a Gnalin, p. 106d^ Gakoi lusrd, Sbtw. L'A. «*/«Mr, l aa r pa iU . L part ii. ait. Id. 7 J. mmhrm. Clondcd A. Tail lonK ; oonpnt caU fern and apinooj ; back five atfeakcd ; a black apat oa the throat LA. mmirr. Daud. iii. p^ SfJS. Ijtceria tnmfira. Linn, a Gnwl. n. I0t>4. CJoHdtd inard, Shaw. LL'mhrtf Lacepada, ii. part ii. art SO. 8. A. imdmtau. Uodulatnl A. Aah brown ab«>Te, wnpilarlv OMrkcd with tninavetaa baaib or wave*; blai'h brlow, with a \in^ whiliah doaa. L'A. oitdmlr, l)«ueset with |M>inted scales, marbled with transverse shades of redtliaii-brown and white. L' A. rude, Daud. iii. p. 40?. 15. A. Hellarit. Starred A. Body and tail furnish- SteU«ri«. ed above with a tootlied crest, with numerous white •tarry pointa on the hack and on each side. L'A. etoUe, I>aud. iii. p. 40^. Skction III. Orbicular Agamtt or Tapayt. Body a little deprcased. and beset here and there with mall rounded or pointed tuberdask J6 a. orUeularit. OrbicuUr A. Body orbicular Orbicului*. and rough, i^mqntcd above with brown; head like that of a toad; feet yellow below; tail of moderate len^h. L'A. orlicutaire, Daud. iii. p. 406. plate xlv. fig. 1. Lactrta orbicutarit, Linn, a GmeL p. IO61. tx Tapay, LaceMde, toL ii. part li. art 37. Orhieuiar Ihard, Shaw. 17. A. GemmalM. Gemmed A. Body marked with Canmsu. ■U longitudinal rowa of four-sided pointed scales, with brownish trmnarerse angular bands upon the back. L'.i. a pierrtriu, Daud. iii. p. 410. 18. A. plica. Plated A. Tail long ; occiput callous, PUia. palpebrw excoriated above ; neck tuberculated at the «deih and plate Plate CCXCVII, Kig. lO. Pelluma. 5. S. spinipes. Spinefooted S. Bow paler, aai towvda yellow-white^ or even brown. * ckfadhr in the tropical cUmatcs of th« old continent, ei|iecialty m E|nrpt and other parts of Anicn, They are generally or dinumitive siw, the iatgasi not eicee cmn two fret, flvm the mode to the tip of die tcB; nf irhifh thf rail iii rM| i i ei n wt half Gam X. OccAo. GECKOS. The animals of this tribe ara not so anatf(hily in their cxtvnal #i«H«Hn as the* am ii^gaMhif m t«ir I iuid whi ' nan, and toe noaiouB iuid which they secrete. Their head is Prcttjr thick, especially at the articulation of the JBwa, wncic tt is bocdered with smsll plates, while the •adhce tif the head i* co vered with small rounded pro> a i hwi i t scales ; the ronule is taper ; the tongue thick, flat, tlightly cleft at Hs tip, and glotinoas^ but itet ez« tmsile ; the eyce res tmbh. these ef the chamehoas, bat Ae extctnal opening ef the care b Icm apparent, and the threat is susceptible of slight tnAation. The bodv la knf and tfnn, a little drprrved, and covered with smdl praniaent scales ; the Uil is generally cy> tical, b«t in a ftw spaciea iallened; the fbet have five broad toes, flancnad along thnr marfiaa, co- d on their infilrier sarlhcc wwi smdl trau i v c i se hahricated scales, oooeeaKng Klandahr porvs, fWm tsMch e iudei a ffiy ecert^ire flnicL Each toe n tip> pad vtfl a maO crooked daw. Thagtchw tn kmti in Soath Ametics, in AiKca, Hndrical,! and Uie East Indies. They live about walls and in dkurian trees, feed chiefly on insect), ami have so little dreail of ltq"^«- ^ mankimi, as familiarly to enter their houses. """i"^^ There are 15 species, arranged under three Sections. Sbction I. Geckos. Geckos, properly so calleo'.i«lie■• •» Irr surface of each toe are Id transverse dits I > as many cavities, or pockets, whoee depth is lu in v n|iial to the length of the slit which forms the orifice .- they all open for. wards, and the extcrnd edge of each opening is serra- led like a small- toothed oomh. The cavities, poekeu, and serrated cdgea an cwvered with a cntide. A large ovd BMrnda awvaa the daw of each toe, and fttrni the twalniw of these large musdas, two sets of smaller ■wdaa originate, one pair of which i* lust upon the pos- terior suriaoe of rach of the cavities that lie immediately over them. The large mnades draw down the claws, and necaaaarily stretdi the small muscles. When the ■mall maades contract, they open the orifices of the cavities, and torn down their serrated edge u^xm the sur&ce on which the animal stands By this means vanu ara Amnad, and the aMmd adhere* to the surfiux by the pn wa iii of the atmosphere. See Phif. Tram. IfUJ. n. l49Lamipage»l,col. 8. of this article. «. O. Unit. SniaoCh G. Ash grey, all the scdes Ijnu. vanr minute, inside of the thighs not porous ; tail of moderate length, simple at the base; tips of the toes triangular. Le G. line tTAwtM^me, Daud. iv. p. 11?. S. G. tpiniamda. Spine-tailed tJ. Boitants of America, where they live ill dry places much exposed to the sun. Daudin HERPETOLOGY. reckons eight species, arranged under two .Sections Saurian Reptiles. Sect. I. Aneles having the Tail compressed, carinated, v.»-y->-^ and serrated. .Sjvjcics. Species 1. Anolis bimaciilatus. Two-spotted A. Blu- Bimacula- ish green, with a black spot upon each shoulder ; back tiis. flattened and serrated. See Plate CCXCVII. Fig. 15. P'/J,":, L' Anolis himacule, Daud. iv. p. 55. pf ^13 Lacerta bimaculata, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1059- '^* Le Bimacnie, Lacepede, i. part ii. art, 10. Pennsyhanian lizard, Shaw. 2. A. carbonaritis. Charcoal coloured A. Deep black. Carbon*. with shades of blue ; throat yellow ; toes broadest at '■''^'• Uieir tips. L'A. charbonnier, Daud. iv. p 64. 3. A. lineahis. Striped A. Body marked on each T.incattxs. side with two longitudinal rows of oblong black linesr !,pots. L'A. rayi, Daud. iv. p. Gtf. pi. xlviii, fig. 1. Sect. H. Anofes having a cylindrical Tail articulated, but not carinnted. 4. A. bullaris. Red-throated A. Greenish or red- Bullaris. dish, with a black .spot on the temple. L'A. roquet, Daud. iv. p. 69. Lacerta bullaris, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1075. /yg roquet, Lacepede, ii. part ii. art. 40. pi. iv. fig. I. 5. A. punclatus. Dotted A, Blue above, with white punctaius. dots, and a black longitudinal line upon the back ; sides dotted with black. L'A. a piiinls blancs de VAmerique mcridionale, Daud. iv. p. 84. pi. xlviii. fig. 2. Lncertn punctata, Linn, a (hnel. p. 107G. Dotted lizard, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol. iii. 6. A. podagricus. Gouty A. Greenish above, yel- pcdaoricus. lowish below, with marginated nostrils, and tlie joints of the toes flattened. L'A. goutteux, Daud. iv. p. 87. .7. A. auratus. Gilded A. A longitudinal white Auratus. line edged with brown, running from the eyes along each side of the body ; toes .slender. L'A. dore, Daud. iv. p. 89. 8. A. spuMor. Spitting A. Tail round, and of mo- Spulator. derate length, covered below with a longitudinal row of plates ; toes truncated ; body ash colour, with trans- verse white bands bordered with liver colour. L'A. sputatcur, Daud. iv. p 99. Lacerta spulator, Linn, a Gmel. p. IO76. Spitting lizard, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol. iii. Genus XII. Lacert.\. LIZARDS. In the numerous tribe of lizards, properly so called, Lacerta the body is covered on its upper part with very .small ^<^""s. hexagonal or rounried scales, disposed in numerous transverse bands, and below with small smooth square plates, disposed in longitudinal rows. The head re- seml)les an oblong pyramid with four sides, covered above and on the sides with smooth plates. The tongue is forked, and capable of being thrust far out of the mouth. The opening to the ear is oval or oblong, and very apparent. The tail is at lea.st as long as the body, quite cylindrical, composed of jointed rings, and has no upper crest. All the feet are nearly of equal length, and under each thigh there is a row of small, rough, porous, scaly tubercles. Each foot has five toes, com- pletely separate, thin, and terminated by small crook- ed claws. Many of the species inhabit woody situa- tions, and seek their food among tlie foliage, or in the HERPETOLOGY. 31 Sanriaa ■(TllM. VirMk nndenrood. Thia Ibod eondils diiefly of insects. Othen Krc about niinoa* bailding*, or rvm approach the dwelling* oT mankind, aad feed partly on iniects. ami partJjr on (hitts and vegetables A few have their natural babhatien in nianhes, ponds, or lake*, and prcT Dpaa tbe iniall animab which inhabit them. The liaarda are in general lively and active, and, on tbe whole, fom tbe moat pleasing of all the Saurian trflica. Tbey are innocent in tbnr m a m wr a ; cheerful in their movements ; and many of tbem, tmn their acreeable form and variety of coioor, coostitate very pIcMing featofea in a gronp of natural objects. Bloatof tbem are natives of tbe wanner climates; but more of tbis tribe than oT any other of the .Saurian or- der, are iwfigenooa in tbe temperate countries of Eu> Thert wn aboot 39 iSMMa. wbidi Daudin dia- rape; I tribotca SscT. L Jmnmt Liiardt. Ko aealy collar oo tbe nadi ; tail entirely cylindrical and verticiUalaii 6mc«m 1. Lme€rtm mwmm hngnt binecalow, with hmr vlutiab Asaiva UsanL Of a fwa of round plaited Lg kaanl aiwaa, Dand iiL p. 98. VAmmm, La wp ada , eoL i. part iL art. SS. Lmetrtm mmmm, Linn, a Gaaabn. pw 1070k BkmMmnd, Shaw, Gn. &a^ toL iii. i. L. liiitrmtm. Lcttatad L. BlaU gated above with obleaff black apoti^ UaA bands, dotted with wbtte an cacb side; nech fciwi'iiiily plailad befew. L* L. mrdm trmitu maire$d»IUmmpir. Dand. iit. p. 1 06> S. L. grtfUea. Grapbie L* Blniah>grMn marked with b l a A paiala and c n a n w , with lines and eya-likc spoU of a light grten; light yellow below witbout spots. Le grand L terd ocelli dm midt de f Europe, Dand. iir. p. 125 pi. sxtiii. Le I„ terH. Laomda, L part ii art. 19. pi. xv. fig. I. •. L. y^ridU. Oraan L. Bright green, marked aboea with ver^ nwaeroos black or brown poinu ; light y a s n bdbw wttboot spots. £• L. fifteti, ^Emrnpr, Dand. iii p. I i4. pi. xxxix. 9. L.j0wtiucentie. Jamaica L. Back reticulated with pale brown, with yellow dots; a double longitudinal row Siurun of ovate blue spot* along each side ; tail long. Hcp i iiri.^ I^ L. verd de la Jamaique, Daud. iii. p. 149. ~ ' ■ 10. L. bilineata. Twcvliiied L. Back marked with Bilmeauu two longitudinal white lines, ei%ed above with brown; a loDgitudiiuil row of brown spots, and white points on each side of the body, and a loug tail. Le L. terd a deux rmiet, Daud. iii. p. 151. pi. xxxr. fig. 1. 1 1. L ttirpium. Copse L. Bright green, spotted Siirpiuiu. with black ; back and tail grev, with a brown inter* rupted line along tbe back ; a double row of black eye- like spou along eacb side, and a dotted belly. Le L de utuckei, Daud. iii. p. 15.5. pi. xxiv. fig. 2. 1«. L viriduta. Greenish L. Bright green above; Viridul* yellow below ; tail three times the length of the body, and black at the tip, with an orange coloured spot on tbe occiput and neck. Le L. verdelet de Panama, Daud. iii. p. 165. 13. L. iUifnerta. Tiligurta L. Tail double the Tiligufrts^ length of the body ; belly marked with eighty plates. Le L tiligurta, Dsud. iiL p 167- Lacrrta liligueria, Linn, a Gmelin. p. 1070. 1^ Ldumetornm. Wood L. Bright green, with the num«#» neck and belly ofa bright steel colour ; feet black, and ■>•■<>• the collar of tna nadt serrated, and ofa violet colour. Le L.d€S boiemut de Sitriuam, Daud. iii. p. 1 72. Sect. IIL BMom Lixardt, Having a collar on the nadt, and several longitudinal white parallel lines along the npperpart ufthc boly. Ix L a the bteur, Daud. iii. p. !<) 19. La tryou. Teyou L. L^pper part of the head green ; back violet colour, with one green line and six white ones: throat and belly ofa silvery white. Ije L leuou terd, Daud. liL p. 195. 20. L. deterti. Desert L. Tail the length of the body ; back black, with six white interrupted longitu- dinal lines ; belly white without spots. tje L du deerrl. DauaoME zards, properly so called, in having a very slender bo- *^^'""- dy, which, as well as the extremely long tail, is verti- cillated, or formed of scaly carinated rings. They have also two small vesicles at the base of each thigh, a long extensile forked tongue, and a remarkable con- traction between the head and body. There are two species, viz. Species 1 . Takydrornus quadrilinealus. Four-streak- Quadrili- ed Takydrorae. Brown above, whitish below, with two neatus. longitudinal white lines on each side. Le Takydrome brun a qualre raies, Daud. iii. p. 252. 2. 2\ sexlineatus. Six-streaked T. Bright shining Sexlineatut. blue, with three longitudiniil black lines on each side of the body. See Plate CCXCVII. Fig. 15. Pi^ate lyC T. nacre a six raies, Daud. iii. p. 256. pi. xxxix. y^'^'^fy^'' These animals inhabit dry places, and, as their ge- '^' ' neric name imports, run with great swiftness. * We h«»e laid (p. 31.) that the lizards tat innoceot rrptilet, a potitioD now generally maintained by modem naturalists. We arc, however, aMuicd, by an intclliijeni friend, a clergyman, tliat when a boy, be bad one of bis fingeiG so much afiected, in consequciKe of baadling a brown lizard, u to be very neatly in a >ute of gangrene. HERPETOLOGY. S3 ft:sr\.t OtBIM. Plats ccxcvii. MibMja. BJiaotujL GknvsXIV. SciiKDa. SCINKS. Body long and rmther thick, entirely covered with el- b'pUcaf or rounded imbricated ncales. Head oblong, covered above with a few pUtes ; tongue rather thick, ■hart, and tiij^litly cleft at ita tip. Tail knser or short* er in the diSerent •pedea, covered with icaMs cimilar to thoae of the body. Faet •brang, rather ihort and thin, furniahed each with five long, tliin, separate toe*. tCT- minating in claws. This u a numerooa tribe, ooniprehending 81 wftan, which are all nativea at warn cHmatea They are bri*k in their motions. Mid load of basking in the sun> •hine. They live in dry stony plaeaa, and feed on in- sects. The species are airai^gcd by Daudin in four sections, asfiiUowa. Sbct. I. Omnmm Scinh. Tail short and conical ; colour grey, having generally transverse bands of a doner ooloar. SptcietX. Sdmauqgkmatu. OAdnal Sdnk. Grey, begirt with trsnsverae bUckiab soom; back a little an> giuai; mussle short and scats; tail oanprsasad at tbe tip; margin of the toss sstiatcd. Le tcinque ontimmirt dfEgjnl, daud. iv. p. 130. Laetrim teimeus, Linn, a Oniel. p. 1077. Q0kmml idmk, Shaw, iii. p|. Ixxix. Lt tdm^m, Laoep. ii. part ii. art. S4. pL L Ig. SL 8. & g M M m uf , UaMw-wasp S. Thick, brown abov, with laiji* moaded 'mJbtiaud scales ; monk taper, withpUiss on ito nwar patt; tail thick hmI short. See pW CCXCVII.Tig. 1& Le gn* S. gaUu-matp dt la Jamaimit, Daud. iv. P.SS9. S. S.gifm*. Giants. \Mute, with lUMtoCB tnOM- verse ban£; tail of oodatat* le^jth. Lt S. grOM/, Oaad. i«. p^ 844. 4. .S. maUnjfm. Uabouya S. Shininf adt-brovn, with nuroeroas snail black spoU above each ad* ; sides and belly pale ; tail elongated ; ownb pcoaunent. Le S. MO&wya, Daucf. iv. p. 84& iaci^adr. ii. part iL art. 24. pi. ii. fig. 1. A. 5 tiiigMgu. TiliffuguS. TailarnodaalBlcMtli. RMmd, and eonieal ; body thick, brown above, thick- ly sH with blMk dots, whitish beknr. Lt 8, t tKt m; Daodiv. p. 851. ttfoerte Mjngw, Linn, a GmeL n. I07S. mamBmnl. Shaw. Skct. II. Wkilt^rtmlmi Stmk*. 6. 5. JEmt%t. Bronse S. Body slender, of a brtna* colour, with a broad kmgitndinal pale ttreak npon tha back ; tail once and a biOrtbe length of the body. Le S. bronse, Daod. iv. p. 8A4w 7- S. bilintatui. Two^atrcaked S. Brownish, with two white k iu|itiMiiii allinaeiqwo the back, with brown spots disposed in rows. Le S.a deux raki, Daud. iv. p. 856. LaetrtamttqmncUUa, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1075. 8. 8. tr^mgatu*. Three- streaked S. Brawn above, with tbiae longitudinal white lines ; tail a little longer than the body, with tbs scales oo iU b^Jc part bau> gonaL LeS.a troU rtdet, Daod. iv. p. 86S. 9. S. qtudrUmemlmt, Foar-streaked S. Tail kxig iBd round; fore feet four-toed; hind feet five-toM, with two langitudiaal white lin« on aacfa ode of the body. SI. MRT L Reptiles. Algirs. Quinque. lincsiwi. CnuDUtu>. Octolinn- uu. Le S. a quaire rates, Dand. iv. p. 266. Lacerta quadrUineata, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1076. Le quatre rates, Lacepedc, ii. part ii. art 57. 10. S. Algira. Algerinc S. Scales of the back c*> rinated ; two yellow longitudinal lines aa each side of the body ; tail long and round. U S. Algire, Daud. iv. p. 269. Lacerta Algira, Linn, a Gmel. p, 1073. L'Almre, Lacep. ii. part ii. art. S2. 11. S. ^Huiquetineatut. Five-streaked S. Blackish above, with five longitudinal yellow or white lines up- on the back ; whitish below ; tail oS moderate length. Le S. a cinq raiet, Daud. iv. p. 272. pi. Iv. fig. 1. Lacerta qtunaueiiaeala, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1075. Le S. Mri^, Laeepede, ii. part ii. art. .S8. 18. 5. cruentatMt. Bloody S. Tail a little verticil- lated ; ash colour above, scarlet bdow, with a whitish tip ; seven white streaks upon the neck, four of which reach to the tail. Le S. tntoMglanU de la Siberie, Daud. iv. p. 278. Lacerta ementa, Linn, a Gmel. p. 107*2. Red^mUidtimrd, Shaw. IS. S.wtelmmanu. BUck-tailed S. Pale ash colour MeUnunii. above, marked with seven longitudinal yellowish lines ; ydlowtsh below ; tail round and black, twice as long as the body. Le S. a tepi raiet et a queue noire de flnde, Daud. iv. p. 880. 14. S. oettUmatut. Eight-streaked S. Black above, with eight loofitadinal whitish lines ; whitish below ; tail fermgiaoaa, and twice as long as the body. LeS. a kuit raiet de la SonteUe JloUandt, Daud. iv. p. 885. The ribboned lizard. White's Foyage to New South Waitt, p. S45. Sbct. III. BUck-ilreaktd Scinkt. 1 5. 5. tloanii. Sloanian S. Brown above, with four sioaniL black longitudinal lines, of which the intermediate are sboftctt ; tail a little longer tiuin the body, « ith round- ed imbricated scales on its proximal, and hexagonal vcr- tidllated scales on its distal half. Le S. dommen, Daud. iv. p. 887. pi. Iv. fig. 2. 16. & tchneiderii. Schnciderian S Bright brown- ish above, with a pale longitudinal line on each side, whitish below ; tail twice as long as the body. Le S. tckneidMen, Daud. iv. p. 891. Le Dore, Laeepede, ii. part ii. art. 36. 17. 6^. trittahu. Sallow S. Back pale brown ; Trutauni. ■ides of a deeper colour, marked with a double pale loii- gitndinal band ; tail long and cylindrical. Le S. rt mbr m ai , Daud. iv. p. 896. 18. S. Imtieept. Broad headed S. Head behind the eyes, broad, oolonr brownish, spotted with black ; tail as king as the body, having its oistal part covered both above and below with tisu sv f ■ » plates. Le S. a large the, Daud. iv. p. 901. 19. 5. carinatut. Ridged S. Scales carinated; tail Ciriostas. twice as long ss the body, covered with scsles as in the last species. Le S. CarhU. Daud. iv. p. 304. Skct. IV. OctOated Sdnlet. SO. 5. octUatut. Eye-spotted S. Ash coloured OoeUsnw. above, with numerotis transverse lines of black scales ; yellow in the middle ; tail about the length of the body. Le S. Octlle de Ckypre et tf Egypt, Daud. iv. p. 308. pi. IvL Schnelderil. Ltticfpf. 34 HERPETOLOGY. Saurian Reptile*. l.atrnli*. ClU, Jjtceria ocellata. Linn, a 6me1. 1077. 21. S. lateralis. Varieijatwl S. Ash coloured nbove, witl/transvcrse rows of black spot', with oblong white (lots in the niitldle ; black longitudinal lines, (k>ttcd below with white upon the sides; tail shorter than the Iwdy, and ending suddenly in a point. Le S. a bandes lalerales, Daud. iv. p. 314. Of all these species, the first or Egyptian scink is the most celebrated, both from the high estimation in which it is held by the natives, and for its having been once employed in Europe as a medicine. It is a small ani- mal, seldom exceeding six or seven inches in length, and is of a pale yellowish brown colour. In its man- ners it is perfectly harmless ; and so active in its mo- tions, that it hides itself in the sand in an instant. This species is so numerous in some parts of the East, that several thousands of them have been seen at once in the great court of the temple of the Sun at Balbec. The ground, the walls, and scattered stones of these ruinous buildings, were covered with them, exhibiting a beautiful appearance from their glittering colours, as they lay basking in the sun. See Brace's Travels. Genus XV. Seps. EFTS. Body, neck, and tail very long, thin, cylindrical, and covered with imbricated scales of a roundish or ellipti- cal form. Head tliin, oblong, covered above with few scales ; tongue rather thick, short, and slightly cleft at its tip. Either four or two feet extremely short, sim- ple, very slender, scaly, furnished with one, two, three, lour, or five toes, indistinct, sometimes with claws, SQinetimes without. The animals which compose this genus so nearly re- semble some of the serpents, as scarcely to be distin- guished from them by a casual observer. Indeed, if we except the short and often indistinct feet, and the marks of an external auditory orifice, they possess almost all the other characters of serpents ; and accordingly several of them have been ranked among the Ophidian reptiles. In their habitudes and manners, they nearly resemble the scinks, though, from the shortness of their feet, their motions are rather those of snakes than li- zards. Daudin enumerates six species, arranged under the two following sections. < Sect. I. Four-footed Efcs. Species I. Seps pentadactylus. Five-toed Eft. Five toes on each foot, fumishedf with claws ; bay or ash co- loured alKJve, with numerous longitudinal brown streaks; whitish below. See Plate CCXCVIII. Fig. 17. Le Seps quadrupide pentadactyle, Daud. iv. p. 325, Lacerta serpens, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1078. 8. 5. tridaclylus. Three-toed E. Feet furnished with three extremely short toes without nails ; bay or ash colour abovCj with four longitudinal brown streaks ; paler below. - Le S. quadrupeds tridactyk, Daud. iv. p. 333, pi. Ivii. 3. .9. monodactyliis. One-toed E. Feet extremely thin and short, comiwsed of one toe without claw ; tail three times as long as the body ; scales subimbricate, and slightly carinatedf Le S. quadrupede monodactyle, Daud. iv. p. 342, pjate Iviii. fig. 1. Lacerta anguina, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1079. Sect. II. Two-footed Efts. Schaeiderii. ^ jg schneiderii. Schneiaerian S. Whitish above, 4 tftdt*. Pcntidacty. ku. Plate ccxctiii, Pig. 17. I'ndictylus. Monodac- tjlut. with a brown line ; brown below ; feet remote from Saimaa the aiiKS, extremely short, either two or three-toed ; Heptilcs. toes without claws, and as if arising from a common '"'V^ pedicle. /,« S. schneiderien, Daud. iv. p. 348. 5. S. sheltonusik. Sheltopusik S. Head and body gheltopu- withoiit distinct separation ; tail long and round, as sik. well as the body, covered with pale imbricated scales ; • rudiments of hinder feet only, two-toed, and without claws, at the anus. Le S. bipede sheltopusik, Daud. iv. p. 351. Lacerta apoda, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1079. 6". S.gronovii. Gronovian E. Dorsal scales dotted Gronovll; with brown ; tail smooth at the tip ; hinder feet only, very short, with one toe and no claw. Le S. groiiovien, Daud. iv. p. 354, pi. Iviii. fig. 2. Lacerta bipes, Linn, a Gmel, p. 1079. Genus XVI. Ciialcides. CHALCIDES. These reptiles differ from those of the last genus only py v,f ,, in the disposition of the scales that cover the body and des Genus, tail, which, instead of being imbricated as in the seps, are arranged in r;ngs, or verticillated. They inhabit similar situations, and have similar manners. There are founJii Body alighlly conpmacd, ebinHed, an Tongue abort and tkidk j the two Ave liiet ftiniiAed with temt toaa, the hinder with fire ; all of thm with* out dawa, but terminated by lenticular tubercle*. The tfce-fhig*, aa their name imports, have their habit at ion in tieca, to the Icavea of which they mSkmn by the tubaRlea eo their taea, and when thiry are often aacn leaping ftam branch to branch, or from leaf to leaf, ia aaerai of worm* and in*ecta. Daring winter and early apring they *cek the bottaaa of lakco and ri< vulcta, where, after their bybemetieo ie over, they pwr, and when the rcaM.e 1*78 b«r aggi. Moatofthie ■pedca are native* of Amcrioa ; bvt aooe an ~"TTrnni> in France, Italy, and other warm E iup a nu co un trieaL. At the patriM teaaan the male makaa • load ahiai manner. The croakiqg b teid t0 be perticniariy load in the evening* on the e paw ch of rain. It baa alao beta rcmafkad of tfaaae aaaailak tiMt their (kin haa the There are twenqr-«i^ tyirim iliacK, and yellow rump. 'liufeU*- La R. iquirtHe, Daud. viii. p. S4. pi. xciii. fig. S. 6. H. tforiegala. Variegated H. Brown iibove, with green doiticulated »poU ; limbs marked with transverae green bands ; toe* flattened. La R. bigarrt, Daud. viii. p. S6. 7. //. tntermiila. Mixed coloured H. Greenish Intermixu. gray above, ijitetapened with red *pota and dot* ; pale red below. Im R. mHawgit, Daud. viii. p. 38. 8. H. Ucolor. Two coloured H. Blue almve, yel- lowiah I ' ' ' -)>ots turrounded witli violet. See PI . 19. Im iC. bicotore, Uaud. viii. p. 40. Rana bicoU/r, Linn, a Gmel. 10.32. 9. U. ryeaea. blue l\. Blue above, reddish cloud- ed ash-colour below ; hinder feet palniated. L* R. bUue dr la NouvelU Hoilaiide, Daud. viiL p, ♦3. BUie/rog, White"* Voifagt to New South 848, pr. iv. 10 H.Jrotlalis. Banded H. Boi bntne, Laccpede, ii. part iii. art. l6. 13. H. miri. Red II. Brownish red above, with a Rubra, double pak line on each side, and rounded spots above tbethisdu. La R. nmge, Daud. viii. p. 55. La roufe, I.acrpede, ii. part iii. art. 30. 14. H. audrilintata. Four-streaked H. Blue or Qnadnii- aulphur-yellow above, with a double yellow or whitish "•"*• line on oKfa side. La R.m fumtre rates, Daud. viii. p. 55. 15. H. auraaliaca. Orange H. Orange-yellow, Auruitiaca, with a stain of reddiah upon ma back. La R. armagie, Daud. viii. p. 57. L'Ormmgt mpitlelle, Laoep, ii. part iii. art. 19. 16. H.kjfpechondrialiM. Hypochondrial H. Bluish grey above, with the side* ot*^ the body and limbs yel lowiah, marked with tranavcise brown bands; toes clef\. La R. knochomdriale, Daud. vii!. p. 60. 17. H.tactea. Milky II. Milky white, with a brown- ish line extending from the nostrils to the eyes; fore- feet semipalmatetl, hinder palmated. Im R. iacier, Daud. viii. p. (jK. 18. H. boons. Croaking H. Whitiah ash-coloured, with brood tranaverse red ami brown atreaka ; head and mouth broad ; hinder-feet lemipalmaled. I^a R. btuglanlt, Daud. viii. p. ()4. Rnna boons, Linn, a GmcL p. 1055. Croahng frog, .Shaw. La CoMtur-ac-tait, Lacepcde, iL part iii. art. 17, Hypothoo. driilu. I.sctea. 30 HERPETOLOGY. OtuUtit. Vtmicon. Venulon. TibUttix. FdMU- Punctata. BlochianA. Melanoiab- dota. Siirinun- Kawa tjenus. 19. H. ocultris. Eye-streaked H. Silvery-grey, with a lateral brown band extending from each eye to the side ; limbs marked with transverse brown bands. La R. oculaire, Daud. viii. p. 68. SO. H. verrucosa. Warty H. Uniformly brownish, with a warty back. La R. a verrues, Daud. viii. p. 70. 21. //. marmorata. Marbled H. Yellow-ash, mar- bled with reddish above, dotted with black below ; •11 the feet flat and palmated. L. R. marbre, Daud. viii. p. 71. pi. xciv. Le Marbre, Lacepede, ii. part. iii. art. 33. 22. H. venulosa. Veined H. Pale reddish, marbled with irregular red streaks or spots, dotted with brown; hinder feet semipulmated. La R. riticulaire, Daud. viii. p. 7*. Rana venulosa, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1053. La rcUiculaire, Lacepede, ii. part iii. art 6. 23. H. tibiatrix. Flute H. Yellowish white, inter- spersed above with reddish dots ; hinder feet semipai^ mated. La R.Jluteuse, Daud. viii. p. 76. 24. H. palmata. Palmated H. Pale reddish, mar- bled with reddish brown, with two streaks above tlie limbs ; all the feet palmated. La R. patle d'oie, Daud. viii. p, 80; Lacepede, ii. part iii. art 7. 25. H. punctata. Dotted H. Whitish grey or brownish above, with scattered white dots, and a white line on each side ; belly white. La R. ponciuee, Daud. viii. p. 81. Z6. H. blochtana. BlochianH. Ash-coloured above; whitish below, with an obscure line extending from the nostrils to the ear, ajid obscure transverse bands upon the thighs. La R. blochienne. Daud. viii. p. 83. 27. H. mclanorabdota. Black spotted H. Green above, with transverse black spots. La R. a laches noires, Daud. viii. p. 85. 28. H. surinamensis. Surinam H. Ash-coloured; marked with ovate red spots above, dotted with black below ; all the toes separate. La R. de Surinam, Daud. viii. p. 86. Genus IL Rana. COMMON FROGS. Body thick, a little compressed, elongated, moist, covered with a few small tubercles ; generally granu* lated below, except at the thorax, which is smooth ; on each side of the back, above the loins, there is in some species a longitudinal angular fold ; tongue short and thick ; the fore feet have four separate toes, with the thumb a little larger than the rest in the male ; the hinder feet are almost always palmated, and are much longer than the body ; the toes are pointed, and have usually a small tubercle under each articulation. Common frogs cannot climb like the tree-frogs, nor can they be said to walk, their proper motion being that oJ" leaping. They inhabit marshy and boggy places, and the borders of lakes and ponds, into which they frequently leap and swim about, either in search of in- nects, worms, and the fry of fishes, or for amusement. Here too they pair and lay their eggs. About the time when the young frogs are come to maturity, it often liappens thiat migrations take place among them from a crowded pond or stream, to one where they are less numerous. On these occasions, it is astonishing what numbers have been seen at once crossing a field or road in their way to their new habi- ution. According to Mr Rae, two or three acres of ground have been seen nearly covered with them. Frogs arrive at full maturity in about five years, and are sup- posed to Uve about twelve or fifteen. The croaking of some species, especially of that called the bull-frog, is remarkably loud, and in some parts of America, where this species abounds, the noise made by their united croaking is heard at a very considerable distance. Frogs are capable of being rendered familiar, and have become so tame as to eat out of the hand. Some of the species serve for food to man, and most of them become the prey of the larger animals that inhabit marshy situations. Daudin enumerates sixteen species of Rana, viz. Sp. 1. Rana esculenta. Esculent Frog. Green with black spots, and three longitudinal yellow lines upon the back ; belly whitish. La Grenouille verte, Daud. viii. p. 90. Rana esculenta, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1053. La Grenouille commune, Lacepede, ii. part. iii. art. 1. Gibbous frog. Pennant, Rril. Zool. iii. p. 7. Esculent, or green frog, Shaw, iii. pi. xxxi. 2. R. temporaria. Common F. Red or brown above, or greenish, with a blackish spot extending from the eye through the opening of the ear. La G. rousse a tempes noires, Daud. viii. p. 94. Rana temporaria, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1053. La Rousse, Lacepede, ii. part iii. art. 2. Common frog, Brit. Zool. iii. p. 3. Shaw, iii. pi. xxxix. 3. jR. punctata. Dotted F. Ash-coloured, dotted with green above ; feet marked with transverse bands; toes separate. La G. ponciuee, Daud. viii. p. 100. 4. R. plicata. Plaited F. Brown, with the sides double plaited ; breast and arms marked with four brown spots ; feet separate. La G.plissee, Daud. viii. p. 102. 5. R. clamata. Noisy F. Dull ash-coloured, inter- spersed with black dots ; upper lip green ; hind feet palmated. Im. G. criarde, Daud. viii. p. 104. 6. R. typhonia. Typhon F. Ash-coloured or red- dish, with a few brown spots, and either five or three longitudinal yellow lines upon the back ; belly whitish. La G. galonnee, Daud. viii. p. 106, pi. xev. La- cepede, ii. part iii. art xii. Rana marginata, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1053. Hurricane frog, Shaw. 7. R. rubeUa. Reddish F. Rusty colour above, with three longitudinal black lines upon the back, and a triangular white spot upon the forehead. La G. rougette, Daud. viii. p. 109. 8. R. maculala. Spotted F. Grey, with a square green spot upon the head, and another round one on each shoulder ; whitish below, marbled with black. La G. tachetee, Daud. viii. p. 111. 9. R. pipiens. Bull F. Very large; dark green above, whitish grey below, interspersed everywhere with blackish spots. La G. mugissante, Daud. viii. p, 113. Lacepede, ii. part iii. art. 9- Rana ocellata, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1052. Bull/r»g, Catesby's Carolina. Rana catesbiana, Shaw, iii. pi. xxxiii. 10. R. ocellata. Eye-spotted F. Very large ; red- dish brown above, with round brown spots, eyed with yellow on the sides and buttocks. La G. ocelUe, Daud. viii. p. 118. 11. R. halecina. Pitpit F. Green above, with brown spots eyed with yellow; three longitudinal lines shaded with yellow upon the back ; white below. Batracian Reptiles. Species. Esculents. Temporaria. Punctata. Plicata. Clamata. Typhonia. RubeUa. Maculata. Pipiens. OceUatib Halfcina. HERPETOLOGY. 37 -la. PtATS ccxcna. Suriaaa La G. hatUoMe, Daud. viii. p. 1S2. 12. R. tigmrima. Tierine F. Lju^ge ; greyish-brown, with a longitudinal yellow line estendinc fitnt the now to the rump; dark brown spots edged with yellow above the lanlM, and yellow Inittocks. La G. HgrHt, Dwid. riii. p. 1^5. IS. R.grmmun*. Grunting F. Brown or reddish, wttk oUoog ycDow nota behind the eye*. Im G. gngnamte, Daad. viiL p. 127. 14. R. paradatm. Paradoxical F. Greenish-ath or reddish above, ii M ili l wl with reddish brown ; thighs marked below with oblique rcddiah lioea. See PUt« CCXCVIII. Fig. 20. La G. Jmekie, Daud. riiL p. ISO; Latiep. ii. part iii. art. II. Rwt* fmrmdoam, Linn, a GmdL p. 1055. PmrtJninlJhg. Stmw. Smrimmmfng or JaekU. ThcMtiml hialdry of this extraordinarjr animal is bat ianpnftcthr ondcntood. It baa tang bwa Mmpo- sed, that it ia ant a ftvg, and afterwarda dMogaa mto a fish ; in which laBv iMc k is eaten br the natiirci of Surinam, under the naBaa of Jackie and Frqg-lak. Conridarabie light has beeo latriy thrown on the aeaaoBjr of the Surinam ftog by Mr W. M. Ireland and Sir E. Haaaa, in a paper just published in Tke Jtmntt pfStintH nd tkt ArU.\»\6, vol. i. p. 55. edited at tba fiap^ inalltatioii by Mr Bnnda. Mr Ireland has had tba good fatam to vibMB dM rtiajgaa whkh the mubmI '■adaMaa ftoB tht t^poia to tha parfiiel atala; and tha bOowiag k an abalnci of hia riliaaiiittoiii, with thoaa of Sir k. Ikn^ on the internal structure of tht tadpala hi two of iti atagea. Whan firat aaan bjr Mr Irriand. tba tadpole was aboot fisor inchaa and a half )anm by aboot an neb broad, had a large bead and ■aaD ■Mmlb, vary ■■cfa raaamhling tfaeae of a fiah, thoogh the l od ha a nt aof two lag* WOTa oridant juat bafaindthe bead. In about a iaitn^bt, the length of the aaioMl had iacreand to oi^ iiMfaas, and iu breadth to aboot two and a half; and tba nidiaMata of tha laga ware «k »ai mi a J into Baariy parnct SMonn* wnh nve dewed toaa, eni* •ad Iqr a n t uiib i aiw. evidatiy the Ihtara hfaid 1^ of Ob afwtnrM ita iataraal i Umtui e during this forU njgN, the iiilaannal oaal awaara very long, and coiled ■pw and the riiitiaiaan af the nmgs are seen in the poa- laiar nart of tha balhr. InaMt three waaai the fa a^ hgi aaka their 8|^ ■a aiMice, tha bead and nwolh aaa«Ba thair ordinary « M» hadlrin at dM battoBi af the vaMal hi a torpid clhre and Ihrehr, aid wmiWy re> m tha water, with ila aonlh dwva hei By thia thne tha iiilwiiial <—al ia won. ' akeaan ia extant and aMMaaMoai t ^'* ^ eot^ tactad^appanntlytolaaathan hatftelaMh. and ha- ving bat vary fSrw shart convoiiitiona, and nearly tlie whole of the cavity of the belly is filled with ftt. In aboot HZ weah% the liwal ia graathr eontracted in siae, bafa)g liitla man than three aNfaaa hng by aboMan faici hi breadd^ mA haa baoooM a pifttt A Fig. 20. 15. R. arunco. Arunco F. Body warty ; feet pal- Anmco. mated. La G. arunco, Daud. viii. p. 134. 16. R. tkaml. Yellow F. Body warty; yellow feet, ThsuL semipalmated. La. G. thaul, Daud. viii. p. 136. Jleaa lulea, Linn, a GmcL p. 1050. GiNoIII. Bora TOADS. Body thick, short, and broad, more or less warty on Boro G«- the upper surface ; head thick and short ; eyes large >"»•• and protuberant, with a vertical pupil ; tongue short and thick ; skin dilsUble by inflation ; belly often gra- nolated; fore* feet with four separate toet, the thumb laraar in the male ; hinder feet catnparativelv short, and generally palroated with five toes ; all the toea pointed, but without claws. From the construction of their legs and feet, toada do not leq> oo well as frogs, but they walk better, and swim with fitdlity. In tiwtr other habits and modes of life they resemble frags, except that, when irritated or tenified, they emit from the pores of their warty skin a aort of frothy fluid, which, though not venomous, at waa ftraaariy iM|ipuaed, ia aofficiently irriuting to af- fcet daHeata parts of the akin of an animal that toucbea it. It is acaradv now naraaaanr to remark, that the stone in tbe toa^a bead, whidi baa given rise to Shake- ft beautiful simile, is only a poetical fiction, thoee which have received that name appearing oidy to be tbe fbaail teeth of a spades of fish. Toads iiwd on worms and insecta, and in their turn became the prey of tlie lar«r birds and snakes ; and it is said, that tfaeur teh, so nr firom being venomous, a£> fords aa wboleaome nutriment as that of the ry evening by the family and their visitors. Tbe aoooonta that have been published in variooa werka, respecting living toads found in hollow treaa and blocks of atone, however extraordinanr, seem •» well anthaHieated, thet we can scarody doubt tbe rea- lity of soch occurrencae, thevgh we cannot setirfactori- ly account for them. There art about thirty-two spadM of toad which are Spcdcsk thus distingttiabed. Sptdt* I. Bajo ml^arit. Common Toad. Pale red- disn-esh oolooied, wrth red pustules above, reddish- white below. Li ermpmtid ctndrt a ptutmla rotuet, Daud. viiL p. 1 59. 9. B. emtmu. Cineraoiu T. Uniformly aah ctdour- edf poatnlar. LeC7emir4, Daud. viii. p. HI. 8. B. JIaviaemlru. Yellow bellied T. Ash colour- purtYen. Vulgsrkk Cio< aaiCMt ad andpustular above, sulphur-yellow bdow. idi baa Le C. a ttenlrt jamte, Daud. viii. p. liS. tris 4. B. panameniU. Panams T. Ash coloured ; pus- PaninicD- tules tipt witli violet, ycllowi«h below; feet scmipal- as. matecL LeC.de panama, Daud. viii. p. 145. 5. B. bombinut. Natter-jack T. Olive-brown above, BoaibiouF. 88 HERPETOLOGY. Batncian HqiOlca. fioetelll CalamiU. Viritlu. Cibbosus. fiucus. Cunor. GttUerio- Ventrico- LaTi& Dorsigei. orange-yellow below, with bluish spots and a fold be- low the throat. Le C. tonnant ou pluviale, Daud. viii. p. 146. Among other synonymes under this species, Daudin refers to Rana bombina, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1048 ; Rana rttbi- ta, ibid. p. 1047; Rana salsa, ibid. p. 1049. La sonnante, Lacepede, ii. part iii. art. 4 ; La pluviale, ibid. art. 3. Natterjack, Pennant, Brit. Zool. iii. p. 12. 6. B. roeselli. Roesellian T. Greenish above, with elevated dark brown sjjots ; greenish-ash coloured be- low ,- feet palmated. Ia! C. de roesel, Daud. viii. p. 150. plate xcvi. Rana bufo, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1047. Toad, f'ennant, Brit. Zool. iii. p. 7; Shaw's Gen. Zool. iii. plate xl. Lc Crapaud commun, Lacepede, ii. part iii. art. 21. 7. B. calamita. Calamite T. Olive above, with dark spots, reddish pustules, and a longitudinal yellow line along the middle of the back. Le C. calamite, Daud. viii. p. 153; Lacep. ii. part ii. art. 25. 8. B. viridis. Green T. Marked above with conti- guous green spots, and irregular whitish-livid lines dot- ted with red ; feet semipalmated. Ae C. verd, Daud. viii. p. 156; Lacep. ii. part iii. art. 22. 9. B. sibbosus. Gibbous T. The body ovate, smooth, •convex, brownish above, with a longitudinal yellow in- dented band along the middle of the back ; toes sepa- rate. Le C. bosiu, Daud. viii. p. 158; Lacep. ii. part iii. art. 29. Rana gibbosa, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1047. Gibbous load, Shaw. 10. B.fuscus. Brown T. Marked above with broad brown spots, interspersed with livid ash-coloured lines, and one pale longitudinal line ; hind feet palmated. L. C. bntn, Daud. viii. p. 161 ; Lacep. ii. part iii. art. 24. 11. B. cnrwr. Courier T. Smootbish above, spot- ted with reddish and black, with warty sides, yellowish below, with three black spots upon the breast ; toes se- parate. Le C. courier, Daud. viii. p. 1C4. 12. B. gutterrosus. Swelled throated T. Grey, spot- ted with brown, warts sliarp, and reddish at the tip ; throat swoln. Le C. goiireux, Daud. viii. p. 166; Lacep. ii. part iii. art. 28. 1 3. B. venlricosus. Inflated T. Mouth narrow, arms and thighs surrounded with a lax skin, capable of in- flation. Le C. ventru, Daud. viii. p. 1G8. Rana ventricosa, Linn, a Gmel. p. IOI9. Humid toad, Shaw. Ii. B. Itevis. Smooth T. Pale yellow, with a smooth, rather flattened body, and a longitudinal row of small pointed tubercles above each side. Le C. lisse, Daud. viii. p. 171. 15. B. dorsiger. Surinam T. Dark brown, head flat and triangular ; eyes minute, situated at the top of the head ; toes of the fore, feet separate, and three or four forked at their tips ; hind feet palmated ; cells on the back in the female. Le C. pipa, Daud. viii. p. 172 ; Lacep. ii. part iii. art. 30. Jiana pipa, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1046. Surinam toad, Shaw, iii. plate xxxi, 16. B. obsteiricans. Accoucheur T. Dirty green, with small irregular brown spots above ; whitish be- low. Le C. accoucheur, Daud. viii. p. 176. 1 7. B. Margaritifer. Pearly T. A coriaceous auricu- lar lobe above each side of the head ; numerous warts upon the body, bearing some resemblance to pearls ; hinder feet semipalmated. Le C. perli; Daud. viii. p. 1 79. Rami margaritifcra, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1050. Pearled toad, Shaw. La perk, Lacep. ii. part iii. art. 10. 18. B. Surinamensis. Dwarf Surinam toad. Bright brown above ; belly dotted with grey, with a white line on the hips ; all the toes separate. Le C. de Surinam. Daud. viii. p. 184. 19. B.allwnotalus. White spotted T. Brown; slight- warted, with a white line extending from each nostril to each thigh ; upper part of the limbs spotted with white. Le C. a taches blanches, Daud. viii. p. 185. 20. B. avails. Oval T. Head short; muzzle long; body ovate, nearly globular; brownish or bluish above, yellowish below ; feet palmated. Le C. ovale, Daud. viii. p. 1 87- 21. B. lincttltts. Striped T. Warty, brownish red, with a white line drawn from each nostril through the eyelids to the hind feet, another on each arm ; white bands upon the limbs, and all the toes separate. La C. rayc, Daud. viii. p. 1S8. 22. B. musicus. Musical T. Brown above, with blackish .spots ; head furrowed above ; limbs marked with blackish bands. Le C. cri^rd, Daud. viii. p. I9O. Rana musica, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1046. Musical food, Shaw. 23. B. Scaber. Rough T. Yellowish, with black lips; body a little spinous, especially about the legs; head furrowed above ; hind feet slightly palmated. Le C. rude, Daud. viii. p. J 94. Lepiistuleux, Lacepede, ii. part iii. art. 27. 24. B. bcngalensis. Bengal T. Body thickly co- vered with w'arts ; yellowi.sh grey ; head slightly fur- rowed above ; black sharpish pointed warts below the feet ; hind feet semipalmated. Lc C. du bengale, Daud. viii. p. 197. 25. B. spinosus. Spinous T. Dark brown above, with broad spots of a paler hue ; pale grey below, with tubercles tipt with a black spine. Le C. ejwieux. Daud. viii. p. 199. 26. B. horridus. Horrid T. Dark green above; warty, with numerous small black spines on eacli tu- bercle, hiarbled below with green and paler shades ; all the toes separate. Le C. hcrisse, Daud. viii. p. 201. Australian frog, Shaw. 27. B. spinipes. Spine-footed T. Brown above, bluish below ; sides marked with ochry colour ; fore feet spinous above. Le C. spinepede. Daud. viii. p. 203. 28. B. humeralis. Shoulder-knot T. Very large; ash-grey, irregularly spotted with brownish; parotid glands lai'ge and gibbous. Le C. epaule armee, Daud. viii. p. 205. Rana marina, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1049. La grenauille epaule armee, Lacep. ii. part iii. art. 8. Marine toad, Shaw. 29. B. semitunatus. Semilonated T. Blackish, with Batt aci.-ui Reptiles- Margariti- fer, Surinamfn- sis. Albonota- tus. Ovalis. Lincatui. Musictis. i Scaber. Bcngalen- sis. Spinosus. Horridus. Spinipes, Humer.ilis. Semiliina- tus. HERPETOLOGY. 39 RcpcOn. Ar* ;yiifc Ce n mat. «t(_*IUS- a white spot behind each ear ; bead slightly furrowed above ; hinder feet gemipalmated. Lt C demi-lune, Daiid. viii p. 20S. Sa B. a^a. Druilian T. Very large; beautifully marUed with yellow, brown, and grey, and rough with tubercles ; large parotid glands ; hinder feet very slight- ly palmatcd. he C. ague, Daud. viii. p. 8O9. — Laoep. ii part iiL art.S«. Rana hraziUensit, Linn, a Gmel. p. \0%Q. 31. B. ryanopfilflit. Blue-warte«l T. Bluish brown above, with blue pu«tule« on each «ide, extending from the eyen to the lower part of the breast and sides, and thence to the rump. Le C. a pmsluUs bUmet. Daud. viii. p. 21 2. Si. B.ommtut. Homed T. Head Urge, with a long conical protuberance, or horn, upon euh upper eye- lid. I^ Ceormn, Daud. viiL p. 214. — Lacepede, ii. part iii. art. 31. Rtma eonnUm, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1050. HorneJ/ng, Shaw. Family II, TmUd Batraciam*. Gnct IT. SukLaMANDRA. SAL.\MANDERii. Body elongated, cylindrical, naked, sonctimea warty, and terminated by a tail that is either cylindrical or ftattencd, so aa to form a fin, and penittent. No ex- ternal ears; tooguc abort, thick, and entirely 6aed within the lower jaw. Fore feet having either three or four toe* ; hinder fumisbcd with five toes, all blunt, and without claws. Till within thcae ftw Toar*, the salamanders had been ranked among theMxaida. to which thev arc allied onl^ IVtm their having a tail, and fVom *' r position and atfoetiire of their legs. Inthc:r - . urnnixa- tion and thair gtocral luuiita, they are entirely oirtinct finoa all the Saurian order, and mote nearly reaemble tbe Aug* aid toadt. They have no true rib* ; they re- i|rire in tfae annc manner aa the Bairacian* already de> acribed,and hi moat of ihentheftciindationof the ova Hke* pl aee in a aimilar manner. la a Arw of them. in. deed, the jaaof art extmdad tnm tbe ova within the ovidaet of tbe fetaale; and tbe 1; whkfc tbii fafcee phee aw crilei eeew w/wte n*. (n their mctomorpbcaia, tbe yooflf aalamandera pas* through die aafly stage* of existence with much the same ap- pearance* a* we have deacribcd in tbe tadpole of tbe ftw. except that the number of stagea is ratner Ic**. The tadpole of the s a l a nunder bonto tbe ovum within ten days after it ia drefit ftom tbe laodier, and take* about 'ftnr month* to arrive at ita perfect slate, during which time it s ub si*** entiral* on vcntabiea; while in their perfect state, tbey feed on sniula. worms, and insects. Tbe nu mber of yong ptodaeed by otic female sala- mander tume tiui e* amoont* to thirty or forty. Tbeta aniatala arc Iband In aaest warm cfamatca; and at least lAteflbamaecnalhrcs of the south of Europe. Tbev nbaUl tbe banka of ■nAaqoaoied attaaou, moisC ahadywoaiHanlMgbgMinMb; but are addom seen euepc daring wet wntber. ThcT^peartoliv«aqoaI!y vail in the water and «■ land, and tbey twim with great facility. Daring wintv tbejr lie CBneaaled about Uwrogiaaf eldtrece, m tbe caeiuaa af old sraUa, or in HliMiaiai Pi t where tbaj aia aoaMtimc* found twMed Imetber. In ibeir cweral habits, tbey are wd their paee & iloir. It was believed by the ancients, and is still a popular BAtrmcua superstition among the vulgar in most countries, that sa- ^'P"^**- ^ lamanders are not only capable of existing with impunity " ' '~ in fire, but have the jwwer of putting a stop to a con- siderable conflagration when thrown among the flames. This absurd idea has perhaps arisen from the fact which has been observed by Maupertuis, that when one of tbeae animals is plaoed upon a fire, its whole body soon become* covered with drops of a milky fluid, which ooses through the pores of the skin, and quickly dries upon its surface. There are about fourteen species, which are thus dis- Species tinguished. Spirin I . Salawumdra trrrtstrix. Common salamander. Tettssiria. Blackish, vari^ated with irregular blackish spot; tail cylindriod, and a little obtuse. La SaUmandric lerratre. Daud. viiL p. 321 . pi. xcvii. fig. I.— Laoepede, ii. part ii. art. 54. pi. viii. fig. I. Lacrrta taUmtandra, I.inn. a Gmel. p. 1066. Sclamander, Shaw, iii. pi. Ixxxii. 2. S.atra. Black S. Uniformly bUck without qx>U; Atra. tail cylindrical and a little obtuse. La S. moire, Daud. viiL p^ 2S5. S. 5. rubra. Red S. Red interspersed with nu- Bubn. merous bbck points, with a blackish streak upon the belly : hinder feet semipalmated. I.a S. romge, Daud. viii. p. 227. 4. S. renefioia. Venomous .S. Ground black, with ytagam^ round vellow spots, arranged in a doable row along the Inrk. Im S. renimftue, Daud. p. S29. Laetrta pmnetata, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1076. Jm pomt»fe, Lacepede, ii. part ii. art 56. 5. .^. aUegamiauis. Alleghany S. Larj^e, brown, AUcguiieii- paler bdow, with a ibortiah comprcased tail, slightly **»• crested. Iji .9. del montt aUeganit, Daud. viii. p. 231. (i. S. CTUtata. Crested S. Blackish above, marked Ciisuta. below with larn rounded oranga-ooloiired dots ; side* granulated with white, and dotted with black; tail compreased ; back of the male furnished with a fim- uruHva ctvm* La S. crHft, Daud. viii. p. «3S. 7. .V. raArnra/ru. Orange bellied S. BUck above, BubriTca- with bmwntsh «pots ; orange below without spots, ex- tri*. cept a few black dots under the neck. La S. m vtmire ormagt, Daad. viii p. 239. pL xcviiL «f. I. 8. S. marmatala. Marbled S. Olive green al>ove, Mannonu. marbled with brown ; brownish below, with white gra- nular dola ; tail conipre*aed. La S. wmrbrit, Daud. viiL p. 941. 9. .v. ahJtmimalu. Abdomtnal S. Olive green above, A>Mi«i<>*- dotted with ydlow below, with a longitudinal yellowish ^ line fin cadi side of the back ; all the toes separate. />a S. a hd oa um a lr . Daud. viii. p. 350. la 8. atSmptt. WeMboted S. Head and arms Pahnipcs. eellow, slightly dotted with black ; back olive brown ; beOy yeilowiih ; hind feet psJmated. La S. palmipede, Daud. viii. p. S5S. pl. xcviii. fig. S. p. II. 4- eifgant. Elegant S. Head and feet yellow, "^ (lightly dottnl with black ; back ohve ; brlly yellowish; ail the toes >eparatr, but those of the hind feet lobatcd. Ijt S. etrganir, Daud. viii. p. S55. IS. S. pmnctala. Dotted S. Olive ash abbve, yel- Puodau. low below, every where interspersed with black dots ; tail very much comyiremrd ; all the toe* separate. LaS.pcmctmft. ^ . p. 2.57. 13. S. emtta. c Yellowish olive above, '^'•*«* 40 HERPETOLOGY. StptflM. TtidactyU. (lotted yellow below with a white streak ; edged bo- low with black dots ; all the toes separate. L. S. ceintur^e, Daud. viii. p. 259. H. 5. tridactyla. Three-toed S. Fore feet three- toed ; hind feet tbur-toed. Im S. Iridacttfle, Daud. viii. p. 261. — Lacep. Le Lizard tndactyle, Lacep. ii. part ii. art. 59. Ge.mos V, Proteus. PROTEUS. paoTEi's Body elongated cylindrical, terminated by a cona- Ceaiu. pressed tail forming a fin ; tongue short, thick, ad- hering within the lower jaw ; fore feet furnished with three toes, and the hinder with two ; all without claws ; branchiae persistent. Ansoinui. Species. Proteus anguinus. Serpentine Proteus. Fore ^^ ' feet three-toed ; hind feet two-toed. Le prole anguillard, Daud. viii. p. 266. pi. xcix. fig. 1. Proteus anguinus, Laurenti, Si/nops. Reptil. p. 37. pl.lL fig.3. — Scopoli, Annates Hist. Nat. vol. v. p. 70.— Linn, a Gmel. p. 1056, note. — Hermann, Tab. Affini- tal. Animal. — Schneider, Hist. Ampkib.fascic. i. p. 45. — Schreiber, Phil. Trans. 1801. The curious animal for which the present genus has been constituted, was first observed at the bottom of a lake in Camiola in Germany, and described in 1768, by Laurenti, in the work referred to above. It was afterwards described by Scopoli, and was briefly no- ticed by Linnaeus in his Systema Naturw, who, how- ever, considered it as the tadpole of a salamander ; but the most complete account of the animal has been gi- ven by Schreiber, a German naturalist, in a memoir of his published in the Transactions of the Royal Society of, London for 1801. From this account it is now gene- rally allowed, that the Proteus is to be considered as a perfect animal, differing from all the other reptiles with which we are acquainted. Its general length is about thirteen inches by about one inch of medium breadth, and the head is nearly two inches long. It has no external nostrils ; and its eyes, which are black, and situated towards the base of the muzzle, are so small as with difficulty to be distin- guished. The colour of the living animal is a flesh red, and the gills are scarlet ; but when immersed in spirits after death, it becomes white. It appears to walk with difficulty, but swims with great ease. One that was kept by Baron Zois, lived for about ten days, and du- ring that time refused all nourishment, and appeared in a torpid state. The Proteus undergoes three degrees of metamor- phosis before arriving at its perfect state. In the two former, it is blind and without feet. It is said on certain occasions to utter a sound re- sembling that made by forcing down the piston of a syringe. Two reptiles have lately been noticed by the French naturalists, bearing a near relation to the Proteus above described. One has been described by Cuvier under the name of Axotote Mexicaine, and has four toes on each fore foot, and five on each hinder. This we might call Proteus mexicantis. The other is described and figured by Lacepede, in the tenth volume of the Annaks de Museum, p. i30. pi. xvii. by the name of Protee tetra- dactyU, {Proteus tetradactylus,) with four short pointed toes on each of the four feet. It differs from the Pro- teus auguinus in having a thicker and shorter body, a much broader tail, and the legs Larger and shorter. Genus VI. Siren. SIREN. Batraclan Reptiles. Body elongated, cylindrical, and terminated by a Sieen compressed tail, forming a fin ; tongue short, thick, and <''""*• adherent ; fore feet digitated ; no hind feet ; branchiae persistent. Species. Siren lacertina. Lacertine Siren. Feet Lacertlna. four-toed. La Siren lacertine, Daud. viii. p. 272. pi. xcix. fig. 2. Siren lacertina, Linn. Amcenit. Academ. vii. p. 311. Muroena siren, Linn, a Gmel. p. 1136. Siren lacertina, Shaw's Naturalist's Miscellany, N°20, pi. Ixi.— Schneider, Hist. Amphib. fascic. i. pi. 48. The extraordinary reptile which constitutes this last genus of Batracians was first observed in 1765, by Dr Alexander Garden, in a fresh water lake near Charles- town in Carolina, and was described by Linnaeus in the Memoirs of the Academy of Upsal for that year. He considered it either as the tadpole of a species of lizard or salamander, or as a new genus of his order Nantes, to which he gave the name of Siren. Soon after, Lin- nea;us placed the Siren in the order of Amphibia, which he denominated Meantes, from which Gmelin, in his edition of the Systema Naturce, injudiciously removed it to the class of Fishes, and considered it as a species of murcena. The Siren very much resembles an eel in the general form of the body and tail. Its mouth is small, and fur- nished with small sharp teeth, set partly in the palate, and partly in the lower jaw. Its eyes are very small, but more evident than those of the Proteus. Its skin is of a blackish colour, slightly grained and porous, with a longitudinal white line, extending on each side from the feet to the tail, and a shorter one along the middle of the back. The whole length of the animal sometimes exceeds three feet ; and the feet, which are small, and composed of a humerus, a fore arm, and four small pointed toes, furnished with claws, are about an inch long. Its tongue is bony, and formed like that of fishes ; the gills are composed of three fimbriated plates on each side, are very apparent, and are above half an inch long. It has a real larynx, and its lungs resemble those of salamanders. In its metamorphosis from the ovum to the perfect state, it seems to follow the same degrees with the Proteus, except that its eyes are sooner open. This animal appears to reside entirely in the water, where it must swim with great facility. It was sup- posed by Linnaus, from the form of its feet, that it can also move with tolerable ease upon the land ; but we believe it has never yet been seen in that situation. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE CCXCV. Fig. 1. Skeleton of a species of Tupinambis. Fig. 2. The head of the same animal, a, the inter- maxillary bone ; b, b, the two superior, or coronal maxil- lary bones ; c, the nasal bone ; d, one of the zygomatic arches; e, a supernumerary bone ; J',/', the two sides of the frontal bone ; ^, the parietal ; h, h, two bony arches forming the interior border of the temporal fossa ; i, a small portion of the left basilar jaw; k, the bone with which this is articulated ; /, I, the occipital bone ; m, its condyle. 1 H E R P E T O L O G Y. 41 Hey- ExpUu- tiaaaf CCXCY. Fijf. S. The j»ws of the Nilotic crocodile extended, •hewing the iBode of their Articulation. Fig. 4. SCooMch of the comnion land tortoise. Fig. 5. Stomach of the Garial crocodile, with • portion of the intestinal canal commencing at a, the pylorus. Fig. 6. Stomach at the Nilotic crocodile partiv laid open ; a, a pouch into which the aliments pam before proceeding out at i, the pylorus. Fig. 7- Stomach and intestines of the Cli— fleon ; m, the pglonu ; from a to b, the small intestbie ; 6, the ooauaeiieemnit of the large intestine. Fig. 8. Part of the intestines of the land tortoise ; a 6, a part of the small intestine; 6, the commencement of the kqm iaiMtioe. Fig. S>. Tbe rtttim of the Nilotic crocodile iasensibly rmii e iefi ng firocn the small intestiiM ; a «, • ralve be- tWCMI lfa» two. Fig. 10. fiecsTMi of the Gavial ; a, the termination of the aaall iataatioe: 6, the rectom; r, a proiectioa from the small jtwti— into the lar|« far actug aa a valve. Fig. 1 1. Stw—fii and int wt ui ea of the Streo ; a the lyisnw ; b, the termination of the hepatic doct Fig. IS. The heart of the crocodile seen on ita lower mr&ce; aa, the right auricle ; c, the commoa trunk of the right cuotid and right brachial arteriaa; d, the com- ■en tronk ef the same arterice on the Ml side : e e, the cont in na t ie n of the ricfat posterior aerta ; //, the left peatarior aorta : g k, tte left and right poJmonary aiv tariaa ; i il, the pithaoMVjr veins ; », the opening by which the right aoricb eonaiiinicatcs with ttw kdWar oanpaataMBi ti the ventricle ; p, an orifice this rnieuaitiest conmunioates with the cavity or the vcntride ; q, r, two vai^ee m. the ■MBniiiiiil of the left aorta ; «, (, the trunks of the two arlariea e and d laid open ; r, the trachea ; tr.iu sob- diviauue into faranchi ; « v> situation of the lunga. Fig. li. The heart ortfie crooodBe viewed on its in. fcrior soHhee, hot a little more to the left asde. Hera the letters a, e, d, t, f, g, k, refer to the same part* es fai the preceding figure, b. the left or pufano. nary aurick; m, a row of toberde* behind ; t, y, the valvce guarding the entnmoe ef the left pnhnonery ar. tanr ; t, the ceaamimicatiaa V rt aa sa tha inftriar and f lanw e t y compartmenta of the ventiide. Fig. X*. The eroeodilee heart seen on ita upper sur. where the lettam a. h, e, d, t.J, g, k, t, k, refer at in the former ((gt of the ventricle laid Fig. 1 5. The general appearance of the ova of ftogs, as extruded from the oviduct. Fijf. 16. The tadpole of the frog, when only a few days old. Fig. 1 7. The tadp(4e of the Surinam frog in that stage called frng-JUh. vig,. 1 8. is the under surface of one of the toes of the Gecko EfyptiacMt, of the natural sise. See p. 29. Fig 19. Is a toe dissected to shew the appearance of the pockets on its under surface, their serrated cuticular edge, the depth of the pockets, and the small muscles by which they are drawn open, the parts being highly magnified : a a are the two muscles which lie on the sides of the booes of the toe, with thuir tendons inserted into the last bone^ close to the root of the claw. Tliemus. dee behngiag to the pocket go off from these tendons. face to PLATE CCXCVI. Ctetoata mydat. Green turtle. Testudo Grata. Common land tortoise. Croeodibu NUotiau. Crocodile of the Nile. Drmemmn. Dragon lisanL Tup imm mMi omahu. Omamentetl tupinambie. Btuilueut mitrattu. Mitred basilisic. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. .S. Fig. 4. Fi?. 5. Fig 6. Fig. 7. Ipuata delicatiuima. Common gtuma. Fig. 8. Vntco volant. Flying dragon. Plate CCXCVI. Fig. F^ F'lT' Fig. dnaae. Fig. 9. 10. 11. IS. IS. 14. 15. 1& PLATE CCXCVIL Galoot Agama. Sbo(t4a!led stellia Cieir/re mdgmu. Conunon chameleon. Gaeko Egyfttatm. ^nrptian gecka ifnaAit iSmatmhtut. Two^awtted anolit. Lmnria Ummueala. Lacoo Uiard. Takydromut ttjMmett—. Six-striped taky< Flat* CCXCVI t f(g«rciL /, tiiaap* Fig. 17. Fig. 18. Fig. 19. Fig. SO. Fig. «I. Fig.«: Fig. S3. Fig. 14. Seimau ^fkmaiiM. Conroon scink. PLATE CCXCVin. Sep* ptnladaciytui. Five.toed eft. Ckaladt* lTidacliilu$. I'hree-toed chalcidcs. gyfaiaw/er. Two-coloured tna-fiof. ~ I aaradara. Surinam ftog. mm- ti fer. Furinam toad. ' alerrtMrit. Common lalamandcr. PnUmt amgmmm*. Common protau. leefrftaa. Laocttjae nren. Platk cncviii. INDEX. AUTHORS NAMES. i li i e ssaa. y. t Cask. Ik CavlOT. 4. >4 , 4 mis.* r.t t Home, M, ST HuSBhol*. ♦ IntsB4, SI P1ID7. t M«SHs4kss th* us, ib. green, ib. grunting, 37 hurricane, 36 noisy, ib. paradoxical, 37 pitpit, ib. plaited, ib. reddish, ib. spotted, ib. Surinam, 37 tigrine, ib. typhon, 36 yellow, 37 tree tribe, 35 black-spotted, 36 banded, 35 blochian, 36 blue, 35 brown, ib. croaking, ib. dotted, 36 eye streaked, ib. fiute, ib. flank-striped, 3 four-streaked, 35 green, ib. hypochondrial, ib. marbled, 36 milky, 35 mixed-coloured, ib. orange, 25 palmated, 36 red, ib. stained, ib. Surinam, 36 thigh-spotted, 35 two-striped, ib. two- coloured, 35 veined, 36 variegated, 35 warty, 36 yellow-rumped, 35 G. Gavials, 23, 24 Gecko genus, 29 segyptiacus, ib. banded, 30 cristatus, ibw common, ib. fascicularis, ib. dotted, 29 fimbriatus, 30 guttatus, 29 Isevis, ib. porphyreus, ib. rapicauda, 30 sarroubea, ib. spinicauda, 29 spinetailed, ib. squalidus, ib. 8urin.imensis, ib. triangular, 30 triedrus, ib. tuberculosus, ib. turnip-tailed, ib. vittatus, ib. Geckot, common, ib. Guana tribe, 26 blue, ib. common, ib. horned, ib. H. Hyla genus, 35 aurantiaca, ib. bicolor, ib. Hyla biUneata, 35 blochiana, 36 v boan!<, 35 cyanea, ib. femoralis, ib. frontalis, ib. fusca, ib- hypochondrialis, ih. intermixta, ib. lactea, ib. lateralis, ib. marmorata, 36 melanorabdota, iU ocularis, ib. palmata, ib. punctata, ib. quadrilineata, 35 rubra, ib. squirella, ib. surinamensis, 36 tibiatrix, ib. tinctoria, 35 variegata, ib. venulosa, ib. verrucosa, 3G viridis, 35 I. Tguana genus, 26 cocrulea, ib. cornuta, ib. delicatissima, ib. L. Lacerta genus, 30 agamoy Linn. 27 agilis, 32 cdgira, Linn. 33 aUigator, Linn. 23 amboinertsis, Linn. 25 ameiva, 31 anguina, Linn- 34 angulaiu, Linn. 27 apoda, Linn. 34 arenicola, S2 argus, 31 arguta, 33 autUa, Linn. 28 basUiacus, Linn, 25 bilineata, 31 bimacvlatat Linn. 30 bullaris, Linn. 30 bicarinatOf Linn. 25 bipes, Linn, 34 bosquiana, 31 brongniardi, 33 caudiverbera, Linn. 30 calotes, Linn. 27 cocruleo-cephala, 31 cordyliu, Linn. 28 crocodilus, Linn. 23 ckameleon, Linn. 29 cruenta, Linn. 33 deserti, dractena, Linn. 34 dumetorura, 31 erythrocephala, ib. fusca, 32 gangeticuy Linn. 23. gecko, Linn. 29. graphica, 31 guttata, Linn. 28 gutturosa, 31 helioscopa, Linn. 27 jamaicensis, 31 iguana, Linn. 26 intirpunctata, Lifin, 33 laurentii, 32 lemniscata, 31 Icpida, 32 litterata, 31 maculata, 'ii marmorata, Linn. 28 maurttanica, Linn. 10 monitor, Linn. 25 Qcellata, 31 Index. HER FETOLOGY. Iod«x. R«na, nrmuta. Lion. 38 CMTulcnU, 38 giUota, Linn. 3S gnioDims, ST h«lcciaa,36 UmtmfifUa, Lipa. 35 0« Umu 98j ib. Beptiles< cuuneout mtucle*, 14 chuig* of ikiD, iU ganeraliaii In, ik mate a>|UM, ib. female orguM, ib. • , 15 38 m«iMa, Lisa. Ihi aec1UU,a6 pandou. ST pi|iiMw,M pU. a, lb. .ST liCmiM. ib. t}|*ib>. Miaaul tMinmUf, ib. pei*>^f Mcral astnaitj, IW ' I of. lb. > i>. T, 8 nktitik. fubilffancriii tb l«rrMria,ib. IrtdMljrIa, 40 ,S1 1 1*, a^ MMll.* , lb. laClk. 10 qulo^udinealii*, ib. arbneidaril, lb. It.ik lb. •d^iittt.SS s::^ ««iaaar, IS RaMi .Mb a%lM.aBwkad, lb. ayi if >iid. ib. l*«4lrMked. ib. ftnir-etraakcd, ib. lall^waap, Ib. gianl. lb. aaboujra, IU sAcinal, lb. ridcad.lb. », lb. ,» 4$ Scinic, tUigogu, ib. threc-atrealied, ib. ^ t«04. ilx.«(nakcd, iU Tapaya, tT TaMndo fnms, IB ilnwidi. to IU. warted, 39 brazilidD, 39 calamite, 38 cinereous, 37 common, ib. courier, 38 gibbous, ib. green, ib. homed, 39 horrid, 38 humid, ib. inflated, ib. marine, ib- musical, ib. natteijack, 37 HERPETOLOGY. Toad, OTal, 38 panama, 37 pearly, 38 roesellian, ib. rough, ib. semilunated, ib. shoulder-linot, ib. smooth, ib. spine-footed, ib. spinous, ib. striped, ib. Surinam, ib. Surinam dwarf, ib. swelled-throated, ib. white-spotted, ib. yellow-bellied, 37 Tortoise tribe, 19 amboyna, 20 areolated, 21 banded, 21 beaked, 19 blockheaded, SO blackish, ib. bordered, 21 cafre, 21 Carolina, 20 Caspian, ib. cirrbated, 19 close, 20 concentric, ib. coui, 21 Tortoise, denticulated, ib. dotted, 20 dwart, 21 elegant, ib. euphratian, 19 fierce, 19, 21 geometrical, 21 gopher, ib. hel meted, 20 juvcncula, 21 indian, ib. inlaid, ib. land, 21, 22 manuscript, 20 martinclla, ib. matamata, 19 mud, 20, 22 odorous, 20 painted, ib. pennsylvanian, ib- porphyry, ib. reddish, ib. reticulated, ib. rough, ib. scaly, 21 scorpion, 20 serpentine, 19 serrated, 20 shagreen, 19 spenglerian, ib. spotted, 21 Tortoise, striped, 20 three-ridged, ib. two-spined, 21 warty, 20 yellow, 19 yellowish, 21 Tortoises, fo&sil. Tortoise shell, structure of, 1 4 Trionyi genus. Geoti'. 19 Tupinambis genus. albigularis, iS bengalensis, ib. cepedianus, ib. elegans, ib. exanthematicus, ib. griscus, ib. indicus, ib. lacertinus, ib. maculatus, ib. monitor, ib. niluticus, ib. ornatus, ib. stellatus, ib. variegatus, ib. Turtle tribe, 16 coriaceous, 17, 19 esculent, 17 green, ib. hawksbilU 18 loggerhead, ib. mediterranean, ib. Index. DTernng, Hertford. HER HERRING. See IcHTHyoLOOY. HERRING Fi.sHEnv. See Fisheries. HERTFORD Town, in the hundred of Hertford, in Hertfordshire, is pleasantly situated 21 miles north from London, on the river Lea, which is navigable for bar- ges to the town. The streets are chiefly neat and clean, and the houses well built. It contains two parish churches j a handsome sessions house, in which the as- sizes for the county are held ; a market house and town hall, in which are kept the quarter sessions and county courts J and a county gaol and penitentiary house, built on Mr Howard's plan. The most important public se- minaries for education consist of the East India College, for the education of youth destined to fill the various offices in the civil departments in India ; and a large school belonging to Christ's Hospital in London, where about 500 of the younger children are kept prior to their being sent to the metropolis. Hertford returns two members to Parliament. The right of election is vested in the inhabitants who do not receive alms ; and in sueh freemen only as, at the time of their being made free, were inhabitants of the borough. Their number is about 700. The only article of consequence manufactured here is malt, by which, and the large quantities of com and wool sent down the river to London, the inhabitants are principally supported. In 673, a synod was held at Hertford, and King Al- fred here built a castle, by means of which the Danes, who had come up the Lea from the Thames, were destroyed. On the site of the ancient castle the pre- sent one, now the East India College, was erected in the time of Charles I. The manor of Hertford belong- ed to the Crown from 1 345 till the sixth year of Charles I., when it was granted to William Earl of Salisbury, whose descendant, the present marquis, is now owner of it. In the 25th year of the reign of Elizabeth, and afterwards in the 34th and 35th of the same reign, the Michaelmas term was adjourned from London to this HER town, on account of the plague then raging in the me- Hcrtiotd. tropolis. ^"■""Y""' At Haileybury, in the parish of Amwell, in the vi- cinity of the town of Hertford, and about 19 miles from London, is situated the East India College. This site was chosen by the directors of the East India Com- pany, when they formed the determination of aban- doning the grand and extensive plan of a college at Calcutta, sketched out and partly begun by the Mar- quis of Wellesley during his administration of India. The object of both institutions is to give a suitable edu- cation to those persons who are meant to occupy civil employments under the company in India. "The college near Hertford was instituted in April 1805, and the foundation stone of the building was laid on the 12th of May 1806. The beauty of the building, the fineness of the situation, the salubrity of the air, and the object of the institution, render it an object of considerable interest. The college is capable of accommodating above 100 students, and rather more than thirty, on an average, are annually sent from it to India. According to the plan of the institution, young men are received when they have completed their 15th year, and they continue at the college till they are 1 8, or till the court of directors shall deem it proper to send them to their respective destinations. A nomination to the college, on the part of the court, is equivalent to an immediate appointment. The stu- dents are instructed by courses of lectures, nearly on the plan pursued at the universities of Oxford and Cambridge. The college coimcil, under whose direc- tion and authority the institution is more immediately placed, consists of a principal and several professors. Besides the general superintendance of tlie college, it is the duty and office of the principal more especially to watch over the moral and religious conduct of the students, to instruct them in the principles of ethics and natural theology, and in the evidences, doctrines. 1 HER 45 HER ^ datia* tt mvhIhI niigMB. BmMw, he, as well nMnner, to th«t it* shape on the westorn side is rendered Hwtfw^ as mdi o^lhv fnhmon m are in htij ardefB, prncfa atmncly irr^ular by projections and indentures. It ._ ''\^ , - in tlw coBm ihifit TIm principal w aMJatrd in tha i* situated between the panllels of 51' ST, and 52* 5' ~ ^ ~ anmMtJamMti^ eaUwa bj thadana, who is an- North Latitude. Its greatest length may be reckoned BaaB* ckaaaa Awn aaMa^tta clerical wanilim ot' (he at 25 miles, and its breadth Trom north to south at S5 MUMvaMnciL miles. Aoootdinfr to Halley , it contains 45 1 ,000 acres ; TCb l a tfni w a at the ptoft s aor s are ai ai g ed onder but according to the poor* rate returns, only .885,000. Ihar ImmK ▼>>• ariealBl Muntare : 1st, Practieal in- his aBsong the aaallest counties in England. The iMacUuD JatiwiaJhaala of the oriental lai^i^jaa. aa» gaoMalaipecCflf this county is pleasant The northern ^*" " *'* madky Iha AraMr. Fmw^t, IIjiiiIiKmii. aamcrit. pait ia the awat hiUy. fainii^ a soatleied part of the """'n- ■ad llMMalaa Id, A eaane at lectarca t» iUaamia dMlkir rid^, which aataads acRMa the kingdom in this tka iMtaiT, caaMaa,«al MBBMnaf tlMpaoflaaf Iiw itiiai Iw A taana of high groand atiatches oat from dfe. hi tfcaaa two iliyliaiKi liwaa ia a pf efaaaar fcr tha aaiglAaarlMod of King* Langlcjr, tswaitk Bark. Aa toigaaf . a profaaaar of Hfadoe KMaabir^ and of hampatead and Tring. Another elevated ridge com. tfM Walaay af Am, two aaiataMa who ai« Mtiiis of aMoeaa at St Albana. «m1 proceeds in a northeni di« ttw bat, and a Fsite writiw aHaMr. Tharaiaalao ractioa tawaids MaritaC StaaaC A number uTstiaaaii a niter and nmrSlhr in tha wiMMal daiiMiaiiiH. takathatrriMaaaatkiarfdo of the county. Undartka wilwdaw aiikiiil aMJIawalka awl H*rtfaidihiia natriBi 1 eoanty town. Haitlbrd ; 8 Towos. 4c. II lu h il aia p fc y. ihrwkschtliaaaawtww pu fciiiiii. kandrada; Ipnaritattawaa; IWnariakes; rvtums 6 Tfc- Itiilki-iliiaipiiiii tlaaial Mdjanaial klaia awhwalM awKMnanf. ris ? frr tf r &'t "" - " — • taia, farwkiah tkata arc two paaftaaan. Tka ii a ilk ftid,andtfcr St Albani; and is in the province o^ kaad eaaipriMa a course of lactana on mmtbI palitjr, CaaMibaiy, and diaaaia of London. Tkara aaa no and on tfca lawa af fiaghaai, and tfca tiiliiii|ilii of tka placaa of any w aaiiuwiri in it beaidca Heftfimi, 8t BriMianMilatiantacaanoafkctafaaangaMBilkia- Albana, Boyalon, and Ware. tarf, and aa tka kialarjr and slaiistica af tka aariana «f Moat af tka eounty is enclosed ; and hi consequence Hcdgr- ■adatn Baaapv ; and a eaa n i aflaetataa aa peBliad of iia kan^ vary ill tituaiad for ooab. the old hedges "**■ aaaaaaqr. Far tkaaa aa kji da tkwa ara twa paaAaaaa^ ara arai j > wk^ia filled with oak, ash, sallow, tec Inde* of ilia waed tkaa distributed in hcd^rowa, , a liariiar, in canaidatable ooanttty, is spread Tharalkga yaarfadkrMaJfcHataat— sof twanty orar asa ij nart af tka eoanty. Inr preTailing aofls Soil. iwafca aack. wiak a aa— r waaatJaa af aigkt wa ifci, aaalaaaaaadclqr, hi gaaetal not of a very fertile qua- ami a winter aacatfan af Ikar waAak Tka pahiipal Uty. Tka valea, k o warar, tkroagh which the rivrrt aaaaunatien takaa plaaa pi ni i i aa la tka wialv «aaa> aoid bfauha law, ara eontpaasd ofa rich sandy kmm. dot. aad eanlinnaa tkaw vacka. It ia tanaiaalad br Tka awat paadacttva aaii of this naturo is on uie west • ^Martian of tka caa*C afdiMctora, wkan tka laank aida af tka liaar Loa. Tka principal clay diatrict ia on af tkaaaaaainatiaw is aiawaliii by tha arkniaal, hi ■•• tka aaitk iMt on Esaas aide. In the pariahas of pwaiiMalafcaaaakiniii oftkaiiiairriwariti Naatk Mkiv. Aa. tka gaaaaal d aa i ii p i iu ii of aafl ia af aadi aladaai. Tk«a Man aaa k at i d ki tka pab> aatif a l i fcananb Tka ckalky aafl pritaBi on tka MewtaHiaf^kaiiipi ij. Otkar B«a aaa aha ^van aatik tida af tka eoanty. The ka«. kalaad, of tka liy*MMrik|gaialaii*a viawoftkaaaadnetaMlpaalk wkala af Hai tlb idskirr is chalk intewntiadwitkagiaat ' af aaA a l a H i m . Priaea cf baa fc a, wmMt, *« ^P""^ of BkNn The iandad paaparty is grratly I af aa p a ri ai «— " ». " r a f^ f"*/ g**— If dividadCkiaanaaqaamaof tka vieiMy oTthametropo. Kaarjf ittMMt faing ta tadia, camaa Iia. Mas a cattiiaaaa andar tka t al figi saal, a W aating Tha principal rivart ara tha Laa. tka Rib, the Quin, RWcn. hiaaMri— — akaaabaan dart^kis iiai lw i r il and tka Cobia Tka Laa aniara ikia caantv nmr ■k, andtnaersaa it iaa dkvatiaa tHarly fram fa teoi. HettAad centafaMil «IS kaaaaa. aad S960 aartk-waat ta aoath aaai. to ito flanflaanaa with tha In ten, ika fm alB l i ii ii akalia ct fava aa Man, afkar which it rans naariy saatfK washhtg the tasraa af Ih i U hi il aad M^w ay ftwa tkeUstofwhirh it Hooaaa i-«««»>i«tT' 5nt ** ■■»%■•* *• *!>• Tkanaa. It eolleris. in iu ooorse, ^^ all tka atiaaii of tka naftkam and aaaiem parta of the f qff f aaanty. TkaBlk, wkiek rises in tkis county, joint Pfi^j,, ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ |ggg tka Lea between Hertfar«l aixl U'arr : the f^in also *'*'******'* tiaaa ki tkia caanty, and falls into the Rib. The C«ilnc fjtal . SfOO ***** *'*' Mli rad, in Middlewx ; and. after uniting aariaaa saaanw an the soutlwwcatcm side, conveys 8M Aitkar YoaMTa ito n aa ll ar r «f ntrtfwriilth* , dtan aat af tka aa«Ny near Bickmaaaworth. In one Aaatiia af Caglanf aad H'afa*, *al. t. ; Lyaen's Em. part of ita caaiae. near Cohiay Park, it has a short on. mnmtftfmioa. («• s.) d a m ia and aaaa^e, tkaagfc not particularly obsansMc, HClrrPORDSHIRE IS an inland ceonty ti Eng. eaeapl krdiry weether. The nine aistcr^nikige of the land, boaadad by B a di a d iliiia aii J Ciiatiilr%aJyia la- Cfeai, and the springs which cwia ti t m a Hw aooitc of wards the nartk and waat. War Mnak— kin wwds ihi tka New River, are m Haitfoctlakira. Tke grand Csaalk waat. Basaa laaaida ika it. idMUiBaaaa lawwdi tka jaactian t aaa t ■i i aii tMaaaaa^ abeaa D ai h lwniiia i aa d , aaath. Ito liHdlianp>indpaByafliidal.«fscentanlbe aadlaaeaa hfeBawnigtke ooanr ^'' <' Inc. The aBaifcaM<,whefaitlaaiy—ii n dttaas BaawbyUwrlTers Wartbtd caaal aaanancaa near of W.t. Laaaalftaa*. FranBaianrlaBaManiitkallMaBdBlaaH, fiad, nkaia it aailM with tke grami junction, and jroes MM Of Ike fonr naiaaii MgPkena tmmm^ Iknmp tka la St Albaajr. IslaMl. divides tke caontiaa af C aai fc a U ja aa nl i l a a t ff ia i l . Fanw a«a ki gaoeial amaU. Pnhapa the rice moat Arkol- HliiMnwa«l witkfcgkikiMkMM fei«ikV>Ur noHMAialMiiaOtoMOMTCa. The priadpfl p^n ton. Hertford - shire ploujth. 46 HERTFORDSHIRE. Hertford- of the land is under tillage, and the produce in wheat, whiclj, after being malted in the towns above mention- Hertford- ^^j^** barley, and oits, is very consiflerable. Wheat and bar- ed, is sent to London chiefly by the na\'igati(-n of the _ "^ . ^ """^ ley in particular are grown here of as good a quality as I.ea. There are very few manufactures in Hertford- ~ ' ~ in any other part of the kingdom. In the neighbour- sliire of any consequence : at St Albans tlierc is a small hood of Wheathampstead, great quantities of wheat cotton manufactory, and two silk-mills. The niachi- have been trown for a very considerable length of time, nery of the latter is particularly well contrived. At whence this place takes its distinctive appellation. In- l^erkhampstead fringe lace is made ; and also a consi- deed, in the opinion of many, Hertfordshire was dis- derable quantity of wooden shovels, bowls, spoons, &c. tinguished tor tiie excellence of its tillage husbandry. In this, and some other parts of the county, plaiting even before Norfolk. Turnips and clover are supposed straw is a resource for poor women and children. At to have been intro and the laws of Ina were ry narrow margin in the south line, in the vicinity of published. William the Conqueror here swore to pre- Barnet, which, being near London, is made artificially serve the laws made by his predecessors. King Henry productive, by means of manure brought by the hay II. kept his court here, and granted it all the liberties carts. There are, however, some tolerably good mea- and privileges which it had engaged under Edward dows, especially those on the Stort, extending from the Confessor ; and so lately as the reign of James I. the ' Hackerell to Hertford, and those in the vicinity of the royal nursery was established here. Upon a hill in Lea, and about Rickraansworth. The many streams Harborough field, near Ashwell, are evident marks of tliat flow through the county are extremely favourable a Roman fortification, (now called Ardbury Banks), a to irrigation, though that system is not carried to any large square work enclosed with a trench or rampart, great extent. In the south-west corner of the county Here the Romans had a standing camp, so advantage- are many orchards. Apples and cherries are their ously situated, that they could discover the approach principal produce. even of a small body of men at a great distance. Se- Cattlc and As the land in this county is chiefly arable, and the veral Roman coins and earthen vessels have been dug sheep, artificial grasses are cultivated almost entirely for hay up here at different times. for the London market, live stock is an object of very In 1801 there were 18,172 houses in this county. Population, inferior consideration. The Suffolk breed of cattle is and 97,577 inhabitants. In 1811, it appears, from the regarded as the best. The sheep are mostly ewes of population abstract, that there were — the Southdown and Wiltshire breeds. The horses are ,, • , i • j of various kinds, but the Suffolk punch appears to be Houses inhabited . 26,345 preferred. Families inhabiting them ...... 22,744 The principal roads in Hertfordshire, in consequence Houses building . > . . . 131 of its vicinity to the metropolis, are very good. Six ' — — ""'nhabited ......... 436 great leading turnpikes pass through this small district. Families employed m agriculture . . 1 1,998 Many of the cross roadS are nearly as good as the turn- '"'? • ■ ■ ■ • 7,192 pi|(es, ° other lines . . 3,554' Thegreatbusinessof the county is the traffic of com. Males cr'«f^ and the malting trade. The latter is carried on to a Females 50,031 very great extent in the towns of Hitchin, Baldock, ^ ,.,.,.. TTTTT" Roy ston, and Ware. Ware alone sends a greater sup- 1 otal inhabitants 111,054 I)ly of malt to London than any other place ; and it al- The following is the statistical state of the county in ways obtains the highest price, not only on account of 1811 : the excellence of the barley from which it is made, but Area in square statute miles 528 also from the excellence of the mode in which it is ma- English statute acres 337,920 Malt. nufactured. The Hertfordshire malt, however, is not Rental of land £342,350 all made from barley grown in the county ; large quan- Amount of tithe 45,292 Uties bemg purchased in all the surrounding districts, Annual value of a square mile 735 Roads. Trade and manufac- ture*. H E S 47 Nmnber of penoni in • (quare mile til AfrrtrultunI population in centesimal parU . 5S Net product per fiunflj 8t H ! ~ one «f the earliest Greek poet*. Little it kii i-> Wk, and the few tacts that have reach- ed ■• iM*« oecMioned marh controversy among the lavnad. It appaar* that hi* father Dius had origi- aally rwideJ at Cama, a town of jfvolia in Asia Minor, whrnoa ha afterwarda removed to Aacra, now Zagara, ■tuated ina valicjr o( Mount Melicon. (See Helicon and Oarkc^a TVaacb, part u. aect. iii p. 1 19 ) It is uncer- tain whether Heaiod icrii— piliit nis father from Cuina, or wat bora at Aacn. Tm latter is perhana the more pnhehie cendwioo. In one of hia poema he mcntians • ahoit revacc to tlw iale of Eubcea, a* the only ocm- •ioa on wniai he had ever been on ahipboerd ; bat if he had oonw frooi Cana, he nraat have ooascd by tea ) Graeee. It ia true, in the peaage elloded to, he I at hie nanlical espefioDoe, hot die alSnnation ia 1 it may be anppetid. had there been mj eseeptaon, that ei captJoB would either have been or the expnaaien BMdified. There ia anather 1 in (kvanr of Aacn, givw by Phtarch on ity of Ephema, the MNorian of Onna, who Diaa had bean eompellfd '-■ — 'Trate to Aaoa,eaaeeanBtefdeht,aBdth«Mn. nacde the ■Hihar af Hoaed. What waa Hcuxi • ,k- upetion ia un cer ta in. La Harpe, in hi* Coar* tU Liltrmtmrt, to hare bean a prieat of theTannWaf Olhera kaee arfi t i hi i t . that, a w w d ti i f te tn hia Theogenf, he tended thean hi the eaUaaaaTHeliean; a aode of Kfe, it haa been tboMht, d mmt camgtnial to the bard of fina- iitienidl,aa the writer af the Thee, i reeaan appUee with eqaal Hht ha waa pw l Mad «a die a natand death. Then ia a tndilian Aat he waa ■a w lw i d at Awe. en a piU fliMfa ta the IMpfaie orade, by the aon of hia host CWetar. GMjrecer hariac antertdhiad Hanod, a IfflH ii B , Ui falow n ai J U, and Ma iiKl, is acarcely more aaceeaaAil. The difference of Io<-ility, of dialect, and more partictilarly the very (-oiisiderable aHirationa which the original ))oems have uMnifestly u nder g one since tli>. ir tojli^ioii an'/0 : and Herodo- tua, making them co«'»—'<""^ "■>■- •'>■•— ' th.-ir /-.,.., ..,.„, era at 8S4 ye«rs bti rian matbles, Heaiod i.......^..<^. i,^...,, , ^, and Homer 907. Few ofth^ r- • —-:>-> ■ ■ ti .-..i -_. tant, and t' the small liiyuiM-r ill. It iiii\r rrrn'iutl im Theogony, 'the Works and Days, anci llerculea. Ttieae remain* have maniu-n. greatly ftwn corruption and mutil.ition. I additiona and alteratioa* with whicn iiil><: from hb ketaical gM' ..-^i ,.<^in« of Hesioc!.— The ba> Cetalqgae of Women or Heroinea, in five part-, of HcsumU rntul ' l«>»t, ni' inetlio- Mr KIton, libld. ■racta .1 :it iif with a >ublime, 1 Catakfgae of Women or Heroinea, in five which the fl(\h appear* to hare been rntitle< raaeny.' The Mclampodia, a poem on The fiaat Astronomy, . r -•- " — f v Thaaona lata Hadea. An Herha. llie Marriage of Homer; Ckero. Pluiiy. and P^crcuhia mntaty bter; whAe a ihbd party. P" « «" J ' ■«* Vana, m ppaH a d 1^ tha vl thatily of HcrKlatiu, concur in BMking hia a contcra a are an- >«e an ingenious di a ae rtatio i i on ' '' prefited to a new traneUtion ■ Charles Abraham Elton. Lond. 1 8 1 J (") HERSCHLL, ia the name given by aoine astrono- -Tk« •* have a tndtoton thai H iili i aaly vtete llw ponn of lh« Worka and Da;* H E V Hcue, men to the Georgium Sidus. See Astbonoht, vol. ii. '^|"^' "«-, p. 6i9, and Uranus. » ~ HESSE, a principality of Germany, is bounded on the south by the bishopric of Fulda, the principalities and the counties of Irenburg, Nidda, end Sohns ; on the east, by Brunswick Eiclisfeld and Thuringia; on the west, by Solms, Nassau, Westphalia, and Waldeck ; and on the north, by Waldeck, Padenbom, and Bruns< wick. Its figure is irregularly oval, and it extends about 60 miles from north to south, and from 50 to 70 from west to east. It occupies 2760 square miles, and contains 7'S0,OOO inhabitants. The greater part of this principality was annexed by Bonaparte to the new kingdom of Westphalia ; and the grand duchy of Hesse, wliich was one of the states of the Confederation of tl»e Rhine, was formed out of new territories. Before the peace of Presburg it con- tained 154' square German miles, and had a population of 319,000 ; after the peace of Presburg, its extent was 202 square miles, its population 478,800, its military contingent 4000, and its revenue in rixdollars 1 ,6ti0,000. An account of this principality will be found in our ar- ticle on the circle of the Rhine, of which it forms a part. See Cassel and Darmstadt. HEVELIUS, or Hoevelkb, John, a celebrated Po- lish astronomer, was bom at Dantzic on the 28 th Ja- nuary 161 1, and was the son of a brewer of that city. After studying mathematics under Peter Cruger, he travelled through Holland, Germany, England, and France, between the years 1630 and 1634; and upon his return to his native place, he was principally em- ployed in the affairs of the republic of Dantzic, of which he was made consul in 1651. About the year I66O, by the advice of his former master, he devoted himself •wholly to the study of astronomy. In the year 1641, he built an observ'atory at his own expence, and furnished it with excellent telescopes and graduated instruments, which he constructed with his own hands. With these instruments, which consisted of a sextant, a quad- rant 6| feet radius, and very large telescopes, he made numerous observations, the result of which appear- cd at Dantzic in the year 1647, in his work entitled ■" Selenographia, sive Lunse descriptio, atque accu- rata, tam tnaculorum ejus, quam motuum diverso- rum, aliarumque omnium vicissitudinum phasiumque telescopii ope deprehensarum, delineatio : in qua simul ca;terorum omnium planetarmn nativa facies, variaeque observationcs, presertim autem macularum solarium et jovialium tubo specillo acquisitae, figuris sub aspectum ponuntur ; necnon quam plurimae astronomiciB, opticas, physicxque quxstiones resolvuntur. Addita est nova ratio lentes expoliendi, telescopia construendi, et ho- rum adminiculo varias observationes exquisite insti- tuendi." In 1650, he published an epistle to his friend Eich- stad, on the eclipse of the sun, on Nov. 4th 1649 ; and in 1652, appeared another epistle on the solar eclipse, addressed to Gasscndi and BuUialdus. About this time, Hevelius made the important dis- covery of the moon's libration, of which he gave an account in a letter to Riccioli, which was published in 1654, and entitled De motu Lunce Ubralorio in certasta- bulas rtdacto. In 1656 he published his Dissertalio de Nativa Sal umi facie, ejiisque variLs phadbus, certa pe- riodo rcdeuiitibus aii addita est Eclipsis Solis anni 1656, observatio et diametri iolis apparaitis accurata dimensio. 48 H E V In I66I, Hevelius had the good fortune to observe Heveliu*. the transit of Mercury on the sun's disc; and in 1662, ^""Y"™' he published his observations, entitled, " Mercurius in sole visus anno I66I, cum aliis quibusdam rerum coe- lestium obscrvationibus, rarisque phenomenis ; cui an- nexe est Venus in sole pariter visa 1639, Liverpoliae a Jeremia Horroxio, nunc primum edita, notisque illus- trata. Accedit succincta historiola novae ac mirae stellae in collo Ceti certis anni temporibus clare admodum ef- fulgentis, rarsus omnine evanescentis ; necnon genuina delineatio paraselenarum et parheliorum * quorundam rarissimorum." The reputation of Hevelius was now so great, that the illustrious Colbert recommended him to the notice of Louis XIV. who granted him a pension. A copy of the letter, in which Colbert announced this act of liber- ality to Hevelius, is preserved in the Royal Library at Paris. Hevelius shewed his gratitude by dedicating to Colbert his " Prodromus Cometicus, quo Historia Come- taj anno 1664 exorti cursura, faciesque diversas capitis ac caudae accurate delineatas complectens, necnon disserta- tio de cometarum omnium motu, generatione variisque phenomenis exhibetur," Dantz. 1665. A supplement to this work appeared in 1666, entitled, " Descriptio Comet« anno 1 665, exorti cum genuinia observationi- bus tam nudis quam enodatis mense Aprili habitis ; cui addita est mantissa Prodromt Comelici, observationes omnes prioris Cometas l664, ex iisque genuinum motum accurate deductum, cum notis et animadversionibus, ex- hibens." In the year I668, he published in folio, his great work on comets, under the title of " Cometographia, totara naturam Cometarum, utpote sedem, parallaxes, distantias, ortum et interitum, capitum caudai'umque diversas facies, afTectionesque, necnon motum eorum summe admirandum, beneficio unius, ejusque fixae et convenientis hypotheseos, cxhibens ; in qua universa insuper phenomena, questionesque de cometis omnes rationibus cvidentibus deducuntur, demonstrantur, ac iconibus aeri incisis plurimis illustrantur ; cumprimis vero Cometoc annorum 1652, 1 661, l664, 1665, .ibipso auctore summo studio observati. — Accessit omnium Cometarum, a mundo condito hue usque, ab historicis philosophis et astronomis annotatorum, historia, notis et annotationibus locupletata, cum peculiar! tabula Co* metarum Universal!." When this work was completed, Hevelius sent a copy of it to Dr Hooke, and to other distinguished members of the Royal Society. In return for this work, Dr Hooke presented Hevelius with a Description of the Dioptric Telescope, and the method of using it ; and recommended it as preferable to the use of plain sights in astronomical instruments. In this way com- menced the celebrated controversy respecting the use of plain and telescopic sights. Hooke maintained, that with an instrument of a span radius, the distances and altitudes of celestial objects could be measured to a se- cond by telescopic sights ; and Hevelius insisted in his reply, that with a gocd eye, and great experience, he had obtained the same accuracy in the use of his instruments ; and he sent eight distances between stars, for the purpose of being examined by Dr Hooke. Here the controversy was for the present ter- minated, • In the year 1673, Hevelius published in folio, the first part of his " Machina Celestis, organographiam. • These Paraseleae and Parhelia are described in our article Halo, VoL X. p, 614, and represented in Plate CCLXXXVIl. Figs. 4, «, 6. HEVELIUS. 49 ■iva iiMfiiiiiiwitnnnii atlniMMBinxtuii omnium quibui MKtor Man kaeteiMU riiMMi at Wiiawww est, aecu' raU liiiliBiltii at dcwrriptio plnribus konibtH tni in- daw QloMnU ct exommU ; cum aliis quibusdam Um JMondii q«Mii ictta digni*. qtur ad mcchanicam opti- cidMW pertinent, anmiatlTeriionibiu, imprimis de BMJt— omm twhof in conatntctione et umui iii li «ai m a di- raebone, necnon nova bdlliina Ic-ntn qnaaria ex aec- tiaailMn eooi expoliendi ratiooc." Heveliu* lent ov fim af tkia work to all hi* fnenda in En^^nd ex- eeot Dr Hooke ; who, in revenge of the afront, pub' bibad in 167^ bit " AnimadvenioB* on the Firat Part «f dM Mackmm Ceinlit, of the hooourable, lawned, aid 6hhmw Joannes Heveliiu, together with an iipltti»iM tt umt inatnaaeoU made by R. H." Lend. Utt. That work wm ehanetoiaed b^ the ir- of its author. It waa written with that -. Jtn^anl •uperioritj, which injured bis own ! agnd excittd the bigbeet reaentroent on the part of HaraUiu. In the Mna rear, Hnreliua arnt a letter (•the Roja) Saeiatjr, comainmg a replj to the oi^actioas af Hooke and PlanHtead, aDdappealing to obaarratioa lar the < iii n itn aaa of ha opiaiana. He cooiplained of the " bittemcaa and boaatiDg^ with which he had been attacked, and raqMatad iImI tba Boyal Society would •end aoo* aaiaeBt attraBooMr to axamine his inatn- menU aitd method ef aaing them. This i imhwIiIs demand waa Msadsd to; aad Dr HaOajr, who haU Daari^ the aaiaa epintona as Hooka, waa requested to rapair to Dantaic; He arrived in that citjr on the 36th Ifav 1079, and conunued with Herelio* till the IMh of July. By mean* of ■agood inatrument. fumi«hcd wiA MiMCapie aighia, HaDajeaaapartd hbown oiMer> rabaM with thaaa af Haftbus; flMl ha particalarly au mdad to the luceaarira obMrvalions aads npaii tfaa aaas star* bv HavaGoi^ with hia kqp bnaa arxtant. Tha reauk of this euMinatioa was hicfaly ftvourable to ovaadHV. HdlOTlaftanatteMatiaB,daMlJnl7».ISth, 1079, daehviqg hiaaeir ■ abundaDtljr aatiaicd of tha naa aiirf laitaiiu* ti Ibcao hia laatmuuim and obarr. T i t iaafc And wbanaa ha had befctv been alwa^'t doubt- ful, that his sliMiraliiaii by naked sights might as to sova ahMitaa bauaeertaia. and had tbcrsforr wondand why he dcai»ad iha asa of liliiBuaii iMcs; ha hsd, partly ta gnaOala tha aathor's paUhMig of his v a tis M , and partly to aalMSr his awn wwlIbb. i taken that jsamer, wMdiheiia' with it: an raaaavMiUaawaayaaiiat aaa •>af ahaiwiiwii^ tha fc. lof tha ar tw% bat a I by aa ia* ' port of a air la tha year l«79. HevaSaa pahHshad his •• Ma. tMnm C u U m k Par* Hostenor; maai U ia n fc a i am ob. aervatioaaa, taa adipaiaa hu aiaariaai i^aam ocrulta. ^iHManaa « faanit^ aacBon akitadinum me- ■»»P*s*fcaa, aalaliliar«Mi rt vqainoctiomm, I lell^aram ptaastaraaa §iaraaM|ue omninni I oafMlaraai m labore es ipso atbere haustas, peratuhisque iconibut, HereKus. auctoria manu «eri indsiii, illustrataa et esomatas, tri« ^^^Z"™' bus libris ezhiben*.' Hrveiius had fortunately presented about SO copies of this work to his frienda ; tor before it was published; his property of every deacription was consumed by a dreadful fire, on the S6th September 1()79- No fewer than seven houses, containing his money, plate, gold, silver, household goods, printing houses, great part of his library, the remaining copies of all his printed works, published at his own ezpence, from the year 1647 to 1679, and particularly nis observatory, with all his optical and astronoaical instruments, were com- pletely reduced to ashes Amoo^ the articles preau s td were the latter part of his Machtna Celrttu, containing the observations of nearly 50 y«ars, and hia Na» Ca- UUcgmtaflJkt Fixtd Start. A full account of this calamity, and of his dispute with l)r Hooke, were publiih«l in l')85, in his " An- nus Climactericus, sive rerum Uranicarum et observa- tionum annus quadrageaimus nonus, exhibens diversss occnhationea tara planetarum qnam (ixarum, post edi« tam Macfainam Celestan o ba ai v a tas, nt-cnon ])lurimaa altitudiiiae awridianaa solis, et distantias planetarum ao anno imp a tr atas cum amicorum nonul- a p i s t alia ad rem istara spectantibus et continua- stallc in CoUo Ceti, at et annoU- as, plari veu zi. ra«T x. This work wss the last which Hevelius published. Worn out with the infirmities of age, and with the la- bours of scienot, ha died on thr Stith January 1687, in the 76th year of hia age. Hcvciius leA liehnol l.tm the iip a laliu ii of having been on* of the mo!>t .i^ aad iagcoious practical astrononera of the -^^ ..tch ha lived The surprisa which Halle^ rspresaed at the won d ei fli l a cc u ranr of hia obacrvattor- v '• be felt by every person who examines tl i t a u , ' consi* dcr* that they are well made by aiiassti.»-w ti^iuii, snd that tha iastnnaents wars ooostructad and graduated with his own hands. licvrlius Irit behind him two complete works, and other asanuscripts. The first of these made it» ia MI90, m folio, rntitlrd, " rrociromus . ashibeta Amdmicnta qua tam sd novum plana at caa wrtha t l a ataBanwn tnnua catalogum con- tiaraa (abaha aahuaa, aliaaaas phrniaas ad astrono- nioai p ail li wa t as, utpola ranactMnan solarium, paral- lasiaa, darihatloiMaB, aagaienun ediptinr et meri- diaai. asaaMiiMni laelanm rt obliquarum horixunti Oadaataaai {aaarriantiaB. diisrrntiarum aMmaiona- Uaaa, aalaa itaa rt tvAactionttm strllamm fixarum, qinibaa addilaa art a ta iu a a catakgos strllamm fixanira, taa at^^or ad saai. W9&, onaro minor sd aim. cianplo- turn 1700. Aanaait CoroUarii loco tabula mo^us lume libratorii, ad Una aacak proxime ventura prolongata, brevi cna ileactipti>>na cjaaaue usu." This work, which was published by his wiflow, con- taint thr catalogue of 1 888 stars. It wss afterwards reprinted in the :ki vol. of Fiamstcad's Hutoria Olu- lu, and is incorpor a ted in the catalogue of stars 'given in our srticle Aitronomv In the same >rar appeared his other posthumous work, entitled, " Firmarorntum .Sobiesoanuro sive Ura- nographia, tiiuu»|ue HEX 56 HEY IleTcUui II Ilc&hkm. orsanis rite observatas, eshibens; et quidem quodvis siduj in peculiari tabella, in piano descriptum, sic ut omnia coiijunctim totum globura celestem exactissimc relcrant: prout ex binis heraispheriis majoribus, bo- reali scilicet ct australi, adhuo clarius cuique patet." This work contains 54 charts, representing the whole heavens. Hevelius was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society of Lon(*on in 16(54. and contributed several papers to the Philosophical Transactions. When M. Delisle passe= 404 2 -J- 8 f -1- 35 m, or the Comma- deficient minor 'SIXTH, which see. Hexachord Minor of Galileo, has the ratio ^^, = 4262 -f- 8f-J- 37 m, or the Comma-redundant minor SIXTH, which see. Hexachord Minor of the Greeks, or hexachordon minor of Holder, &c. has the ratio |^, = 4152+82 + 36 m, or the Minor sixth, which see. (V) HEXAEDRON. See Crystallography. HEXAGON. See Geometry, vol. x. p. 221. HEXHAM, is a market-town of England, in the county of Northumberland, finely situated on the south side of the river Tyne, at the confluence of the north and south Tyne. The two long streets, of ■which the town consists, are narrow, and not well built ; but the town contains some good houses. The road from Newcastle to Hallwhistle passes through one of the streets, and the other principal street runs at right angles to this. At the intersection of these streets, stands the spacious market-place in a large square, with a convenient piazza for the butchers market, which has moveable stalls, and which is well supplied with -wa- ter from a fountain. The church of Hexham, which forms a part of its ancient monastery, founded in 1112, is highly ornamented in the inside, and contains many fine sepulchral monuments. This church was dedicated to St Andrew, and was much celebrated for its beauty and extent by ancient historians. It is in the form of a Greek cross. The tower, which is in the centre, ap- pears low and broad, though it has a height of 102 feet. The architecture is Gothic and Saxon. A dou- ble gallery runs round the whole structure, opening with Saxon archer each opening being composed of three arches, the middle circular, and the others Heihani pointed, with very light pillars. The nave was burnt II down by the Scots in I296, and nothing remains of it Heywood.^ but part of its western door. The choir now forms the » ~ parish church, and is crowded with inelegant pew« and galleries. The priory stood at the west end of the church ; and not many j'ears ago, its cloister and cha- pels were to be seen. There are two ancient stone towers at Hexham, one of which is used as a sessions- house, and formerly belonged to the priors of Hexham. The other is situated on the top of a hill near the Tyne. It appears from two Roman inscriptions, found in a crypt of the church, that the Romans had a station, or town, at this place ; for it is obvious, that this was not the Epiacum of the ancients, as Horsley supposed. The crypt, where they were found, is a place fifteen feet by nine, and contains a number of carved stones, which seem to have once formed part of a Romau fortress. The town is governed by a bailie chosen annually. The principal employment of the inhabitants consists in tanning leather, and in making shoes, hats, and gloves. The following is a statistical abstract of the parish for 1811: Inhabited houses, , , 729 No. of families, 1171 Do. employed in trade and manufactures, 639 Males, 2136 Females, 2719 Total Population, 4855 See Pennant's Tour in Scotland, vol. iii. ; Hutchinson's History of Northumberland ; and the Bcatdies of Eng- land and Wales, vol. xii. p. 158' — 168. HEXHAM, Battle of. See England, vol. viii. p. 638. col. 2. HEYWOOD, Jasper, D. D. a writer of the age of Queen Elizabeth, and son of the epigrammatist Hey- wood, whom we shall immediately have occasion to men- tion. He was born in London 1 535, and studied at Mer- ton College, Oxford ; from whence, according to Wood, he was on the point of being expelled for his irregular life, when he resigned his fellowship. Soon after he repaired to St Oraers, and entered into the Society of Jesus at that place. From thence he went to Diling in S'witzerland, where he distinguished himself by his learning and zeal for disputing with heretics ; so as to obtain the rank of doctor of divinity. In the year 1581, Pope Gregory the XIII. sent him at the head of tlie first mission of Jesuits to England, but her majesty shipped him off, with 70 of his associates, out of the kingdom ; and, returning to Italy, he died at Naples, where the zealous catholic Joannes Pittseus contracted an intimacy with him, and speaks of him with great respect. He translated tliree of the tragedies ascribed to Seneca, viz. the Thuesles, Hercules Furens, and Troas, in the measure of the syllables, and from that circumstance has obtained a name in poetical biogra- phy. (,) HEYWOOD, John, father of the preceding writer, was one of the earliest dramatic writers that England produced. Warton says of him, that he drew the Bible from the stage, and introduced representations of po- pular life, and familiar manners. He was bom at North Mims, near St Albans, in Hertfordshire, and in his youth contracted an intimacy with Sir Thomas More, who introduced him to the patronage of the princess . (afterwards queen) Mary. His jests, and musical ta- HEY 51 H I E Hq«Mys are still curious relics. One of them, Tkr Four P'l, is in Dodalef's Collection. His lon^^eat work is the Sw- Jkr mud S^, of which honest Holingshed sars, " that the anthor dealeth so protbundlie anri beyona all mea- sure of skill, that neitner he himself that made it, nor any one that rcadcth it, can reach unto the meaning tboceC" His Diahgne of Proirrln, and Sis Humdred Epigram*, give ns but a bumble idea of the wit and oonrcTMtiaa of oar ancestors. («) HEYWOOD, TiioMAo. This author wm an actor M well aa a writer, and flourislied in the reigns of Queen FJiMh<*ii. Janes I. and Charles I. The date of his biith and death, (we might almost add, the whole his- tory ct his life,) is unknown, except his profession and character as a writer. In the latter capacity he is dia- tingniihad aa one of tht oMst prolific th«t cT«r existed : for, b»>idc8 Ua pnae eaanpositiatis of Tie EmgHtk Tm- ; Afekfwfar Atian, ttc. &c. he tells us, that the I in wbteDM hwi £2i mmmwift ' hod oitlier a principal share, or wrote nted to two hutMlred and twenty. Of , it ia true, that but a few oouparativeiy r»> ■Mia. Difccnt rrasnns havo baca aaigMd for tho loss of so m«iy of than. It has been dtcgcd. thM they were lost from the dcsahory manner in wkich he wrote them, on the backs of plav-biUs and Uvem-btUa, as ho was a grant frcqnentrr oTtavcms; bat the trm rsaaon setns to have been, that the manegsn, in tboae days, porchaaed the sole p wn is itj i of the cooiaa oTiikya, and It was not their h ln m tv let tfaea be noblished tiU the public had baco eoMletaly satiated with then ; of course whan plays enaad to be attractive, the mrmory of than voald perish, and the actors would not murfi tmMe III— s il vas abaot ooamositiaaB. which, if tbsy had basn B i i l aJ. Brirfifet have wprfd the cost. Of » of hia plays Otal ivaaia t» na, ihOTv n ane that oMgfat espcdalfy to T ads— Ua aaaa tmm aUivion. Thn is, nr IToaiM IsIM n*A JD'adWw. Tbeintaraat of it is fcondad. Hke that of K atn tb i n 's Strmtgrr, an a inBdeii^, and the rapantance that it ta—taalaa Mia* tngioally, and with a ^ , ^^ Un rtmUmd, the pan Hant. **!?•* •a^^J' •»• l»*i^ «— M fbfglvo brr. sdr, and dwa btdUB-baartad. Ia tfaia, awl in srscnl other pMccs. Hcyvaed, Aaogh not h%My hmaM nor poetical, and thoo^ he sea— to have iMrdy poiansed n anbitMM of a poet— to be thoMcht each.— Im excwdiagiT astaral and loadiing. The between Fraaklaad aad hi toadung. It HIBERNATION. See Hyberxatjow. HIERA. SeeKAMMEM. HIERES, is a town of France, in the department ^ of the Var, about nine miles cast of Toulon. It is situatetl in a delightful valley, about four leagues long and one broad, open on the »outh to the sea, and boiinde0 francs. About four Eqglisli miles from the town i< the Etang, aitaaled in the eantre uf an isthmus, running from the aootbem eoaat It is about a league long, and half a laa|pi « broad, and the three little islands in the middle ofileantain a mat nonbar of aquatic birds. The laa tt i ii part of tne isthmus joins the road of Hieres, Md is called La Plage de la .Munasse. Tlie lower part of it is the peninsula Giens, which contains many inte- resting obiects. Hieres u celebrated lor the mild temperature of its winters ; but it ia rsehoned unhealthy from May to October At the chapel of Notre Dame, on a hill situated near the aca-aborc, and about a Icagae from the town, is a good panting of the Twelve Apostles, and a bas-relief, by Pogat. The cardan of M. Fillc is well worthy of being vi- Ili ioaaal icrenue is about 84,000 fhincs. In I ti M. Baaarcgard, which is excellent, a crop afaiticiMkaa sold, ia 1793. far 1800 ftanoa. The chief fton Hieres are oil, wine, frvit, vegeubles, aad sail, which are aant almost exclusively to Taalaa aad Ma—illaai A thooaand oranges are sold fcr 40 Uwas. Vaanls are loaded in «ummer at the ' tfaa iall>«arks ; but in winter, all the mrr- HibtmsUvu I Hieres chandiae nast ba oe n se y a d to Toulon by land. East Long. 6* r 55*. and North Let 4^7' S*. Population Notof tMavOTia. ^'^ •-•>«i art •.t.aia twMpt.mil. Mywilt, Iks MMksr u mj ptmy bsksa. •fWn> Uisu stt Pi u siii l latfcy I AM wtaiUial grttf afMiliV < H«aiMi to hMrt. >pm ay Ml. dM ««!. ^lfr.Aw a._r>xe«Msawn>.— I.t>.el,fc«.,«.n •^mtn, Tk7wifi«n*ai,«n«— latlkse! (,) about 7000. See ChrisL August. Fischer Rii$e naeh hia wife L very //jreres, mi IfSatersois ItOS and ISM. Leipsic, 1806; aiid Mimat Wtmmgrt dam U$ Departemeiu du Midi de U Frmm, loaL a. chap. 6l. HIERES, IsLBs or, (the Iiuuttr Artanm,) are a elastcr of three small islands in the Mediterranean, m- •aalad aboat fcar la^gaaa from the town of Hieraa. They ate called PMaaarollea. Porticros, and the isle of Titan. They were called Stoechadca by the Marseilloie, who first inhabitad them. The aioat western of these is Porquerallca. which b the largest aad best wooded, fm ami contains M inllabitaiMaL Porticroe ia three leagues farther to tfaa east, and ii more elevated and fertfle. It 5 HIE 52 HI E Hmiki, pliin. hits a'haveii, ami contains about 50 inhabitants. The other island is ubout three quarters of a league to the east of I'orticros. It has fewer inlwbitants, and is less fertile tlian the rest. All these islands may be seen from the town of Hieres. They are defended by small forts, and are covered with lavender anil strawberries. They are frequently visited by parties of pleasure from the town. See Fischer's A'cwe tiac/i Hycres. HIERO. See Syracuse. HIERO'S Crown. See Hydrodyn.vmics. HIEROGLYPHICS, ( from <^.f, .v«crerf, and yX«p«y, io carte,) properly sculptui-es or carvings, (and hence, by an easy and obvious transition, jxiintings also,) sym- bolically denoting, by particular figures and collocations -of external or corporeal objects, sacred, moral, and reli- gious truths. Hieroglyphics may be considered as a species, of which symbol is the genus ; for hieroglyphics are a par- ticular class of symbols, differing however from other sj'mbols, as well by tlie nature of the truths of which they are the signs, as by the mysterious and recondite mode in which these truths are exhibited. The truths denoted by hieroglyphics properly relate not to com- mon or trivial objects, but to things sacred or divine ; and the mode of exhibiting these is designedly obscure and enigmatical, requiring sagacity and acuteneas, as well as patient attention, to develope their meaning. The origin of hieroglyphical writing has generally been derived from Egypt ; and undoubtedly it appears to have been there that hieroglyphics first assumed the foi-m of a regular system. But, in fact, the first steps in the formation and employment of hieroglyphic em- blems, may be traced as nearly coeval with the earliest attempts of miinkind to communicate their thoughts by visible marks, in addition to articulate sounds. In such attempts, it seems plain, that the first, as being the most natural, way of accomplishing the end, would be by presenting a picture or delineation of the object to be denoted. To express a man, an animal, or a tree, the figure of the object would be drawn and exhibited. To intimate that a man had been slain by a wild beast, the figure of a man stretched on the earth, and the ani- mal standing over him, would be fonued ; to indicate that a hunter had caught his prey, the picture of the man with the prey in his hands would be given. Such was probably the earliest mode of writing. It is the opinion of the best informed writers, that it prevailed among the Phoenicians, Egyptians, and other early com- munities ; and we know with certainty, that it was in use among the Mexicans when invaded by the Spa- niards, — intelligence of their arrival having been trans- mitted to the emperor in a picture, and even the histo- ry of the empire having been delineated by paintings upon skins, afterwards found in one of the temples. This way of communicating thoughts, however, was, of necessity, liable to much inconvenience. It was of- ten difficult, and generally bulky. To lessen the toil, and abridge the size of the picture, different modes of abbreviation were resorted to. The principal part of the object might first be made to stand for the whole ; as the head ior the man, a hand holding a weapon for a warrior. Nex't, the principal circumstance in a com- plicated action might denote the entire action ; two or more hands, with weapons opposed, might denote a battle; a scaling-ladder, set against a wall, a siege. In a short time, a farther improvement would occur ; to put the instalment of an action for the thing itself, aa, we are informed by Hori Apollo, two feet standing in water represented the fulling of cloth. S Nearly connected with this, was the practice of de- noting the efficient cause by the effect produced ; as harvest, by a sheaf of corn — winter, by a leafless tree — hostile incursion, by ruined buildings and dead boilies. From these different kinds of contracted character*, the transition was easy to the third stage in the pro- gress of writing; to make one tiling represent another, where any resemblance sufficiently sticking between tbe two objects could be perceived. To this mode of communication it became frequently necessary to have recourse. Intellectual objects of every kind ; the pas- sions and feelings of men ; the moral qualities of ac- tions, admit of no ilirect delineation by picture, they must therefore be represented, if represented at all, by sensible objects, to which they either bear, or are sup- posed to bear, some resemblance. Under the view of such analogies, wisdom was signifietl by an eye ; in- gratitude, by a viper biting the hand that offered it food; courage, by a lion; cunning, by a serpent. This con- stitutes what may properly be termed tbe sijmbnlic mode of writing. It is in some measure analogous to that stage in the .progress of speech observed among all rude tribes, where figures, tropes, and metaphors, fill up a great portion of every harangue. This mode of writing is founded on resemblances perceived or supposed; and as it is difficult to set limits to the power of imagination in discovering or figuring resemblances, it might be supposed that the symbolic mode of writing could be carri.^d to an indeterminate extent. But in fact it has its limits; it must be under- stood if it is to be useful at all; the resemblance, there- fore, must be either obvious an'*, was to to . lUMBtly- writiug, ulapt 1^^ fim use, even ■ ^^"y"^ reconl the hi^t munity ; not, . conceal know letlxe, but in fact to preaerve wul cum- municate it Bui «lWv.- - '- i-;-- .--i-, phict came to be employed for a very dir rum the very na- ture at such a mode o( » rumg, a » easy to tee how conTcniently, in itte hands of a act of ancn aiming at prr-cmiacnce by the reputation of auperior wisdom, it might be used, cither to oaocaai their knowladp;, or reU their ignorance from the people. Enigmatic fi- gures, explained onlv to the initiated, were admirably fitted for such an entf ; and where the situatioo and cir- ctioutanoes li' the ueople parmitied this made «f con- cealment, we mif nt expect to find it introdneed and carried on. The extent, however, to which it could be carried, must be dctermiDed by the character or by the peculiar inatttutiens of a peonle. UImiv superio- rity in knowledge in any dasa of the eanuMiBity was somII. and tl» Mpantioa cf pwfwsiwia net verjr rigid, the opportunkiea of oonoaaung kaowtedge would be Ctw, and the use of enigmatic figuiw laaa fkvqucnt ; but where diatinctiuns were strongly marked, particu- larly where a scpante class of ncn were act apart to the CDoducttng of religions ritca and asOTaMMii^ thar*. if no uiUB l e r a ctingd rr n n M t a iM a occ nr w«i, th a» €r Mi nri i and wmmm would ha niiwiwiiis and raadil* t w im mm i. CpoQ tfaeae principles it ia not dificuU lo diaeovcr in the situatioit and character of the ^yptiaa nriaat hood, the circumatancea which, thonoi ihejr (ud not imiard prodnce the invention of biarogmhiM^ MrtHD- ly oGcauaaed a more extcsuiva nae M taaai ifcaa ptv- vaikd claewbcre. The Egyptian prieato war* ■ aep*- rate class of men, closely united aaaeng llMinwUsa. but Mcrrdly diiunct frum the people, at a tiSM when the oolv mode of wriiia|| in Egypt waa bjr pic fi ea or tjinbalic stgn*. Thev ictirrtl life, jotncd with tfae(4>iecsa about whicii •* — ^— r-hiefly CBiploycd, gave thera the mcana ai t' carrying tneir rcMarchcs into at«tract ;. ..^.. iu>.,i, than the rest of their iMintrymrii ; the fruits of thrae mean Ilia wrrr dcaolrd by prculiar, oAcn by the moat giiitasipia mkI OBpricsoua symbola, oonveyisg a secret myntmm oaiy t- '^'- -nitialed. In no other CMuoaunity, >isc nppurtuiutics f>ccur. Amoa^ i iiii.i..a>. the separatibn of tlie di&vant < neither wide nor permanent, and e««n wlMr« ihey were, yet as soon as Alphabetic or even rlMWitsi wriiii^ «aa intrudacad. (be aac of syvbahc wriiing would be in a grcM meaaure s ap a w adid. Hian«iy|ita*a Snm that period, cultivated only for sacred paipiaaa by the priaats from the love of^ n^ atrry and oooeaalBMnt, weald soon lose their aawung. and ia tiaM baaime wbaJhr u ninte l l ig ib le to all but the prieaU aad their ppcara lo have been the hiatary of hicm. writing. The nature of it Im* baan al- 'r-. < xptaiaed. The aymboiaaiade usaof ia it were i^nu-a by aaaemblagea of variooa nbiarta, piaata, ani. auU, narla of the humin body, heavenly iiIi)mH, tar- mlrial appcarsners ; all thcae coaibiiMd m oaupa, which beiqg first Mofaably put topatlw apoa fiamed resesiblaneea, could hardly be deciphered, after the se- cret of their ccaanoaiiian was lost. .Saiie Icaniad men harp ttiprmcd thst the Lgypttan birTc«lyphica coo- ilad^e; prubaUy they ' uj employ naiiis in dariiihi i ina thou, would only be a waate of laaMT. Hieroglyphics abound on the andaat aionumenU of Egypt; the great ob*H*k brou^Ut from Egypt to Rome, is Ml of such figures ; and on almost all the obeliaka now existing tMy are met with. Many cu- rious hieroglyphic ^ures were engraved on what was termed the Isiack Table, a large black table, long pre- aerved at Rogoe, and at the sacking of that city, in lait5, found by a poor tradesman, and at\erwards re- moved to Mautua, where it di&appeantl at the capture of the place. It had been previously engraved, and a plate or it ia given in Montfaucmi's AniitfHilict. Many EgTptian hicroglyphka were also engraved on ^ta», ma aiMll figorea, whicli are atill to be met with in ca- bineta. Hieroglyphica, properly so called, seem to be almoat peculiar to Egyptian anti(|uities : tlie uncouth ■ul distorted figurca of aome of the Hindoo gods, have been eonjecturad to conatitute significant entblems, aosaawhat of the nature of hienapyphics ; but it t^ pears to have been in Egypt alone that they were exten- aively employed ; a aroaaMtence tliat may easily be ac- coaB«Bd for upon the principlea already explained. Sir Join liafaham aappoaca liicr«((lypoics to liave been the origin of the wonhip of ananab ; the figure and the thii^ signified, being aa he a uppu ass . so con. nected, that both bagu to be held equally aacred. Thia ia by no aacana improbable, thou^ no direct praof of it ia lo be had. It aeems certain, howaver, that hier^glrphica were often ei^T*ved on gaaai^ aa a kind of a^gieal apaO; Iheae gcma were icrnKl AaaaXAS ; tha^ were exhibilad by certain corrupted Chriaiiana, aalivas of Egypt, who had mixed a great deal of I'aganiam with their Christianity : many of are still to be met with in the cabinets of the cu- Thcae abraxaa wo* aupcrscded among the au- peiatitioaa oriantela by telia m a a s. The talgect of hiOTaRlTphics lias baan fVaqncntly treated oC Among the anriante, Harm ApoU» or HarmfoUt, wrMe a matiaa exprtaalv on the subject, lo iiinilaiii liwra, ana of the moat labortooa writers on tMnniyphsaa waa the learned Jeauit Kincitxa. Hit fi!dyas JB mU meut oentaina a great ooUcotion of curi- (wa panicmari ; but hia explanariani are ftnciiul, and indicate littir judgment. In the aaoaad book of Mont- fiiacaa'a AmtufmUit* is given a geanal account of hie- ragtypbicB, iUuatrated with accurate angraviiig*. Hy far the maat ii^aiioaa aad philnaaphirsl account, both of tha hiataay and aatara af hietMyphics, is given by Wartanrtonia the 4th book oftha AJasae L^fiaMlaa. The Bishop haa not, haanarar , baan earaiid to betweea aaabliais in general, and hieroglyphica | ly so eailad. Or E. D. ( larkc. in hia T*wU l^aiy pabUshad, aamteiaB, bat bjr no BMana upon i ■iliiii graanda, tla«l the hisiraglyphic chaiactara were tha lat« teraof an ■itiwl alphabat, aad tha more forma nrobably a aenea of monograms. () ) HI£iiCKiIiAMMATI.«iT,(framii(M,i(o4'*n eiaal Sgnriwa. To theas was luiBwilted wa ava of the lawBgyphha. Iha aapoaition of rrygiana dodrinei, and the auparinlandanee of tha Egrptian learning in genaraL TImv waaa nftedad aa a kmd of proplieu ; and to aateblish their r aii a teli c n Ihr ihia, they madaaae of their kaowladga of taa heavenly bedioa, or nietaatic phcnoMna, to anpoae upon the paopla. Tbcy were alwayaacaa the penon of the king, to whom they ware next in dignity, and were eaaBptod from all civil an- plnvf; . : . ^ 1 , tha art of divining futurity from ' tha M tri J B M whan in the act of bang aAr> ed op. 'im Drnturtan and Sacairicc (>) ilietagfy- |>hioi I i; Hippo- crates. H 1 G 54 H I P nighgate HIOHGATE is a village in Middlesex, about four of the peaks of Himaleh, seen from Patna, is more Hinckley I miles north of London, deligl»tf«lly situated on the top thnn 20,000 feet above Nepaul, or about 23,000 feet " Hiro»lfh. ,nj sjjes q( one of tlie hicbest hills in the county, above the level of the sea. The country declines in ^"^^f"^^ commanding the most beautiful and extensive prospects height from the summit of these mountains to the . over Essex, Surry, and Kent, in one direction, and Hert- south, the surface being irregularly mountainous to the fordchire, Bedfordshire, and Buckingliamshire, in ano- borders of Bengal, Oude, and Delhi, where the plains ther. It consists principally of the villas of the opu- begin, which stretch to the sea. Several of the tribu- lent merchants, &c. of London, and its buildings are tary streams of the Indus, and probably the Indus it- equal, if not superior, to any in the neighbourhood of self, have their origin from the western side of these the metropolis. In order to avoid the steep hill, it was mountains It is supposed that the sources of the San- proposed to cut a tunnel through it, which was begun poo, or Burram-pooter, and its tributary streams, are in 1808. The roof of it, however, fell in at\er the separated only by a narrow range of snow clad peaks, work had made some progress, and it was found ne- from the sources of the streams which form the Ganges, cessary to make an o|)en cut through the hill. This See Rennel's Memoir, and Asiatic Researches ; Hamil- great improvement is now completed ; and the London ton's Gazetteer ; and our articles India and Thibet. road passes below an arch, which it became necessary HINCKLEY is a town of England, in Leicester- to build for the purpose of carrying a cross road over shire, situated near the borders of Warwickshire. The the cut. town is divided into the Borough, and the Bond with- HIGHLANDS. See Scotland. out the liberties. The limits of the borough were for- HILDESHEIM, isthenameofaGerman bishopric, merly those of the town, which has been extended by -ibunded in 822 by Charlemagne. It extends about 50 or the successive addition of four streets, the Bond End, 60 miles from east to west, and about 35 from north to the Castle End, the Stocken Head, and the Duck Pud- south, and contains about 5i square German miles. The die. The parish church is a neat large structure, with soil of the greater part of the district is good, and pro- a modern built spire, erected in 1788, on the old tower, duces abundance of corn, flax, hops, and vegetables. Tiie ' The body of the church seems to have been built about southern districts are hilly, and covered with forests ; the 13th century. Its length, from the chancel to the some of the hills containing excellent quarries and iron west door, is 6"6 feet, and its width near the chancel mines. The wood is principally oak, beech, ash, and about 80 feet. There are three other places of worship, birch. The diocese contains l6 bailiwicks, 75 manors, and a Roman Catholic chapel. The town-hall, school- 13 towns, sat villages, and 85,000 inhabitants, with an house, and ball-house, are very curious, but in a ruinous annual revenue of 250,000 rix-dollars. The principal state. towns are Hildesheim, Peina, Rosenthal, and Marien- Hinckley was once of much greater extent, and was burg. After the secularization of the diocese in 1803, encircled with a wall and deep ditch, traces of which it was given among the indemnities to the King of are still to be seen. The part called the Jewry- wall is Prussia. After the peace of Tilsit, it formed part of said to have been part of the temple of Janus. There the kingdom of Westphalia. is near the river a mount, supposed to have been a Ro- HILDESHEIM, or Hillesheim, the Bennopolis of man fortification ; and near the church are the ruins of the ancients, is a town of Germany, and the capital of a bath, with three mineral springs. Tesselated pave- the diocese, of the same name. It is situated on a rug- menls, and other Roman antiquities, have been disco- ged declivity, watered by the river Innerste ; about 6 vered here. This town is said to form the middle of leagues S. E. of Hanover, and 10 W. S. W. of Bruns- the highest ground of England, and commands a view wick. The town is tolerably large, but is irregularly of no fewer than 50 churches. Its principal manu- built, and old fashioned. It is divided into the Old facture is that of coarse stockings of cotton, thread, and New Town, which were united in 1583. The and worsted. A larger quantity of stockings is sup- principal public buildings are the cathedral. Holy posed to be made here than in any town in England. Cross Abbey, the Gymnasium Andreanum, about eight The number of frames in the town and neighbourhood Protestant churches, and several monasteries. The ca- is computed at 1200, which give employment to nearly thedral belongs to the Roman Catholics, and its bishop 3000 persons. The town is likewise noted for the was the only catholic one in all Saxony. It is a richly goodness of its ale. ornamented Gothic building, and contains among its In 1811, the parish of Hinckley, including Dadling- antiquities the celebrated Pagan monument of Irmin- ton and Stoke Golding, contained sal, which fronts the great choir. It is a column whicli Inhabited houses 1097 serves to support a chandelier of several branches. Families I '.'2* Population 12,600. Do. emplc^ed in trade and manufactures . . 1010 HIMALEH, or Himalaya mountains, the Emodus, Males 2872 Himaus, or Imatis of the ancients, is a stupendous Females 3186 •"x range of mountains, which bound Hindostan on the north, and separate it from the country of Great and Total population 6058 Little Thibet. In East Long. 76°, and North Lat. See mchol's Hisfori/ of Hinckley ; and the Beauties 34" 30', the Himaleh range joins the mountains of of Enghmd and Wales, vol. ix. p. 473. Cashmere on the west, the northern range of the latter HINDOSTAN. See India. being as it were a continuation of the former. The HINZUAN. See Johanna. Himaleh mountains being supposed to commence at HIPPARCHUS. See AsTnoNOMy,vol.ii.p. 590,591. this point, take a S. E. direction to Bootan, and form HIPPIAS. See Athens. the boundary between that country and Thibet, in about HIPPOCRATES, commonly called the Father of 90" E. Long, and 28° N. Lat. stretrfiing still farther to Physic, was the most renowned physician of ancient the east they terminate to the north of Assam. The Greece, and the oldest medical writer of whom there nver Burram-pooter is supposed to wind round the are any authentic works now extant. He was a native eastern extremity of the range about 95° of East Long, of the island of Cos, which had been long celebrated in It appears from Col. Crawford's observations, that ohc the annals of medicine, being the seat of one of \kt HIPPOCRATES. 53 fflyiftl* foundgd bj tlte Aadepiadea or deaceiidanU of JEacukpiat. Hippocntct hinuelf belonged to tlut f«- milT, and >• reckoned by his bio^apben the LStli in • diract lino firom that penonage. Amonz the number of his lilt— tiiri waa Podalirius, the aon of ^.xulapiut, who, akng with hi* brother Madtaon, followed the Graaan army in the Trojan war. Hia genealo^ by tlic mother'! side wm equally honourable ; aa, in thu line, bo VM the SOth daaccndant of Herculea. Theac gmmiamm may be jabuloua, but they were creditetl aHMM^tnc 4Bident», and tended to increase the veneni- tion in which the character of thia great physician was bdd. Very few details of the life ot' Hippocrates have I transmitted to us ; bat tfao iingular eminence of I characler makes the biogranher dwell with pleasure li irw i Mt a i'trrf. which, in the life of another man, ' nnworthy of sctantion. Hcnco a variety of unimportant rumouia are ataloH, and the arguinents foe MoA gainst their nn A dbility are stadioosly d i a f ia jd Ho was born in the first jmt of the SOth Olympiad, or 4.58 faara before Christ, in the rc%n of Artaxerxes Longimanos of Persia, and was the cun t aHtpu rary of Socrsteo. Herodotus, and Thucydides. Hia lather He- raclidea, and his grandfather Hippocrates the dder, who were both eminent physicians, bestowed modi pains on kis education in literature and general scjence, as well as in medicine. He studied poltte litcnture and elonooneo — dsr C o tgi aa of Looatium, aoalobraCad rhaCoriaan. He is said to ha*« stndicd tbo pbyaicnl s c i wiC M onder Democritus; but it rather nniiws that ho vaa not acousinted with that nhilosoobor t31 bo waa noro admoM in liio. and akmay eriaantad m a n*> dkal practitioocr. Ho mjof^ mm the rirniHMtsnMs aChJainrestfli^andthoyritof thoplacaof hianliTi. ty, great i a ritamei i t s to aadieal stadioa. and gnat ad- n ^^|w lor the pwaactiOB of tlw. Und« those fa. vourable i n spi ee a , he aoMirsd an aarlv nBtk hr tbo modjcal ptiifanuM, —d dewtad himiifr to it nm dtm whh anlear and aasiduity. Bwidas st«idyii^ in tha school balonging to his natire iaUndl, ha ataified the UnnHtic m a dwi ii o aadv Haradieaa^ by whan it was tatm^ai, and ha tnTaOad mmtk la Gneea. Thaasalr, and Tlmsa^ vbaa ho made aMnr ohaarvalions on taa hiHoryof i j p l iiiii fe ii TU gnMar part af Ma 1 Kfc aaooM lohava bMB spent at UrisH, in Ono Aadnoa, wha wiataoa thahistery of ■■iCBS a liaa iMoaai^Ua moliva fer hia do> H* says that ha afaMUMd hfaasair in or. dcr to aacane Avm tha paaithiMBt duo to some hre^ niss wUch ha had i williil hi tha library of tha ma. deal school of Cnidos, whare ha was said to ha*o tran* softad soaaoof tha hooka, and then bonad thaorigi* nals. This aocoaat, howaMT, snlifaly ori^aalad in tha of the Caklian s A aai, la whick Aadnaa ha. tha prannts of which were cw o U aiai t ad It ia rnfimnaunt with the «ra fimsirifitinri in all the dactVHipfaoalaa. Othan mid. that ha fled ho had capted soma iMcriptiana m the tanple of iEscu. lapius. dstaiUiM Ibacans of nek persona^ who tbua ra- rorded their scknowlsdfmsBts ta that deity. This re. port is equally g r aa n d l aw with the other, and doaa not conaMMBd with aav thing tiMt we know of the tandaa. ries of ancient prv^idier. Ha seems to hare alaa tra. veiled in Africa sod Asia ; bat the chief •"m t at his travels were on the Europoan CBn tin r ut . where he ft». qacntly vin of letters and other pieces, called t« t^imm, iwBtthnw publiahed with the works of Uippaaalea. ' * him large SBaM,aad a splendid ea. taindaetkim toenler hisaarrioedarii^a laaue which deaolatad aomeof the pre. vineas, and aLo the arauaa of PMaia. H iu pocr atm re- hmd the eCw in a haaghly slik^ oBfrewng his eoa. lamet of hsrfMriana, and tha indlgiiily to which ha waald find hfaaaalf saMaelad bjr laavum: the Orecka to to wat people. This uiuicceKsary _ ■ an raress af national ■ hly olandad Artasiiaaab who than demandail -: u.. uiha- bitanu of Cos. that Hipfoctatea ahoukl ha dalirend into his hands, Ihfiatwiim tham with the extremity ofhisreivaaBoeincaMaffoAisaL The people of Co*, howrrer, ware too honaanMa^ and too mudt stt ached to thdr illustriaaa countrymaa^ to yield to these iaiiau* dating thraata ; and Hippocntaa remained unmoleated. Tha bigk diataftw af this phyaidan gare hun, on one oocaaion, an o|ipartunity of performing an important political sarrioe for his luitive country, which he tenderly loved. The Athenians threatened the island of Coa with a formidable invaaion. Hip. pocratcs solidtad the aiaistsnce of the people of ThM* saly and the adjoining countries, and at the same time sent Themlui his ton to Athetis, to avert the ilippo. crsn*. 56 HIPPOCRATES. storm by nep[otiation, and sage remonstrances on the baneful teniJency of ambition. The exertions both of the father and the son were successful. The Thessa- lians, the Nf essenians, and the states of the Peloponne- sus, engageil to espouse the interests of the island of Cos; and the Athenians, partly out of regard for Hip- pocrates, and partly from the apprehensions which so much resistance created, abandoned their hostile de- signs. Hippocrates entertained a deep sense of the import- ance of the duties of the professional character. He spared no pains which were necessary tor his own im- provement, and tlie successful practice of his art. He was aware that medicine requires more assiduous at- tention than other employments; he exacted of all his pupils an oath, binding them to certain rigid prin- ciples of nile perAnaaaeM oMjr be ooaipentively Lune or vola- tile, and old age briaga along with it a decay of the mental powoit, whidi BMqr apfiMr in die litenfyper- fomancn to which it give* otigin. Diflcieacai or the cies ot' doctrine pHwi ncai hf dmt§at tt opuMn which have Inkea nlorr bet ween ttw tiaw at which differeot woefca baee been cnnipcoed. The princinal editiona of the worka of Hj^pocratea in the original are, thoae of Aldus at Veaiee m ISM; and of Frobeniu* at BmIo in 1538, both in folio. The edition* of Greek aceompanied by Latin tranaU' tione are, those of Hieronynua Mercurialie, at Venice, in 1578 ; of Zwii^ter, at Basle, in 1579 ; of Anutiui FbeMos, at Frandott, in 1595 ; of J. A. \ ander Linden, at Leydcn, in 1665; of Renatua Chartrier, with tlte worita of Galen, at Paria; and of Stephen Mack at Vienna, in 17iS, 1749. antl >759> The editiam of L«tin IrMiilatiiwi, wkhont the ofigi- nal, aw that of Crataadar at Baale^ br sereral traaa* kteea, m U26; of M. F. Cakma, at Rome, in I5C5, fran M8S. in tlM Vatican; of J. Coranrioa, at Venlee, in 15*5 : and tikat of Aantiaa Fo ta in e, at Fnadbrt, in 1"' ■ "-r,. byWcchel. .cratea was the ftit antbor who anpUed phi. loMjpaiciii iiaermiin to medicine, the aect or the Ue«- BaOMs looked np to hia ai their bead. But be dal not enhiyato tbaoey to tbo experience : he wm ooe of tko earjr ^ ^^_^ of foad InglMiMiSiJiatftaliaMat wUdk be wrote. batw Ittaor^of tkai af boaitb »; and ha applied the hbm docbino of the humaa badr. In wWdkhaMlbd TMeagaot ha aoarfdaad aa tha caaaa of the aninial ocMMBijr, hj attracting what i* good, ra. taining and pnnariaarit, and rtjectinK what M Mper> iaoaaandboilM. Tbo manair m wtaefc be atceanu Ar Iba fcnaaliun of the brain, the baaaik tba aiem. faranaa, and all the earioaa parta, Imm that air of ab- ■mditf which ia aaircrwl in tbo nImieaJ p h ihne p hy eC tha flHMBilik HiB aaalaH^ mm WMWwtkagy aia not rwy MIf ma^imadlm Ifca wa ria wbch »aeo reached OOT tiHM% MM M9 flVMHOV ■■MnBBt tUtd IWKuuL He giea ■ation to On tfBi aiiiilw. failiaml a» with miaa deeply skilled in the diagnosis and prognosis of dis- eaaea. By far the greater part of his descriptions are still recognised aa accurate by all who follow him in the path of careful obscnation. The article in which his observation:) are most deficient, is the pulse, which he so much overlooketi, that some have supposed him altogether unacquaintetl with the changes to which it is liable. It was chiefly from the degree of heat, and the difficulty of respiration, that he judged of the state of a fever. In the treatment of diseases, he inctdcated a pro* feoad respect for the progress of nature, whom he re. ||anledas the arbiter and judge of diseaaea, and as hav. lag Mrtaia Mlatarjr otjecta in view- in the greater part of thooe ■Boeeaaive changes in the constitution which they implied. This doc^ne is in fact the same which has been laaintainwl by various later theorists, under a difierant set of taraM, and with slight modifications, such as the m rcA m ut of Van Helmont. and the vi4 medi- calrii Hmtmne at Dr CuUen. The opinions of Hipp». crates on this general point made hiin unwilling to use any means for interrupting the course of nature a* ex- hibited in the phenomena of disease : hence his prac- tiee u culpably feeble ,- and those whom an admira. tion of hia geniua has led to follow him cloaely, have baaa too ptaae la mtMf tbeasselves with the exercise of Iraeisy tha eoone of dise aaei rather than to re- sist tbiir po Mieaa. Tbeao ha«a boon noet mimeraue in Fmoa, w t io M the stuchr of the Greek ' ,,. is tnated as a separate branch of cducatiofi. .po- ontic mat b od ai doaoanrntad tha method ut cxpecta. tma. a nd is oBtoiM aa lariMioi aad aore. But it do. ■ervas ■■ aoow mmtan, the saicaeui of the Roman pbyBciao AaelipiadHb who oalled it ■ mere meditation en dntb, a aalialuda to nboiiiii bow a lii^ea)>e would toiiiiiual% aad what Uaph of time it would reqoire to ^—M uj tbo patint. Hmpocratoa indeed recammenda •— • f''^^ r'— i^fae ler the pornoae of aidiiiff the •aod uNHlaMM of m/Ou% and gently curreciing soow aiigbt daviaiioiM iackknt to it. Hi* precepu in thb doportmaat are del i eota d with aooM lonnality, in cao< Unnty to tba style of tba oariy pbiloaophy ; but they are net chamciai'iiad bv that onptinces and Nnmcaa- in« ayalaty wbicb oAn prevailed, and they exU* bit a ja w sm of remark which waa aatirtly bfa own. Hi, 1 _; :_! ^^^ r . oral priaespia waa, to euro eontnneo by eoa- eald fay boat, heal by cold, avaeaation by I, and r mil o t i uw by ovacaotian. la idiopathic Ibewbala. tlaat of d»- giea aad ap with , ba oMabUshai bis doolrino of tbo eoHu Hodhfidatbobamoon. for blood, the pliiyi, tba yallow bila. Md tlie bhck bite, aad distiqgBiakoa Ifcesa by tba ijmmiioB or tba af boat or of moMtam. TbaUaodiswi tba pb l ag m cold Mdmoiat; the ycUow bite warm and dfy.anrthebtecli bite ootd aad dry. The amat ealaa. Mayartaof tba ailliap af Hipp aa aia Uabisto. rtmt H i Ia iininiKli g tboae, wo fad hit a 6ilhlUaadtebaria«abHrmiflNto; hmahawas «aL,t& mat* I. by ovacaatian. la idiopathic Crvon.babsHaB with tfrnngalalion of diet, which con. siMed ia praserifaing abatinmoe, with a verv sparing allowance avoa of liquids, for three or four (iays, that no nwrlad BMltar might he added to the system, white nataia tfaiaw off that which wss already present. This was s am aa d s d by the exhibition of varioos liquids ull the fourteenth day. and it was n<4 till a late period that any aolid fisod was allowed. Medicinal prepor*. alaa long deferred, and wnasWid of gentle ■demotica. In inflammatory complaints bia pnctict wae aMra active ; he aaed fimomatioaa, blood. tee U Hirr. irippoentu He was also in the practice of shaking violently the patient's body, with a view to detach the matter from the parts to wliich it adhered. In diseases of the head he first applied fomentitions, and then excited sneezing for bringing off the phle-;jni In pharmacy he made extensive improvements. His preparations are diversified in their composition and consistence, so as to answer minutely the various pur- poses of external medicine. He paid great attention to the diversities of state, and the shades of morbid sensa- tion in diseased parts, and nicely adapted to them the forms of his remedies. In this respect he may often serve for a model to correct the gross ideas of those vho exclusively venerate the agency of powerful sim- ples. As a surgical author, Hippocrates had great me- rit ; though the vigour of his praftice in this department sometimes exceeded the bounds of moderation. He placed great reliance on the revulsion prodnced by powerful discharges by means of blood-letting, and which was assisted by the use of cupping instruments ; and when this failed, he formed extensive and deep ul- cers, by the actual cautery. A full account of the opi- nions, theoretical and practical, of this ancient author, •would fill a large volume. In this country, an ac- quaintance with them is, even among medical men, reckoned an object of curiosity ratlier than an attain- ment necessary to the physician ; but the perusal of the works of Hippocrates himself has an excellent ten- dency to cherish in the mind of a professional man, that zeal for the objects of his aft, and that keen and persevering attention to his duties, which rentiers his life most s.itisfactory to himself, and most useful to so- ciety. See J^Clerc's Histoirede la Medicine; Fabricius; also the Life oj' Hippocrates, by Soranus; and the intro- duction to Pinel's NosngraiMe P/iilosophique. {H. D.) HIPPOCRENE. See Helicon, vol. x. p. 703. HIPPOPOTAMUS. See Mammalia. HIRE, Philip de la, an eminent and industrious French astronomer, was born at Paris on the 18th March 1740. His father was painter to the king, and •instructed his son in the same art, particularly in draw- ing, and such branches of the mathematics as related to his profession. In the year 1761, three years after he had lost his father, Dela Hire went into Italy to re- establish his health, and to study those fine models of painting and sculpture which every artist was ambi- tious to imitate ; but, during the three years which he spent in that country, he discovered that he was more fitted to excel in astronomy and geography than in the fine arts, and he henceforth devoted his whole time to De U Hire these interesting studies. !' Upon his return to Paris, he was nominated one of ._P*"'_* ' the members of the Academy of .Sciences; and in 1699, ' he was named Pensionnaire Geomeire. Between the years 1678 and 1718, he published no fewer than Itvo hundred and fort rf- four memoirs on almost every branch of mathematics and natural philosophy. When the great Colbert had resolved to make a cor- rect map of France, De la Hire was associated with M. Picard in this important duty, which occupied him for several years. In 1 6S3, he was employed in con- tinuing to the north of Paris the meridian which Picard had begun in l6"6'9, while Cassini was employed in ex- tending it to the south. The death of Colbert having put an end to this great undertaking, De la Hire was next employed in the formation of the great water- works with which Louis XIV. embellished his palaces. De la Hire filled also the situation of royal professor of mathematics and architecture, and was much esteem- ed among his countrymen. His name, however, is not associated with any great invention or discovery; and we are called upon only to admire the extent of his knowledge, and the persevering industry which he ex- hibited both in acquiring it for himself and in commu- nicating it to others. The works which he published separately were, 1. Nouveaux Elemens des Sections Coniques. Paris, 1678, 1 vol. 12mo. 2. La Gnomonique. 1682. S. Traite du Nivellement de M. Picard, avec des additions. Paris, iGiii. i: Sectiones Conicas in novem Libris distribute. Paris, 1685, folio. 5. Traite du mouvement des eaux et des autres corps fluides ; ouvrage Posthume de M. Mariotte. 1686. 6. Ecole des Arpenteurs. 1 689. 7. Traite de Mecanique. 1695, 1 vol. 12mo. 8. Tabulae Astronomiae Ludovici Magni jussu et munificentia exarataa. 1702. De la Hire died on the 28th April 1718, and left be- hind him a son, Gabriel Philip de la Hire, who was much esteemed as a physician, and who published seve- ral papers on medicine and natural philosophy in the Memoirs of the Academy from 1699 to 1720. HIRUDO. See Intestina. HIRUNDO. See Ornithology. HISPANIA. See Spain. HISPANIOLA. See St Domingo. HISTORY. niitory. Diviuon of the subject Advantages of the study of history. 1 N this article it is proposed, in the first place, to point out and explain the various advantages of the study of history ; secondly, to enumerate those branches of study which ought to be entered upon, previous to, or con- temporary with the study of history; thirdly, to give a brief and rapid sketch of the order in which ancient and modem general histories may most conveniently and advantageously be read ; fourthly, to point out the order in which the history of particular countries may be read, so that they may be illustrative of one another; fifthly, to notice the different species of history besides what is emphatically called History. I. With respect to the advantages which may be de- rived from the study of history, they are various and important : if the value of that department of science Historj'. is to be rated highest, which combines advantages of the most obvious and beneficial nature, history pos- sesses a very strong claim to our attention and study. It is equally attractive to the unreflecting and phi- losophical mind : the former it interests by the excita- tion of novelty; the latter by the usefulness and import- ance of the general principles which may be deduced from the facts which it records. But periiaps the uti- lity and value of this branch of study cannot be placed in a more obvious and conspicuous point of view, than by stating that it combines amusement of the deepest interest ; the exercise and improvement of the best fa- culties of man ; and the acquisition of the most import- ant species of knowledge. History, considered merely as a source of amusement, iimusemem A source of HISTORY. 59 mtrnj' the i» intmitelr preftnble to norelt tod nmunm, the pe* rani ^ wiHGh tpo frequently debiliute* the intellect bjr ittflHBaw the iaagination, and corrupts the heart bj the IoAhmm of wlut may justly be rwankd as mo- ral pcJaoOL Whaterer valuable unprotMMM are made upon the mind bv Bctitious adventures, the same in kuid, though, perhapa, (generally not equal in d^ree, mt laade t^ the penital of history ; and while work* of fialioo mn not in their nature capal>le, in general. o£ any oUmt naea than the authors had in view, which miMt aMlMBrilT be verv limited ; true hiatory, being I « the eandact of Providcnoe, ha* infinite mmj be rcnfdcd •• an inex- haojtible mine of the Boat wlnable knowledge. It haa been vcnr Jiutiy rw—rttml, that " work* of fiction re* ■able IMM ■«««*'— which we contrive to illustrate the pri n c i pl ea of phileeophy. Mch a* globe* and orreries, the a*e* of whicb extend no farther than the view* of human iogenuitr : where** real history rc*emble* the experiment* made by the air.puinn, the ooodenaing en- gine, or electrical nacfaine, which exhibit the opera- tion* of nature, and the God of nature hinuelf, who*e woriu are the nobleat Mib)ect of contemplation to the huniMt mind, and are the ground-work and materials of the Boat aBtanaive and 11*11 fwl knowledge." ~ a highor ■■• of hklerjr lata improve the ■ndar> the jndgRMOt: hy tbnifmg iaiotha ^tha areata wbid it onlfaldi, the the attention of the and ia Aud. and aolafgad: iHaoa ave M ^ w r e d the eal^ of diaoDvoriaf ^nicker, and that flexibility •teadiaaM *o aaoaaMry to be fboMi in the all aCun. that depend oo the tion of other men. It ieagreat Iwt a prevalaot take to wmpBB, that Urtorjr b falciilaiad to the jaJgnMHt tmif on thaea aakjed* which arT oon naetad with tha wa lfia e of the eommunity at Urge : it ia nearly ia an oqnal li^gna wlralteil to enlighten the jodgment on thoee that bear oa iadiriduai ntility aod In thia ratpect tha adraatMa af hktary are I than theae we dariva mai oar own iadi- wiaaea; lor thoogh the ion by the lattor will be more vivid, and yet the kaowledgo we do- Bonact, and eaaaaqoeMly a batter (aidoto a% ia oar lotofcaaiw with the W( Ar the inamiilm which it ptwat* are ganeialiy ploto; the wbobiabefivea*; wharaaaiaraalHfcbCVory Meoe open* very alowly, and we oaaaoqaantly aae bat a oaatt part of a thin|^ at a tiaae ; h e n ce we arc liable to be deceived in oor jadmaot of iL Tha hirtety af Giaac Bribda wiU iB«eiaBlly illaa. trato the troth of the praeadi^ ramwka : if ««itend i» ridi and vahtaUe ia ihie paint af view. Tlw rode rtato in which thia ooontfy and ita ia> emitted el the period of the Roman oomptcil, cenHaMrtl with ita praat Mtaatioii, when it ha* at- tained an wfinoclT highm ruik ia the acale of intailact and power thaa Room ever reached, caaaot finl to act aa • rtinuloa to the carioeity. to lama the vrioot avcato which oocarred between them two ttatc* so di*> BMtrically oppoeite. B ee idw thia mootbI aeuroe of Mlaret and a m a w a nt , which the liitary ti Britam koUaoat, there are many particular period* in it which axe afaaartcouaUy calculated to cxdto aad gratify the*c foelii^e. Thi* la conwt Uring the hiatory of Great Bri> tainjaiu leva* chaactCT; it fhrthar iUattntce our preceding remarks, by the constant exercise which it Hutory. alTord* for our judgment and penetration'; so tliat it may ""^"Y^^ be justly affirmed, that the faculties of the human mind will derive from ita perusal a great acce*8ioa to their strength. But the great advantage to be derived from his- Maket us tory, — and this advantage flows in the most direct acquHirtcd manner, of the higfaeat character, and in the utmost with the ms- ehanum of abundance from the hietory of Britain, — consists in this, ,00^.. that by means of it we gain our knowledge of the mechanism of society ; of the reciprocal innuence of national character, laws, and government; of those cause* and circumstances, that have operated toward* the production and ae meo> sure* of the legislative and the executive powers ; con- ■equently a knowledge of history should be diffused to as wide an extent aa poaaible among them. A familiar acquaintance with the hi*tary of tlieir country was, iu the beet time* of the Roman repubhc, held to be es*en« tially requiaito V> qualify youth for stations of dignity, power, and profit, in the administration of public af- fair*. Hence the bitteme** of the earcaam, uttered by Maria*, when he a**eited, that in hi* degeiierale days, mea of iUoatrioaa birth did not begin to read the tuo* tory of their country till they were elevrted to the hi^Mat oSoaa of the state, that is, aa he aaid, " they then bsthoogiit of tho aadiiatieaa nscnoBry far the pro, perdiedorioofil.'^ Ia thia brief aoooMtatian of the prindpal use* to be derived ftenthasladyof historr, it upresupposed that bistorieal flMta at* bhoo the sub^ecU of mature reflec- tion. He who i* lafiafiad with nerdy storing hi* mind with a multiplidty of eveatsb even though thoee evcnta OM^ be of the hi^teet dam in point of importance, and Itooetablishor illaatrate the most uaefbl prin- ciple^ will derive little profit fhm a great expencc of coastant and Prtiamsn M to have cle- ttuditB. and diro> of history can ^i! which are of the ia tha study of hialoty, to be oaiod ito UPo^yo^ •* _ . Withoot tha fcrmar, n»i have eay claar aad diatiact idea of what he reads. M awoeai, bf a knowledge of this science, we are able^ . to veriiy many peat triawDliMi, which, if they ever i!uiduZ- h apneood , muat have left iadeKbie traces on tlie face legjr. of the earth. Many cnnou* e«emplw of this nature may be seen in Addtaon's Maandrela, and Sliaw** TsiveU. With respect to chroniilogy, it i* ab*olutely impossible to Com clear aod dittioct notion* of the in- terval* of tiaw^of the rim and fall of empire*, and of the ■ucceesive astahliahmant of states, without some such general comproheation of the whole current of time, aa may aaoUe us to trace out dietinctly the dependence of eventa, and distribute them into such period* and divistoaa, a* shall place the whole train of peat tran*- actioo* in a ju*t and ordariy manner before u*. For a further illustration of the use* of GxooaAPHV and Chbonouwv a* applicable to hietory, we refer our rta MWflf theeuth, ba^ote the gwignphy of putkular w ia itadied. The prindpel advantage at this ia, that it givaa a dear idea af the cee a naia t ive nee, as wdl M <# the ceanactiaa vlMcfa the Utorjr of an j particukr eaantiT baan to the UAorj ofthavratld. The aane edviee H appUosble to a Mr- aoM vhaanpoaea to atadyanjrpaitiralar period or the hoaarlsi. hiMofvara^lartie>kry. Ha oapfat. ailha daa |m| liit pliiJ. lu iiIli lii— ilf II naaJBlril nTh ihr f" Md bici •aty af dM eaiBtty in gaBodi. and thai Madk dw hia* i hniil a ti i tarr oTthe perticuUrparied. ^The hiNarr of the dvfl of OMrlaal. viB< UaHiy ef Ei^aMl dMM wars, and dw of the lofthe with the whole eeane of , to attaod to dw ate read; for if the ia dkw jpiwiaaaijr faapartd, by a gcaMsi a^ ■aa widi Matoty, he vriD be abia to n*r my \ to a whale aatow of Watofy, it b BMawaliiilr a tor of Mule 1 01 1. ia what arte atol caaMnon particakr hislories are read ; fbr they wiO «adl^. aad dvoa in the Mid ia laak in painl of Tonal. Greece. None of then tyitrBtKi direct the attention Untmy. aC the reader to any other aabject than the political — » -" part of history ; tfaiey seldom or ever enter into tlie uaitohiiliose tofkatJ hjitari- cai uaiiatJre, wnca preaent tte greatest ptaliua of ati- Thera are aevaral epilotoee of While the custoai of giriiy ■iiasilisa^ the aaa LeCtaRra; botthaaw lity. He givso a bold, and hi aaaaral a flathM and itopattial akolch of aveato aad JiatBrtan ; bat the ob- aaaai dowaeahr to the pried of dariaBatBa, ao. ■Btod by ito Borili, aad whack it h« by ■• tocaas It ie aa liiipal. aad ia aaae paM with which thia | of the W£ .bigatiy.aad Jaady chMB^bla. Obe ipoa the whale, ia that Hilhcrg, ia LadD, ad tnaalatod, and iiidWwM, iato B^U, by with whidl ha raliaiw aad iatormixrs his ve. are freq ue n t ly awra dhtingaiAiiil for their trvth, than their lajaiaallrj er psafcundnfto. The reader having ben was p re p aie d foraregufav skadisfa ry, bj toe pcrasal of such parta *'"***' caatoM thi— elvii to that pe- ■'*'■' ^'** k aqr be obearvad, **^' M weU toaadaathiatora,) wa Aall now aaMthodby wMeh dw priadpd aadMirs of ■ay he raad, w « to ceBaet tmm thaa a aeaiqp liMkr owlaa of freii, wkidi wfll aaapiw Ae hi ato r y of Aai% Africa, Graaee, aad BaiM^ tOl the di*. ' ' nflhi iMi|iiii if riiiinartiiiiiiili is the awliart hirtarian eatwit, ncM to the Bs af the hlMiiiltoi beake of dw Old Teatament Hia hiatoty eatoftini ewary ddag he had aa opporto* ai^ af lamfay raipattiqg dw LydiBna, loaiaaa, Ly. ~ ' Otaiki, and Macedonian*, 71S to the year 479 before dw birth of Ckrirt. FMwpa aa aalher of Ualary. awiant or mo. dem. wight be appealed ta^ aa aura fully ilhatfatina the truth of the ranerfc nwda at the hig a adHf af thu aitkk, that, even m respect to am aa rnient , h iitoiy ye. acato riaim* to attention iwt inferior to works of nctiaa. The gn a t merits of this aathor are his diligence, eocn- racy, fidelity, and iamaitiality. The accuracy of the geofiaphical kaowieoge whidi he diaplavs, u conti- AtoB the macovcries of too littk notice is taken af dw Mnaiy ti naaOy l ac ri t hw riwfcaaiiuii frem the dw BwderoaL Hia style ia aiiqde aad elegant HU fialto and diCMts are hia diawMva laci method, aad his 62 HISTORY. Mitiory. inttnnixturc of fable. A more particular account of ^"■^""^ several events in the period of Herodotus' History may be extracted from the following authors : Justin, books i. ii. iii. and vii. ; the 7th book of Xenophon's Cyropee- dia ; the lives of Aristides, Themistocles, Cimon, MiU tiades, and Pausanius, by Plutarch and Cornelius Ne- pos ; and those of Anaximander, Zeno, Euripides, He- raclitus, and Democritus, by Diogenes Laertius, will illustrate not only the history of Herodotus, but also the state of manners and philosophy at that period. _. ... Thucydides must be read after Herotlotus. In his in- ""^ troduction he connects his history with that of Herotlo- tus, by giving a summary view of the history of Greece, from the departure of Xerxes to the commencement of the Peloponnesian war. He proposed to write the en- tire history of that war, but his work reaches only to the 21st year of it. The method he pursues is direct- ly the reverse of that followed by Herodotus ; for his exact and scrupulous observance of chronological or- der, obliges him to interrupt his narrative, in a manner that is very painful and disagreeable to his reader. His style is uncommonly compact and dense ; so that his meaning is frequently not brought out with sufficient fulness and perspicuity. His reflections are acute and profound, but more interesting to the politician than the philosopher. After the first book of this author, the nth and 12th of Diodorus Siculus ought to be read ; and, after the whole of his work, the 4th and .6th books of JFustin, and the lives of Alcibiades, Chabrias, Thrasybulus, and Lysias, by Plutarch. The 1 st and 2d books of Xenophon's History of Greece, XenophoD. complete the account of the Peloponnesian war, with the contemporary affairs of the Medes and Persians. After this the expedition of Cyrus, by the same author, should be read ; and, lastly, the remainder of his History of Greece, which contains an account of the affairs of the Greeks and Persians till the battle of Mantinea, in the year 363 before Christ. All the historical books of Xe- nophon comprise a period of about 48 years. The style of Xenophon is remarkable for its elegance ; his impar- tiality is undoubted ; and his manner and plan form a happy medium between the loose and slightly cgnnect- ed excursions of Herodotus, and the extreme rigour of Thucydides. His account of the retreat of the Ten Thousand, in which he bore a principal part, is perhaps as interesting a portion of history as ancient or modern times can present, and is told in the most interesting manner. To complete the history of all that period of which Xenophon treats, the lives of Lysander, Agesi- laus, Artaxerxes, Conon, and Datames, by Plutarch or Cornelius Nepos, and the 13th, 14th, and 15th books of Diodorus Siculus, ought to be read. The continua- tion of the work of Diodorus Siculus brings the histo- ry of Greece and Persia down to the commencement of the reign of Alexander the Great, in the year 336' be- fore Christ. The history of Alexander has been written by Arrian, Plutarch and Quintus Curtius. After these authors, may he read the 18th, 19th, and 20th books of Diodorus Siculus, together with the 13th, 14th, and 15th books of Justin; — these contain the history of Greece from the 323 before Christ to the year 801 . At this period, the course of historical narrative may be traced from the l6'th to the 30th books of Justin, and all that follow till the two last, which complete the history of Greece till it mingles with that of Rome. Diodonu The object of Diodorus Siculus was, by reading aijd Siculufc travelling, to collect materials for an universal history, from the earliest account of things to the time of Au- gustus when he flourished. But only a small portion of it has come down to us. Of 40 books, of which the History, entire work consisted, the first five, which bring the """"V"* history of the world to the Trojan war, are entire ; the next five are wanting; but from the 11th to the 20th inclusive the work is complete. The work of Justin is an abridgment of an universal history, written by Tropes Pompeius, who lived in the age of Augustus. It is written in a style of considerable perspicuity and force, and a due proportion and connection is observed among its several parts. Plutarch's lives of Pyrrhus, Aratus, Agis, Cleoraenes, and Philopoemon, should be read to complete this portion of history. A a these authors contain not only the history of Greece, but that of all the nations of the world that were known to the historians ; so the following course of Roman history must also be regarded as compre- hending all that is now to be learned of the subsequent ancient history of all other nations. The early part of the Roman history is treated in Dinnjsius the most full and satisfactory manner by Dionysius of "'^ Halicar- Halicarnassus. His entire work consisted of 20 books, °'''*"*' and brought down the history to the commencement of tlie first Punic war j but of these, only the II first are now extant, and they terminate in the year 341 before Christ, after the dissolution of the decemvirate, and the resumption of the chief authority by the consuls. This author pays much more particular attention to manners, customs, and laws, than the ancient historians usually did ; and, on this account, is peculiarly interesting and instructive. He is, however, very credulous ; and his style, though pure, is harsh. To complete the history of the period of which Dionysius treats, the 1st, 2d, and 3d books of Livy, and the lives of Romulus, Numa Pompilius, Valerius Poplicola, Coriolanus, and Camil- lus, by Plutarch, should be read. After Dionysius, by reading from the 4th to the 10th Livy. books inclusive of Livy, the history of Rome will be brought down to the year 292 before Christ. The en- tire work of Livy consisted of 142 books; but it has come down to us in a very mutilated and imperfect state, only 35 being left. This author is entitled to the highest praise for fidelity, impartiality, and the rich and eloquent grandeur of his style. A chasm occurs between the 10th and 20th books of Livy, which may be, however, in some measure, filled up, by the perusal of the 1st and 2d books of Polybius; the 17th, 18th, Polybius. 22d, and 23d books of Justin ; and Appian's Punic and Illyrian wars. From Polybius we may learn many curious and important particulars respecting the art of war among the ancients. His topographical descrip- tions of the places which have been the site of the re- markable events he records are uncommonly accurate. His style is harsh and involved ; his reflections bear evidence of a strong and reflecting mind. After A p- pian should be read the remainder of Livy from the 2 1 st book to the end, which brings the history of Rome to the year l6fj before Christ, I'he lives of Hannibal, Scipio Africanus, Quintus Flaminius, Paulus jEmilius, Cato major, the Gracchi, Marius, Sylla, Cato minor, Sertorius, LucuUus, Ponipey, and Brutus, by Plutarch, will not only serve to complete the history of Livy, but will also afford some striking particulars respecting the manners and state of society of Rome during the most interesting period of its history. The war of Jugurtha, and the conspiracy of Cata SaHusi, line, which happened respectively 100, and 62 years before Christ, have been narrated by Sal lust. The great merit of this writer is his impartiality at a time when prejudice and jjarty spirit must have been very 5 HISTORY. 63 Tacinu. RuMTT' common »nd very powerful in Rome. His style is re- >^ y —" markablc for it* conciseness ; »nd this quality is parti- culwrlv con.«piciiou« in the chmmcters which he draws. , _^ Mo-t of tnc transactions in which .lulius Cssar was mgaged, are beat illustrated by his celebrated Comreien- tan«s, and the supplement to it compileil by Mirtius and others. In the Commentaries we may jfain some Tery authentic and interesting information respecting the early state, manners, lawn, anerusal of Cicero's Epistles, nliirh may also be oonsalted fur information respect- ing the Mate of society, manners, customs, &c. The fragment* ot'the history of Dio Caanns contain a detail of the evenu which took place between t^^ r^--->»l when I.ucullus (iouridicd and the «kath of : ror Claodian. In cuuibiuatioa with this autmir nuy be read the degant compendium of N'elleius Patcm. Ins, fraa the foundatioQ of Roae to the reign of Tibc>- rius. at which period he lived. The LiffW o/the Twelve Ccsxr*. wntten bj Soetoni- n>, win p« »|w e the way tor the study of the works of Tacstna ; mad, twetbar with the BpiJun of Fliny. will aMatA m fntty Am taiighr iaiB UW ma»» tt aociety, and naoMn of the E—in mafSn at dut aeriad. Tacitaa wrote aiuiola of the Mblle aCurs dram the death of Anguitaa nearly to the end of the reign of Nero : tmt only a MmH portion of then have come down to OS, via. the Ibor first books ; a small part of the 3th: all the 6lh fron the llthtothe 15th; and part of the Itith. There is also a biatory, by the aaaae ao- thor, which extends from the begfinning of the tvign of Galba to the end of that of Doraitian. Ilia wont oo the manners of the Germana ia partiruUrly iiiUiMtlii n and iaatraetive, m» a p repar a t a ty atndy to the modem hiMoty of the northern and abiidio statoa of Europe. Hb life of Agricob ia pefhapa the flnoM biegrapfaical writinf OKtant. Tadtaa jMlly thanMae of a yhHyiiiiiliiril hJrtarian.fejni hsBMn natort, apacUly into the aaairai and amkinca of tha wantpaMJfii, ia datp and pcnrtntinf : his style M moDQunonly denaa. On the ttnM* aftcrvility that iBWliiit the period in which Tadtaa lived, a dim Kffat b ahed by the worlu of Annliaa Victor. Henxlian, the aix eompilen who ai« eooHMBiljr known by tho name of Seripinm lUmmm, EntnpiM, Z eaii u na, Zonaraa, Jovnande*. .Am. mkn m MareaJOBua, Pncnpina, AptUaa Nicetas. .Si. ceplMmM Ongont, and Joanaaa Cam a cMt a wa , Pro. cafitm, JK. ara dj ^i ng aialio d by the appellation of the By wti n e tuatorianai Their works relate to the hie. tOTy of the frrrek or Eastern Einpiro to the period of ita destruction by the Turfca. Of all theae aotfaora, Hsndisa. *<>* ^7 two that pg miidi merit arc Herodian and Annianna MaMrfUana. The fanner wrote the hiatory of his own timet from the death of Antonine to the reign of Batbinus and Pupienus, A. D. S3«. I lis nMBWcr of narratiag events la anooanonly magt mif i g ■ad ha|i|>y. Every accne. with ka cmhtb ndaiecu, la the deam« and btm posnt of view. M atylc. Am. into istyl mianus Marcellinus wrote 31 books from the begm- Hutacjr ning of the reign of Nerva to the death of Valens, in ^"^""^ whose court he lived ; but of those, the first thirteen, a superficial epitome uf 237 yenn are now lost. In those which are extant, he begins with Callus Caes.-ir, about the year of Christ S5S, and largely describes the ac- tions of Constantius, Cae«ar, Julian, Jovian, Valcntinian, and Valens — a period of 25 years, bringing down the history of Rome to the year of Christ 378. He was the AmmUna< last subject of Rome who comnoaed a profane historj* M«rceUi- in the I.atin langu.ige. He well deserves the character °"** and the praise which Gibbon gives him : " It is not without the most sincere r^n^ (**y^ ^^'^^ author) that I must now take leave of an accurate and faithful guide, who has composed the histor}- of his own times with- out indulging the prejmlices and the passions which uaually affect the mind of a contemporary." (Gibbon'^ Rfman Empire, Vol. IV. chap, xxvi p. 426, 8vo. edi- tioo.) A moat important series of events, connecting ancient GibVw's and modern history, is supplied by Gibbon's Hitlory of^^^ "•■ Ihe Decline and FaU oflkt Roman Empire. This work ^t^ "j commences with a view of the polic^r which swayed modern bis. the Raman cabinet in the time of .\ugustus. Rapidly corf. paaaing on to the age of the Antonines, A. D. 180, it eshibits the extent and military force, the union and internal proepc ri ty. and the constitution of the empire at that perim. It then liegins to assume the form of a hiatory in detail, which is lirou;;ht down to the total extinetian of the Romnn Empire in the west ; is after- warda continued to the taking of Constantinople by the Turks, A. I). U53 ; and concludes at the esta> bl i ah m an t of the Papal power in the city of Rome, and tha aAMMt temtory. The minute and extetuive learn- ing dnnl ay ad in thia impartant work not only snpports tho aat neiititit t of tho acu whidi it records, but alao enabiea the antnor to diacaaa many correlative or inci- dental safajectt, which doddate either the manners, laws, and state of aociety at the different pe- of which he treats, or those institutions that even at n ra aa ut diaracterixc and distinguish the principal natiana of Enrope. His stjrie ia by no means chaste ; the unremitting pomp of hu periods fatigues his read- ers : and he rtt serves unqualified and severe censure - Car the diaogenaoua manner in which he luis insinua- ted Ma atriaMdvoniona on the Christian religion. Rut, after all theaa dedoctiona fhan the merit and value of this work, it b highly narftal ; and indeed the only work tbr the reader wlio wiahea to obtain a clear, full, and interestlnir view of history, and the state of sodety betwr< Klof the decktiaion of the Roman cm* pire aii.x '. -ucy of the prindpal European statea. Thoae tui t uiB aa of modem history, which are con- RpiuiB« n{ ncctad witn ancient history, have already been men- modem bi»- tioned. We shall now notice tocfa epitomes aa are '"y* confined to modem hiatory. A good general epitome was a work lone wantiqg to the republic of letter*. We have omittedto notice the Andent Universal His- tory in the former part of this article, because it is much too voluminous to serve as an introduction to a general knowledge of ancient history. The aame re- mark applies to-tM Madera Univeraal History. Both of them are much mote useful aa books of renrence, or for consultation, after a tolerably aocHrate and rxten* sive knowledge of history haa been acquired, than aa intMdudory work* ; baiidas , tha various portions of both are eBOcal ad with vary uneqtial denvea of merit. Vohairiri JBiaai mtr Im Mamn et FErpnt de* Nationi, vj,^re. ia ntlMr ■ coamnUiy on facta, an acquaintance with 64 HISTORY. Hit t ory. which is presupposed, than a detail of the facts them- ^'^'V^^ selves. The Histoire Moderne of the Abbe Millot is a judicious abridgment. It deserves the character of accuracy and impartiality ; but, besides being liable to the objections that have been offered to the ancient history of the same author, it is too much compressed for the extent and importance of the topics which it RiuwI. embraces. Kusscl's History of Modern Europe is a work of a much higher character, and much more va- luable and useful to the student in every respect. Its merits appear to us not sufficiently known and prized. Probably by those who have never read it, it is suppo- sed that no great talents could be required or exercised in drawing up a mere abridgment of history. But the contrary is the fact: to judge from this work of Kussel's, he must have been a man of considerable pe- netration, sound judgment, a philosophical spirit, and correct taste. His work is divided into two parts; the first embracing the period from the rise of modem kingdoms to the peace of VVestphalia in 1 648, and the second comprehending the events of history from the peace of Westphalia to the peace of Paris in 1763. A third part, bringing the history down from the peace of Paris to the treaty of Amiens in 1802, has been add- ed by Dr Coote, who, though he has strictly adhered to the plan, has by no means attained to the merits of the original work. The subdivision of the plan is ef- fected with considerable skill and ingenuity in a series of letters, in which the principal transactions of the leading European states are concatenated with as rigid adherence to chronological order, as was consistent with the mixed and fluctuating interests of those states. By passing over events which derived their import- ance and interest merely from the period in which they occurred, or the personages who were concerned in them, he has been enabled to give more room for those of a more permanent nature. As a repository of facts, therefore, judiciously selected, methodically arranged, and authenticated with sufficient learning and diligence, this modern history of Europe may justly be regarded as a work of very great utility ; but it deserves higher praise. The causes and consequences of the most im- portant events are traced with great ingenuity and pe- netration, at the same time that fanciiful speculations regarding them are carefully avoided. The observa- tions on the characters of the principal personages are distinguished by tlie vivid and faithful pictures which they exhibit. The progress of society from the rise of modem kingdoms down to the peace of Paris in 1763, exhibiting the manners of the people in their rudest state, and in their highest polish, is given at stated pe- riods with much ability and research. The advances made in taste and science, and the usurpations of the ecclesiastical at the expence of the civil power, are clearly developed ; and, being connected with the pro- gress of war, politics, and legislation, exhibit, in a clear and conspicuous manner, the intellectual and moral improvement of European society. The style of this work is pure, elegant, and concise ; and the reflections that are interspersed, always illustrate and confirm the sacred principles of public and private justice. GtDcnl This work will serve to exhibit the great and lead- views ef the ing outlines of the events of modern history; and EuTOBe. '^•°™ ^»''''°"'s Decline and Fall may be traced the ori- P gin of those barbarous tribes, whose chiefs, at different periods, making themselves masters of the various sub- divisions of the Roman empire, laid the foundations of the modern kingdoms of Europe. The student having thus gained a general knowledge of modern history, as well as a more particular insight into the origin of the History. European states, ought, in the next place, to peruse """Y"^ those works which exhibit a general view of the histo- ry of modern Europe at various periods. Much valuable mformation relative to one of the Gaiikrd. most important of the early periods of modern history is to be derived from the Histoire de Charkviagne, pub- lished by M. Gaillard in the year 1782, in four vols. History of ISrao. The general state of Europe in the 11th centu- ^'jf'?V^ ry is described by Mr Berrington in the second edition ""'^ ofthe Lives of Abelard and Eloise. In the Abbe Sade's History of Memoires Sur la Vie du Francois Petrarque, the author, Pe"*"^'** by regularly indulging in details of circumstances with which Petrarch has little or no connection, has contri. ved to interweave into these memoirs a minute and ela- borate account of the events which took place in Italy, France, and other parts of Europe, during the greater part ofthe Mth century. The history of this period may still be further illustrated by the Chronicles of Frois- Froissatt. sart, which, besides a minute detail of the transactions which occurred from 1326 to 1400, give a most inte- resting and amusing insight into the manners, customs, habits, and feelings of that period. A succinct narra- shepherd's tive of general liistory is also to be found in Shepherd's Life of Life of Poggio, which, relating to the origin of the fa- Poggio, mous ecclesiastical feud, the schism of the West, al- most touches the period of Petrarch, and traces the principal occurrences which took place in Italy and Europe in general, beyond the middle of the 15th cen- tury. The Life of Lorenzo de Medici, by Mr Roscoe, Roscoc's may be next perused : as Lorenzo's political connec- ^''^ ° tions were very extensive, his history embraces the ''"°^'*» principal occurrences which happened in the more ci- vilised portions of Europe, during his life from 1448 to 1492. The succeeding period of general history is il- lustrated by the same author in his Life of Leo X. In «n(l of this work, Mr Roscoe enters fully into the state of Ita- Leo X. ly and Europe, which had so much influence on the fortune of that people, and which was also in no small degree modified by his actions. In both these works, Mr Roscoe has given a copious history of the progress of literature and the fine arts. The History of Charles V, next becomes the most Robertson's prominent in the general history of Europe ; and, with Charles V. this view of it, it has been most ably written by Dr Ro- bertson. The first volume of his work contains a view ofthe progress of society in Europe, from the subversion ofthe Roman Empire to the beginning ofthe Ifith cen- tury, embracing the several heads of government, laws, manners, military establishments, and the political con- stitution of the principal states of Europe. The Histo- ry itself comprehends the eventful period between the years 1500 and 1559, during which events took place which materially affected the state of society, and tlie ad- vancement of literature, knowledge, and liberty in Eu- rope. The Histories of Philip II. and III., by Drs Philip II. Watson and Thompson, may also be read with refer- aohu«, and Scheller'i History of the Thirty Yeara' War, also illustrate, in tome degree, the history and state of the north of Europe about the aame pericxl ; and bring down the narrative of events nearly to the a^e of Louii XI V. Voltaire's life of this monwch will conduct the reader to the period when, in oonaequenoe of the allknoca formed by the English na- tion with varioos- tw i UiMHit al power*, the history of the world is strictly eo nnec tad with that of our native land. IV. Under the 4th division of this article, we pro- posed to point out the order in which the history of particttlar co wit riM may be read, m that tbej may b* illnatratiTe eiaam another. " Natare," as Mr Gibbon joidjr obaoTcat " kaa hnplantcd in otir brcasis a livdy ■—f"*— to extend tiie natnnr apan at our cxiatcnoe, by the kDowledge of the evenu that have l ia |nwii i w< on tiw soil whidt we inhabit, of the dtaradcn and ao* tkma of those men ttom whoa oar dcaoent as indivi- duals or a* a people is probably derived. The same laudable emulaition will prompt us to review and to en« rich our common treasure of national glory ; and those who K9 beat entitled to the eMcem of poeterity, are tke aoat indined to celebrate the meiita of thor an- ccetor*. The history of Britain, thenCN*. naturally w31 «id ought to clami our hiahwt Latarsst. Under tlic ardde Britaih. in this EmcycUtpmJim, will be Iband a Idatary of the Island fnaniu fiiat pcfmlatian bf the Cebi^ ontil the arrival of the Snon* in tiie year UQ. A» mu oonatitatjaa, oar natinnal dMmelar, tae taoe of our aaannen and ftaiinf^ and oar la^fwifa^ mn, in* great neaaofe, ocnTca Iran oar nortMiB oBBHlen, the attadaa Gkbmaiiv and ScaNDiNAVu oockt to be read in coonection with the early part of the niatoty of Bri- tain. From the arrival of the Saxons till the union of the crown* of ERCLAKDandScoTLAiiDin the year 1603, the bialorica of these two coontriea are treated distinct- ly under the nspeeti^a aitides ; but the coanactian b e t w e e n then during (he ffMter part of tiua period, wnwdoaa^ tiwagh gonaiMhraf alweta«Htiua, that their hklariM mn ii in mi ill nolMOy OlmnliTe of each ethar. The hiatory ti Fbamcb, ake, givia vnder thetartide, ongbttobe raad, ibr ^ narpoaa of illua. trariow the h imaii a both of Eqgland aad Saollnds wWka tunira cnn « d» a liM of the kn gn a a, the MMMn. ad the ante ef soriatj in Fnooa. will afcd aladdbliaB, atd give ii l i l i t ia n a i faMarat to the Ei^ish and Seoieh hiatary daring the aane nsiod. Under the artide But AIM is given the hsetory or the island ftoB tha ftiaa of the crowna of En^Mid and Seotknd to the efthe year 1612: and the raMmg nortioa of the foreign hi^aij of Brilaia J • I « to the last peaee of Paris in 1 » 1 5, w iO be faaBd ■»• der the aitida FaaMci. A nonfyi anoonl efthe war between Great Britain and her colanea, tinn ia to be Binn d under the farmer artide^ ia fl^w aMfar the artida Amxuca, (yfairrsceii VmHtd SMm.) After the prr onl efthe hiatorin of Ei^dand, StollMdt and Bri. tain, nod in thia order, and Una ahHidMad, d» lead- er sheold penn the hfaten af Ibuamo, girm nadOT that artide : ad n laata Amaaow mdi aa antaadv* and valuable portaaa efthe Britiah enpire. the hiato. IV of it, under thetartide, ooght to be lead iaoaaaee. tfaa with the history efthe unitad kiagdtaa. IfthertodentU deainasefaalningnMi* roily and deenlpr into the hiatary of this eooaby than the articica ia dua fl sc y/ s p nlia, ne wa nrO y aaacuMl, wiU enable VOU XL PAItT I. him to do, Rapin will afford him a very elaborate, and History, in general a very faithful, histor)' of England till the closf ^"'Y'"^ of the 17th century ; while, in Hume's History, he will Hume. find infinitely more philosophy, but far less impartiality and accuracy. The history of England, from the period of the Revolution, cannot boast any writer of standard excellence. In Hcnrj-'s History of England, and An- Henry, drews' History of (Jrcat Britain, connected with the Anilitvt. chronology of Europe, the literature, artsnitd manners, religion and government of the several nerio\'ales, by ttie Wuring- ' Rev. W. \N'arrington, all the facts are collected which tuo. can throw light upon the government, manners, and final subjugation of a people, still strongly marked by a pawiliar character, maanen, and rustomf! Nest to the hisleiy ef the L'nite tory of Prnce adnitaof and require* elucidation, from a knuwledce of the manaen, mws, &c. of the ancient German tnbea, niariy a* much n the early history of Britain ; the artida GxaMAiiY, thcrcffare, may be pro- fhahljr coaMkcd for that puntoae. AAcr the affairs of Fiaaoe cone for a time to be intinatelT interwoven with the aCdra ef Baglmd, iu history becomes oon> aactod with, aad ihirifen mar be cluddatrd by, the hialmy of Aaatria nadar the &Bperor Charlea V. and bjr the hialery ef Itoly. Daring the 1 7th and the early part ef the IfldI eentvrira, the hiatary of France ro qain* a id hie ac a to the hietorica of the Netherlands Mid of Spain. Fran the eemmencement of the war bc> tweea Britaia and France in 1744 to the present time, the hiatorin of the two countriea are mutually illustra* tire of each other. The hiatary of Spain, peihaps, lx>th on accou ; rdatioii to tar historic* of Britain and France, aoooont of the inportance of that kingdom in the scale of Europe, at leart during a certain P^'iod, next daims the investigation of the studeaC Beaides the article SraiN, the artide Arabia may advantageously be con« suited, in elucidation of the manners, custons, &c. and the carlv history of the peninsula. AfW the ex- pulsion of the Moors, the historic* of France, Spain, and Italy, ftvn the md of the 1 5th to the b^inniog of History of IUI7. ■lin wtd l'atuif*L 66 HISTORY. H'utotj. r.enaut kingdoau. KuMia. Denmark, Netlier- huuk. Switzet- tuid. luif. History of the king, tionu of the l6th centuries, are intimately connected. As the discovery of the new world happened at that period, the articles Amekxa, Mexico, and Peuu, ought to be consulted for an account of the transactions of the Spa- niards there. Soon afterwards the history of this coun- try becomes connecteil with that of the Netherlands. After the separation of the United Provinces from Spain, its history may be chiefly elucidated by the histories of Portugal, luly, France, and Britain. The history of Por- tugal admits of little elucidation from the history of any other country except Spain; the articles Africa and Asia, however, may be consulted for a brief ac- count of their discoveries and settlements in these quar- ters of the globe. As an introduction to the history of the German kingdoms and states, the article Germany ought to be perused : this will prepare the way for the history of Austria, illustrated in its progress by the histories of Switzerland, Italy, France, Spain, Russia, Turkey, Sweden, and the Netherlands : the history of Prussia, illustrated by the history of Brandenburgh, Russia, Austria and France; the history of liavaria, Saxony, &c. The account of the KeCormation, given in the ar- ticle Ecclesiastical History, ought to be consulted, with reference not only to the history of (Jermany, but also to those of Britain, France, and the Nether- lands, during the ICth and part of the 17th centuries. The history of Russia will receive elucidation irom the histories of Austria, Prussia, Sweden, Poland, Turkey, and Persia. The article Scandinavia ought to be con- sulted for a general view of the manners, customs, laws, &c. and early history of Denmark, Sweden, and ' Norway. These countries, besides mutually illustrating the history of one another, will receive elucidation prin- cipally from the history of Russia and Germany. Under the article Netherlands, will be found the history of that country, not only while it remained undivided, but also of the United Provinces, and of the new king- dom, which has reunited the whole seventeen provin- ces. That portion of the history of this country, which properly relates to the United Provinces, will receive elucidation from the history of Spain, France, and England, during nearly the whole of the period, from the establishment of their independence till they were merged in the kingdom of the Netherlands. The com- parativtily pacific history of Switzerland admits of il- lu-tration, in no important degree, except from the history of Austria, during the very early period of the establishment of its independence, till, like nearly all the other states of continental Europe, its history be- comes involved in the revolutionary history of France. The general account of Italy ought to be consulted previous to the histories of Naples, Sicily, Venice, Tus- cany, the Popedom, &c. ; and these will be elucidated by the histories of France, Spain, Austria, and Turkey. The history of the Popedom indeed, both in its eccle- siastical and civil character, is so intimately connected •with the history of all the European kingdoms, (except Russia and Poland,) till the Reformation, that it ought to be studied carefully; for this purpose the article Ecclesiastical History may be consulted. The his- tory of Poland will be elucidated principally by that of Turkey, Austria, and Russia. Respecting the histories of the kingdoms of Asia, Africa, and America, our notices must be very short. Of course before the history of any particular country in any of these divisions of the globe is studied, the de- scription of that particular division, under its proper head in this work, ought to be consulted. Turkey, from its connection with the histories of Austria, Po- land, and Russia, claims perhaps the first notice. The history of Arabia, illustrated by the life of Mahomet, is an interesting object of study, not onl)' on account of the conquests and literature of the Arabs, but also from the connection of their history with that of the Penin- sula. Though the history of China has little or no connection with the history of any European state, yet the peculi."rities of its inhabitants must rendir its his- tory interesting : Under that article will be found not only an accurate and well-proportioned abridgment of the history, but also a very faithful and detailed de- scription of the maimers, language, institutions, &c. of that singular countr}'. Since the middle of the last century, the history of India has become so intimately connected with the histories of France and Britain, and that country at present forms so large and valuable a portion of the British empire, that its modern history ought to excite considerable interest, even though its ancient history, and the character of its inhabitants, and their laws, institutions, &c. did not put forth- strong claims to our attention. For an account of the histories of the other kingdoms of Asia, we must barely refer our readers to the articles of Persia, Biuman Empire, J.\pan, Thibet, Tartarv, Malacca, Ceylon, SiAM, &c. The history of the principal states of Africa will be found under the articles Egypt, Abyssinia, Cape of Good Hope, Algiers, Moiiocco, Tripoli, Tunis, &c. The history of the united states of Ame- rica, as already mentioned, should be sought for under the articles America and Britain ; of the British co- lonies there, under the articles Canada, Nova Scoiia, &c. and also under Britain ; of the Spanish colonies, under the articles Buenos Ayres, Chili, Mexico, Peru, &c. and also under Spain ; of the Portuguese settlements under tlie head of BuAZii., and also under Portugal. V. We shall now conclude this article with a brief notice of the different species of history, besides that which is emphatically so styled. History, strictly speaking, relates to the narration of the wars and poli- tical events of kingdoms ; but besides this species of histor}', that which relates to the support which Chris- tianity has received from the secular power ; together with the benefits or disadvantages resulting from this suppart ; and also to the internal administration of the church, its constitution and discipline, its doctrine and its worship ; or, in other words, the history of Chris- tianity, of its corruptions and reformation, and of the influence wiiich its principles, or the conduct of its professors, have had on the political c> gTCM of man in political and individual happiness, •only an acquaintance with the advances which he hat msde in every species of knowledge, which secures his liberty, or multiplies his meant of defence or enjoy- ment, muot be interesting and important Besif the latter, roost look beyond mere politicml history, to the history of thaw arts and ■dcncn, which were comparatively unknown to the andotla. Mid in which the modems have made anch vendMrAil adrtatem,~-mivmnem that will be found, in a crMt HMMOf*. and nearly in •V07 iBstancp,acrompan>eiil\ical ci.arirter. bot diiatfy for the nccsiUari- ties of M^ rnorsi ^t^A nnlitiesi tl o t UMi ea, «aa UW aon of a |J»in iintey I'r >paio. '(lis mother, powerfhlly afcrteil by th«- nnKtrmatian then to gene- ral over the kfaigdom, was detiveted bate* the Ml time, in ronseqtienc* of which Hohbea waa delicate in his chfldhMHl Bat be evfocvd a a|^«itnde far iaamimr. aid a ltr aa t a d awch notic* by bla ■tsehMol. Balbratkvaf* of l«v hetrana. ef B«riiiadaa faila l^tia i—bifa, At thia aM, ht went to Magfciii HaB. OifoH. where ha (Hi^aWiad hnMaJTby Mi ■laMfiiiiH and ge. BhHL Tb Bari of n^nm JU n, tiiiU^ to nroSt by hia talanta, iinlBiiJ hnn as a waiianiwi and ins( rho mstrwc- of the age of Ma aMaat aoi Hobbes, and that ftmily eanliagid to long a* be Uv«d. At an awly ftriai Ha waa kaawn to AeaMniad Lord Baean, with when be waa a mat ftvutofh^ aad to when ha acted as an amaaaensL M trn iJ alM aaaa af Ma fwnim faMe Utin. He tn. veUadwAMaiHblepvpnhiPtaMaMd Italy, when ' "--Titlh»»aristj nf flatilan MMlnllwi wMaaii il chanMtm, and Madiad the nsaiMM, iMlliiliwi. ners, and Icambig of ihcaa two nadaoai He now raaoltwi totlaeoto Ma lift to the cnkivalion of nBte Htonturr. and Ma Int pabKeation waa an Mah tf i lHi ii n of Thncydidia. wMchapnaamlm Ifltl. Btft Ma plan* were di s c u nc o t t ad by the death afHapapQ and Mend. He soon alM Ifannad « an. gagcmcnt to travel with the ton of afar GwatCliiIgn, with whom he rcmainni for some time in France. In Hobb«^. 1631, the Countess Dowsper of Devonshire renewed - 1 — ' his connection with hor tamily, by putting the young earl, then 13 years old, under his care. He went with his tiupil to Paris, where he studietl mechanics and the laws of animal motion. On these subjects he had frequent conversations with Father Mersenne and with Gsssendi, who was then engageeriod uf youth. The ardour of his mathematical studies waa in a great mra^ure repressed, in conseqnence of the pro- fi ,-«t which he took in political affairs, in wl '-.d not intermeddle as a busy politician, in- triguing with indiriduals for the establishment of one party on the ruins of another, but conceived the design of prodncing a f[«neral impression by an upen expoai- tion of bis opinions, which, though new and peculiar, he hoped to render nopalar, by the Ibrce of thoogbt which he could display, and the strong arideoceslnr which they were soppottad. Whan tiM politioal dif- ference* of the wa were so strongly marked, it waa a iair general eanaiiaion that both partica wore a* likely to be wrong as any one was to De exdosttrely right, and that a man of vigorous thinking powers, who de- voted much iaborioo* meditation to his subject, might form a more accnrate system tlian any maintained by his eotemporarica. Nor was it unnstumi for a young anthnr to pn a u me t prewnt Mai aa having cakiealod mathematic* chiefly with a view to haMfato Maaaair to • doH and atoady mode of tMnkmg. Hia ffr«t polilMal cawy waa a amall tract, which waa, not printed, bat cirrulaied in mamiseript in tlie year I6t0, dnrin* the sitting of the partiament in April, which was iBaanlvad the following May. when the par- liamwit aad CIhvIc* I. differed so widely on the sub- ject of the rayal ma wgali ve. Thia tract atroogty aa- •erted the pretoMiona of royalty, and ooodanHiod thoae of the paHiament and the people aa nqjoat encroaob* mentt It occa«iane. or any thing i ipiieMil with too greet acri a wn y , nBtein> ber that thi^ an epekeo not ftooi party seal, but • ■aoB* wiebferthe peaee of Mcie^ ; ud by aaiaa ) ^primT, eo juMly awaked by the diabvcboiw aad itMe ef hit ctaaCry. eatitfet biaa to • tbare ef far. fiviqg tandteiMac Ho thteafaa enneiw that yoa wfli. ob j ect t4 beater, wivdi I wae waMtbthli lor the To At eooft. he wee a i he boco with i Micttj aad fanndi^' of hie ^ ^ B ti fi eo^ however, be aovcr feve a naMiy leply. If hie eataioB wat eekad ea ea^ aoiat efphionphy or mt ienoi^hofBve awaMi*fcflaiMliM,eciddifr t tert oTaaewer. which, la a h ii mmi —. ■%>> I beta ariMritea by the lofefMal ftr a aerk orm. ■ea of chenel*, bat bi taaGlgr araaeeded Aoai hie f awara «i tbo ■i b i ali i aly «i eiHMMMMat to bo m it. ■ r ati, aad tba tfak w b i A lb « i aiwiqri it «o enor. AI who raWiltJ bit loeiety | ii u a ynJ bi«adeifaMy r i |i f i i llrWood.in hit H i K eiy of He A nl i ^i m mf Otf»^ iaeerted thi« ckatactorarUobbce: " HetmtoaMaerwhaM (an lho«n«iaeef( theweeU. Tbhie ftietiaaa kiadnl otMarencaMv il acieany>4i lo the cavy of a ho wat over ,Baieae,hit«ea. a, end Aaoi By ilitaain the wotfc bv Ur FeUrdti^ oT CbriaLchaich. thnwch wbate blade aU worka pvinted at the aniveiMtjbjiwo ware rtqaiml to pMa. Tbo tiaaeliea wat oMd la Mr HoMne. who kal • BMvhlML ( a fuU eipoeure of it, ready for appearing in London and Oxford at the tame time widi the work of Mr NV'ood. Hobbea wee remarkable for vi^four of nerve, and atoadineet of intellect. He used to My, thai in hit matt complicated arithmrticad calculations he never mituiok a figure ; and with the tame underiating tte»> d i n ett he proMcnted all hit learned un• general intercourm with othert. Hit amateawnt^ eitrcitm, and todal intervirara, being tnlw litinl cowtideretians, were die* tated by his own tlMi^fatt ; and, though not result* iitg from an uaocoeamaodating temper, appeared ca« pridooa, bocame they were singular In this noble* Boao'a hooae he was retained from gratitude and affcc* tiaa, rather than with a view to any sort of services, and he lived in case and ploity without any odicial charge. Mis aMMiiiaga were i|ient in violent eiercite, twoh a* running aad climbing ateep aaemta, in which he eucted hiaMoif to fiMigiie. After breakfast, he went reoad tho family, to wait on the coiiptem, the children, and the viaitart. That the time peeted till twelve o'eloek. wbaa he hod a little dinner p m p o re d for him, alWr which be retired to hie etudy, when ho tmoked, tbengbl, end wrote fcr wfmA heart. t i w ci hl e that he vat tbaaaioaa to a poweHbl party, be WW kaaaled with haMtaal apanhoaaioao for his mfc^. The pinitiB of the Kiaf ww ddoiy valued by hffli m a p i tike of aiuttuieu Aom peraecntion ; «d he had Laid Afliwtea end eeme othar ftiendt en. be left in a aaid forfeer of behy mmtrinHtrt by hit othert eecribed it to tiw wotUma of ea Whaa tho Eoriweotftma ■t ■long with hia^ even ia hie some ohile involuntary ,heal- illr whoa he m y d rs d to be eeavered ea a Ibether bed to tho reniagi, end aarvived the jouroey only afew days. He avoided aD eoaeawiien on the ealAect of death. ICet bat beta aapi^omd, he toareely benevod fai a fb- tart stole, yet hoaeeme not to faavo beaamMbleof Imbiiig farward to hit diteolatMa with that placid in. with wfakh OMn gmerally look beck to the " _ ' ' ' birth. He reckoned on the oon- tinoanoF of )iti wha* Ml aoaalitatioa was too much wom uut to jaalil^ each ospcetatioaa ; and when, in reply to aoma aasMae iaqMinw> he ww forbid to bopo for a reeovoiy, b* lay in a atato of lilenee end i itapeftetioo, which waa ou u ciad ei l to be in a gmat i ta r e la u d uwd by the stato of Me mind. Thelaatw whi(» he oltefea in the fUl pottcetioa of hit I " I thoU begiad to find «iy hole tocnepoat of the world by," erhich pfobebiy npitmiil a wirii that his Isst mo. mtata should be eaempt ftmn pain aad ditturfaance. He ceaimaed to the Episoopal Clnnrh of England, and dtd aw d that he p te fai r Ml that religion to all othert ; yet ho Ikid no conidenw in the utility of religiooa ecr« viemen hie daatl^bed. ()n one oocaaion. fhaing his ntidanoe in Fmaoe. when his life wm leriouily in dan* ger, ha raaartal.tki ariiciialiaM of Aa Baaiah priesta Hdbbss. 70 H O B B E S, Hobboj. and the Protestant clergy to submit to some rite wliich ^""V™* would proclaim liim a believer in their respective sys- tems, and told them, that if they did not desist, he woidd expose the impostures of their whole fraternity from Aaron downwards. ■ It is with the writinj^s of Hobbes, and the opinions -which he circulated, that the public is chiefly concern- ed. His Mrritings were fitted to make a powerful im- pression at the time at which they appeared ; but the character of society has subsequently so much changed, that they are now comparatively of little interest. His small treatise De Homine is regarded by tlie philoso- phical world as the best of his works. In this he, in eome degree, advanced the science of optics, then in a rude state. His notions, though crude and inaccurate, are ingenious and interesting. His moral observations sometimes breathe the sage spirit of Aristotle. At one time he, like that author, condenses his meaning in a few words ; at another he suddenly deviates into a style of extreme expansion. This chiefly happens when he applies his doctrines to the opinions and transactions of his own times. A celebrated living author (Profes- sor Stewart) justly remarks, that Hobbes, whether right or wrong, nevei' fails to set his reader a-thinking, which is the most indubitable proof of original genius. To attempt to collect a system of moral, political and religious doctrine from his works, would now ap- pear ludicrous. In some parts his inquiries are shal- low and deficient, most especially in his investiga- tions of our ideas of morality and justice. He consi- ders a regard for personal advantage as the only law of man in a state of natural liberty, aud represents all the obligations of justice and good conduct to our fel ,lows as the consequence of civil contracts formed un- der the influence of individual prudence. The laws, he says, are the foundation of justice: before them justice and injustice are unmeaning words. If this view of things had been advanced only as a general description of the actual condition of man under a to- tal want of laws, as well as the absence of generous or deliberate reflection, and if he had considered pac- tions and civil institutions as the means by which men agree to execute beneficial ends, he could not have been greatly blamed ; but he regards even eivil com- pacts as the sole effect of the regard of each man for his own safety ; and such feelings of kindness and compassion as most loudly proclaim the social virtues to be a part of our original nature, are represente -e VmaafDnditdl WmUr,; DA 8ae l^elaad'e l^ttw of DaHitml rm.Aatmj'i I Hohhee's AVifau {U. Ik is a seo-port tot . AHhuMh the iMtbeai yet it will adadt only Uiimti Aafarnr's lMl€n tmd •I'hnLa, The town is large, and ia composed principally of hot* built in the ordinary style. The mansion oi' the Uulah, or governor, the mosques, the custom-house, and the houaes of the principal merchants, are hutit of stone There ia a small casUe near the sea, but it is not ca- pable of much defence. At the distance of a mile and a half from Hoii«ida is a well of eicellent water, from which the town is supplied, the water nearer the town being eery had. Hodeida is the sea-port of Beetlefackie, a town in the interior, about SO miles from the coast, and only about hall' a day's journey fram the hilU whero the oodce grows. The Dotah of Hodeida is accountable only to the I roam ; but hia j«*isdietion is confined to the city. His reve- nues naisJH pntly of the duties upon exported coffee. All the mercantile transacttena at Hodeida are carried I dollars and cavears ; 40 careers making The cavear is an imaginary cuin< All foreign eoias pasa current here. The coffee from Beetlcfrckio^ which ia intended fur India, Muscat, or Eurapa, b sent br land to Mocha ; but that which is im a nn o d for Jidifa, is shipped at Hodeida. East Long. 49* SS'.and Nettii LaL I4» 40^, aoeording to Lord Va- lentia's chart. See Niehuhr's Tma^U Uiwigk Armbia, sect. IX. chap. S. ; and Milbumc's Ort«<*la/ Coommtcc, vol ' ><& it ; '. ^00 AoRiovLTtms. ml. i. p. S99<' HUUAKTH, William, the eeicbratod painter, was the grandson of a yeoman, who paeMsaod a small teae* ment in the vale of Baroptun, near Kendal ia West- lasfeland. He had thrso aooa. llio aldost ■u cc oedod his Grther in hie little ftmhaU ; tho second settled at TrMthedi. near Krwlal, and was renurkable for a ta- liMt at p reri u e ia l paotry ;* the third son, who was the tehor af iIh paiator. after baring kept a school in the 1, and pursued the aameoocu* ir« tnM ikat M •« I balttoflMi I sIMsitnhr. whs osM hMiihs asise pM» tf «H I batahlBraiUfeiyMrs " TWw <1>fc sitslni." fcs « fadrrooiibckUls.^— Wte4M*aatl«al ■orasUUs r—nsttk ker, •• M criiKal aa s^ n w of aaSarv as kts an*iw. fm itm mt< I kla» ir mj am *■• %ti4j tMogk i« brw • sr (••« s tatfMf *^ SI bt« - O sls H t m iMat hM taiags ««« «aM (0 lkw« b44 a •flk«»atiaBMB*»tl Ui aa fMlaJ utmm wan as> saetokMra^wtlasMsflMs fiars. U ssy eaa. tir mm; TMa plaf was aalM T%t Dnmwttm ijf Tnf li vas urittn m mtnta, auKb m ih« manacr of Le- f* ** Vsfs. er Iks aarinM rivack tnma. Tka ooiUn •»• am tma siitnl/ akanrH, IW Um risft of im jian na* all rvprsataittf. Xtrrj ksrs ess la \ha ^ttea, ae UM ilM 4rtmeMs | aiisia rss il n it atw*arj M •rfrata* la ib« wboir parfk. The nmxiMt korw— H««M M l« ia» (sry tt t» iwiii i lw t^ af giisi n| ito taraiaf at Hm o«| ■ saw all rvprrMia*- I re. ■aaksraaavkaiMttMhaaiaAlaaHdasi bat, aa I kapyrase leba akaM OMwIks* liH(kjyMliaM«r«M»sM|.ullM««( esMbk ,lf««aaiiJaMa<(ha*Hi9babtpk Tka sssfiwaaa r ab n iai— af kasaasylasaa abaal^^Mlkt^ ei nl ii n iMUsi Ihagasaa. ■ assya rW taB» ^ a» b ia ii J ^Plka bo*' 1 ,raUrrt». ««ra lM«ea«^|ksgn>s Aalkaasf XaMts.tartk8y •«talk«grMaitop*a(atoab«« ihr..><, ... I>meM)«ar esaAiaan.ihslraaa*wr«vaa aaiMasshsViewsllpHaMA. Tka etkMlfcm was b*(ua a Mae pwMM* IbMiike *M«|s •• a (raal ssaa*, ««avp>rf br tks «t«ll, aksM a foanar «r a ssNs «C aks* fcv irM la veto la a krt^ an«M W l iiili r si H i 1 aa ika ptaftt. aakks ike esrt af Ika wotM. kaia asasMasd a watj ftat nrt of p up li c*tr aiaesi laayikap r aiiiM aaa bagaa by tka aili w iti aT •*■ pailil«,aa4 wart fa llaaai ^ a j i sni sa aa bal>.batk. TMs aatpl bad ta far utikaaa kla ball, ikal fcs waaM aiAr |ka |aaaaa la amst hta back, and avaa la fUj Ma tddla ibare" « drt>ilu« so sccl- d«m lba« Mbl iks laamsa, Ireai U* ball naatag <•*; alik him. the iMrrslar pru«— di ;— " Thu accidtni rtxhtt uilUiiMd lh4n da- r*aMlk*pfa(SMSaat sad ikt Oxm, ar J^ pMldH^ at Ika fdaea. araiwd ktawalr ao itall o< Ih* in. rftsafiksspaMsMrawwakiaHaMbBldaatar. Tkfc ikwa ii ar was Ika aawt Wapsi ts al pmaaft la ths MawaaaaMifaaadar Harta^ataaad Miiij Oadiii.arfatksrikaasak Ikalaf aar saslial Maffc Tkapisy by 1Mb tk a t a ss si witk a aaa(. wklsfc aas—wd Ike daabSa paspass a* a pi^Mi aad a pnlmuai Ibr bl« dMty ga** iba a( Ika taaAa laudsato ikay ears abaat •• bikwd. aMt H aallad aoL tkc adats «as by eat, to BMka iks spMUiors sr^asiaiad *i^m a fr« partkulara r«ap«ctfnt ikk pertical « held ih< ptautb. u€ wai Icadtaf kit ...-«}—■• Ha wa»,*' (viidDun Mr Wai- Nh>ari.'iijr In I aad salaMUkad rvpuu.— ir any uialf »ae( e«ar Ika what* paritk. ••wl aa Ika laannsn at M Ika kwMrau at bi« t|f • I in M& in Ika 1 78 HOGARTH. a O 11 Ha(;>rt]i. pation in Ship Court, in the Old Bailey. William Ho- ^"■^V"""^ garth was bom in the parish of St Barlhoioiiiew in 1698, and seems to have received only the usual edu- cation of a mechanic. He was bound apprentice to Ellis Gamble, a silversmith in Cranbourn Court, Leices- terfields ; and was to learn in that profession only the branch of engraving arms and ciphers on metal. Be- fore his apprenticeship had expired, his genius for drawing began to point to the comic path which it af- terwards pursued. Having one day rambled to High- gate with some companions, he witnessed a quarrel in a public-house, in which one of the disputants received a blow with a quart pot, tliat made the blood stream down his face. Such a subject, one would think, was little calculated for gay effect ; but humour is not an over-delicate faculty, and the distorted features of the wounded sufferer, it seems, so much attracted the fan- cy of young Hogarth, that he sketched his portrait on the spot, with the surrounding figures, in ludicrous ca- ricature. His apprenticeship was no sooner expired, than he entered into the aCademy of St Martin's Lane, and studied drawing from the life, in which he never attained to great excellence. It was character, the pas- sions, the soul, that his genius was given him to copy. In colouring, he proved no great master ; his forte lay in expression, not in tints and chiaro-scuro. It is not exactly known how long he continued in obscurity, but the first piece in which he distinguished himself as a painter is a representation of Wanstead Assembly. In this are introduced portraits of the first Earl Tylney, his lady, their children, tenants, &c. The colouring of this is said to be better than that of some of his later and more highly finished pieces. From the date of the earliest plate that can be ascer- tained to be the work of Hogarth, it may be presumed, that he began business on his own acco)int^t least as early as the year 1 720. His first erx^^Mu^tAifieems to have been the engraving of arms ^HBHBL l^i'l^ '> the next to design and furnish plates fl^|BHeIlers. * Among these, were designs for tiudibras,*witn Butler's head. His Hudibras (says Horace Walpole) was the first of his works that marked him as a man above the common ; yet what made him then noticed now sur- prises UB, to find so little humour in an undertaking so congenial to his talents. The success of his plates was sufficient to bring him business as a portrait painter ; but it was not perma- nent, or attended with much reputation. The author of the volume of anecdotes respecting him, affirms with confidence, that though not a portrait painter, who could gratify the self-love ofhis employers, he drew individual likenesses in hisJH^^ieces. One of his most striking scenes of this^Pi; was the examination of the committee of the House of" Commons into the cruelties exercised on the prisoners of the Fleet to ex- tort money from them. On the table of the committee are the instruments of torture. A prisoner in rags, half starved, appears before them, with a good counte- nance, that adds to the interest. On the other side is the confronted and atrocious gaolor, with villany, ter- ror, and the eagerness to tell a lie, depicted in his fea- tures, and expressed in his gesture. This was Bam- bridge, the warden of the fleet, who, with Huggins his predecessor, were both declared guilty of extortion and cruelty. In 1730 Hogarth made a clandestine HiMrnrth. marriage with the daughter of Sir James Thornhill, """"^r"* sergeant painter, and history painter, to George I. Ho- garth was at this time called in the Craftsman an inge- nious designer and engraver ; but his father-in-law re- garded liim as so unwortliy of his daughter, and w^as so much offended by the match being a stolen one, that, he was not easily reconciled to it. About the same pe- riod our painter began his celebrated Harlot's Progress, some scenes of which were purposely put in the way of Sir James Thornhill to bespeak his favour. Sir James remarked, that the man who could produce such works could maintain a wife without a portion ; but he afterwards relented, and the young pair took up their abode iu his house. By the appearance of his Harlot's Progress, his fame was completely established, and his finances raised, by the rapid sale of the plates that were struck from the pictures. He might be said in this production to create a new species of painting, — the moral comic ; and in the furniture, dresses, and details of the scenes, to give a history of the manners of the age. The Rake's Pro- gress, which appeared in 1735, though, in the opi- nion of many, superior in merit, had not so much suc- cess from want of novelty. In the following year, am- bitious of distinguishing himself as a painter of historj', he finished the Scripture scene of the Pool of Bethesda, and of the Good Samaritan ; but the burlesque turn of his mind mixed itself with all subjects, and here with disadvantage. Nor was he more successful in his pic- ture of Danae, where the old nurse tries the gold by ringing it with her teeth. His fame was however now so high, that Swift complimented him in tlie Legion Club, and Fielding in his preface to Joseph Andrews. Theophilus Cibber had also brought his Rake's Pro- gress on the stage in the shape of a pantomime. His printed proposals, dated January 25, ascertain his Company of Strolling Players, and his Marriage a —la Mode, to have been then ready for sale. He had also projected a Happy Marriage, by way of a coun- terpart to his Marriage a la Mode. The time suppo- sed was immediately after the return of the parties from church. The scene lay in the hall of an antiqua- ted country mansion. On one side the married couple were represented sitting. Behind them was a group of their young friends of both sexes in the act of break- ing bride-cake over their heads. In front appeared the father of the young lady grasping a bumper, and drinking, with a seeming roar of exultation, to the fu- ture happiness of her and her husband. By his side was a table covered with refreshments ; jollity rather than politeness, was the designation of his character. Under the screen of the hall, several rustic musicians in grotesque attitudes, together with servants, tenants, &c. were arranged. Before the dripping-pan stood a well fed divine, with his gown and cassock, with his watch in his hand, giving directions to a cook dressed all in white, who was basting a haunch of venison. Among the faces of the principal figures, none but that of the young lady was completely finished. Hogarth had been often reproached for his inability to give grace and dignity to his heroines. The bride was meant to vindicate his pencil from this imputation, The effort, however, was unsuccessful. The girl was • Thirteen folio prints, with his name to each, appeared in Aubrey de la Mortraye's Traveis, 1T23. Seven smaller prints for Apuleius's Golden Am, 1724. Fifteen head pieces to Beaver's Military Punishments of the Aneients; and five frontispieces for the transiatlon of Cassandra, in five vols. 1725. Seventeen cuts for Hudibnis, 1726, Two for Ferseus and Andromeda, 1739, Two for Milton, the date uncertain ; and a variety of others between 1726 and 1733. HOGARTH. 73 pretty, but her teaturt* were nn«<1urat«d. She might bare attracted noticv ■• a chambermaid, bat would have failed to extort applMM* a* a woman of fahion. The pafwa and hia mliiiM; — oeiate» were more la- boaredtiuBaajr olhar parti aftiw picture. The paio' ter mt down with ■ rtaolw Um to delineate beauty ini- prored by art, but Mcma, ■ oaual, to hare deviated into , orcoald not birip neglecting hia orif(inal pur. to Ittxuhate in men congenial ideaa. He found in abort, o«t of lu dement in the parloor, and • hatBMd in ipiui of caae and amiMenent to the kkoban frck Soon after th« peace at Ais-la-Chapelle, he went over to Fnnoe, and waa taken into coatody while he waa Am cate of that town ; a eircnmatanoe which in Ua picture, entitled, O tke Roatt Barf if OU Smjimmi, pttbUthed 1749- He waa ac tMllycanedbdoMtliegoTenMraaa apy; and after a Tcrr Mrict eriminaliwi. eommittad a p ri aoner to Grmoaim hia hndtoid, on hia promiiing that Honrth iha«M DcC M oat of tlM bonae till he waa to embark fcvEngland. rrniiiai tii thi ■■Inmil. hi hail In bawd with a atiiid ina ai a nd janctBeaa wh kJ> beti>oiight B Fnal id bn a n , but wkicb betray the extreme lerbbaBMnariL In the airceta be waa aami rade. A laltcrad bag, «r a pair tt aak kim> tritb bolaa m ibaaBa divw a toiiaiii of inqma* t MBgv^ woni Mm, and vbidi tbere werv acolcb Iriab —% ! ■< ■ on tba apot who ooaU mlarpet to the Frwiib. Bat bk nlcaaantrr wa« i itifiiWiwl hj what h a pp i n ai l when ha wm tirawing the gatoa of Ulaia; far tbm^th the innoeaMn «r l£ 4a«« wm parftctiy apparent on tba taatimany of atber babadaboM bin, wbicli wer« by nomaana aanU aarr* Mm ponoae oT an MMinear, he waa loblbytharn—MilMH, tbatbadnot dwoMeabeen •etMBv iigDMl. ba tboobl ^«v been ab%id to hare biMg bm ap bniMdialaiy ao the r—parti. Two MMi wev> tfaaM p rw i da J to eanray hi-r — ->^ip. b—d ; nar did tlMv qait bam tOl ba wa* Ita ftan tba •horau Taey then apua him muw iiK.r a top «• tba deck, and told him he wm at liberty to ptoecad «abia Tayafavilhaat ftrtbar Imlliiin ar altan^ to be iiftMirt la aar pafaMcr. In I7M^ be appa w a d in tba character of an author, •nd pafaliabad a ^aarto eolmne. cBtitlad» Tim Ammkmmt •/'£^««!y, wiiitanwitbamwarisimtfaa'^- -" IdaMortaata. Hia intention «m to ia tba line af baaaty. and tba to the eye. He I Dr Benjenin Hoadlay tbai ■■d tba Beif. Mr Tewnley r rlai tbapwfcai The ftaaily af Ha^th rriiltiil whi tba fat ibaat ef bia Aaalyaia wm prtMirf aC m tba ftamMWt diamMm ba badwiibbia 111 I intbaconHaeftbawa*.did nat—diliiimiiiTiibialin ill i, If baaaty nally did cnairt in any HtftieBlw btad af Hnaa. tb«a wen frw niatMn laM likely to diwaMT tbm thmi HMMtb. and ha WM aa mataplMidn : b« tba latealka eTan aspledcd theory wanU ba now wperflaaMk Aboat 1 737. hia bratbetwin-law, Mr Tbambil, f. la valka M. hnaMor. In iku caM of Myi*, •ignedtheplaetaf JCa^'aaammatadalav, inflraawaf Wbkk,BraWaf to the quick. /«< oiakau* mile ( Hogtfth, who aooa dW mMain ontnB^ in naait* '" °°"^'* ^ "•(u'^*' 'o^ lo (aait, in gtha^ volrad hiniinaeay MBi*]«ta'4| . * ^ • Jj'tJ*' •■•''^ '^ **^ ^ TaM», 1731. (for ■ potm oi w cJtt|iaturi.c ik« OuU «/ Uuodo.'. c cari« catnre of Wilkes. At an early pcnoci MM to WMch they would find it diffictilt to add a ma* tMiali ' VOL. XI. rABT I. HOG 74 H*gu(k. Each made for each, as bodies for iheir soul, "■, y ^' So an to form one true and perfect whole. Where a plain story to the eye ia told, Which we conceive the moment we behold ; Hd^Brth tinrivallM utands, and shall engage Unrivall'd praise to the moet distant age. Hogarth having be«n said to be in his dotage when he pivxiuced his print of the bear, it should seem was provoked to make the following additions to this print, in order to give a farther specimen of his still existing genius. In the form of a framed picture on the pain- ter's pallet, he has represented an Egyptian pyramid, on the side of which is a Cheshire cheese, and round it JtSOOO per annum, and at the foot a Roman veteran in a reclining posture, designed as an allusion to Mr Pitt's resignation. The cheese is meant to allude to a former speech of Mr Pitt's, in which he said that he would ra- ther subsist a week on a Cheshire cheese and a shoulder of mutton, than submit to the enemies of his country. But to ridicule this character still more, he is, as he lies down, firing a piece of ordnance at the standard of Britain, on which is a dove, with an olive branch, the emblem of peace. On one side of the pyramid is the city of London represented by the figure of one of the Guildhall giants going to crown the reclining hero. On the other side, is the King of Prussia, in the cha- racter of one of the Caesars, but smoking his pipe. In the centre, stands Hogarth himself, whipping a dan- cing bear, (Churchill,) which he holds in a string. At the side of the bear is a monkey, designed by Mr Wilkes. Between the legs of the little animal is a mop- stick, on which he seems to ride like a child on a hobby-horse. At the top of the mop'stick is the cap of liberty. The monkey is undergoing the same disci- pline as the bear. Behind the monkey is the figure of a man, but with no lineaments of face, and playing on a fiddle. This was designed for Earl Temple, in allusion to the inexpressiveness of his countenance. Amidst these disgraceful hostilities, Hogarth was vi- sibly declining in his health. In 1762, he complained of an inward pain, which proved to be an aneurism, and became incurable. The last year of his life was employed in retouching his plates, with the assistance of several engravers, whom he took with him to Chis- •wick. On the 25th of October 176'4, he was conveyed from thence to his house in Leicester Fields, in a very weak condition, yet remarkably cheerful ; and receiv- ing an agreeable letter from the celebrated Dr Franklin, he drew up a rough draught of an answer to it In the night time, however, he was seized with a vomit- ing, probably owing to a circumstance of which he had boasted before going to bed, viz. that he had eat a pound of beef steakes to his dinner, and expired about two hours after, aged 67. His corpse was interred in the Church-yard of Chiswick, on a monument which bears a simple inscription on one side, and on the other emblematic ornaments, with some verses by Garrick. In his private character this celebrated man is repu- ted to have been hospitable and liberal, as well as accu- rately just in his dealings, but his manners were coarse and vulgar, and his powers of delighting seem to have been restrained to his pencil. To be a member of clubs of illiterate men was the utmost of his social ambition, and even in those assemblies he was oftener sent to H O L Coventry than any other member. The slightest con- tradiction is said to have transported him to rage. His genius as a comic painter is of that strong descrip. ' tion which breaks down the partition between con- noisseurship and the popular taste in the enjoyment of it It is merit which his satyrist yet ablest panegyrist so well expressed, " which we conceive the moment we behold." The critic Du Bos often complained that no history painter of his time went through a series of actions. What Dubos wished to see done, Hogartlr performed, though probably without knowing that he was so obligingly complying with a critic's request. In his Harlot's Progress he launches out his young ad- venturer a simple girl upon the town, and conducts- her through all the vicissitudes of wretchedness to a premature death. This was painting to the under^ standing and to the heart. None had before made the comic pencil subservient to instruction ; nor was the success of this painter confined to his persons. One of his excellencies consisted in what may be termed- the furniture of his pieces ; for as in sublime historical' representations, the fewer trivial circumstances are per- mitted to divide the spectators attention, the greater is the force of the principal figures; so in scenes of familiar life, a judicious variety of little incidents contributes an air of versimilitude to the whole. The rake's levee rooip, (Walpole observes) the nobleman's dining room, the apartments of the husband and wife in marriage d /n 7noi/e, the alderman's parlour, the bed-chamber, and'. many others, are the history of the manners of the age.* For a scientific view of the works of this great art- ist, we must refer the reader to Walpole's Anecdotes of Painters, which we have already quoted. — A complete list of his prints, at least the most complete that has been made out, will be found in the Biographical An- ecdotes, by Nichols. Walpole has made one remark upon them in his eulogy of Hogarth, against the truth of which his works bear ocular demonstration, viz. that his delicacy is superior to that of the Dutch painters, or rather that his indelicacy is less. The illustration of tijis would be a task more easy than agreeable. Mr Gilpin, in his Essay on Prints, observes, that in design Hogarth was seldom at a loss. His invention was fer- tile, and his judgment accurate. An improper inci- dent is rarely introduced. In composition, he conti- nues, we see little in him to admire ; in many of his prints, the deficiency is so great, as to imply a want of all principle, which makes us ready to believe that when we do meet with a beautiful group, it is the ef- fect of chance. Of the distribution of light, according to the same writer, he had as little knowledge as (rf comjK)sition. Neither was Hogarth a master of draw- ing. But of his expression, in which the force of his genius lay, we cannot speak in too high terms ; in every mode of it he was truly excellent. The passions he thoroughly understood, and all the effects which they produce in every part of the human frame; he had the happy art also of conveying his ideas with the same precision with which he conceived them, (u) HOLBEIN, John, or Hans, an eminent painter, was born at iiasle, in Switzerland, in the year 14-98. He was instructed in the art by his father John Holbein, whom he very soon surpassed. Holbein was the par- ticular friend of the celebrated Erasmus. At his re- * Among the small arlicJei of furaiture in the scenes of Hogarth, (says the compiler of the anecdotes of hia life) a few objects may speedily become uninielligibic, because their archetypes being out of use, and of perishable naturt^, can no longer be found. Such is the liorc for larks, a circular board, with pieces of looking-giats inserted in it, hung up over the chiiiinty-jjiece of the distressed poet; •nd the Jew's cake, (a dry tasteless biscuit, perforated with many holes, and formerly given away in greut quantities at the feast of the payMTtr) generally used only as a f y-trap, and hung up as such against the wall in the siith plate of the Harlot's Progress. H O L T5 H O L HtJiMte. quest be vinted London, where he wtf paboniied ■"""V"™^ by Sir Tbomas M«>re, to wbom ErMnnu had intro- duced him. Sir Thootai empWed him in p«intiiig the whole «f hk &mily, anil s«vml of his rdatioas and fiiewh. and he aliowMl him an apartment in hi* own hmiait. where he continupd for three years. When King Henry VIII. saw these performances, he was »o much struck with the talent which they displayed, that he took Holbein into his service, and honoared him with hit patnoane and kindness durins the rest of his life. It ia a singular circumstance, Uiat Holbein always painted with his left hand. He succeeded equally m oil, water colours, and distemper. After he arrived in England, ha lc»n«d the art of miniatare painting ftoB Laeas Comelii, and carried it to a \'eTy high de> pvcv es pertpctioii. In tha F1ae«MineeoIlectiaii,aK the portraits of Mar- tin I.ttthar, Sir Thonaa Man, RklMrd Soothwell, and of Holbein, all painted by oar aMtbor. The '* Sacnice at Abraham,'* which has been imich admired, is in the —hinft «f tte King of France, along with several por- ttail* eseeatad by Holbein. In the library of the unis Msity of Baale are several of Holbrin't works in the highiat prcaemdoo. A few are prtaerrelden, in a wurk on music, in long quarto, rvoommended a system of tuning, in which each of the fiftha, ascept thnt on X G, should be flattened ;th of a major coooDa ; prodadni: a perfect or untem- perrd major seventh ; and a major third and major 6i)h, alike tempered by the ftb t>f a major comma, but in f smli oi y direction*, as Mr Farey ha* shewn in the PUIamtlmeal Mtgoxine, vol. xxxvi. p. 46; and Mr Lis* ton ia m EtMf *m Prrfeti Intonation, p. 22. The knw gentleman, in p. 8^ desCTibes this system ao bajag " nearly what i< in common uu ;" and in p. 1 42, gtrea it the prHerence over the scale which Mr Hawkes at last adopted, (via. V — 1 C. see his Temperament) ; on which scctHint. we nhall here preM-nt the musical stu- dent with a table of the beau of each of the 72 con- rorrfs in Mr Holdcn's system, calculated on purpose fur our work, via. : I— * t ♦ 1 » fi 7 4 b c B tB A to G irF F E t.E D % «l«00000 19 59 555.00000 II 4fl 512 40 1.5 10 44 45.<>403I5 9 39 •M.4.7!W0 30D74«U S96 5724 ««<06l7 »51 §703 240.0000 ... ^ 1 1 ViM 118074 1OJ0M» 100lt9 40 4905 H9449 9f<.l2l9 7.9»^ 749*9 7.1990 4:2^798 5.9396 4.9999 35.6605 4.4665 31.8555 39900 3.7401 SJ64« 3J4I5 93.8995 9.9659 4.4778 4.9m4 *J0fO09 3.7802 SJ799 9J500 9.1920 9.99S9 >1&6B59 &979S SJK)63 9J880 3.3500 3.1920 S.MSS ni5.m59 9.6733 2.5063 9.3880 9.9.— ^"^ Heemraden. There are several islands belonging to isianj. South Holland: The island of Voornlees, between, the mouths of the river Maese ; Briel is the capital : This island, along with the small adjoining islands of Goree, and Overslackee, form the territory called Voornland, which was anciently part of Zealand. The isle of Ruggonhill, to the east of that of Voorn, of which Wil. liamstadt is the principal town, together with the isle of Finard, formerly belonged to Brabant. North Holland is divided from South Holland by North Hol- the river Y. The principal towns in it are Saardam, land. Edam, Monikendam, Alcmaer, and Hoorn. Across the mouth of the Zuyder Zee lies a row of islands, belong- ing to North Holland. The Texel island is separated Texel. from the North Cape of North Holland by a very nar- row channel ; it is about eight miles long and five broad ; it is defended from the sea by sand hills and strong banks ; there are several villages in it, and a large town on the east side, called Burgh, which enjoys the privileges of a city. As this island lies at the mouth of the Zuyder Zee, and commands the only pas- sage to Amsterdam, the States have built a strong for- tress on it, in which a considerable garrison is always kept. The island of Vlieland lies towards the north- east of the Texel ; it is about nine miles long, and two broad ; it has only two small villages ; and is chiefly remarkable for the great quantity of muscles found on it. The island of Schclling lies to the north-east of Vlieland ; and is about 10 miles long, and three broad; there are five villages on it. These islands, together with several large sand-banks, break the rage of the ocean, and form two good harbours, or rather road- steds, at the Texel and the Vlie; the first being a noted station for ships bound to the south, and tlie other for those bound to the north. The Wierengen, thus called from the great quantity of sea- weed, named in Dutch, as in Scotch, fVier, is a number of little islands, which lie more to the south, on the coast of North Holland ; the principal of them is five miles long, and two broad, and contains several villages. The name of Holland, (the hollow land,) sufficiently Pace of tlie indicates the nature of the country. The level of a country, great part of it is, indeed, below the level of the sea, which is kept out only by means of dykes, or natural sand banks. In many parts, the dyke, or mound, is 30 ^2g^^^ ^a feet above the adjoining land; the width at top is dykes. enough to permit the passage of two carriages ; and there is a sort of imperfect road along it. In its de- scent, the breadth increases so much, that it is not very difficult to walk down either side. On the land side, it is strengthened by stone and timber, and covered by earth and grass ; towards the sea, somewhat above, and considerably below water-mark, a strong matting of HOLLAND. 77 I tks "UW* '*'<'''* csnTiiur away the sur« jotAamouad. Thii kind of dfftnpw appears to have bMB diacoverctl in the 1 7th eoitanr; for Sir WQliam Tample, in bi« oiMefratkas on tne Nether. , curauv lajri, it was lately found out. This ig M hrld to the shore by bandages of twisted §agt ruBBing horiaoolalJy, at the distanrr of three cu- ter yards frara each other, and staked to the ground fay straoc wooden fima. As this matting is worn by •very tM&, a sarrar of it is ftvqtteotly made. Farther in tikt sea, it is hald down bv stones. Above, there are pasta at ercty 40 yards, wnida arc namfacrad, that the Spat aaqr be exactly dtacribed where rapatrs are neeeaaary. The Jntpeat, for the m a intenan ce of these banks, a moim i e la neariy as orach aa the land-ta». Sir Willism TsBple aaerta, that these dykes csoploy ao- nually mpn nsB than aU the com of the province of Holland eoold maintain In the tiaae of Oe Witt, the making of ene rood's length of sc*.dvke soa et i me s cost 600 guilders. Besides nase ae^dykca, there are other dykM to keep out the waters of the rivers. In the tms efDe U itt, the annual charges of the district of *" ' * ttitTimih abont 8O0O osorgens, and ■udi eaaHBoaicBliaa with the sea. nor with > but only with standing waters, paid aa aemWe lod inland rharasa, at least two gnilikn fir s for 3rawku| out of the BWmgOHt b}r niilU each acre 90 rtavers, and towarda foe(>pafllM, highwayi, and ditciMs, at lantt 90 stivers more. The kaoka or dykes aaar Madanblidt. in North Holland. n«r the Zaydsr Zee^ arestrangw, bvaader, and higher, thaBaMratneniatlieeanBtry: for thew being noMiing tohndtthertoianacerihe s« tnm thaMbads i ffrtnltim and Vfialanl t» «ya sfasrt, the water bcMa me* tmnamif wfon h what Ike nankiilj winda hlov, andatqwingLtidastheaaa litea saoMtiaMa as k^ aa •ke dykes, and woald «*eB ewatfltfw and break than dowa. did not the iahehiiiala stop as fury by laying aais orav tka d^kaa, wkieb p r t asn t thcrn in a tampoit. MlMnevar tke water ef tha sea, or the tivcr^ breaks over apoa the lands, they are drHaad by maaaa of wii^mill» of which there are immtase aaaiben for this ptuaatss. Fran what has bean elraad/ taicU it awy wellke waagiaarl, that the geneial foee af the is that of a bge monk that kes been ikaiaiJ. aals, and evaa tke aa^ laakiqg pale and •••■ d od by amd ; vet the eye ia a and daligklaif by the giwea, , while the graat riteca, and tke' ' " ( aot anly to i md ahinst la ef vamab evatywhora to«i^ bat to evaiy rBhgik f Man BiisM. The prtecipal rivara'ia Hallaad arc^ tke When we come to trat of tke ef ikia province, the cknqgas in tke eoHTse of ^1 so for aa they are oomMcted with it. will be at pnaaat. wc akall esniae oufBslves to ita p in Ha i li d. Acc«edii« to soaae g i i^phaw. the narthera moalk of ikia river mast be aoagkt ia tke Leek, wkick joias tke eMsoiy of tke Mease, bati Dart aad BeMardaai: aecafdiag to etketa, it thnogh L r y d i , wkate it divides itself into two eaaab, one of wkick rans iaio tke kdw of Haerlcm. and tke etkrr lews itself, four nilaa beyond Lejdcn. in the Mad hilU between Cetwyk ea the Rhine, an*! Catwyk ea tke saa, when waa anciaaliy tke moolh bv whidi it litaalfiatolkeoctsn. The Leak, if it be not the be r^aided as OMlkrr river in 4 Holland ; its course has been already mentioneJ. There HoUud. is another small branch of the Rhine called the \'aert, """'V"^ or Vecht, which fall* into the Zuyder Zee at Muyden, about eij(fat miles to the east of Amsterdam. The little Y««el falls into the Maes, a short way to the eist of Rot- terdam. The Maes, pasnng before Gorcum, runs to Dort, where it divides itsdf into two Urge brsnches, forming sn island called Yiiselmomle. The most north- em branch runs to Rotterdam ; it is called the New Maes, to distinguish it from the southern branch, which is called the Old Maes. They reunite a little before they reach \'lardingen, and enter the ocean, by a wide mouth, a little below Briel. The Amstel is not pro- perly a river, but rather a collection of waters from the Drecht, the .Miert, and other rivulets, the waters of which are swelled by their communication with lakes and rivers, by mearu of caiuls. The V, called by some a river, is mure properly a branch of the Zuyder Zee, from which it begins, at a sand bank called the Pam- pus. Its dtannel h«« is half a mile broad, wliicli breadth it continues to Amsterdam, but grows soon af- terwards twice as broad. It receives the waters front the lake of Haerlera by a large canal, called the Sparen, and fram aeveral lakes in North Hollsnd. It after- warda passee northwards to Beverwyk, without dis- ekarging itself i^n into the sea. From the Iqyva of Haerlcm, the great lake called the Hsnfem Hacrlcsa Meet, or Sea of Haerlem, derives its name. It >!<«,. is situated between Hserlcm, Amsterdam, and Leyden ; and i* formed by the waters of several rivulet*, and of tke sea, with which, as has just been noticed, it lias a licatioii by means of the Y, which enters it by f, strongly bailt with brick>work. From its aicatioa wkk tke aae. the waters of the Meer farackisk. There are cmals from its several gulfs to the cities of Amsterdam, Leyden, and Haerlem On the eaat side, there is a gulf or branch called the New Mcer, (Vooi wkick a oanal leads to the suburbs of Am- •tefdan. Here there is a dyke, over which loade ver anciestly formed m mere Delta; with four or fire ■maU idhmdaL At'what time the iirupdotu uf thit rirer look plaoe, by which the islmid* at Zcatand, and the I of tboee of Midland, wan fSormed, u not ■ccanldT kaown. Pmkerton i« at ofoaan that dMy iMMOed at tbe time that the Godwm mnda aniae: •mr autfarm amicn tbam to violent tiiiimli in the Man«60and 117a A Zeolawdic d he u oic kr , q—tedb^ Chvefii, lay*, that the i>laiiiU of Zedawt wtn C t tnafwau in ikr jtm 9S*; r, that tkcae gimH ' ckmires, that Sir William Temple says it is the plea- Ho santcst summer landscape he ever saw. There ^ere '""^ no fewer than thirty mills employed to drain the Beenister. We ooae now to the consideration of the agriculture, 6*hrries, man«fiMtures, and commerce of the prorincc of Holland. The agriculture of such a country, where the sot] and dinate are so very aooiat, cannot be ex- pected to be conaidanble, or to present m.-my in»trtic- tire or intereating topics : in some respects, however, it dcaerrea notice, particularly in what rrf;ards the of North Holland, and most espedidly uf the in the Momphj of Hol> tte Znjrikr Z«t A- oriiMi ■HDsn. knd. hMiteilw il^ywnit af ia tfae year MSi, to tiM ijudh 11 of Dart, is the Aim. D-«thH«i. tbercaadKof dMZvw. tbe ^ tbe Wonooar. ami fchW iaar . Tbe Krpe wm firat diainad aad iiiii iiyl mi bjr bviu, \m WiUiaai Lord af Beb aigsa. aai aaa ai ad by Hiaajw fcacaaia ISM; bM Ibe aaa brake Atai iaan ia 1570. AAar tbb it «aa dtainad ^pia. aad saaarai )gj a bmIo of ptadi. ffioM beigbt aM balk, pnaf Maiaal aH atMin of tka aaa; aMlll ia aaw. tta al tbe aKhar dr^a ZvMk ««7 fhiitfiil aaO. Tha aaia* aMda bv (be waa ayoA hit '^*'*' frss •wt ap^dasiit *«a ♦ to 8 raiiVaatf. and fa Joined ta tbe Ami a bridge at tbe aaalb and. Panaor ia dboal « kNig,Mdabar«abr«Ma. Tha BaHdadr aaMaiw 7090 •<:'*• baaidee tba kiyth waya, Hkm, aad raiiA arhiob wm auad and woas h in sevral plaaaa. It ties betwoan rwmm and Edam, aisd was a Iska till the jrcsr iCW, ▼hen, after fear vcan l ibaai , and «a« oipaaee, (the banks, by whieblliavawr tbiwwn aa»by tbemilU was cooAnctl, having batn braken, alker the work waa katf dene,) H waa aiadt dry Uad ; and ia aaw so plaaWd with gaidaDs, archarda, iwa of trata> aad thMilei». 9 kia provuice. few laacb are held in 6ef, or by ho- Apwot- maae, ana tba women brine very fruitful of children, *"^ ■Ml tba RMn ganmlly dividing their landed property aaMi^ tbam, aalaley are for tne roost part smaJI. The 6nns aia aim small : the (ana houses are neat, shel- t«nd and eoaeaalad by small dusters of trees, and t^ dadad tqgalber with their gardens and orchards, in a par4act graon feaeak Tbe fiekls are separated from tIddUi each other, aad ftam the nad, neither by hedges or walls, but by deep dildMa filled with water, over wliicb aw Idd sbmU bridgea, that may be opened in the middle by a sort of trap door, rsiiaed and loiked to a foat. ta pmeaal tba intiaaian of atraqgcrs. Tbe roads m nMny pbcea are made on tbe dike of the canal, the ielda baii^ fKn|unitly between five and six feet below llw level of the road ; but tite coromunicatioo between ■aat of Ibe tern basMm and tba vjIImm and le«a% andaWa be t aaen tba aevarai paMa if ne tame &raw entirvly by maaaa of saadl mnals. The moat Baidi. blic raada in Holland etc tlMise in tbe of t^ Hague. Tba mad ftom thia pfaKe to iapaiatad aat by tbe Dalcb aa aa object of ■ tasMaiyii: tM length of this avenue, for i* em baldly ba mfiad a road, b nearly two milaa, and its hrsadib mdher aaort thai fO paces: it is a parCiBlly atraifbt Kne, m that tbe entrance of the road eoaft- aaasda a view of tbe whole ; and the church of Scba- voKag, a picturoanae objrct, terminates the prospect. It ia shaded on aaoi side oy beadMa^ liaaea, and oak*, of aa aatoniabiag growth, whicb are so cloMly and dkUfblly pkmtad. that they Conn to appearance an ioa- From Drlf\ to the lla|rue, the road ia It L of •uffit-irnt breadth to ad- adTtoar a ciriagas ahii aa, atadcd on both aidai by lefty aova af aan^ ksat in aMailant repair, and ao lr*d, ibat net d ia ta be FujrfKf. Tharr i* very little haid under tillage ia the pro- TiHsfr. viam of HulUnd. as may be easily tnagined from the natare of tba soil aad climate t and what ia tmder til- Sia almaa eadaaivdy eoniaed to .South Hdlaad. cram prmdpallv cakivatad are wheat, niaddcr, lubauia^ anapk flax, clover, 4ce. Tbe eenntry adyaoeat owtb of the Marse, is makaaad to preihsm tbe beat wbcat. m weli aa tbe whrst by aaaelia grass in South Hollasid. Madder of moat as- ,^^j^ ~ quality, naturally as well as praparad, in a moat r aamier, bm lang been a piadaedve and fa- ia Mollaad. Tobacco ia net M cstrmivvly y coltsvaled m farawvly. rvaap aoanancs uamM^ remarkably well, tbe depth aad moiature of ibe aoil being admimMy adapted to the luxuriant in«wtb af this plant. Oadewater, about leven nnlr'> tn tdr aomfa of Woerden, upoe the leaser Yssel, in ."^ ^^nd, ia aalcd iSgr good haap pc ud aced on its i.^... '. .^ix i» pj,^ nal only ftr tba pa^am of inmiifintiin^ bat awoacrsai or carelUly 80 HOLLAND. Mollaiid. PiiHures. Milk. Butter. Cheese- Cattle. "Horses and kheep. Kees. Wax. also for ita seed, tlimigh some of the oilier provinces in ' the NetherlamU are more remarkable for this crop than Holland. The same remark applies to clover. The pastures of Holland, especially, as has been al- ready remarked, of North Holland, are perhaps unri- valled for the abundance and luxuriance of the grass they prwlnce. From it they obtain milk, cheese, and butter, all of excellent quality. Mrs Radcliflfe remarks, that on her way from Hclvoetsluys to Rotterdam, she passed now and then a waggon filled with large brass jugs, bright as new gold ; in these vessels, which have short narrow necks, covered with a wootlen stopper, milk is brought from the field, throughout Holland. It is always carried to the towns in light waggons or carts, drawn frequently by horses as sleek and well- conditioned as those in our best coaches. The butter of Holland is of a very superior quality : the greater part of it is salted and barrelled for exportation ; Bee- nister is noted for the excellence of this article. There are several kinds of cheese made in Holland, some of which are rich and highly esteemed, and some, made from milk, which has previously supplied the butter, of course very inferior in quality. Leyden, Gouda, Edam, Gravesande, and Hoorn, are famous for their cheese : from the last place, vast quantities both of cheese and butter are exported to Spain, Portugal, and other countries, especially during their annual fair in the month of May. The cheese made in Holland is of two sorts, red and white ; the red is much esteemed, and somewhat resembles the Parmasan ; it is made into large and small shapes ; the former weighs from 1 8 to '20, and the latter from 6 to 8 libs : the white cheeses weigh from 6 to 7, and the richest kinds are excellent as toasting cheeses. Besides the common Dutch cheeses, there are some called Kantcrkaas ; these are of various sorts, the principal of which are the green cheeses, the white of Leyden, the cummin cheese of Leyden, and the round cheese. In North Holland, about 18 millions of pounds of cheese were sold in the year 1801 : and at Gouda, in 1803, about two millions were sold. The cattle which produce such large quan- tities of excellent butter and cheese, are not indigenous, but for the most part are of the Holstein or Danish breed. In the vicinity of Hoorn they have a consider- able trade in Danish cattle, which are imported lean, and fattened in the rich pastures round this place, and then driven to the other pai-ts of Holland. The utmost attention is every where paid to the warmth and clean- liness of the milch cows, so that even in summer the animals appear in the meadows clothed with ludicrous care. The horses are principally from England or Flanders. The number of horned cattle in Holland, in the year 1804., amounted to 902,526, of which 252,394 were under two years of age. At that time, it was generally believed that there had been a great decrease in the number of horses, sheep, and swine. The ancient race of sheep indigenous to the country, have long been improved by the introduction of foreign breeds ; but the soil and climate of Holland are not favourable to this animal : very little wool is exported, what is obtained from the sheep being chiefly consumed in the manufactures of the country. In some parts of Holland, bees are an object of much attention to the farmer, chiefly on account of the wax which they af- ford. A vast quantity of this article is annually gather- ed ; and the bleaching of it forms a considerable branch of industry among the poorer classes : a great deal of white wax was formerly exported to Spain. In con- nection with the agriculture of Holland, its horticul- ture must not be passed over : the mode of laying out Holland. the gardens is still very ungraceful and artificial ; the ^— y~~-' trees are bent and cut into a thousand fantastic shapes, _ , and the flower-ljeds are of every fonn that can displease and disgust the eye of taste. There are generally abundance of stagnatetl canals, with puerile bridges thrown over them. But setting aside these points of inferiority, the people of Holland in several respects arc excellent horticulturists, especially in what regards the culture and improvement of the most beautiful flowers. The rage for flowers, especially tulips, is not Tulips, nearly so great or general at present as it was formerly. There is to be seen in the registers of Alcmaer, the re- cord of a circumstance which deserves to be mentioned : In the year 1637, there were sold publicly in this city, one hundred and twenty tulips, for 90,000 guilders : one of these flowers, called the Admiral of Encbuysen, with its root and offsets, was sold for 5200 guilders ; two others, called Brabanters, for 3800 guilders ; and one named the Viceroy sold for 4203 guilders. Not only the name and price of these flowers, but also their weight, are particularly set down in the registers of this city. The passion of paying exorbitant prices for flowers at length came to such a height in Holland, that the States were obliged to put a stop to it by se- vere penalties ; many gentlemen having been ruined by that passion. The fruit of Holland, though abun- dant, is seldom of good quality ; the humidity of the climate, as well as its rapid growth, from the richness of the soil, rendering it insipid. The fisheries of Holland consist of those which are Fisheries; carried on near the coasts, and those which are carried on at a distance. The shores abound with excellent fish, particularly turbot and soals ; but for other fish, in consequence of the shallowness of the sea near the coast, the fishei-men are generally obliged to go to the distance of more than five miles. The village of Sche- veling is particularly remarkable for the number of fishermen whom it contains ; they are distinguished by their ruddy countenances and athletic limbs. The principal foreign fishery of Holland, formerly was that of herrings : it was carried on from the ports of Dort, Rotterdam, Delft, Schiedam, Briel, Enchuysen, &c. The time of departure for the fishery was about the 24th of June. The cod fishery, whicli is still carried on to a considerable extent, commences in October, and ends in April. It is carried on upon the Dogger Bank ; what is caught serves not only for the con- sumption of Holland, but forms one of its chief ex- ports. The city of London consumes immense quanti- ties of cod, caught by the Dutch. The whale-fishery was formerly vested in a company, called the Northern Company : it afterwards became open and free ; but, like all the other branches of the fisheries and com- merce of Holland, was destroyed by the revolutionary wars, and has not yet revived. It was chiefly carried on upon the coasts of Nova Zembla, as far as Davis Straits, and upon those of Spitzbergen, Greenland, &c. The vessels engaged in this fishery, during its flourish- ing state, were about 300 in number. The chief manufactures of Holland are linens, (many Manufac- of which, however, are made in Silesia) pottery and tares, painted tiles, woollen cloth, leather, wax, snuff, sugar, starch, paper, &c. At Haerlem, there are coHsiderable manufactures for the fabrication of fine linen cloths. Linen, dimity, satins, &c. which, though they have fallen off" considerably, in consequence of the war, and the mea- sures of Bonaparte, still give employment to a num- ber of workmen, and carry on a profitable trade with HOLLAND. 81 KaiWa ^ *0 m ^ BniMDt and Gtntmnj. Th* blmwhwin at Hwrlem • ~ have toBK been fainoas for ibe cMiaite whiteness >l(«;t>cha. which thejr give U> linen cloth*, Utife qtMntitie* of which M« aanualhr brought hither fiMm nil parts of the Nit^wl^Qili and Gemuaj to naJLergo thia operation ; and faafiw* the war between HgJiMiil anA BrilMa, and the inyravemcntt made in th* proe— <# Uncbing, bjr acana of the oxjmiUHtic ac^ miich «w am from Ireland and Scatlmd. The principal inhabitanta of AnManlaaa and other ne^^hbouroy plaoea, also send their linen to be waabad aad hlwpltfd at Haeriem. The aaperior whjtwwn of the hlaacWiaa ot thi* town 1* attribMtetl to lo^ne pociiliar quality ia tha watar of ^gg^ ^ l*kc of Uacrtcni. Some woollen do*b ia maoulae- ^a,^^ lured at Delft, and othar plaaa*. but htyima ia the •MO. priodnal ««at of this I m m A of ww fc taw ; bora iaa larft ouiklti^ fijr tmmktutg and timtitg tbo Tbu oao^Ciatiira ia at ffftati m • tiwy daavai •idfaoanuiijr ago, Umm wn — aa^ >ai» ^ y l ii of 100,000 pmcm: and owtajr warkmaa wara mnftof^i- Tt«» in all Hwilaad, at the htfinmim mt the ISlh catwT, anuuntrd to about HOOJOOO mtem at hfOMl doth. aetve*. baiac^ «iift. Ice. w hawa s ia the year 18M, tbor did nut cacrni -jo noo ptaoo* : and io IWM, tiM whole nanufaotur' anowt U 400UQ0O ell* of dotb. TLe cflccu - : — . tlocajr veto stiifciaiiiy cvinoad at Laisdca, «be pnynlatiwi of vbiob tai tnm 00^000 to 90,000. TbciiaMifiictwwaf Ibkdiydonat even in tbair nost iooriabinc «awlili«l, to hMPO b the fincnoas of tJi»ir atlidatk iholwMof but their coaiaa dot^ tmmti a nent. anU the Eaat and Weat Mia them rtady naaribtta in iJhr atb« oaaMcb af llbe olabo. At the cDOHMrco of HoUnd dadaod; tiMt of Britain inoenaad. apd dif t^mttmrnmni YiifciMii aiiiiltod tba p iti f a; ii iiiof l iffaiaf i>afaiatariari«a4p«rn>art tatj^iw^of liiliii 1. on tbo »ato o/lby » . wiPm w Ii— i , ■ i m whieh it apfwanthat n ii | i i i wotban aw bi ngtohnn iu ii tbo Dotdi wool, by tbo intradnariaa aT Marioo^baep. and to revive tba wooUan ■MMfttlnrat of Leydan. The pendentlj of thoae whidi have pradiicad a general de< HoIUqd- cay of wannfartiiraa and romaaarrr in HoUiLnd, are the ' - • '- inMoenaa qpMMlitiea of poroalain which, for a century and a half, ha«e been imported in Europe t'rom C^hina ; and the rival manuf.tctures which, during that time, have been oMaMiohod in Germany and England. The aarthcn wara «f fit a lordshiie waa aome yeara ago ao amah a ppw w od of in Holland, that the statca gaoml, in aadar to protect tha nanufiKtunars of Delft from ab- ■olaNa rain, were obliaad to lay duties on ita inportatian into th* lapublic, wbicb were ao aevera a* to anutunt almoat to an entire prohibition. Glass, especially riaaa GIsm. tojN^ are nada in several parts of Holland. The (^aaa- bmiie in Bottardaaa waa loraieriy da a med tba beat in tki SerflB PrMriMea. It made a wwabar of alaM top and anaaaalled bowla, which ware o ap aa t ad to ipdia, finr cbioa ware, and oliiar ariantal com* tba nauranal nnaetiaa at amokiag pj.^ ■ay nannniy no aitppoaaa nac ia a naiad ■aaaftrtnw of thaat at Sauda ; tfaay oeat, and a very enlenaioa trade of atL They make mn in the nai^bour- boad «f thia city a vaat quantity of bnelca and hlaa, the kitar ptinonatiy what are called Dntcb tBae. At E»> rlinwai, Mit faro«||bt ftom Brittany ia aefinad. Taa b w a u a a aaid diatiUatMa ia HoUmmI ai» Bivvaisi DaM. Oanda. aad Muydan are ^^ dutak. fcr tbdr beer. The boar made "**■ J an keraay- maaaUaaturers of thia eiqr tr* CSivUMi fv beantf. and excellent q^4i|)r4fliMk n^TM; audi ftaai a bmim i in tbo tb^L^badrMfiiiiltfcgaldan tl>« Urda dalb. Tbia rrport ah^ givaa aonM fa». ft ^D t Jli j pi r aa nf lim ot»ar brancbaa of w n a llM — wi- Min jp ItollaniL Ba0mg Aim. CmHy imported arm £pgla»i. aaama to have been omdo at Amator. day i ^ b b a iltrt i of Laytlan are mentioned as of ai. ccOcat mnUttft and tba ailrcr |iba of benonr aaama to have be«t cpnftnpd en the caad« Ml naiaa During ilie toariahii^f atate of Holland, Saar. 3am, wbar* Viba the Oraat arqutrod a peartical know- ledge of the art of ithip- building, derived great wealth from that trade ; but it u now almost annihilated. The miafalhnaimi manufiMtarm of Hollane oil mills ire numerous. The cordage made in Holland is very good ; and Dutch paper, particularly cartridge paper, is still exported in very great quanti- ties, even to England, though we now rival or excel tliem in the miiiiufacture of fine writing paper. Tlie preparation of diamonds, th&t is, the cutting, polish- ing, and grinding of them, is confined to Amsterd.im, ■wtiert many artists are employed for that purpose. I'he nmiiufacture of skaits is also of some consequence in fJolland. Cummerce. The United Provinces were formerly pre-eminent in commerce; and die province of Holland, from its greater extent, population, and riches, as well as from its possessing near all the sea-ports, enjoyed nearly the whole of this commerce. Long before the French Revolution, however the trade of the United Provin- ces had begun to decline ; and the circumstances of that tremendous event may be said to have utterly an- nihilated the commerce of Holland. While it lasted, it was carried on principally with France, England, ■Spain, and Portugal, the Levant and Mediten-anean states, Russia, Sweden, and Denmark ; and with Ger- jnany by means of the Elbe, the Rms, the Weser, the Hhuie, and the Meuse. The inland trade with Germany, by the canals and the Rhine, is almost the only branch which has escaped the ravages of war. Of this, the most remarkable feature consists in the vast floats of timber which arrive at Dort from Andernach and other places on the Rhine. The length of these rafts is from 700 to 1000 feet; the breadth from 50 to 90; and 500 labourers direct them, living in a village of tim- ber luits erected on the rafts for their reception. The navigation is conducted with the strictest regularity. On their arrival at Dort, the sale of one raft occupies several months, and frequently produces upwards of aeao.OOO sterling. The commerce of Holland was ei- ther transit or direct. The articles of direct commerce were supplied either by her agriculture, such as butter, cheese, &c or by her m;mufactures, as prepared drugs for meditine, dyeing, &c linen, woollen cloth, paper, &e. ; or they were supplied by her East India posses- sions and her fisl\eries In return, Holland received either what was necessary for her own consumption, particularly corn, or those articles which she again distributed over the rest of Europe. In the year 1807, nearly one million pounds of •-ilk were imported into England from Italy through the medium of Holland. ropulation. "^he province of Holland is extremely populous; perhaps more «o than any other part of Europe. In the year I i 1 5, it contained only 45,000 houses. In the year 1732, the number of hoil^es was increased to 163>62 De Witt, in his wtjrk on the true interests In I6ii. of Holland, informs us, that, in the year l622, the Slates laid a poll tax upon all inhabitants, none except- ed but strangers, prisoners, and vagrants, and those that were on the other side of the line; yet were there found in all South Holland no more than 481,934, although the instructions of the commissioners ap- pointed for that purpose were very strict. The follow- ing are the particulars, as registered in the Chamber of Accounts : Dort, with its villages 40,523 Haerlem, with its villages . . . 69,648 Delft, witfi Us villages ..... 41,744 Leyden and Rhineland .... 94,285 Amsterdam, and its villages . , . 115,022 Rotterdam, and its villages Gouda, and its villages Gomichem, and its villages Schietlam, and its villages . Schoonhoven and its villages Brill, with its villages . . The Hague Heusden 28,339 24,622 7 585 1 0.293 10,703 20, 1 56 17,430 1.144 481,93* De Witt supposes that West Friesland, or North Hol- land, might have the fourth part of the inhabitants of South Holland, or 120,483, which, added to 481,934, would give 602, H 7 as the total population of the pro- viiif;eof Holland in the year 1622. This, however, in the opinion of I )e Witt, was far below the truth, and he raises the number to 2,400 000. This mu.st be an exagge- ration; and it is given here, only for the purpose of adding De Witt's calculation of the proportions of this number, engaged in different employments : according to him, 450,000 were employed, directly or indirectly, in the fisheries : 200,000 were supported by agricul- ture, inland-fishing, herding, hay-making, tuH making, and by furnishing materials for these operations : 650,000 in manufactures : 250,000 in navijration and trade: 6,50,0(iO in miscellaneous employments; and 200,000 gentry, magistrates, soldiers, &:c In the year 1732, the population of Holland certainly did not ex- ceed 98(1,000. In the year 1796, an estimate of tlie In 1796. population of the Seven United Provinces was made by order of the National Assembly, which we shall give entire, for the purpose of comparing the popula- tion of Holland with that of the other provinces. Guelderland, in the towns, 64,994 in the flat country . . . . 15d,S34 217,828 Holland, in towns 495,017 in the flat country .... 333,525 828,542 Zealand, in towns 39,978 in the flat country 42,234 82,212 Utrecht, in towns 45,204 in the flat country ..... 47,600 92,904 Friesland, in towns 44,824 in the flat country .... 116,689 161,513 Overyssel, in towns 41,805 in the flat country .... 93,255 135,060 Groningen, in towns, 23,770 in the flat country .... 90, ;85 114,555 Tttf ceuBtry of Drent, in town* . . . 5.789 in the flat countiy SS,SSS HOLLAND. 83 Dntcb firauant, iii the townt . . iu the flat country 89,672 ♦S,711 1 J'.', 166 808.177 T*tdr n^ till ^ftMt ef the ante ■leryiatwo.dlwdaiea thai the faaeaent. To Ihe epartaraef the ■apiiaiil ream a oaaoMaiy fixedeaaall ornate the mnraawa of heitiag ep weed and torf, and thaw caita aoaatinMe have gro- Ihe a . In the large ami I town*. It ftwaently happoM* that wouM grace tne aar„ nofl«her vi<>*< fron their windoai I ■ppam^ that epert> ■I of a prince, nave Um the dead waU* of a warehoufe. uaed a a magaaine fur stock-fish, skins, tobaocoi, Ac. so that the eje may turn from the works — 'Y'"' of Ruben* and Titian to these disagreeable and dis- gusting object*. The custom of aaoking is co prevalent in Molland, smoldnf. that a genuine Dutch boor, instead of describing the distances of places by miles or hours, ays, they are so many pipes asunder. Thu*. a man may reach Delft from Rotterdam in four pipes ; but, if he goes on to the Hague, he will smoke aven during the journey. Ad- joining to their theatre* is a room where refreshments are to oe lold, and here the lovers of tobacco re«ort, to aaoke their pipes between the act*. Their rigid atten- tion to tWanfinea, and b^[otted attachment to smoking, jointly give ria to a moat i n conv e nient and disgusting cnatoa. After dinner, there i* placed on the table, along arith the wine and glasses, a spitting-pot, which is handed round a r^ularly a the bottle. AH Dutch- men of the lower daaa* of aociety, and not a few in the higher walk* of life, carnr in their pocket the whole appantna that is neoea^ary for smoking : a box of enoiw moos sixe, whidi frequently oontain* half a pound of tobacco; a pipe of clay, or ivory, according to the fan- cy or wealth of the poaacssor ; if the latter, be carries also instromenta todcaa it; a pricker to remove obstruction* ftan the tnbe of the pipe ; a cover of braa wire for the bowl, to pi e r em the aahcs, at aperk*. of the tobecoo ftoa flying oaf; and aa a e t iiii H a tinder-box, or bottle of pheapheras, to procore fire in case none is at hand. When a woman b brought to beJ, a bulletin it*toiTient <^ the heahh of the aiother and chikL This bulletin is fastened to a board, omamentrd with lace, according to the circaaeaaoa of the person lying in ; and aerva to answer the iaqairia of (head*, and to prevent unne- oaaary laia aaa the houa. ^^'hm a prrsnn of cnn- seoaaaee isdaiwaaaaly ill, a bulletin of health is gene- rally affixed to mir hciua ; but, unlr«t it is a child-bed case, the board is not ornament' d with lace. I'he women in HolUnJ, in general, are lovely rather VTann. than b eaut iful ; in their person* they are well tormed ; ylexiaia are Cur, and tlicir I'eatum regular, but their caialenaiius sre inanimate. Women are aherta>4ived in llolUiul than men ; and after twenty- five amaaBy low all their beauty. Ihe matuigcmcnt of chSdran a vay absurd and injudicious. I'he air of the CM iu i tfy is regarded a so prejudicial to them, that fiw the first I " • ■ . e months they are never taken abroad; and. .!ii» period, the windows of their rOMnta aa kcitt invariably shut. Their diea con- p,,^ ^ ia flannel ranen, girt very tightly about tlieh- bo- chiUta. dies, and Ihca ro! ' «a (bar tii^a round the hady of tlie mfiuit, and latened with nins at it« feet. The ua of water is rigoroasly denied Uiem. Thu« ma- naged, they are sickly, (qualid dbjerti Cliildren, par- ticularly females, are fivquently indulged in the pemi- cioaa uoe at e^atftpted*, or stove*, without which a DntckwoiBai CDtud not exist, and this adds to their un- whulcaane appearance. Wc may remark, hy tlie bye, that the advanca of Britain in civiliaatiosv and useful knowledge, are perhap* in no instance mo«« dccinu-uiMU, than in the improved management of Slany of our readers roust remember the , vvlien British children were almort universally clothed and treated a Dutch children itill are. The female drca, socfa a it wu gtacrally worn in &k HGLrL AN D. HoUond. IT(>ll.tml nearly two centuries since, ifi not unfrequently *-^ '■"'^ siill seen on the cl:nighters of the ancient stock of Ancient fe- biirj;licr8. The hiiir is bound close to the head, and male dres.<. covered with a small nnornamented cap, with large plates of thin gold projecting from eacli side of the forehead, and a plate in the midille ; ponderous ear- rings, and necklaces of the same metal ; gowns of thick silk, heavily embroidered, and waists of unnatural length and rotundity ; hats of the size of a small Chi- nese nmbrella, gaudily lined witliin ; sometimes these hats are set up in the air like a spread fan ; yellow slippers, without quarters at the heel. Children and wiM\ien of seventy are frequently seen in this preposter- ous dress. Tiie Women of rank or fortune are very fond of ornamenting their dress with rare and valuable jewels. These, as well as the gold plates worn by the lower orders, are of great antiquity, and are most care- fully handed down from generation to generation. Diuch Ian- The Dutcli language is evidently of Gotliic origin, guage. but it is little known out of the United Provinces. Dutch literature will lie more properly consiilered in the article Nf.thkri.ands ; where, indeed, every thing relatinu. mcerter; batihia laa ii i a g t haviny bean annullad bj the I'ope, she married, in H99, Borttim, aladtfaalder of HolUnd. Bat havinir no c fci ldrta bjr aaj at bar haibanda, Philip tba Good. Dike «f Bar g i m d y , who wat her fiivt cou- ilmfltMgtt her lo fira optae adminittration and go> vvnoMOtaf bcr ttatea.aaaat her death inherited thno. S«en afterwardi, HeMand, with the other Urge powaa •iana of the Houaa of Burjpindy, fell bjr mamaf^ to tk* HoMe of Aottria. It* history, from thia period, BMt ba aaadkl iot omltr the article NcTHKRLAKOt. 8b9 AHMMlDar MOOtHtttt ^ iMmtum^ by R. Meterlecarap, IMM; Dv Witfa Tme Imreat of iMtmmd ; Sir Wi|. liam Tcwpl^a Ohterttttitm* om ih« NtAtrUmlM ; Mrs Radcliffir-a Jottmw tkromgk IhUand •• I79» ; A Tmtr lAfmg* lAe B mS kia u tbrnUk fa 1800. by R. PaB. (^.•■) HOLLAND, New. an iiland m the Smib TtaAe which Miaa* y a g i ap ba ia have calM • canti> in ! !■ ■ I iif rncnt. Ita aaitial oudine ilothalofaapbcr<iiai^ It boiiili Notoaia Caflain of abariuBax; smI ka hvm Cape York on the fai 99* iO^ aovtblatf. oaBadtbaGml I bspoatd by tbe al an aaaiy ■ariod ; , , toaherittMilMianto Mr Pinkattaa. and to Terra AnainHi by neither of which will ptohsbly ba i iw n i i atd the vmaeh wbicb tbay tu mi n ani W ; m, k n M mtt. Van n!nnen% De Witf a, Dnibacbi'a or CarcardX B^' - >•*• in'a land, an dar nortb aMi iraal. and ^ land ontbaaaatb. Tbvcaal oomt wmaarveycd^emerally by Captain C«ek, awl edM New South Wake; and the pOTtfaa ftwi Ch» How*, the aooth^eaal rmvmity, Mnyta'a AwMpahp o. wbafv the raeofnitmi of that M OTppaaad to ba^^ toNnyta' <^ ■ Mippamii w oeve lennMMlMli ocrapyme n 7rOand MM) milea, waa mnbiad by lyEntoi^ «.C:apliiBFIiBdats, and M.BHdbi,aad alto HMM N«e Hanaad ia begirt wiUi Alvfrpottion aftbecnnt is roeln ar rftoali, or tbe nitiplluw AmmiM of the •bwta; bM tbe frcMar part i« low and amiy, eitaBiit. ng a baRtn aapact. A few lofty hMdIanda pMeet «>*• ibaaaa; bam and harboore an rvaly to be sMn, and navigable nwm are •earedy yM dhmund. Tbe northern oaMieiBdntHl by tbe imaanaeMlf of Car> P»«»»^«^«^*«f **■»•■• ta ••«•«•»■» t& entrwer, and pcMtratbur BOO toBn faMetlie land; which, al- tbMgb it ia rwWy laM dMvn in the D«cb chart* of tte I7th erntnry, waa Cr« eanplMaly eniarwl by Oipiabi Flinden in iSOt. Sbwin Biy. wtm« Dam. jjjnm^tni ^J^j^wM.lalrir to«wtahi«l by the there are several lea Kins George'* Sounil on the south coaat, as Tort Philip, wul Wcstcrn-port, at the second of which a Dritish settlement xms at- tempted in ISOt. On llie cast coast, Bi • is the moat important, from the flouri^hini; e~t iit connected with it ; and two other iiileu of a ditierent deacriptioa on the south coaat merit notice, fron: being aoppoaed the entrance to some great ri\-fr dividing New Holland asmider. One of the^e, CHlled Bona- parte's Gulf by the French, and Speiicer's Gulf by the English, 48 mile« wide at the mouth, penetrate* the land 185 miles, terminating in a point exactly op- poalte to the bottom of the Gulf of Carpentaria. The other, separated flvm it by York'x PniinsuUi, of which tbe otrcrae point lies in I.s6° S'i* Vmi Longitude, is of wnillfr rtimwiriiin i Thetideflowk40milesupHawkes. boTT r^- — •■filing into Broken Bar, near Port Jack- son! I is navinhle by the wgeat resaels, and still tartiirr l.y those rawing nine ftet water. It ia the moat important river hitherto seen in New Holland ; and tma the Hooding* ahore, sooetimes overflows those paru of tbe banks 40 or 60 fcet above iu ordmary ierd, theteby committing great devaatatioo. King Vranmi'* Mrer, on the wcat eoaat, is now conjectured to be Htde more than a creek, whoae narrow entrance ia ofaahractcd by rocka. Nothing can- l>e more rapnUre than the bleak and dreary appearance of thooaanda of miles occupied by tbe ahoraa of New Holland. Tbe earth is |wirched, anmlcd, and animal lifb aaeaae incapable of ■nppartad. ft«n tbe unirarad aoarci^ of aubaisu Ita low, niftifni and starfle aipact n mdi, that HollMlll. .Sew. be SO deep. And many cenerir* the whole haa only bean raoently i«> claimed tram tbe sea. Nor is it so with the continent- al part of New HolUnd akme; for. amkl«t the nume> voM iskmds on the south, " mKfaing smiles tn thr ima> ginatkn ; the soil ia naked ; tbe baareiM l> re and doDdles*: the wave* agflatad. but \>s >«1 galea. Man teams to have fled these ungratrtui rp> glens ; and the navigator, trrrifled by dangers incaa- sandy ranewvd, turn* aaide hia waaiy eyes from the mtserable •horea.'* Vet, admitting that tne exterior ia of Utrr ori|;in, we mown ; where lofty moantains, wide rivers, tnd ihiik fmcsts, may all be Orouent A gmicr pardon ia unexplored than equal to tne cotmo of th« fangMl river in the world ; and pdnibly ita ittimmm mmj be reerirtd in lakes, disilniiwl b> tub* terr an eo u a cbanitcU, or absofbed in andy oeaartt. We ara aware, indeed, that, in the warmer Huaates, iaUitds, which are tbe work of as inconsidanable insect, arise in tbe aoaa ; that iher become a retting phee for bbtb ; «l a« W|i M hi an «d fcr tilliaii o u follow ; the seeds of pinta are eonveyad thither, — ' f-r deddooos parts of VMMbles are not slow in i new loiL Nei- tlMT n it i mprobable that vo)c.iii covered ncer the sorface. Colonrad ptedoot atone* are ahondd to bavt b— foond in illl>fil inila, brt we d> 86 HOLLAND. HoUand, New. Botany. Aaimals. not know whether tlieir precise quality has been ascer- tained. In so far as the country is yet explored, the vegeta- ble creation is diffused more rarely than under corre- sponding latitudes, and fewer products are convertible to the use of mankind. It is disclosed only in scanty patches, where the soil has underjfone amelioration ; and there it appears in all possible variety, from the coarsest grass creeping on the ground to forests consisting of trees of immense girth and altitude. It is said of the eastern parts, that " all the plants of this country are evergreens, and numbers of them are to be seen covered with blossoms at all seasons of the year.'' M. Leschenault remarks, " that in the districts hitherto visited, and especially the western coast, there have never been found in great masses, either the majes- ty of the virgin forests of the New World, the variety and elegance of those of Asia, or the delicacy and freshness of the woods in the temperate countries of Europe. Vegetation is in general dark and sombre; it resembles the shade of our evergreens or copses. Fruits are for tlie most part ligneous ; the leaves of al- most all the plants are linear, lanceolated, small, coria- ceous, and spiny. This peculiar texture springs from the aridity of soil and climate; and it is doubtless ow- ing to the same causes that cryptogamous plants are so rare." Most of the plants of New Holland consti- tute new genera, and those belonging to genera alrea- dy established are almost as many new species. Their numbers and variety are amply described in the works of M. Labillardiere and Mr Robert Brown, to which we shall refer for ^illustrations. A plant approaching the qua- lities of |J,cofree has been found, two species of tobacco, and a kind of indigo. Odoriferous gum exudes co- piously from a tree abundantly disseminated, which is used for difierent purposes by the natives, and has gained some credit among the settlers for curing dy- senteiy. Wood of beautiful colours, fit for the finest cabinet work and inlaying, is common ; and other kinds have been employed in building vessels. But amidst the great diversity of plants, only some small berries, a few roots, and leaves, have yet been found which are suitable food. The climate of New Holland is parti- cularly noxious to European fruits, as most of those in- troduced have speedily perished. Grain, however, succeeds admiiably, producing a certain and luxuriant harvest, though the soil for the most part is soon ex- hausted, and some of what was once brought under culture is now completely abandoned. A field equally new is presented in the animal world, where an infinity of beings are beheld on this continent, its shores, and islands, that never were seen before. Mollusca are so numerous, that, on one of the latter, the French voyagers collected 180 species. Great shoals of whales and dolphins fill the seas, but in many parts they are rare. The phocse are so multi- plied, that profitable fisheries have been instituted for their skins and oil, though it is so indiscriminately fol- lowed in destroying the young as to threaten the extir- pation of the genera. Among birds, the black swan, cassowary or emu, mountain eagle, and menura, are the most remarkable. The first, which is black as jet, except two or three white feathers of the wings, covers the lakes and rivers in flocks during the greater part of the year. The emu is seen both on the conti- nent and the islands; and there is sometimes found an enormous nest, two or three feet in diameter, belonging to an unknown bird, perhaps of the flamingo kind. Quadrupeds are exceedingly rare, both in species and Hollanil, New. numbers, compared with the extent of the country. Besides the dog, which is akin to the shepherds' dog of Europe, and never barks, it is supposed that another car- ~ v — nivorous animal of somewhat larger size approaches the coast, which has not been seen. The members of the last French expedition having prepared to pass a night on Edel's land, inform us, that " suddenly a terrible roaring froze us with terror ; it resembled the bellowing of an ox, but was much louder, and seemed to come from the neighbouring reeds." Most probably this was an alli- gator, both from the sound and situation. The greater proportion of the quadrupeds of New Holland, though absolutely new and unknown in other parts of the world, belong to the opossum tribes. Those attract- ing most attention are the kangaroo of various species ; the wombat, and a singularly formed creature, the pa- radox or duck-billed ant-eater. The first is hunted for the sake of its flesh ; the second has been domesti- cated by the settlers ; the third, an amphibious animal, is now found more abundant in the late excursions which have advanced furthest into the interior. Per- haps we should add to the brute creation those in- troduced into New Holland since the year 1788. Three cows and a bull having strayed into the forests, propag.ited there, and many thousands of wild cattle are seen in great herds, which it is dangerous to approach. Sheep and swine have succeeded well, but the coun- try proves unfavourable to goats. So little of New Holland has 3-et been explored, as to admit a strong presumption of many interesting accessions to zoology in addition to what it has already received. The most striking peculiarities are beheld in that Inhabitants portion of the human race who inhabit these regions. In stature, the New Hollander is of the middle size ; with a large misshapen head, slender extremities, and the belly projecting as if tumefied. The colour of the skin is reddish at birth, and then deepens almost to African blackness ; but this is not uniformly so, and some are only of the copper or Malay cast : the hair is long and black, not woolly ; the nose flat, nos- trils wide, and the mouth immoderately large, with thick lips. These, added to bushy eyebrows, and other characteristics, give the natives a remarkable appear- ance : Dampier, who says " they are of a very un- pleasing aspect, having no one graceful feature in their faces," seems inclined to doubt whether they should be ranked with the human race ; and Mr Collins instances " one man, who, but for the gift of speech, might very well have passed for an oran-outang : he was remark- ably hairy ; his arms appeared of an uncommon length : in his gait he was not perfectly upright, and in his whole manner seemed to have more of the brute and less of the human species about him than any of his countrymen." Yet the physiognomy of the New Hol- landers is not disagreeable ; nay, it is said, that the de- licacy which is to be found among white people, may be traced on the sable cheeks of their females. Suste- nance being so scanty, and clothing never employed, a decided effect is seen in the want of physical strength, and the consequences of perpetual exposure. In their persons all are filthy ; the regular ablutions of many eastern nations are not performed, and the disgust of strangers is heightened by the custom of both sexes rubbing fish oil into their skins as a protection against the legions of insects swarming around them. Tattoo- ing, so general in the South Seas, is not practised by the New Hollanders ; but they have a mode of raising tubercles on the skin, and both sexes ornament them- selves with scars on the breast, back, and anus. The HOLLAND, 87 abling ttie feet of animalt, ^*** being nwd* bj the dura edge of • shell, and kept •^-" ■ ■"" open, the ikin form a urge aeam in healing which Tnh-Wt-n'i is verr ilirtnTgiitfh***'* in youth, but i« ahnost totally efiaced by age. Men have the septum of the no«e per- forated to reccire a bone, and are subjected to the ez- Uactionof soase of the iixiBt teeth when the^ attain the MB ef paberty ; and the wooicn are dennved of the Sat t«« joinu ct the little Saner of the left hand. Their permial omemsnU are not BamcRtus, eooeisting of the teeth of beasts or mankind glned to their hair, feather*, and the tail of the dog : and certain tribe* di- i^de their hair into paroda, matted together with giun inlopwtiaBslikc tbethraauof a moil. Themenako omamait theBselrca previous lo a dance or combat, with bread Mibcs af white paint, used entirely acct>rd. inc to taste, wtthont any definite fathion. " NMne," Mr Cdlinaobstfves, " whan d rew r at ed in their best man- ntr, leaked padectly horrible: nadm^ eaoU appear mora terrible than • black and diimal fiMe, with a large white drde drawn round each ejre." All arc absoliitclj naked : Some of both sexes wear the akin of the kangaroo around their shonlden as a rleffapea ffiotit the weaUkcr, but Car no otiier nnrpose. A ftw of toe men alM mo with a cMle about tae loins, but the natwal aiaae of the whofa it aheeiule nmHtr, and akay wiUi it. oeiiiM any senae ti shame Niiiilhalaw, riolelioas of ( tjtjr wem inteitaiy more iinruaimim than where a fisfl propartioa of clothing is used Their habitations are of the meat niisrrahli doacriplion, the beat being < very kmg pMoas of barm bent m ancn a mannee, the ends stack into the ground, as to wasmbli iIm roof of a bum. Msby have no other aballer thai rsdut or trcM. or eron hoMS in the earth. TiM subaslsiioe of thoM hithnto savi on the Utant, m thlktj lah: they also leed oa a kind of lanra, or wana, lorfciqg u»> der the bark of trees, which is siiisniiilj divnstnig to the view, hat t i p d > id a mat dalieacy ; aao tiary ao* daavour to msuati wild aakaak. Captata FHndew found a mee at Kmg Ceorga^a Soand. who eaeoMd to live more br huiitiBg thaD lihiiig ; sad tho* are ii». rtha woada aaitb«wast af Betaay Bay, who a parte of the An toot aad nts braised to. ysthar. The arU are hare ia the krwast Mimei : unknown, aD the I in the masM af "H oTborfc althebetlam Tha, KlMa» or ■ffw#il of the Gulf of Cefpen t aria. the laigaat of all. are thir. tcaa Ceet sad a half laag. by two aori a half htuad. But man* of the trftee seam qaite uaaaqaahMed with thaak Same tribm have also scoop iMts aad eamsMa ortaferi rf ii ng ; oae of the latter ao lamdaaMtMt lo^ awl thyae hwad, ran sii timi af hsger w is h m sad *«najfir twme thaa aay Baglisb twiae, WM at C S si hua ts ba^ an the east ccMt. Their woodea laaesa, woodca ewon One ef their firiang implaMBis is a fbur-poiatad In reganl to social is none : all we caa ■ fiunilic*. the oldcat riority over those ii There i« no arknowl law*, cteept those of prwaliL there iii, that'they arv divided kilo of which daaas a supe> hiw. of chieft; nor are anv it Hollud, Sew. is bv this means that even their marriages are accom> plished. Instead of the courtship, suit, and persuasion employed in other countries, the object of aesire, ee- nerally of another tribe, is felled to the earth with a >l»nner» club, in some rtrnote situation, and dragged in a state ""'""W"*- of insensibility to the ilwelbng, if such it may be called, of the hnslMind. She becomes his wife, and frequently remains attached to him ever after. Sometimes, how- ever, a more favoured lover i:i found, for whom the husband ia deserted ; and many of the men do not con* fine themselves to a single wife. Their offspring is named after some visible object, a quadruped, a bird, or a fish ; and female* are m the earliest infaiic}- sub- jccted to that mutilation of the little finger above re- ferred to. Women are held in great subservience. They are the victim* of all the barbarity which the su- perior power of savages can inflict, as is too incontes- tibly proved by the innumerable scars by which their bodies arc covered. The New Hollanders either bum or bar>- thrir dead ; and in general if a mother dies, while suckling her infant, it is burie able dexterity. The otiject of this custom it altOMther mmftaiB ; it haa been supposed a tribute whidi one tribeeooM exact of another ; but there u not tuflicimt evitlenoe that this i« the case. The custom is, however, wid ely , though not universally, diffused. Daropieraffimt of those en the north-west coast, that " the two fore teeth of their upper jaw are wanting in all nf thrm, men ■ad woaeen, okl and young." Captn , r* saw ia t H eMaals at the south- wert rstrem. ijd pre- all their teeth. However, around the tcttle- at Port Jackson, there are no ncrptions. Here it ia the right finoottoeth w! -racted. On the aerth eoaat, it is the left; an (lulf of Cari>en- taria the men eeen by Captain Fiindera lud lost both. We do not know whether tne loss of atembert be deem- ed tlibatary aaMiig any notion where it it prsctisad ; bat it has been LiMy asserted, that, mi tTu tleatli of the chief of the island of Owhyhee, r. Ae matt extract a tooth. Thccau^ofn . .it- tla filler of the women, according to • .is to avoid an eiiibariamiiiint which would i: .» ;:jc fiab> Another verr extraordinary cuttom it the exact mea- sure of retalietMn observed fur injuries. Thry have no Uwt: but bUiod must slwsyt be fol! ■ bliNid. If chiltirm when at play receive a f k rrtum it by tine of equal *■ — ^■- '' - — i. wmini. d. the aggiiettw itoomprl r totlic tlir<><>ing of the SuAtc^S spear, or timi <•! ,i|; siiil 't a man of one tribo tlMoUl Ite iit> bc^trti by tbaea of aaothv, MMtindividaal at tae latter imnt tot- H O L as Holland, (lergo a similar punishment. Yet there are many treach- ^'*' erous and midnight murders, and as savages sleep ex- ■""^ tremely sound, this is the moment selected for ven- klanncrs geaiicc. It rathcrs appears also, that the death of eve- (ndcustoms. ry individual, natural, accidental, or intentional, must be followed by shedding some person's blood. The dis- position of the New Hollanders, as described by one who should know them well, is revengeful, jealous, courageous, and cunning. " The inhabitant of Port .Jackson is seldom seen, even in the populous town of Sidney, without his spear, his throwing stick, er his club. His spear is his defence against enemies ; it is the weapon he uses to punish aggression, and revenge insult. It is even the instrument with which he cor- rects his wife in the last extreme ; for, in their passion, or perhaps oftener in a fit of jealousy, they scruple not to mflict death. It is the play-thing of children, and in the hands of persons of all ages. It is easy to per- ceive what effects this must have upon their minds. They become familiarized to wounds, blood, and death, and are repeatedly involved in skirmishes and dangers. The native fears not death in his own person, and is consequently careless of inflicting it on others " Ne- vertheless, it does not appear that the savages of New Holland are animated by the same treacherous ferocity as many of the neighbouring islanders. They are not cannibals : Strangers on the east coast, though surpris- ed when asleep, have escaped with impunity. On the north coast they are more ferocious ; but the san- guinary disposition of their European visitors may have sometimes excited the desire of revenge. The New Hollanders consist of tribes inhabiting different districts ; but contrary to what is known among all savages still less barbarous, the right of individuals to territorial possessions, which are trans- mitted by inheritance, is apparently recognized. The whole of this vast country seems inhabited only by a single race of people, intimately resembling each other in person, appearance, and manners, and who have not undergone the slightest change since Dampier's visit in the year 1688. In every different part that Eui'opeans have landed, however, a different dialect is spoken ; and these general conclusions are deduced from a number of instances comparatively small. Few natives consent to hold intercourse with strangers. Captain Flinders circumnavisated the whole coast of New Holland without having beheld a single woman from the time of leaving Port Jackson until his return. It has been conjectured, on very slight probabilities, that New Holland has been peopled from Papua. The natives of Botany Bay call themselves Gal, distinguishing their tribe or family by prefixing the name of the place which they inhabit. There is a tribe in Abyssinia designed Galla; the Highlanders of Scotland are denominated Gael ; therefore, without in. vestigating the source of affinities in name among peo- ple so remote from one another, we shall simply sug- gest, that Gal, Gael, or Galla may signify nothing more than people. The present race presents a morti- fying picture of mankind sunk in the lowest state of degradation, and, were we to judge hastily, we should say, they are incapable of civilization. The South Sea islanders have made wonderful progress in the arts and civilization, from the transient visits of Eu- ropeans. The natives of New Holland, who have witnessed the cultivation of the earth, the erection of houses, and the fabrication of apparel, for nearly thirty years imiaterruptedly, still go UAked, seek a precarious H O L subsistence, and shelter themselves under rocks, or in caves, from the stomi. Exceptions may be found, but they are only of a few individuals ; nor is any change ever to be expected, but in selecting otliers in the ear- liest childhood ; for so deeply rooted is their attach- ment to savage life, that a native carried to I'ngland, and supplied with every comfort, soon after his return stripped himself naked, and sought for greater enjoy- ments among his barbarous countr3'men. See Aus- TiiAr.AsiA, BoTANV Bav, and Diemen's Island, (c) HOLSTEIN See Dk.vmark, vol. vii. p. fii*. HOLYHEAD, is a sea-port and market-town of North Wales. It is situated on a small island, on the north-west side of die island of Anglesey, and denomi- nated in British Caer Ci/hi, or the fortified place of Cybi. The town consists of one principal street, with detached buildings. The collegiate, now the parochial church, is a handsome embattled cruciform structure, consisting of a chancel, nave, aisles, and transept, with a square tower, which supports a low flat spire. It ap- pears to have been built about the time of Edward III. An assembly-room and baths, and a large new inn and hotel, have lately been opened. There is also here a free-school, estabhshed in 17.57- This place seems to have been once in the possession of the Romans. On the summit of the mountain called Pen Caer Cybi, standsf a circular building, (called Caer twr.) 60 feet in dia- meter, supposed by Pennant to have been a watch- tower. A long dry wall, 10 feet high, in many places faced and quite entire, runs along the side of the moun- tain. The precincts of the church-yard seem also to be ancient. Three of the sides of the parallelogram consist of massy walls, 1 7 feet high and 6' feet thick ; the fourth is open to the harbour. At each angle is a circular bastion tower, and round the walls are two rows of round openings or oeillets, four inches in dia- meter, having the inside smoothly plastered. As the island on whicli the town stands is the point of land nearest to Dublin, regular packets are stationed here for the accommodation of travellers passing be- tween England aiid Ireland. The distance between Holyhead and Dublin is 20 leagues, a voyage which is generally performed iu 12 hours, though sometimes in six. In stormy weather the packets have sometimes been two or three days at sea. Six packets are in the constant employment of the Post-office. One goes out every day except Thursday, and returns next morning. These packets are well constructed and well manned, so that serious accidents very seldom happen. The harbour of Holyhead is formed by the cliffs un- der the church-yard, and a small island called Inys Cybi, on which there is a light. This harbour has been lately much improved. A pier has been built on the eastern side of it to enable vessels to ride at anchor in four fathoms of water. In connection with this improve- ment, a new road has been made quite acress the coun- try from Cadnant island, near Bangor ferry, to the har- bour, which saves seven miles. A new light-house has also been erected on a small island, or rather pro- jecting rock, to the w/sst of the head called the South Stack. The light, which is a revolving one, is about 200 feet above the level of the sea. In order to see tlie lighthouse, persons are wafted over by ropes in a kind of basket. The promontory, called the Head, is a huge mass of rocks excavated by the sea in- to the most magnificent caves, one of which, called the Parliament-house, is peculiarly fine. It is accessible only by boats at half ebb tide, and exhibits grand re- H O L 89 H O L Haly ea£ag mhMvttlSKiiimt thape*, wpported bjr magni- fidcnt piUan of rock. The promontory consisu of IoAt cun esmvated into Ur^e cmvems, which afford •belter to awarms of birtl*, auch a« pigcoiu, ^Ils, raaor billa. ravana. xuillemotat oonnoranta, and herana. The ft e ngii n a falooa ia found on the loftiest cra^a. As the ca|a tiwmmy of the above mcntioocd binb are coo- aa d et i ei oiM food, and are thcreTore in high re< |r of the people of the country cam their in the daQgCTCiaa nccupatiop of oollectin|> the^gpa. InordcetoaeoMnpCah their purpoae, a atrong atake la driven into the miand at a little diitancr from the edge of the dil*. anaa rope is tieil to it of raSdent length to reach the lowot neata. The adrentiurcr tica the rope aboat hie nuddle. and, with the coil on hia ana, he aeiaea it with bath banda, and gradoaliy de- ■Bfidi the diff, plaoag hia fret ^aiaat ila Mtae, nd BhiftiiHi hia handa with great caution. When he rcMJi- ca the Bcal, he helda bjr the right haod, and with hia left aeisn the wga, and plaoea them in a baakct OTcr 1^ ^M^ The ialand on which Holjrhaad atmla ta called Holy lakad. and reeetved thia naaae ftom the namber of p iaai peraona who were bvried Man it It coositfa chiciy of bare rock* and aterileaaada. In the southern pnt of it. near Ftmr Mik Bridge, ia a qwvry of aarw or BMfble, witaimng a men aaaianlhM. which dtvidaa thia iriawi A«a the fwt ia narrow, and " A lelcmn, hug«, and dark nd pile, Pbcnl on Um nutgio of the itie." Mabmiov. Holy laUiui. Holywdl. , slung The of Ai nbe fredad at rish road paaaai m hrid(e adied Ebjrd j iW. The fullawing ia the population af the 181 1 : Na. of iofaaUlad henaaa, 559 NoL ^ frniliee, 701 Da CBplc^rJ in trmAr aixl tnanufacture*, 496 Melaa,. . ... i "17 Fem a lra, J0*g Total population. aOtii 9m P^ — • • Tomrt and The Btmmtki ofEitgUmd mmd HOl.i .^i^.Np, iaan is l an d l i l a al fi ahaot twewilaa from the coast of N'orthaabahHl. bat bdkHing, ht all civil msUart. to the aNRMy of Dnrhani : (Sa« J)t/an»«. roL viii. p. 801. ooL 2.) It is sitiMtcd eppo> aite to the month 0/ the bfvak Lindia. fnm whidi it racrireJ the naaie of Liadfatena. Bv the Brilana it waa called /aa Mtdkmu. and bjr the EamlUk Holy laiiJ. fcaaa being th« leaiJiw ii mnS^ci the tL Am of the Celtic tkanh, id dao ftani hwaw been Iherpiaeapal ««t of the sea of Dmk$n dM&« the mtty agm a Chrittimthj in Britain. ThedMidlaf •ha aMnaalery ia ia raiaa. Ita aatth and aaalk walla « ana rtaadiag, thaogh they decline gtaatly ftnai the penandkalar. The caat wall ia fidlni. but grant part of the wrtt atiO laaiini. 1'he ardbca an in gcnnal atrictly Saaan. and tha piUara on which ihey rr* are short. Mronir. and eMMjr. The poiatad win- dows indicate that the bwlding baa bean m^ad at a m Om m mA prried. The Icncth of the body af tha cbarA ia ee fret : iu breadth 18 faal, ad SS feat in- da^ttfc the two aislaa. Mr Sdby. the proprietor of OieialafMl, has lately rapaiml the weakcal part of the walla. ThertoneaaaMarrcd with fire, and are wasted ■way aa aa to rrenaMa a bonrvcsnih. vaL. u. rsKT I. ia aad Tlie remains of the priory and offices stand on the south side of the monastery, the inside of the walls being built of whinstone, obtained from the rook, which forma a high natural pier on the south side of the i»lniid. The parish church, situated to the wVst or the monas* tery, is a plain but apadotis Gothic edifice. I'he pe> deMal of M Cutbbert's cross, once highly eateeuied, is now called the Pehing Stone Holy Island is aeceiiible at low water by all kinds of carriagea, though there is cons'' iTang i>riiiil|>a]ly iahabitad bjr-Aahermen. The harbour, ^ nail, liaa baftim the town and the castle, aiul mled byabittary. The caatla stands on sluHy »l>insiimerock oa the ioiilh laal part of the ialand, about (>o teit high. only in a narrow winding pans. It is generally gmiiaun ed by a drtaclimrnt nrini.ili.u The panab of Holy IsU' nd- shire, and eonUtaa tha ch-^ 1.^..^, Lv.Mid(, Aaeooft, and Tiiiiilmaalh Hd^ Island was aaada a biahop'a tee bv K-- '>.. wald m 6S5. In 6M. thcdMiroh was enlsr. waa oiUy OMiie of timber aad thatched ; ami, mi wj^, Eadberct, who was bishop for 10 yean, covrrrd the roof and walU with ahccta of lead. The Danes landed on the ialand in 799. and a second time in S'5, when B ii hri n Eardulph, along with the iahabitanta of tbis ialantC took up the body of .St CatUMtt, aad left tha ialand with aD their reixa and aacrad utenails. AAer • pi%ti wa g i af «««■ yean^ ihajr at last settled in tathantuntsin 1811. there were in Holy Na ^b i f af mh a bit a d hoosee 159 Do. cnploMd ia igrfcaltara 67 I^ fai tiada and aaaalMtBrrs .... «7 Totd pepafatiaa 675 Sea Seolt^ Manama, eaalo ii wbidi eonUins a fine poeticd i l m cnptiua of Holy IsUnd ; tb< nf Frnglamdrntd frelw.ToLuL p. 288 ; and Ii ...... n's Ilutory of Durham. HO'I.VWELL. or TacrrTimnic, ia a town of North Walra, in Fbiitahirr, which derives it* name from a re- markably fine spring, which n'..-. 3f the bottom of the hill just below the town. 1 f pleasantly situa* ted on the slope of a hill, aUK.i,i...,K m lead ore. which riaea beautifully above the town. The place is fkHirish. ing and wcjl built, and c^staU of one kmg street. H O L 90 H O M HolyweU. wliich is crossed by another near its centre of equal SeeT/ieBeauiiesof England and Wales, \o).x\ii.'p. 708, ^— -V*— cooclness. &c. Thechurch was built in the year 1769. It is a plain HOMANN, John Baptist, an eminent German neat building, with a square tower at the west end ; geographer and mechanic, and a very excellent eno;ra- but though It is furnished with a bell, yet, from its si- ver of maps, was born at Kamlach, a village of Suabia. tuation below the town, its sound is so inaudible, that on the 20th of March, 1663. His parents, wlio were it has been found necessary to summon the congrega- Catholics, intended that he should embrace the monas- tion by a person, who suspends a pretty large one from tic life ; but having repaired at an early age to Nurem- his neck by a leathern strap, and fixes a cushion upon berg, he became a convert to the tenets of Lutheranism, his knee. This moveable spire walks along eliciting and devoted himself to the art of engraving, particu- Bounds from the bell, whenever the cushioned knee larly that of maps, which he executed with a degree of strikes the instrument. There are other three places of correctness and elegance then very uncommon. His worship in the town, two for Roman Catholics, and one first performances of this kind gained him so great a re- fer Protestant dissenters. putation, that he was summoned to Leipsic, where he The spring called St Winifred's well is reckoned one was employed in engraving the maps to Cellarius' Or- of the finest in the kingdom. It was found by one ex- bh Antiquas. On his return to Nuremberg, he under, periment to discharge tvoenly-one Ions in a minute, and took to execute the maps to Scherer's Alias Novus, by another 84 hogsheads. In the course of nearly two which was published at Augsburg in 1710. In tlie miles from the source of the spring to its junction with year 170a, he established at Nuremberg a manufactory the Chester Channel, its water tlrives one corn mill, four of maps, from which there issued successively, speci. cotton manufactories, built in 1777, 1785, 1787, and mens to the number of two hundred. In 1719, hepub- 1790, a copper smelting-house, a brass-house, a foun- lished an yii/a« meMorf/cu*, for young persons, in eighteen dry, a large copper smithy, a wire mill, a calamine sheets. Under the direction, and with the assistance of calcinary, &c. The water boils up with great force into another able geographer, Doppelmayer, he also under- a well of a polygonal shape, covered by a colonnaded took the execution of an astronomical atlas, which ap- cupola, having its groined roof loaded with ornaments, peared, after his death, along with Doppelmayer's Ele- It IS supposed, but without much reason, to ha(ve been ments of Astronomy, in 174''2. Besides maps, he like- built by the Countess of Derby, mother of Henry VII, wise constructed small armillary spheres and pocket Near the well is a chapel in the pointed style, which globes, and a very curious and ingeniously contrived seems to have been built before the time of Richard geographical time-piece. III. This building belongs to Mr Leo of Llanerch, The scientific and mechanical talents of Homann and has recently been converted into a charity school, were deservedly held in high estimation ; and his merit A precipitous hill above the church was the scite of a was not suffered to languish unrewarded. He was pa- fortress belonging to Ranulph the third Earl of Chester, tronised by the Emperor Charles VI. who appointed No traces of the building, however, are now to be seen, him his Majesty's geographer; and also by Peter, the The great mining concern, called the Holywell Le- Great, of Russia. The Royal Society of Berlin admit- vel, began in 1774, and till lately was an unprofit- ted him a member of their institution. He died in the able concern. The level is carried horizontally for year 1724. The manufactory of maps, which he esta- the length of a mile into the hill, and serves both as a blished at Nuremberg, subsists to this day, and is still drain to the work, and as a canal for the delivery of the conducted under the auspices of his name. ore. Numerous vertical shaAs have been cut from this Homann is chiefly known as an excellent engraver horizontal archway, some of them in pursuit of the of maps ; but he likewise possessed a great deal of geo- mineral veins, and others for the purpose of ventilating graphical and astronomical knowledge ; and with an the mines. The products obtained from the hill are, active and enterprising spirit, he combined an inven- 1. Limestone; 2. Chertz or petrosilex, which is ground tive genius and uncommon mechanical skill. (2) for the use of the potteries ; 3. Lead ore of two kinds, HOMBERG, William, an eminent chemist, was via. cubic or dice ore, employed in glazing earthen born at Batavia, in tlie Island of Java, on the Sth of ■ware, and white or steel-grained ore, containing some January 1652. His father was a Saxon, who had en- silver; 4. Calamine, or ore of zinc; 5. Blende, another tered into the Dutch service, and obtained the command ore of zinc, called Black Jack by the miners. The of the arsenal of Batavia. Having left this settlement, lead ore sometimes brings from thirteen to fifteen pounds and gone to Amsterdam, he sent his son to the princi- per ton, and at other times not more than seven or pal universities in Germany and Italy, where he suc- eight pounds. cessively pursued the studies of law, anatomy, botany. An account of the copper and brass manufactures astronomy, and chemistry. He was admitted to the bar of Holywell has already been given in our article at Magdeburg in 1674' ; but having become acquainted FuNTSHiRB, vol. ix. p. 371. to which the reader is re- with Otto Guericke of that city, the celebrated inventor ferred. of the air pump, he devoted most of his time to the acqui- The following is the population abstract of the town sition of the sciences. He now went to the university of Holywell for 1811: of Padua, where he studied medicine, anatomy, and bo- tany. After visiting Rome and Bologna, where he dis- No. of inhabited houses, 1S13 covered the method of making the Bologna stone lumi- No. of families, 154I nous, he went through France to England, and labour- Families employed in trade and manufactures, 752 ed for some time with our celebrated countryman Mr Do. in agriculture, II7 Boyle. Returning to Holland, he resumed his anato- Males, 2925 mical studies under De Graaf, and took out his medi- Females, • 3469 cal degree at Wirtemberg. His passion for travel- — — ling, however, prevented him from settling to the Total population, 6394 practice of medicine. After visiting Baldwin and Homana, Homberg. H O M E. 9»» Kunkcl. and exthm^ag fotbcir BMCboda afprepwinc tb» minM oT Saumj. Haagur, He iMXt nturaMl through Holland to ot hi* chemical wcnta >, he riaited lia. and Sweden. I^ria, where he fbr tome time ; and when, at the deaire of Ua (hther.'he was about to leave the a aetwp u Ba, the gieal Colbert made him tucfa hi^ offitr* m the name vt^tm King, that he was induced to Mttle in Paria. H* embraced the Catholic religion in 1 689, and in the IM u m htg jcv he wa* dtainherited bjr hia father Tor banttgrcnouBeed thefioth orhkaaeoten. In 1685 he again went to Rome, wfaeiv he nnctiaed medicine fbr aome jrear* with great aveoeaa. On the 4tfa Pefam- ur 1699, he wa* admitted a luem bar ti the Acaderaj or Sdcscea, and wa* allowed the cnw ata n t uie of the iabemoty of the Acndcmj. The Doke of Orlcena, af. t e tw afi k Bcgcnt of France, erected a oiagnificrat U> beraftflvy hi 170>, and pst it under the charge of Ham- lowed Um a peniion, and in I7 work ; but he pKbliahwl mo Ikmtr then lot me- Ib the Ttlww ef tlM A«dcaij ef ben. HeaUowedl hMhiaif the 'At AMimiffir 1715. tricfcjr. See hia Eloge fai the Hilt. p. M. HOME. Hnar, Lord Kamw, «m ef th« of the Cottage of Jeaike ia ScdlBid. mA «a work, which comi«ted of a folio rolame of the Rt- imarkaUe DteUiom of the Court of. Session, from tlie year I"! 6 down to the period of it* publication, ap- peared in 17S8. Mr Home's manner of pleading wa* peculiar to himself. He never attempted to speak to the peaatoo*, or to captirate hi* hearers by the grace* of oratoiy ; but addreesed hinuelf *olely to the judgment of his audience; emptying a strain of language only a little elevated abore that of ordinary di*cour*e, which, even br it* familiar tone and »tyle, fixed the attention of the jud^, while it excited no suspicion of rhetorical artilioe. It would appear, however, that hi* ability lay mere in the devitinp; of ingeniou* arguments to sup. port hi* own aide of the qucatioa, a* an opening or leading coonael, than in reply ; for which he aeein* to have wanted that ready command of copiou* elocu- tion, which is neceeaary for extemporanrou* di*cu*Mon. There wa* one peculiarity attending hi* mode of re- phring which i* worthv of notice. This consisted in a nir conceaaicn aod abandonment of all the weaker pointa of hi* caaae. By yielding tbeae at once to his antagoniat, be laccecded in creating a ftvourable impres- sion of hi* own candour, and a perstiasion of the ttrength of hi* cause ; while, at the same time, he fVustratcd all attack on those weak parts, which might have given matter of triumph to his opponents, and had a prrj'uli. cial inflaancc oM the more MHid ground* of hi* plea. But the ftatm* by which Mr Home waa principally distin- pvirfwd aa a barrister, conaisted in the faculty which bora ia the year Ifljgfi. Hi* Kaokte, waa ■ gaatlaMi of aa family, theagh of aaall fhrtaaa, ia the wick ; hia mother waa ■ of HiiiaalaM, He waf«dBai>d uiliilily 171*. he waa beaad by faJ ent aw to enend the ) the eoanty of Ba^ of Mr WiTMiiihea of a wrter 10 the dgaeC fa Edtahargh, atap to VkmttBAaf upea the pro> •a a _ _ ^ a wrftar or aoBcitar beiire die draaaastaaer, h u w a im , anww itf a tn- hla vieWt; aad he liiflaeil to the aiaialiidud acoiuariun ef a.writer, aad aaalil^ hiaiiilf far Um tmdJaut ttm aJaacf. With net vtew. he tcaalwd to aapaly, bv aaaUaaae aniKca. tioB, the dellMto ef Ua faaperfcct edacatian : aad to ae. if fcglj faaaaad the atady of tto aadeM aad aw- dem kagaagaa; while, aft the aaaie thac, he •d to aeqaira a c uaip iieiit kaaviadg* of the Hia etteatiea aaona to hava heea pailhidarly (fiiaeced toward* aiataahf lical hismhiAaw, fcrwhich, throagh- oat the whole eaam ef bb tilK he ni laH i in e d ad*. ^^J^Jt ■ - - »^* — ^ — la the rear I T>4, Mr bar, wMa waa, at thai j IT>«. Mr Hoaw waa called to the Seattkh I period, graced with the trfMrta faditUaela. «iie aftcrwarda roee to the fnt fa their iiiulfaiiuii. Ahheach hia knowledf^ aad he piainaid, fa a hMk^if..., _ talent* of an fa g ti aai r iaie n er ; Mr Home ww net gifted with theee ddafag power* af oratory, which ■to c alca l ate d to faring a yoang p i atti lle ii ei rapidly ftMa aallee. Aceonfingty. it waa not tin after the pMh&Mieii ef hia int work en the kw, diet he ba^ '—*'"■*■'— -•—^^tih—afpractica. That tmtom^wfwm^ , in a very eminent degree, of striking oat l%fata OBOO the oMat abatrnae and intricate doe- of the law, and of iab}ectin^ to the •crutiny of thoM ntlce and auaimi which had btcw a ij «•• only flan long and inveterato oMge, having iw aoUd fcaad e ti ui i fa any jaat or ratioaal principle. In 17tt, he p a hWrft ed a small mhmir niMcr the title ef giaiji aa intnl S These sub- facta had been * ug g e st. (he coarse of hie enployawnt aa a counsel in ■rvrml im|>ortant ; and thcj contribotad greatly to csubluh the tar of the author aa a orofoand and scientific lawvar. From tfie pniod of their publication, accord- ingfv, Mr Home appears to have bern engaged in rooet of ine eauaca of impoctanoe *h\ch iKTurTed in the Court of Seerion. While oocui Jir dutira of a laborioa* profiMaioa. however, >><. ■■ ~>t neglect the poraaita of Cterature and science, to which hr seem* to aava been at all time* ardently devoted ; and a conai- datable BortSanofhia tine waa abo given to theeriWa nMBta of aodety, in a n u m cr o u a and reapertable cirHe of ary intanoe. He lived in habtta of intimacy with aamy of the first literary and philoaophical character* of the age, and (Vvquently corresponded with them ori the •ub}ect* connected with hb a vo u ri te porsuit*. In the year I7«l, Mr Hone married Mfai Agatha DnBBnoad,aTonnger daagfater of Jenice Drammond* Eeq. of Blair, m tto eoantr of Ferdi, a fadir pHiaewed of an emcBent anderatanmng, ami an enlightened and solid Jadgmcnt fa the uundact of lid-, with nurh Dwert- neaa of temper, and g e utkiKaa of manners. In the eoorae of the larae year, he poblisbcd, in two vnlume* folw. Tilt DicuumM of Iht Comrt of SeuH;» ■ In- mUmlion to tht Prrtfiil Time, obrtdgrJ mi<: un. 4er proper Itradt, in the form o/"o uielionari^, — a work eigttat labour, and of tne higncet utility to the profe*- ■ion of the law in Daring the rel i 74 5- 6, the rrmnr nf j udidal procedure, in the northern part of 1' m, wa* mtcrmpted by the diaocdcrcd itate ot latry, and Hrnrr. 92 HOME. the Court of Session did not meet for a period of eleven months. Mr Home employed that interval in various researches connected with the history, laws, and an- cient usages of his country, which he afterwards di- gested into a small treatise, and published in the year 1747, under the title of Essays upon several Subjects, concermnjr British Antiquities. These essays, although they contain some curious and important deductions, annaar oontaiiung a Mri« of moral and pru- de ' >mt, and the latter a rej^lar illtutration of tlKrf.- u,^:>.iit)» 1^ ■torie* taken eithct fraea real hittory, er ficdtioiu narratiTca. It appean from the letters of lome of Lord Kaine»'s CPCicapoMicnta, that he had for leveral jean meditated an tslMWhw vark oo the principles of criticism. This diri(pi iMaAarwarda carried into execution bjr the pub- lication of hk Klemeal* of Cri/UUm, which first appear- ed in the jear IT62, in three volumes Sro. In this ela- hofale work, it waa the obiect of the author to sub^ject the imprasaiona mada on the mind bjr the productions af the fine arta to the standard of rcaaon, by tbcwinit. that what is generally called taste k by no means artw- trary, but dapentlt on certain }i t incip fc a or laws of the hnaaan oonatitntion ; and that a mod tatttt conaku in the cwna o n a nce of ear faelincs wito those laws. From the period of the p^itlcation of the last now tioned work. Lord Kama* apoears to hare derotad him- srlf fir a few years exdMivdy to hk nmftsiionil occn- patioaa. On the I5th of Apnl 176S, be waaappointad one of the Latds of Jasddaty, that ia, one of the Judges of the 11411 IB I erimiaal trib—al in Scodand. Thedu- ti« ef tmt stertka ba condoMd ta ilisrhaiiii to the ami of hk Kfe, wMi «|im1 iKBjanca and ability. In A* year ITOS, be iwahrad a very lar|» addition to hk fawoae bv the succassiim to the crtata of Blair>Dram< aaood, which drrolrtd on hk wife by the death of her brother. The scsaona of raeatioo wera now spent at BlairwDranrnMod, whei* ha befn to tnenta a variety of afcricvltaral ImfNovamaBU oa an euanded scale, whicb, wbfle thajr srt a grant example r«» the iautatiaa of the w a kb bo iirim liJholdtrs. iMTe proved of tbe most solidasd puMiamm baneCt lo the proprietor and hkbrira. AmaBf tbam plana of imptovemcnt was one ofanatnrrso extraotdtnarr t- '- *)e i^ncraDy regard, ad at fint aa cfairaarieal, bi iltnnalcly sneorcd' ail far berood the mosl mngume « icws of its eootrirer. We sllade to the epemiaBa c amnmiKwl and earned on by hk lordship on the mom of tCincaidine; of whidi we shall have o c c m to n to take sasna notin in the arti> akMOSSb thk'worfc. MTitb them anbatantial na. ho cmnbjnad many pbaa of embaOkh. by tboae grart Aalana of natnral Towafds tbe eml of tbe yaar 1785 Lord Kamm poU Ikbod a amaO pannblat on the pragma ef tbe las ha*, bmby ta StilmLti which tba principal ot>}ect was to abev. tbe — p a JW i K i of sneoarainng tbe cukarr of •tt of tbe nativv growth of tbe ooantry. At the mmo " hk kedahin avaOfam bkrnelf of a moat rxtaMivo witb tbe pi&eqial kodboldera in Scot, mnd. with a laa^bb seal, to stamdaia their excitiaoa m difWng a spjrit of tadnatiT t>>^ cattgara aod dspaadnta, by tbe mtradadion sacn spedm of domastiL nanalactores, snited to both ■BOS. aa, witboat any conaidarable rraenee on the pvt af the preorlftors, wooU amaCanto the candition. and mohiply the oomfhrta, of tbe lower orders, and tbna lay the aeNd foundttian of aa incrMsc of thrir own rew vennea. A ipoim those patriotie plans of Mtiooal im. urvveuM ut, in which I^ird Kancs. m a atCBBber of the board of trustm for the encoun^gement of arts, took a most active concern, was the great and aseful project or a navigabk canal between tha rifcn Forth and Clyde, which was begun in 1768, and from which, since its completion, the internal commerce of tbe coumry has derivetl ttie most essential l>enefit. In the year 1766, Lord Kames tiublished his Revtark- abU Decuiont of Ike Court q/'Seuton.j'rori 1730/0 1752. The reports contained in this volume consist of 130 cases, comprehending tbe most important causes which had occurml in the course of liis own practice while at the bar. For many years Lord Kames had been employed, during his leisure hours, in collecting materials for a History of ytoH. Tlie design of tliis great work, how> ever, as at first conceived, was found to be too vast ; and he aAerwards wisely determined to confine hu plan within narrower limits. The work was at length published in the year 177K under tlie t-'tle of Schetcke* ofi' T^ ■ I of Man, in two volumes 4ta Although put the form of separate essays or dissert** tioos, it u iligestcd with a oonsidcrmblo d^ree of sys> tematic reguurity, and k valuable not only from tha great variety of important o(>jects which it embraces^ but on accoiuit of the genius and ability displayed in their discussion. In the year 1776, he published hk CaUlewutn Far- mer; a work of great utihty at the period of ito publica> tion, and which affords a singular specimen of the un- dimiuished vigpnr of bk mind at the advanced age of eifgfaty. Evan at tfak lato period of hu life, his coosti- tatton Mip a ai a J to have solercd nothing from the at- tacks of «Nd agt. There was jrti no seitsible decay of hk mental powers ; and, what k still more extraordina- ry, he ^ M sssi td theasrae flow of animal spiriu, the saaw gawt^ and vivacity, and the saoM ardour in the porsuit oc knowledge, for which he bad been distin- guistied in hk eariv years. ' In 1777, he natdiahad hk Ebuidaliont retpeclhg the C Bai u s aad SUUmU Ltm ^SeoUmmi, in one volume Svo: and ta 1780, hk Sfiect Drcitiont cfthe Court qf Seuiam. ta otie volume folio. The Utter publication contains S6« reports of the most important cases d4N:i. ded by tlie court, between the yean I75S and 17G8, and forma a sanptsoMnt to tba oaiaa rormariy pubbsbad under tha titia of iZcmarAai^ Atsnoaa. The bat worii of Lord Kaoms wm bk Laasr IlinU on Fduco' lioa, pa b l kh a d at EdtaburgB m tbe year 1781. when theaadiorwaa ia tbaSAbyovof bkage. AhbaiMb aaaanatly by no mwaa of a robust (Vame oTbodv, Lard Kamea baa bitbarto enjoyed an uncom- mon abareof good bcahb ; but in tbe bmnning of tbe yaar 1783. Wbaa be bad nmrly completad lus 86th yaar, be waa •staed with a dkorder of tbe bowels, wbkb. bmogatlaadad witbnopata. gavafafao. ted and prvpaicd for giving it a ■I. The tranaaction, however, coeDingtothclbiawledgeafthcaldaraorthe kirk, they, in their great acal, fin* iMMoalntcd with the author OB tba heiwaaa ain ha waa emtmilAtg. Failing in thia fiMaamiaBca. thqr •adaaroandtalarnfy the perfimn- era ftoa nptMBdaf it ; but with no batter aocwiifc Aathor ana artonnaMineJ equally iacMfifible, and ■ nlTiiiinnrn-^ tat tha inanaad tlitn to do^bM tkMHlM to oaal/nd ftr aw diaoMEAr frr tha hU* ally, not only thair diMbodiat poi^ bM ONB awh of hfa ckrkal friMda oa had bMD wkkodanoigktogo to aaa hia piaao p wftiwa J at tho Hl iatti. hipiiiMiu and adf tftlaaaiinK tkay tt ia ii di d thair anallmoaa M^aallhaaa iayltaMBla of SMan. thaactan, who had lad Mda. or at iMt abattad in Ua waoimku^ tba loat ahoap of dkair tack. The ptaabytety aT Edin. unigli Bonnanan an aMManwcn ana canvm atapidaya, wrhMi wna otdHad to bo raad M^ka wfdrin Ihair banndi, in a Suiday In dda piirl— otfan, thara waa no ■intiair of Mr IIoBM ar fab pbT. thongh it waa evidantly that thia aphitaal artilk^ of abaeleta laws prajndieaa vara levelted. To avoid a Ibra fraa dto ckandl, Mr Hoane. in 17^7. rad^ iag;, and with it tha inrlwiiitinal imfcaiiiin. and w«ra ftr trar after a lay habk. Wwaii' m tha Paritena af FiiglniMdlhaftnBlHih Calihiiita adght hara bam hdfa «Mvy baftm. thia e}octiaa of aa aniabla and it;iiiM |iH iliiil cfa ^prwan fto w AaS eottiah Khfc. fcr t>a CMM Of wnung a tiagody, wnkn did na fniaa of AoMdan, aowilad Maoag iha ZaBtha lind.a atthaabamdilTofifao pm S happily ia saw ftr « af itialobalbondlB ■By in Bm. I at tho i^Jikieah Md fUrab ' a. That laavnorhi. : : wa baUava tha iait I theartida Hona hi tho Bio. B ilihiiil PirtiawwafMr A. Ctihiw^ tko mflor of whfahaWldagiaial yJ i Mi aatha t iii t afMrWanw lohaoabaifioat,rioBathariiiltliir i llawaaftho Kirk a f Wr i d w l l wi— ni aiji pliji. Ifthewri tar Spain, baaui^aqpMwilh anaTjMdeo in •mar of tha bomhtg <^M^aB tha gninadi af the ascant wa w fcr aver b eond to Mow ^adMdkM* af print! aadi aa obmbIo eTdMed kartOly to tho OBWo of It. »— to " atanda alaaa: Ar pa w l ti i toitva aaaat go >Mktotinw»af PXifaiBnand r iB p i fj i. ItOMyrcmind m aftho pmaortion tt Achylaa. fa rrniiianii of n priests, or of the influ- ence of the monk* in Spain, when neither tlie pation- age even of Philip IV. nor the orlhoiloxy of I^opc tie Vega'a worka, were sufficient to screen him from the pertonal viralence of the ecclesiastics. At no very dis- tant period, indeed, during an epidemical disorder, the inhabitants of Seville renounced the amusement of the theatre, as the surest mode of averting Divine ven- geance. To return, however, to our author, his tra- gedy of Douglas was extolled, on its first appearance, by the litarary circles of the North, in terms that wera perhape rather unqualified. David Hume gave it as hit opinien. that it was one of the most interesting and pa- thatic piarw ercrashibited on any theatre; he even gave it a preference to the Mrrope of Maffei. and that of Vol- taire. Tiie rest of the philosopher's panegyric on our au- thor, in which ha allodad to Shakespeare, may. for the credit of hia taala, ba laft onqootcd. The poet Gray, in one of hia lettcn to a friend, renders an homage to the play of Doujriaa, that is perhaps not much Icaaened by his ftatidioni aOaaion to itt dafects. " I am greatly struck," haaaya. " with thatnwedy of Douglaa, though it has in- finita fanka. The aotnor aaoma to me to have retrieved the troa hugnaga of the ttage, which Iiad t>ern lort fcr tlMoa handiad vaara ; and there is one scene l>e- twaan Matilda ana the old peasant, thnt strikes me bBad to aO ito^afccta.' Jadcaan. in his Huiory of tho AoMmA Stagt, infimaa oa, that when this tragedy waa ctiginally pradooed in Edinburgh, the title of the be- laina waa Ladjr Barnard. The alteratioo to Lady Ran- dolph waa Baoa an its batng tranaplantad to London lu auecoaa at tho Bdfaibargfa I tho London theatre indaoed Mr Home inagers, where, notwith- ito riling oa l ahr ity , and all the influence used in ka finwnr, k waa l a fa a td by Mr Gairick. Mr Rich, howavtr, aceaplad it, af>d k was acted for the fim tioM at Covont GovdiBi, March 14. 1757. with aome ap ala ii a e . ^•' 't tto means such as indicated the futura cailblilj %Tas to obtain. On rotguiK^ iui living, Mr Honia repaired lo Eii|^ land, whan the munificent patronaga and omoBUttiiw Waiwh t ip af the Earl of Bute made him ample aroen£ fcr tho ahandoBBent of his profcniun. Ix>rd Bute having boeoBM Int miaiotcr oa the acccasioa of hia preaaat nanaMy, appainlad him m Match 1 7^^ a com- ■iarfaarr nr airk aad two o oda d aaaaaeii, and for tho odlaQgaaf priaaaafaofmr; and in tho nest month of iIm mmmymt, ho waa nnaahiatirl pubiu lator of tho Soaldk piliiiigia at Ca u ysa i a b gaaland. From tha poriodof tlia oihfciticaaf Doaglaa, down to tho year ITTS, Mr Hoflw hraifht fva othar tragedies bafcre tho pahlie. Of AoM^ J§jU, aa haa been already mcn- ti aaad, had baaa OMnaaad bafcra that of Douglaa. Mr Ganiak hod fcnoarly rcAMod thia jpiaoa aa well as Ooagiaat #ot w k wm now Baniidwahly altatcd, and thoaatk«^rmtalaan aatabliaiiod, tha aaanagcr braugfat k fcrwaid ^ Drary Lane in I7M. Tho play iafiwnd- Spartan history. It is prrtandad that pt up in the character of Agia a con- tha wiifcilaoii of Oiarlaa tha Pint; and tha i g n r Hi ta f atn n pactaf tiwcanductaf the ScoU tewarda their a m erai g n. waa cfaaritahfy ascribed by tha con j ac tun a of Engtiab critadaa to dio author's vindic- tive fcalin|a towarda Ua eaanlryaan. The alloaion waa in all orofaabilitjr ailhar caaoal or rroaffinary— tlia impotod motiva ia ineonaietcnt with all that ia known of the ch ara i tar of Home. Agia was cer- uinly heard with inpaftiality, and even with that partial diapoattion which tho aatlier of Douglas bad • K nwwBQ y t^rwry od on a ila^ in Spa tho oathor Imm k^ tinoad aDMiaa to tl Horns, Julin. 96 HOME. tfome, right to expect. It had tlie additional advantage of John. fTood acting, and of two solemn musical processions. "'"V"^ But the intrinsic merit of the piece could not secure to it a lastinjf pojiularity. On perusing it, the poet Gray writes this melancholy sentence to Dr Warton. ^' I cry to tliink that it should be by the author of Doufrlss. Why, it is all modern Greek. The story is an antique statue, painted white and red, frigid, and dressed in a negligee, made by a mantuamaker of Yorkshire." Mr Home's third tragedy was the Siege of Aquilda. It was acted witli indificrent success at Drury Lane, in 1 "60. From the title, we should expect, that the au- thor would ha\e adhered, with general fidelity, to the circumstances, as they are recorded in history, of the de- fence of that city by the legions of Gordianus, against thi- gigantic tyrant Maximin ; but, in reality, the inci- dents of the play agree much nearer with the history of the Siege of Berwick, defended by Seton against the arms of Edward III.; and it was conjectured, with 6ome appearance of plausibility, that Mr Home had received his first hint from the latter story ; but dislik- ing to bring Edward the Third before an English au- dience, in the light of a brutal tyrant, in which the siege of Berwick too strongly exhibited him, he thought proper to preserve the circumstances only under the disguise of more ancient names. This play is regular in its structure, and the language in some passages is fine; but, on the whole, the incidents are too lew, the distress too unvaried, and the catastrophe too clearly anticipated. Mr Home's muse cannot be said to have prospered beyond the time when she was rich enough to lend images to Oisian. The shrieking of the spirit of the waters was an admired expression in the de- scription of the tempestuous night in Douglas, which seems to anticipate much of the spiritual imagery of Macpherson. Gray the poet puts a query in one of his ■letters, whether Home borrowed this from Macpherson, ■or Macpherson from Home. Without pretending to enter on the wider question of Ossian's authenticity, we shall only notice that the play of Douglas appeared some years earlier than the fragments ascribed to Os- «ian. The latter, as we have seen, was acted in 1 757 ; Macpherson did not come before tlic world till 1 760. By the Fatal Discovery, Mr Home's next tragedy, it would eeem that our author was willing to be reimbursed for whatever hints of fancy he had lent to the Gaelic muse, and accordingly he supplied himself in this piece with much of the lamed phraseology of Fingal. But what- ever might be the real demerits of the Fatal Discovery, the London public seems not to have been disposed to receive it with an equitable judgment. To such a height, we are told in the Biogrri pliia Dramatica, had party prejudice risen against Mr Home, on account of Iiis enjoying the patronage of the Earl of Bute, that it was found necessary to conceal the author's name du- ring the first nights of its representation ; and, after the twelfth night, Mr Garrick was threatened with ha- ving his house burnt down if he continued it : an in- junction with which the managers thought it advisable to comply. Alonzo, Mr Home's next tragedy, was more successful than any other of his productions, Dounlas alone excepted. It bad a considerable run on its first appearance, and added much to the rising repu- tation of 13arry as an actor ; but it never obtained the rank of what is called a slock play, nor was afterwards performed, except at provincial theatres. The language ■of the tragedy of Alonzo possesses considerable force and purity, though the cadence of its versification is like all the blank verse of that period, too little varied in the pauses, and monotonously concludes the rhythm with every line. The story is also romantic and lucid- ly brought out, but it is rather too much like an echo ' of Douglas. Omiisinda brings us back Lady Randolph. She is not indeed a widow ; but has been forsaken for eighteen j'ears by the husband of her early love, who liad gronndlessly suspected her virtue. They had mar- ried unknown to her father, and their meetings were in a solitary place ; where a confidential servant, in or- der to give the semblance of protection to Ormisinda, assumed the plume and vesture of a brother. Deceived by this appearance, Alonzo had abandoned her, wan- dered in foreign countries, and returned only in dis- guise to fight with the Moors in behalf of Spain. In his absence Ormisinda has secretly reared his son at a distance from her, and unconscious of his birth. Like Douglas, he bursts from obscurity into martial reputa- tion ; and offers to become her champion without know- ing that she is his parent. Alonzo conquers the Moor- ish champion, throws off his disgui.-^e, declares his mar- riage with her from whom he has been eighteen years separated, and, in a scene which is pretty striking, de- mands, as the reward of his services, that the king shall sentence her, his own daughter, to die. The conscious innocence of Ormisinda, — the agony of her wrongs,— the bursts of her affection towards Alonzo, — and her maternal feelings at the sight of her boy rushing to combat with his unknown father, — compose a strong situation of terror and pity ; and the moment when she throws herself between their swords, is one of rivet- ting interest. It may be questioned, however, if the effect would not have been much better had the termi- nation been fortunate. In plots where a happy denoue- ment would not be merely satisfactory, but joyous and exultingly triumphant, the policy of killing the tragic victims is very doubtful. Ormisinda was not like La- dy Randolph, who, though her son was restored, had only a second and apparently not a distractedly beloved lord to be reconciled with ; she had all the pledges of filial, maternal, and conjugal love to redeem, as well as honour, and the inheritance of a throne ; and the cata- strophe that severs her from all those blessings, seems to depend more on the tragical resolution of the poet, than on that overawing ya/a//(y which gives dignity to dramatic slavglilcr. Alfred, our author's last tragedy, was acted in Covent Garden in 1778, but was only performed for three nights. It is impossible to follow this detail of Mr Home's dramatic career, without a melancholy reflection on the power of genius itself being included in the sentence of mutability which is passed on all earthly blessings. With Alfred he took his leave of the stage, and retired to Scotland, where he continued to reside during the greater part of his remaining life. In 1778, when the late Duke of Buccleugh raised a regiment, under the name of Fencibles, Mr Home received a captain's com- mission, which he held till the peace. A few years be- fore his death, ho published the Hislnry of the Rebel- linn in Scotland in 1 74 5 : a work of which great expec- tations were formed ; but whether he delayed it until his powers of mind had lost their vigour, for he was now seventy-eight, or did not feel himself at libertj' to use all his materials, the public was not satisfied. For a considerable time before his death his mental facul- ties were impaired, and his health was much affected by a dangerous fall from his hotse. He died at Mer- chiston house, on the 4th September 1&08, at the ad. vanced age of eighty-five, (n) H«mc, Julin. HOMER. 97 lloiBCT. HOMER, (tbcGrCdan poet.) Without leaning; to v^"" the £uth of iImw wiwhave fknied the rxi^tmceoT Ho- mcr, we cmumM aroid noticini; the mnarkable circum- •tatice of bw OMleBce having; been called in question. Both lcami*|( and in^nuity have been employed in fj«,.yi.,g to prove, that neither the Iliad nor the O- Swcre the prodactiaB of a nof le K^niu*, but cotn- bjr the r h a p i ndi a f% who rcoled thoae poemt in Bd jparu; and that the oaoM vt Homar, which. iD Urn EaUan dialect aT Grwk. aicnifiaa " hUod," wa* •khar applied to mmm pmomgr wholly ftodful, or, bjr way of ewiiwir% to aaaao atroUii^ ded«Bwr of the Iliad, who mmy hmn amoutcd parta at the poean, bat caBBOt be aappoaed to be the author of the whole. It maj acam • panMOBieal way of annihilating an indi- viihMi to aaaJbply hi* euatcnce ; but yet, by proving y of Heown, if mcb a thing ooukl be ptovea. » Ow dBf^aMhorarUw Iliad woald be i th* npatatign of a aacred ttama would (all 1 itoloiaof muiy. Aaniaa of Vilarba pretaoda to e' re the — t hority of Aichilacfaua. an author to whan aaeribea the aaeat mnoie antitjuity. fur the exiatenoe •f oigbt di&rcnl aathota of the Iliad, among wbotB are gravely r a g ia ter a d Aoelle* the paialer, «id PhiihaB the atatnaiy. Bat lor tarn eontan oC thoae who otay feel alMTHMd at the thfwMnad iliwmLMMMiit of the Ha—ir eMatonce, it muuH be aairiwiaii that thia Aiw aiaa of Vitorba, who waa a DowniBMi friar, and aM» IV of theaacvMl palMO Hndar Pope Atcsandcr VI., waa aa iwp«t«ir who had sot even tkill to palm upon the werU the MS. pege of thia OMiant Anhifaidwa. which heprrtandcd to fad, and atwda upaa neovd to OBe af the aoet impttdaBt and clearly eonvktod of liienry livMra. Tha heak, which he oallcd the GwMiwt B*. ■aMaef SaMBDiMhaaMaMlfcob ftc bnMchlkiathe •MM Medaaef MMaliaBlhalMmMd totooyoMMMr Ittimd htm bJefflnkMyn M8S.. or - r^ Piahartaa ftaa hta csecrahia additioM t. uu. By br the aart fcr«idableopponeBt et the unity of the author of the lli«l ia the laaroed GerBiaa Prate- •or Wolf, who aHHnaaa Honar to be cither m narjf bcia«,«r,ataHaal,oaeaf theaarlie* oftherkW' MdMt». Ib the worka which he prefaed to the worn > which he ofefaed to the W4 taf Honcr and the tkaaandeiv then at* i &lie iafetenoaa, ded«cad froai '■^-''^•V with a boldnaM that bu|^ I eapedad tnm a writer who ' to be above all aad who i w adie t ad that do Gradaa tack it with inpaaicy. Id ofptoiiMB to all aMptkiaa nyudinK IIo«n«r. tin a^im that the aettUd aad pr*> ; halitf af aatiquity w not to be bmkU IMKti'm ^BMtien. It •• true that Hoacr-a birth place. aa wall aa hi* age, are diaputad, but each arr Bot apt to be atanod about oumMy baii«a. Iti It ao illM al f i u BaaaH I to aay, that a poet if he hed be« the ackaowlodged aBlher of the Ili«l| "*"•* *"r-T htw kanwn to hii own riieinpiaBiiia On- ly a r«w acadavMl aBoodotaa af JShahaaprf himclf fave readied the praatBt day. lBaa^(% each aa the pnheble ageof HoBW, hadamnof gnHaaa bettve^ceiT fadJBg caw ipoot. a diflercnoe of aearly 200 years. On this ao- eeant, EustatUua wiihaa to •■shrn the life of Homer to lolhrr llerodotaa, swmamfd Olophyscius, instead of the historian of Halicamasaoa. Admitting the above ekje ctinn e ia their full force, it cannot be aflinncd that Ihqr aBoaBl to a daoMOstration of the biography itaelf hOTw either aparioa^ or fiwight with internal marks at mtiliiiiiit On the eaatrwr. tite birtli-place, which kcivaa to the aathor of the luad, oorreaponda with an faiuraaee bmiC piaaiflily drawn fa^ an eiuightancd tr»- vellcr from the poet's desct^itiaBa at external nature, that he paints ihiem with the Tcry drcumslancn that Would occur to a native of Chios or Smyrna. If Ho- mer was bum st the latter place, the vianity of Hero- dotoa's bath-place, would naturally make him anxious to ooUoct every traditioo resp ect ing him ; snd in the wandering Ufe and disaslraas royufn which those tra- dilions deacribr, there is every thing which the state of sodcljV IB such an age renders iirottable. It cannot wdl be doabted that the author of the Iliad and the ()- dysscy was a traveller, aa they art both the evident off- spring of a mind which had ooBtcmplated n.iture and human life in a full variety of aspect and manners, tions of good and bad in his own spcaea ; who, ac- oprdi-g to the drcuB-ancto then existing in society. Hnmcr. " Walk*4la FdlsUM* psiksTkai sa4lo sD If m HOME R. Ifomer. Doth now, will ever, that experience yield. Which his own genius only could acquire." Akensidk, Intcriptionfar the Bu»i of Shakoptare. Our ingenious countryman Wood • had a higher opinion of the authority of the work in question ; and although some allowance may b« made for the gratifi- cation of the traveller, in finding that theory respecting Homer's history, which he had himself so plausibly de- duced from his landscapes and similes, confirmed by a work ascribed to so venerable a name as that of Hero- dotus, yet Woo» many ■hapee. At aeveral pUoe* it talk M of hie appljing to the rulen of the itaU ibr t at toe public expcnce, and pranicing to I their hi oaivad HoMar m hia boiiae, iliew from hiaa the »»atj ^the Iliad, and jMMcd it ofT far hia own. Hotner, it ia aJded, ioUeweH hin toChioa. wihere Theatoridea waa iwilii^ hia worka, and obliged the plagiaiy to fly from Im imaiiiui]. Hia Ifindeai reception ia aaid to have bMnatChioa, whar^ aaauming g aie ty from hia eaay cira«B«aiM!M^ ha PMn|iniirt the mock heroic of the Fraga and Miee; There, alao, he manicd, and bad two daughtan, one at whena died a virgin, and the other ia lappeaed to bare peii ie f at e d hia race in the Homendea, who, for many gcnenrtiona, lived by r»> citing the Iliad and the Olyuey. On ihia aeoount of Hoaaar'a lendtuca in Chioa, whether fabalaoa «r true, arelbiiadMi ail the local traditioMof placaa canaecra> ted by hit w— a A»o«y athi, that ef the hoUow in the rack, whick bwn the mtmm of hia aehooi. but which Taiiinrfurta and Choidlen hawe ao aatirely It ia aot kaewn whel wpMlaJ Hoaw horn hia tm- wHj, bat he qnttad Chioa. acBaidi»g to tfaia at an advanead m» t* rac Thoaa war* fnadpMj at aaa; and the kaowl which the poet diiplqra of all the fade art that known to taedhipwfigbt and aaanaB^f. of history. The Emperor Adeian applied to tlie orade Homo, to solve the oueation, and waa^told that he waacertain- '"V^" ly bom in ItiuMai; but the oracle seema to have con- verted few to ita opinion. The opinion of antiquity •eaow g^MraOy to laiwt towards either Chios or Smyrna havingoeenhis birth.pUce. Wood, who, after describing Balbec and Falinyra, travelled tlirou^h Greece with the worka of Homer in hia hand, ha» adopted, as we hare already mentioned, an ingenious mode of inferring from the landaeapea mm! natural similes of the poet, tlte place in which Homer first received hia impressions of tite acenery of nature. " 1 f we survey," aaya that travel- ler, " the map ot' tlie world with attention, 1 think we auj diaoover that his first impreaaiona of the exter- lud fiioe of nature were made in a country east of Greece, at leaat aa far as we may be alloweil to form a judgment, from hia deacribing aome placea under a per- apactive, to which such a point of view ia naoeaaary ; M, Cor example, when he placea the Locriana beyond Euboea. Thia piece of geography, though very intel- ligible at Smyrna or Chioa, would appear strange at Athena or Argoa. Hia deacription of the aituation of the Friiiimlri beyond sea oppoaite to Elia, haa aume- thJM e)parnral in it, which la cleared up, if we suppoae it adqraaMii to the inliabiunta of the Asiatic side of the fi rrhif rlago But if, with Mr I'ope, we understand the wovda ^' bryo<>d sea" to relate to Elis, I think we adopt an unnatural c uoattitaticn to ctnne at a forced meaning; for the eld Graah hiatoriana tell us, that thoae ialaud* are so doae upon the coaat of Kli*, that in their lia« MMVflf thoataadbaaBJoiMdtoitby maaaaof the iahilm, vkkb atill mtt^amm to eoaneet them eriih the tirtiiiit, bf the nibbiah which that river de- poaila at ita BMNh. I think 1 can diaeo««r another in- alanoe of thia kind in the IMh book of the Odyaaey, dafiMa deal at navigatianu aaid to have baan iliaaatrno well baUaea, whan wa Many of hia eo yy a i a c iicwaiaiica wwch we ■ that the only ahipa to ■ad bidlt withMtt a nail afi Aa iUnaaa whicfc m la« aeiMd ablimihfaa tertap at the iahadaf Joa. ml thar* ha died Sbabo^ Pliay, Paaaaniai. Ariaftla, and Aalua flf the phwB of A criebratad aa tha dayantary ofl ta which the alataa «f Aivaa aaat a 8ach «• a lew of the tnita af ha lifc whiA an gi. van m the wark attribaled la Haiwdataa. rtmnajr Urn piaen that hava laid daintatka heaaar af hia hirth, I thiaha that ha waabara atColapkan; Aii. Athena; Pindar, at Snryiaa; AfiatDtle aaffaaaa that he was bom, aa waU w Ite ha died, ia tha idnd of Chioa. Suidae aainna hini la C] athan ta P>laa. Rhadca. Mycnna^ Afgaa. late, tha gi laM^ anrijr avar the whaia Map af AaM Mi F i lrni o B niiii , and tha ArridaahM Evan Egypt^Hs had tuadvoctaa gar thia di a ta tetien; so that the whole ancient worid aaay ba aad to hava claimed him. The poet Martial, whan caBad nyan far kirn ipiiiiaa an the Mfaiact, eookl only aiplylnan ■MaabalaHadtathaanfU at lam, aod it tW«MnM.1ikathalia|hl, babnga to all that can an. i^ it; bat unfortunate^ epi^MH win not settle poiota where acribed of the with a land, and the faitiiful aervant of Ulyaaea, ia da- ( hia dii^iaad master with a recital of hia youth. He opena hia rtaty of the nland of Syraa, hia native it beyond ar above Oftygia. Now, it' Ithaaa waa iha icana af thin tionfwwiBa Ulymaa and fiuawaa, it will afipaor thai tha af Syroa ia vary inacaantoly laid down ; for ia reality thia iaknd, ao far Aaai being plaead beyond ar Cnthar AaaaOrtygia, ahould have bean daaaihail m to it. An ingewioaa friend thioka that — nian*a ' to to tha latitadaw and that Honiar maaat to r) aa north of Ortogia ; but I cannot help Iha applianhai af high to northern lau- Aa tkmwhim tha aane d e a u a it ian would luve bean parlaatly agiaaable to twnii had it baan aiaila in Ionia, laitiMtMaanBafelatoaappaaothattbapoatMeeived hia earlv iaipaataiana of thaaitaatiaa of Syraa in that part of the world, and had apan thia BBcaiinn forgotten to adapt hieidoaa to the apet towhieh tha aoene ia ahiftad. If ay rMJ iBlBii ia thaa Aa aJa ait t ttl . I beg laava to p ie c aaJ to a farther aaa of it, in attompting to throw aooM Ught on thib obaeoia ezpiaaaiaa ittrfurmi iuutt*. It ia important to that part of the poet'a chara^ tar now under oonaidtoatian, to have hia aenae of thoae worda la a towd if poaaihla; far they hava bean aigod aa an a ag n m nt at hia gnm i gwu i aiica of foagtanhy, Iqr thoae who think they niato to tha laliiada af Syna, and that thia dcacrinlian pkHaa that iiiand nndcr dto * * * *. I beg leave to carry tha reader for a to the Aaiatic aid* of the Archipelago, in or- der to ei amine whether a view of the landscape under 4 100 HOME R. Homer, that perspective offers any appearances to which those '""'Y*™^ vrortls can be naturally applied without violence to their literal meaning. No part of our tour afforded more entertainment than the classical sea prospects from this coast and the neighbouring islands, where the eye is naturally carried westward by the most beautiful ter- minations imaginable, especially when they are illumi- nated by the setting sun, which shews objects so dis- tinctly in the clear atmosphere, that from the top of Ida I could very plainly trace the outline of Athos on the other side of the jEgean Sea, when the sun set be- hind that mountain. This rich scenery principally en- gaged the poet's attention ; and if we consider him as a painter, we shall generally find his face turned this way. In the infancy, and even before the birth of astronomy, the distinct variety of this broken horizon would naturally suggest the idea of a sort of ecliptic to the inhabitants of the Asiatic coast and islands, mark- ing the annual northern and southern progress of the sun. Let us suppose the lonians looking south-west from tlie heights of Chios at the winter solstice, they would see the sun set behind Tenos and towards Syros, the ne.\t island in the same south-west direction ; and having observed, that when he advanced thus far he turned back, they would fix the turnings (t^otoji) of the snn to this point. I submit it as matter of conjec- ture, whether this explanation does not offer a more na- tural interpretation of the passage than any which has yet been suggested. In pursuance of the same method of illustrating Homer's writings, I shall draw some conjectures with regard to the place of his birth, or at least of his education, from his similes. Here we may expect the most satisfactory evidence that an enquiry ef this obscure nature will admit. It is from these na- tural and unguarded appeals of original genius, to the obvious and familiar occurrences of common life, that we may not only frequently, collect the customs, man- ners, and arts of remote antiquity, but sometimes dis- cover the condition, and, I think, in the following in- stances, the country of the poet." After enumerating several similes to support his theory, the essayist pro- ceeds to the following : " When the formidable march of Ajax is compared to a threatening storm coming from the sea, I must observe as an illustration, not of the ob- vious beauty of the simile, but of the poet's country, that this can be no other than an Ionian, or at least an Asiatic storm ; for it is raised by a west wind, which, in those seas, can blow on that coast alone. When, Bgain, the irresistible rage of Hector is compared to the violence of Zephyrus buffeting the waves, we are not immediately reconciled to that wind's appearance in that rough appearance so little known to western cli- mates, and so unlike the playful Zephyrus of modern poetry. But before we condemn Homer as negligent of nature, we should see whether he is Hot uniform in this representation, and whether this is not the true Ionian character of Zephyrus. The very next simile of the same book is as much to our purpose, where the numbers, tumult, and eagerness of the Grecian army collecting to engage, are compared to a growing storm which begins at sea, and proceeds to vent its rage upon the shore. The west wind is again employed in this Ionian picture, and we shall be less surprised to see the same allusion so often repeated, when we find, that of all tlie appearances of nature, of a kind so generally subject to variation, there is none so constant upon this coast. For at Smyrna, the west wind blows into tiie gulf for several hours, almost every day during the sununer season, generally beginning in a gentle breeze before twelve o'clock ; but freshening considerably to- Homer. wards the heat of the day, and dying away in the even- ^"""V" ing. During a stay of some months in this city, at three different times, I had an opportunity of observing the various degrees of this progress, from the first dark curl on the surface of the water, to its greatest agita- tion, which was sometimes violent. Though these ap- pearances admit of variation, both as to the degree of strength, and the precise time of their commencement, yet they seldom entirely fail. This wind, upon which the health and pleasure of the inhabitants so much de- pend, is by them called inbat. The Frank merchants have long galleries running from their houses, support- ed by pillars, and terminating in a chiosque or open summer-house, to catch this cooling breeze, which, when moderate, adds greatly to the oriental luxury of their coffee and pipe. We have seen how happily the poet has made use of the growing violence of this wind, when he paints the increasing tumult of troops rushing to battle, but in a still, silent picture, the allu- sion is confined to the first dubious symptoms of iti approach, which are perceived rather by the colour, than by any sound or motion of the water; as in the following instance. When Hector challenges the most valiant of the Greeks to a single combat, both armies are ordered to sit down to hear his proposal. The plain thus extensively covered with shields, helmets, and spears, is, in the moment of this solemn pause, compared to the sea, when a rising western breeze has spread a dark shade over its surface. When the reader has compared the similes I have pointed out with the original materials which I have also laid before him, I shall submit to his consideration, as a matter of doubt- ful conjecture, whether the poet, thoroughly familia- rized to Ionian features, may not have inadvertently introduced some of them in the following picture, to which they do not so properly belong. When Eidothea, the daughter of Proteus, informs ^lenelaus at Pharos, of the time when her father is to emerge from the sea, the circumstance of Zephyrus, introduced in a descrip- tion of noon, darkening the surface of the water, is so perfectly Ionian, and so merely accidental to the coast of Egypt, that I cannot help suspecting the poet to have brought this image from home." That the Iliad displays abundance of geographical knowledge, is certainly no internal proof either for or against its being the work of one individual ; but if we suppose it to be the work of a single genius, upon the grounds of that mind alone which had conceived so lofty a plan, being able to accomplish its magnificent execution, we shall find in the geography of its author unquestionable pi-oofs of his having been an extensive traveller. Slrabo has left a commentary on the geo- graphical parts of the Iliad and Odyssey ; and others, such as ApoUodorus and Menogenes, wrote on the same subject, though unfortunately only the titles of their works have reached posterity. Homer, in the midst of all his splendid machinery, was regartled as so faithful a painter of real existence, that his catalogue of the Grecian forces was respected as a valuable record in ancient Greece, and appealed to by its jurisprudence. In some cities it was enacted by law, that the youth should get the catalogue by heart. Solon, the lawgiver, appealed to it in justification of the Athenian claim against the pretensions of the Megareans, when the right to Salamis was so warmly contested by Athens and Megara. And the decision of that matter was at last referred to five Spartan judges, who, on their part, admitted the na- ture of the evidence, and tlie affair was accordingly de« HOMER. 101 termined in favour et the Athenians. Three other li- tigated CMM of property and dominioB are taid to hanre been detamined by rmrcnce to Hooer'a geography, la HoMMt^ age dim was no other way of acquiring knowledge but b^ trarelling. To the curioaity re*pect> ^ Mi own tpeocs, which muft have poi t i urf iIm t nind of the poet, antl impelled him to bnve dw I of aM and himI, ika vcraciow Slnboadda ano> probable motive of hi* tniTeb, whiob waa the I to make hi« fable accord with the mythoiogy of the pca|de whom he hntrodnoed on Ma acww of action. For thia porpoae, aaya Strabo, he eo n wi k ed the reli- MM recordi and the oraclea that wcte aoapcnded in uw trmpiea. At thet period there were hardly any ether hiitorieal notimnenta known. The prieMa held the (ceptre of public opinion, and all hiatary waa ooa> awned to the oradce. Oiodorua aaya, that Uooer t>- ailed the wie of Delphoa. Aftar the aeeond nckiag of OieeiBn Thcbea by Akmeon, the u re ph i t eM Marnlo, deaglMcr of the fiuned TireMu. hed beea aant to Del- phi at making part of the aprtla, where ahe aeqoirad greet renown ly her talent fort uwipiwng efdea. The ■mting of Homer with each a Iwly ie intercating to the imawnatinn. Ilomer, aaya the luMarian. borrowed aoaw itraDag vcraea of the eracle^ .either a> er avtodn^ to give weignt to hie werka. Ibecmooa to aee«tain m what 1 ne paelry of Gtaest vhen he ; b«l Ike niiiliea ia tatalvad in } e b ae afity . While he ia haikil m the gly not the laeaatar ef pactry. Accord- ing to the Greek hbraiy of PaWciaa, thave ware aa- ecnty Greek poeta anlinor to Mto* Taa graMar peet ef them were maaiciaHk, Amoqg tiMae Ubm ia CMd, vte^ it ia aaid, reheaaM ihaflniaspaaiMBafBMMHB and OrplMaat wha aasg tiw ArgaMNMa aneaWasi TheamwtieBefgoiAe, tiM Homer dbaw hb atMjr oT the nkd Aem thM of CorioMM, wha eaiafaaad it da- ring the Tiejaa war, ii w e to be aoljr the dram of a i Mi w Mie iihei . Taetaee, a iiiriJii ef the Ifllh ean- tUffTi WnO MMto ft CBMIIlXlltfttT VIpOS LVCM|NHVD9 HKI a bad poem called the Chiliadal wavld have «e b^ liere that Hontrr bonewad hia lUad ikea Ditto* Om> tenea, a writer to whom a amaaearlpt eirtainfy aneiant, bat not migiiial, waa aacrioad, w ia theraignef one ef the Ca a ai a, in a titfawa eaea ay an eaftB^aaa^ araea wa are laM that Dictye maowad idanmaeaa to the eiege ef Tiay, and wrote a httiary of it ia ptoM, wa have mdto em ataryefHeaMr'a lef It He- with its etymology, which, with its Agas and Memnons ia not so cliverting, but equally credible with Swift's derivation of Hector, Ajax, and .\lexancler. The epoch of Homer has been not less a subject of diapotation than his country. Herodotus says in his Eatarpe, that he lived 400 vears before his own (the hialenaii's) tin»e. In the chronicle of the I'arian mar- blea. Homer ia aaid to hare been in hi* hif^hest renown at the Tear of the chronicle 67-'^, which would place the dato of the Iliad 2707 JTcai* ftom the beginning <^ the preeent century ; but Tcnetnble aa the airthority of the Parian marbles may appear, they seem to assitrn a later date to the great poet than hia writings, and the man« nersofeoeiafef which he deacribee, reader probable. It o a a iaei i t with his writings to auppoae, that he not long after the siege of Trey, and that he ~ both his poems half a century after the tawn waa taken. As the first intf reeling aloriee ha heard when a boy were those of the exploits performed in the Tfojen war, in his riper years he had still an op- pnrtMnity ef conversing with the old men who had beea stigagBd in it. Their immediate deec apd anta would, aoeorcUng to this supposition, be his c o n tem po- l a r ies ; he might know their grandchildren, and live to aee the birth af the ibutth generation. It is true, that thia hjrpatfaesis awkee the birth oi Homer prior to the Ionian mi^iaNuai which Thurydidea places 80 years after tlte wage ef Trey ; but in this tnare is no solid wa know that there were loniana in Asia HooMr. I tbeary ef Bryaat, which mad tiia aialMhli of his IKed Ho. iiae mend en edv times, vis. the I rosr to hav« I for it aMiits aat the nenM of I memnoe. Hdaa, ftc. were ell drawn ftaai Fajpliaa thaagony, and naturalised in Giaece. Meodkaa is evidently the i'haraoh >lmes ; AgaoMmnen iethelNakith word AgapraSasd to Maa- iMS^ whose harp l atea n d i i l at the laaeh af the iW^g day. The wealthy Myctae aavar raistod bat ia the viity ef Thacydidae, aad the ifaJaMlj ti Heradotaa. Trey aaavesislad bat aa the 4Mnaar the Nile. The W it nri Ml pat of tUa bypothaaa is qaile apenapar pnartotiMflalaByof that name beiiw brought thither. Tha rhiMawii af Haner aearibiag double tha to aaa ef the beroce of tha pnof that he laokad hack toa very Sach ftaciftd ii^garaliuiis of tha s i aiHi e d ia la aaeaslan wKf be Ibaad ia af Ike awldla ^aa, that mast have beea ria illy T8«n af tha liMaw af tbeaa wkaai na poet ateribM a siae aad aiag saber belieC Tha aeeoant which Hoiaer gives of toe teaty of jEneas ceiMinuing to rrign over tha Trajaaa after the Greeks had rlsMBhsh ed Troy, theagh at vatiaace with Virgil's fidde, (a dp- eaaMtBMeef Bojpaat eeasaqamws as to its credibility,) has all tha air efnaiiiig basa drawn from contempora- ■nt of the family of it waald have beea difkult, aa well as Hirlsm, far Hoamr to have fimtd. Now the succimion of AaaasTs graal>fnaddalaraa to the kingdom ef Troy is the latest faetwWeh the peal has left on rcoonL The pnfaahly distarbed that very aad from Homer, who historical acmunta, being ailent laihaBta, it may be infetred, that he did not live to be iH|aiiiiliil with it. Tha otfaar snd later era which has beea asagned to our past, nmkes him ca nt empu s afy with Lycurgos, and, connect- ed with it, thera ia a traiditian of Homer and the law- ^ in tha iaiand of Chioa. But the pic- ef aaciaty which Hoaav exhibita da« not acconl Wbea we look to the verisimili- ef Ua daasfiplieae, we mast believe that lie paint- ed the aatani warld aad all its manners from the life. Thera is no traea ef his afcrting to give it an aiiti(|ua- tod air, or of wiahiag, as a mmlrm poet would proba- bly be inclined to do^ to atady timplicity of oMcctt for pictareaqae cCkI; on the oontrarv, whenever ne luxu- rialaa in dseeription it ie in painting artificial objects. Those who briaf dewa Honser, therafiae, so low ss the of Lyeorgaik scaa to frrgat that sisch a poet and 102 HOMER. Homer, such a legislator belong to diflTerent states of society. It ""~y"™^ lias been questioned, anil indeed it appears more tlian questionable, if the art of writing was known in the days of Homer. If we consult the poet himself upon this question, we shall find that in all his comprehensive picture of civil society there is nothing that decidedly conveys an idea of letters, or of reading. The words 'S.Afiair* Xvy^K, it is true, in the letter mentioned in the Iliad, which Bellerophon carries to the king of Lycia, have been quoted as a proof of alphabetical writing ; but the generality of the term has much more the ap- pearance of merely symbolical signs, or hieroglyphics, than of what we call writing. That such symbolical marks of thought were known in the rudest ages, there can be no doubt ; and what has been already alluded to in the travels of the poet as a possible and even pro- bable fact, namely, his consulting the records of differ- ent temples, must be taken with this understanding, that such records were, in all probability, also symboli- cal or hieroglyphical. The introduction of prose writ- ing into Greece took place at so late a period, as to leave it by much the more probable supposition, that alphabetical writing was unknown to Homer ; for when prose writing is of recent date, the alphabet can- not have been long in use. Homer, therefore, there is every reason to think, could neither read nor write ; he recited his own works from memory, and hence it is little wonderful that he addresses the Muses as the daughters of that faculty of the mind. In modern times, when the memory is at once distracted by so many pursuits, and obliged to lean on so many artificial assistances, we are apt to under-rate its powers when employed upon a single object, and trained by habitual exercise upon that object. To an ancient poet like Homer, his memory was not only the mother of his muse, but his constant and indispensable guardian. The rhapsodists also preserved his works by oral tradi- tion ; and if their subsistence depended in a profession where there were rivals to detect the e»rors of each other, upon the accuracy with which they recited those poems, they were perhaps more safe from corruptions and interpolations, or at all events from omissions in re- citation, than we might be apt to imagine, by ascribing the same lax exertions of memory to those reciters, which ainse in modern times from the constant reliance upon writing. It may be doubted whether the rhap- sodists made such havock in the sense of Homer, as the perverted ingenuity of writivg commentators has made in that of Shakespeare. Lycurgus, the legislator of Sparta, is said to have been the first who collected the fragments of Homer's poetry during his travels in Asia Minor, and on his re- turn by the island of Chios. Three hundred and seven years afterwards, Pisistratus, who erected at Athens the first public library that is mentioned in Grecian history, gave directions to a body of the learned for preparing an edition of the poet more correct than that of Lycur- gus, and Solon and Hipparchus are said to have assist- ed in the undertaking.* At the destruction of Athens, in the invasion of Xerxes, the Iliad and Odyssey were taken from thence, and conveyed to Persia ; and the des- pot himself seems to have respected this monument of taste and genius, since a part of the collection was found at Susa during the conquests of Alexander. It is perhaps to this epoch that we may assign the edition Odyssey which was rectified by Aratus, and Homtr bears the name of the Arata-an edition. Alex- '^■'^r^ of the which bears i ander's enthusiasm for the memory of Homer is one of the noblest traits of his character. He charged Anax- archus and Callisthenes to revise the copies of Ljxur- gus and Pisistratus ; and Aristotle put the last hand to this precious edition, called the edition of the casket. After the battle of Arbela, when tlie conqueror had found, in the tent of Darius, a casket of gold, enriched with stones of inestimable value, he there deposited the two poems of Homer, and laid the treasure along with his sword every night under his pillow. After the death of Alexander, Zenodotus of Ephesus was charged, by the first of the Ptolemies, with the task of revising the edition of the casket. The last edition belonging to this period of high antiquity is that which Aristar- chus, the greatest critic of his age, published under the auspices of Ptolemy Philometer, about nineteen centu- ries and a half ago, and which has served as a model for all collections of the works of Homer both in the middle ages and modern times. The first edition of Homer since the invention of printing, was that of Demetrius Chalcondyles of Athens, and of Demetrius of Crete. It is entirely in Greek, is very magnificent, and now exceedingly scarce. It ap- peared at Florence in December 1488, in one folio, and had been collated with the commentaries of Eusta- thius. It was not till half a century after, that the works of Homer appeared again in Greek, with the en- tire commentaries of Eustathius. t This edition, the only complete one of the commentary of Eustathius, had long been regarded as a.chef d'ceuvre of sound cri- ticism and correctness, till the learned discovered innu- merable faults in it, by comparing it with MSS. ; and the improvement of taste at last threw contempt on the barren prolixity of the commentary. Six years after the Roman edition of Eustathius, there appeared at Leyden the first esteemed edition of the prince of poets, that had a Latin version. It contained also the scholia of Didymus, a commentator assigned to the age of Augustus. We notice here only those editions which may be said to form an epoch in the illustration of Ho- mer. Joshua Barnes brought out at Cambridge the Greek and Latin texts of Didymus, with his own com- mentaries. The edition of Samuel Clarke appeared at London in 1734; that of Ernesti at Leipsic in 1764. Villoison, who was sent to Venice by the French go- vernment to collect ancient relics of literature, found in the library of St Mark, an unique copy of the Iliad of the 10th century, with the remarks of sixty of the most famous critics of antiquity, such as Aristarchus and Ze- nodotus. It appeared, that this manuscript had been made from a copy in the library of the Ptolemies that was burnt by the barbarian Omar. Villoison remained two years at Venice to copy it with his own hand, and printed it in a folio volume, entirely Greek. As the ori- ginal possessor of this literary treasure had joined to it many various and lost editions of the poet, this publi- cation of Villpison may be called the Ilomeri variorum of antiquity. Vl^olff and Heyne are the two latest edi- tors of Homer. Their merits have been so frequently treated of in the reviews and literary journals of our own time, that we forbear to descant upon them. The memory of the great poet has received not only the homage of conmientators and editors of his works. • Diog. Lacrt. Plut. in Hipparcho. t With the following tide, Homeri Ilias et Odytna, Grace, cum Commtntariii CrtBcit Buntathii, Anhipiacopi Teataianicentis ; lie mce, apud Bladum et GiuTitum, 1542 aud liSO, 4 vols, ia folio. HOME R. 103 b«C of timv«Ilcr«, who have ouricd the reader't imafi- nation to tb* Mcne of hi« action. Amaoff tbete may be noticed ToOTncfart, the French natunJiat, who un. dentooil tte ehwiral •• weU «• bia friMiitB y m tt tb l t worU. BidHH Raeoefcc abo cHiiRl bM NMBKhM in- to GfMc^ tbaagb wkb itaa M riri b rtinci to the pabtic cvnoaitT than into other qoaitva. Ladj Uarj Mo«t- l^ae ^mlttd the TVomI, itMagfa aMwewfart baMily, and Mw. or imagined ifcaft alw «w, the tomb of Achilles. Doctor Chandler viritad Am Miwir and Grawx in 176V-6 laakea ingenious and l a ub able conjecture*, ia &r Axm baring aettied the e uBtiw e nj r of the Troed ; and Chrraber ami Gell, who wtC B cdt d him in the fame attempt, haire been laai teamed and much more mtoitou* in tiicir aappoaiboaa. To the real adnrinr of HooMr the turtiiwenj will prabaMr appear of teat inpoitance than it has been OHdc Forthefiitevkjref fading, at the end of SOOO yeart, tbetilaaf a town, of which an ancient poet Mjr*, that, in hi* own time, the very mina bad dHappearad, (ctiaat ptrmt rmntr,) tbei* ia sorely an appannt and ' em raaaon in tha cbaMta and lavMrM which 90 l^^tb^[|OTaa baa oandamned linn to Tarti ■Bttvtod lUw MOdna oa tbe IiirlnHjFi nHBad nai nvni bia iooal rcpnblie. mind wmU eonidw Imit hmmi •• adopt tba wiU I war aa tba Tn^ ever esi■•• tor, tbe leaden of tba two meat AmoM acboate of pW> Ibaapoy. nnBjjj, m hUr timaa, eompaaad a tn^ tfK on tba (Mngphy of Momcr. _On tba olber baid. Mid Plato bik- TvpobHc^' Yet Mnidat the • oftbe' it ia aMjr to parcaira tba reaaoos in hi* motiraa far ba arcn rcaeema oor opniMR oC bia toato by narfaivMdibaanlaiM tbis bMfakaMt to be pot in ftna. FWm^ k rfiwnid ba raaalaetod, arlwiti m n*. lira onlr two aKktoneaa, tba origbtoi idaa, and tba ba- b^wM cbtetly Iilmti afar cayyof tbt biaa. ■te BH aHMnH ibh ha ahnoat arrest* bis tongue from condemning hiin, and that he cansiderti him a.1 the maker of all poets who have succeeded liim, particularly those of the drama. After tfaiB a pology, be demoaatrates at great length that the goda of tba IKad avt caleulatad to give us unworthy notion* of divinity, a fact which, pMottMkicalfy eoiw aidered, it is not very difficult to pruve. To exculpate Homer from thia heavy charget botb his ancient and modem admirer* have r t eo ur se to altegory ; and in this system of explaining the Iliad, have mixed a vast deal cif aba urdit T with a very snvall portion ot truth. It ia true that there wa« allegory and emblem both in a»> eient rd^icm and philosophy ; and some of the fictioni of Homer carry their allegarical meaning in their ap- pearance. But to see nothing in the whole Iliad l)iit moral a bstmctio na personified, is an idea as intolerable to common scnae as to poetical feeling. Such a forced emlaiMtian of tbe Iliad would after all leava tbe poem Muto as inimw al as it is in iu plain intarpretatian. Somtoar we toke Jupiter for the powar of God^ Oestiagr for ni* will, Jmto for hia justice, Venns lor his mercy, and Minerva for his wiadom, we shall still find the dicology of Homer a* deftctioe aa if wa take thing* as Aey are in the IIumI, that ia, if wa andeistond his dei- tiaa to be iuHi ienced bjr tba passions of men. H smi i painlad tba foAi Jail as tbe vulgar belief repmea n tod tten. It liH impimibte Ibr bim to have dom oIIm»- wiaa^ lor basaald not ennto a naw reKgiant bnttf we eonld aapp ment and ■HOBtn faaa baan applied with the same slv aordity tobisbaraaa, m tba standard of para tbotdqcy ^a ba^ to bte ifivi^ili^ wmch Oad raw thoogM, and by tba otbar aiialanow all tba An oti^acti May tfani aaly c •rainiodcl, tbetfts Iftban, says Plata^ (magthia af Mi ava Mad of Ibte •my prindpte of bo> jafbteavai I baldly ba caBaa aran Aa copy of • oopy, ) a peat iteaM p iaa ta l btomlf ■aaagat oa wha k»M*a bow to tnaoai arary tMav ia iMtara by iadi we mooKi cttoiy oar waamMB lar mm aa av a ( lersoa, wao oHJmai tobai person, we sboald Mil hba dtet oar peiiiieal irBBiaiy dM aat admit of ndipcrooaa aatoi^aa, and w* ahaoM taai him to another city afaw harfaif tuitalllad Mm with perftimcs. and uu wna i l Ma Mod wfNi tawam, It ma« MOW lit nfiiahrl with tospaah of Hoomt fclniiilf. it ia with tba dsapast re rttrttea for his gCBia& Ha ewaa ftm iha laap a tt snd tevt which ht Mi fidtaactUtiaflBey far Ma writings I owned, that even tha w ai t * of a peat ooufal hardly iniiil I WlnPUtooamm la tha timm wMoh bad*, saribad, tbe power of a nun's body eonstituted tl» grralar part of his eatimstion in oocialy. Ha who coald sapport tbe haarieak load of anaoar, ami who eonld giro and tafca tha hordcat blows, was ■ fanaid»> Ma man or a hsvn* Whan this oapanority ipat aaoe It astaDMaao hia ranli in exact ooBMparison it is so common in Homer's of aeknow lodged te •miarior to him. At the aqaality of anns and tnc iwit woald make a man ashamed of Bat in Homer, Anam mys wttmmt i " I know tlwt thoa art otoro vaboBlthaa m^" wMeh ia, hi aibar words, « 1 know that thoa ait atnagar." £aam adda, " faf, Aoteaarr, ifwmm god pretastr ai^, / sAatf he mile to eo mfmr . " And tbk m a general principle, which to^ eartan extent may be said to constitate all OS tha laad, namely, that pasrcr, soooam, all eonw faom tha goda. When Ago* laa Ma o u tiatB apaa Addllas, ha saya that aama god had dialaibad his raasoa. It te the pro- tection of uda or that divinity that gives the Gnwk and ~" " " . • . . - the armies, or diminiahlnir the Rlocy Wa see clcsrly thst Homer iccuvn w ! ■— VT vnm\ tiiTiiiitj inai Ki*w uir \TrevK Trojan heroes each a triumph in hi* tura ; it ii mapire tham far tlv aaaabat ; bat we moat not rc| thia intorvaatiaa af thodaitim as diminiahlnir the a HflffflCT. this oftlw 104 HOME R. Homer, docs not lessen their importance on that account. ^^^-^^ On tlie contrary, the epic spirit of the piece is hei^jht- ened by this machinery, because it is clearly perceived that the heroes thus favoured of heaven, rise in the opi- nion of tlieir associates and atlversaries on that account. Achilles excepted, there is not a hero of the Iliad who does not at some time or other retire before another. What distinguishes the bravest, such as Ajax and Diomede, is, that they fight as they retreat. And it may be observed, to the glory of Homer, that, in spite of this divine intervention, which we might expect to confound all distinctions of human bravery, he still preserves tlie distinctive character of greatness in his lieroes, even when yielding to supernal influence. It is a singular trait in the Iliad, that the sullen rest of its hero Achilles should form the main-spring of the action. His absence appears to be the cause of the dis- asters of his countrymen, which prolong the contest. Tliis, so far from being a defect in the plan of the ac- tion, is an artifice which carries internal evidence of the whole plan being the invention of one great mind; all the prowess of the successive agents that are de- scribed, ministers to the ultimate triumph of him by whom Hector is to fall. In the fire and spirit of this ancient hero. Homer has not certainly left what it would be absurd to seek for in ancient poetry, a model of pure morality ; but he has consummated the picture of all that must have commanded the respect of warlike and barbarous times, and has in fact pourtrayed a being that would, under different circumstances, in all ages predominate over the rest of his species, by his pride and energy. It may be necessary to notice the vulgar tradition of his being invulnerable all over but in the heel ; but Homer does not debase the courage of his hero by such a fable : nor is his character of stern pride unrelieved by circumstances that touch us with an in- terest in his fate. His youth, his beauty, his maternal descent from a goddess, the certain prediction that, while he could find no conqueror, he was one day to perish in the Trojan war, prepare us for the part of no vulgar hero. To enter on a minute criticism of the Iliad would far exceed our limits. The most superficial readers are probably acquainted with the hackneyed objections that have been made to its prolixity of speeches and military details, to the minuteness and surgical de- scription of wounds, the ferocity of its manners, and the abusive epithets which the heroes exchange when they quarrel. The French criticism of La Motte and Perrault has gone even so far as to blame the simplicity of its manners, and to throw contempt on Achilles for cooking his own dinner. The majority of those objec- tions are frivolous. It is true that the primitive abund- ance of expletives, and the Greek loquacity of Homer, may at times be excessive; but the dramatic air which the constant dialogue gives to the Iliad, would be ill exchanged for the conciseness of mere narrative. The diversity of Homer's battles, as an eminent critic has observed, shews an invention next to boundless ; the technical terms of the wounds that are described, ap- pear technical to us, only because the language of sci- ence is derived from Greek ; and the fastidious taste that is offended with the bold simplicity of ancient manners, would with equal propriety find fault with Salvador Rosa for not having adorned his mountain scenery with terraces and gravel-walks. Achilles cooking his dinner is certainly a considerably more poetical personage than Louis the XIV. would have been if La Motte had made him the hero of an Epopee, treading on a velvet carpet, and commanding the Mai- tre d'hotel to prepare his fricasees. The excellencies of the Iliad, independent of the beautiful and sonorous language to which it belongs, may be summed up in the vastness and variety of the picture of existence which it spreads before us ; the spirit and perpetual motion of its agents ; the relieving interchanges of an interesting inferior world, and a heaven of voluptuous and gay mythology ; the progres- sive swell and importance of the story ; and the art with which the very rest of Achilles is made subser- vient to the evolution of his grandeur ; the full physiog- nomy of human character displayed in every age and situation of life ; the unstudied strength of his circum- stances in description ; and the contagious spirit with which he seizes the mind to sympathy with his martial passion : Such an apocalypse of life, from its sublimest tumults to its minutest manners, was never communi- cated by another human imagination. If Homer has erred at all, it is from the wealth, or rather from the pathos of his genius, in giving so strong a countervailing interest to the character of Hector. This unquestionably diminishes our exultation in the triumph of Achilles. Yet who would wish that fault undone.'' Here is the generosity of genius, even in the poet, scorning the bigotry of national hatred that would depreciate the heroism of an enemy. It is, perhaps, re- peating superfluously, what few have to be told, that the character of Achilles, so unlike the inexorabilis acer of Horace, has a relief of the noblest traits of compas- sion and generosity amidst the fury of his savage pas- sions. The concluding book of the Iliad teems with the most touching circumstances of his generosity. He receives King Priam, joins him in his tears at the re- collection of their respective losses ; perfumes the body, and orders it to be kept out of the father's sight, lest it should shock the grief of the king ; places it himself in a litter, fearing that Priam might burst into a fit of ex- asperation, and should exasperate himself also ; and, fi- nally, refreshes him with food and sleep in his tent, and takes him by the right hand as a friend. In recogni- zing such traits of compassion in the proverbially sa- vage Achilles, one is tempted to believe, that humanity is not so modern a virtue as some would have us be- lieve. The Odyssey speaks less to the imagination than the Iliad, but it introduces us to a still more minute and interesting view of ancient manners, and it awakens with deeper effect the softer passions that appear but rarely in the other poem. It is strange, that La Harpe, who redeems much of his bad French taste by an ap- parently sincere enthusiasm for the genius of Homer, should say, that the Odyssey is devoid of the eloquence of sentiment. If by sentiment we mean the sickly misanthropy, or the rampant enthusiasm which distin- guishes so many modern productions, there is certainly nothing of the kind in the Odyssey ; and the difference of circumstances in which human nature was then placed, must be fairly estimated,* before we can even • Many Oriental countries retain to this day manners of society nearly similar to those described in the Odyssey. There is notliing more remarkable in those manners than the degree of refinement to which profound dissimulation is carried in all ranks. The stran- ger accommodates his language much le.isto his own sentiments, than to his hopet and fears, or the countenance of those he meets. The arts of disguise are, in those countries, the great arts of life; and the character of Ulysses would form a perfect model for those who wish to make their way with security aud respect. Cruelty, violence, and injustice, are also so evidently the result of defective H O M 105 HON H«-ki'» pardon ttumj nuxinis of moral conduct which UlyMe* practically amwa: but if by sentiment we mean the onaophiMicstcd feeling of ttie heart, where, it may be aakcoTahall we find it, if it tt not found in the pathetic shaations of Telcmachu*, the conjuj^l lo> e of Penelo- pe, and the return of L'lyase* to hi« home, with all the circnmatJince* that attend it, hii aged dog expiring with jov at hb feet, and his father relating to him, while he retain* Ida dkniae, all the little rircuro- at hii childhood tnat could awaken his teoder- cat aMociatxma. Besides the IKad and Odyssey, Homer is said to hare composed another poem, entitled MiurgiUt. It is BOW losL It is said by some to have been a comedy ; bat, ftom some vcrtcs in the content between Homer and Hesiod, k may be rather conjectured to have been a piece of mockery and satire. Margites is the name or a pcnon in a verse that is preserved br Plato, who is described as knowing many things, and knowing no- thing welL Such a dtaracter may nave been the ori- ginal hero of Homer's satire, and been thus' damne«I to •veriasting memory, Kke the Mac Flecknoe of Dryden. The little mock heroie of the Battle of the Mice and Frogt, is well known, from Pamell** translation, to the En^ish mdir. Plufca s u r Heyne sappoacs it sparioas» bfca— ■ be finds scarcely any verses m it that braatile the spirit of Hoocr ; bat this is no deckiv* argoncnt, as Homer night be the wont of all pa tad iUs , tbo^ili the best Of anginal poets. The hTmm attributed to attmtian, as, along with thoae dt , thtf tarn « eorioos batoricd aMnaacBt of tho Mpuv Mpantkiom oi MtXttfutj. UiifiNltt> iHtcly, m die n uaa ei w cnllec ti Bii af then whicb Qnfcc's Homer esbibits, there is ealy out u ci hap a , ria. the f^/wm to AfeUo, which b not apoCfjpMl ; and the adialint vt Pindar throws doobts aroi opon that am. Bm Thncyd h ha rNamised in that ode the looeh of Honarie farioa, end the s wli m y es of a scho- liast baa certrinhr no right to be put in cp np e tit ioo with that of so elagam a writer. As to the cpignms D occanaoally aacrraeo to hin^ ™^ carry I proof of tbeir sparioaaneM. («) HOMICIDE, (HmmmMmm), hi bw, b the kilfii« of any human cmftare. Thb act b of three kinds, ao> J to tba dranMtaoi hi whfab it b perpetrated, Tifc > i ( | » « r . iiiiniih. mifikmkm, or es^Mr. • \mhlitmU* when the act b r n n vddihle n waa s ity , and infers nodtgrre of g«ik or blame ; aa, Ifar OMtance, by virtue t4 soch an dke aa obligca one, in tbe csecvticm of public Ja»- tiea, to pa* to death a maklktor, who balh ftHHiad hb filb by tbe lava and rerdict of hb coantry. Tlib adbahocenaidafad iartilable m Mane case., either ftr Ae e d i a i K e iu e Mt ef pabKc jastice. or fcr tbe pre. vimitei of some atneioaa crime. I of some atneioaa crime. Hesaiddr is rjrcaaaMr, when a pcrMn wgagMl in a lawfU act u. withoot faitenlioa. the oaase af analber's EzcBsable hamicide b of two kinds ; cUier Mr ^— , by n bi h i Bt ii i a . erfc rfr/infciMfc, fa &, defence, including homicide upon chance-rHtdUv, where- by a man kills another, who assaults him, in the course of a sudden brawl or quarrel. Fflonious or culpabte homicide has different degrees, wbxh distinguish the offence into manslaughter and iriUul murder ; in the last of which, the act, being com- mitted from malice and forethought, admits of no de- fence, and subjects the criminal to the highest pun- ishment of the law. See BUckstone ; Erskine ; and' Hume Oh Crimfi. (i) HOMOLOGOCS Siocs and Angles. See Geo- MKTRY, vol. X. p. 214, col. I. HOMOPHONI, in music, denotes the unison whose ratio is 1=1, and whose expression in Fare/s noUtion is 0. See Firat Minor. HONAN. See China, vol. vi. p. 2U, col I. HONDL'R.AS, or Hibi'KRas, a maritime province of the Spanish kingdom of Guatimala in America, whidi the Spaniards calculate to extend 1 85 Itsgues from north to south, and 50 from east to west. The sur- Climate face is in general mountainous, and is intersected by deep vallies, conducting numerous rivers down to the sea ; but part of the coast is extremely low and marshy. A hot and humid atmosphere renders the province un- heahhy, unless on the shore, where regular breeses re- fhafa the inhabitants; and here epidemical diseases rarely prevail. .Thunder showers are frequent during the wannest season, sometimca raging with great vio- lence. This province b penetrated hy a lar^ bay, called the Bay of Honduras, to which our notice shall be men particularly directed : the coast abounds in dangers to the mariner from rocks and shoals ; and all aloag iu nMrgia we keys, that is, peninsulas or promon- torin^ brt w uu ertaks and the mouths of rivers. These keys are known by dlfcaBt namea, m St George's key, TumefT key, Anbfrgtaasf key, and the like ; and some of the islands pasa by the same denomination. Some anthors affim, tluft gold and silver are found Kaiuisl in Honduras ; but, according to the late traveller Hum- pnidoc- boldt, it scarcely presents any metallic mines. Vege- """• tatioa b in renarkable luxuriance, and the niants nuroe- raoa and iHrersified. Grapes are produceu twice a yeur fVon the vines; sugar canes, coffee, cotton, and in- digo, are aboiMlant, and also grain of several kinds ; bat tbe inhabitants are too indolent to avail themselves of the benefit s of ruture. The most important plants, ^u,„__ in a f Bminettial view, are mahoganv and logwood ; the ' "'•'"'' Ibnaar b employed for all descriptions of furniture in Brkaia and AaMrica, and Uir latter fur dyeing. Chiefly tar the pu rpose of obtaining these two commodities, a BH6A irttMnmt bn long neon eatablishe i w sf ilM ««ak tgaiait llw Mrooc. In Ibc harals Hmm. honricid* wm m common, last w« ■»■ tx ptai oiladlBf to a tni^ln mmimm uUat ttmttm nadsr lbs raof of a suaf^er, (M sseapt, ool puUic jusikt, but th« . nisB(i •ribctstMioasef iM4MBasstf,)as»CaaBsresnn«aaslalift> ML. zi. r aaa I. ■ —,m. . HON 106 HON MahngMiy. Hnniluras. cd, and to cut it Jown about twelve feet from the ground. When felled, the logs are, with much labour, draj^rged to the banks of the streams, and being formed into rafts sometimes of 200 united, are floated as many miles, to places where the rivers are crossed by strong cables, and then the owners separate their respective shares. It is said that the boughs and limbs afford the finest wood, but in Britain mahogany is more valued on account of size ; and none is allowed to be exported to the United States of America exceeding 20 inches in Logwood, diameter. The logwood, on the other hand, affects low swampy grounds, growing contiguous to fresh water creeks and lakes, on the edges of which the roots, the most valuable parts of the wood, extend. It is sought in the dry season, and the wood-cutters having built a hut in the vicinity of a number of trees in the same spot, collect the logs in heaps ; and afterwards float up small canoes in the wet season, when the ground is laid under water, to carry them off. This is considered a very un- healthy employment. Animals. Many wild animals inhabit the province, among which are two kinds of tiger as generally described ; but they are more probably of the leopard species, the Brasilian and black tiger. Both of them are fierce; they are said sometimes to attack man ; but their depredations are chiefly confined to cattle. The tapir, which is near- ly the size of a small cow, is reputed to inhabit the thickest parts of the forests in the neighbourhood of creeks and rivers, and is very rarely to be seen by day. There are different kinds of wild hogs, three species of the armadillo, and numerous monkeys. Of birds may be named the turkey, concerning whose native coun- try naturalists have expressed doubts, but here it lives in pairs in the most sequestered recesses of the woods, and cannot easily be taken alive. It never survives in captivity, and the young hatched from eggs, gene- rally wander away to the original haunts of the mo- thers. The toucan, oriole, macaw, and pelican, are common. A great quantity of honey and wax are ob- tained from the bees of this country, which construct their combs in holes of the earth. The rivers abound in fish ; and the manati and turtle are the constant ob- jects of pursuit on the shores. Inhabitantf. In regard to the inhabitants of Honduras ; the total population of the province, consisting of natives, Ame- ricans, Spaniards, and English, with African slaves, is said to have diminished. We are quite ignorant of any calculations as to its amount; but that cf the British settlement in the Bay of Honduras, is computed at about 3700 or somewhat more, of which there are 200 white inhabitants, rather more than 500 people of co- lour and free blacks, and 3000 negro slaves. Neither are we acquainted with the precise geographical limits of the settlement, or the number, extent and position of the towns belonging to the Spaniards. Formerly the principal English establishment was at St George's Key, which is a healthful and agreeable situation, still containing a number of good houses, but now it is at Balize, a town at the mouth of a river of the same name, called Wallix by the Spaniards. It consists of about 200 houses, many of which are spacious and well finished ; all are built of wood, and for the most part raised 8 or 10 feet from the ground on mahogany p'.Ilars. An agreeable and picturesque effect is pro- 2 duced by groups of lofty cocoa trees, and the foliage tf of the tamarind thickly interspersed, while they afford to the inhabitants a grateful shelter from the fervour of the sun. This town is accessible to an enemy only J Irom the sea ; for it is totally tnv ironed behind by a ' morass, extending many miles into the country, which. during the rainy season, is neai-ly covered with water. Hondurat, A strong fort lately erected in a commanding situation Honey, guards the channel of approach; and the inhabitants '~ iT™' have formed a militia as a farther means of defence. The jirincipal trade of the British settlement con- Trade, sists in the export of mahogany, logwood, and tortoise shell ; while the articles of import are chiefly for the con- sumption of the settlers, being those of British manufac- ture, and salted provisions for the slaves. They also obtain cattle from the Spaniards, who, besides, carry on considerable traffic in cotton bed-covers, which are much esteemed in that province. The Bay of Hondu- ras is reckoned a very favourable situation for trade ; and the preservation of the settlement occasions no expence to government, as the revenue somewhat ex- ceeds the expenditure. During the last and preceding century, the coast and History, islands of Honduras were a great resort of pirates, who found sufficient subsistence and concealment to ena- ble them to commit their ravages against defenceles vessels. On the largest island, called Ruatan or Rat- tan, about SO miles long, rich and fertile, there is a small Spanish outpost; but, according to Philip Ashton's Memorial, it was uninhabited in 1723, Previous to the year 1763, English mercantile adventurers had esta- blished themselves on the coast, at which time the court of Spain admitted them to remain on condi- tion that their fortifications should be demolished. However, all were taken prisoners or dispersed in 1782; and having been enabled to return in 1781', under a treaty with the Spanish government, they finally settled at Balize. Here they remained undisturbed until the year i 798, when the Spaniards having fitted out an ar- mament, made an attempt to capture the town, Tliey were speedily repulsed, and the colony has never since had to dread any enemy. See Alcedo Diccionario ; Uring's Voyages and Travels; Ashton's Memorial; and Henderson's Account of the Settlement of Honduras, (c) HONEY is a saccnarine vegetable secretion, most abundant in the nectarium of flowers. Some authors consider it an elementary principle of all vegetables without exception : They suppose that it exists in every part of plants, and that their life is dependent on its presence. We do not know, however, that the saccha- rine matter of plants is universally convertible into ho- ney. It is much more copiously diffused in certain flowers than in others, both of the same and of dif- ferent species : in some it cannot be recognised, and the weather has always a powerful influence on its se- cretion. A hot and sultry atmosphere, charged with electricity, is considered most favourable to the produc- tion of honey. Honey seems to be of various quality, sometimes of a grateful taste and odour, sometimes pungent and bitter, or even of a deleterious nature, which probably originates from the flowers. This substance appears in its sensible shape when collected by bees, a tribe of insects which may almost be considered as reduced under the dominion of man. But naturalists are not agreed whether honey under- goes a particular elaboration in their bodies, thence de- riving its flavour and consistence, or whether it is merely collected and is still seen in its pristine state. A bee having entered a flower, apparently absorbs the liquid nectar by its proboscis, whence it is con- ducted to an intestinal sac exclusively appropriated for its reception, commonly called the honey bag. The animal is then plump and cylindrical, and returning to the hive, disgorges the contents into cells selected for that purpose. By repeated Hccumulations the cell is filled, and then sealed by concentric circles of the thin- HON 107 H O O i;«-»t WM, begun at tbe dretnaftrence and dosed in the which ii octremcly beautiful. It consisU chiefly of a Iloniioo centra. There it ii kept, as i« (appcwed, for winter spacious and handsome street, running from east to jj *,,j store; at least no other use is assigned to it: but we west, throafffa which passes the high road from Exeter .^,^,^ cannot be soficiently reserred m clasung disUnt anti- to Chard. Two other streets cross this at right angles, ripations among the instincts of aninuu. It is prin- one on the north-west leading to Cullumpton, and the cipally in the more civiti»e»1 countries that bees are other on the north leading to Taunton. Through the c u a fi ned m htrea. In manr places, they form their principal street flows a stream of pure water, which cM^ba in tnuiks of tree*, and also in cavities of rocks, the inoabitants receive from a dippinf-placc opposite ■od tbe eutb. In India, there b a spedcs wbidi con- almost every door. The buildings, which are almost ■towta a tii^^ comb of rtrj large dimensions, attached all modem, were covered with slstc, in consequence of to the under part of the beuch of a tree well shehered. the town having been twice destroyed by fire in 1747, During winter, a great portJoo of the honey thtu pre- when three.fourths of it were reduced to ashes, and, in served, it imdoublcdly oonsimed ; and it it understood 17fi5, when nearly 180 booaes were consumed. In that the safety of an ordinary hive is endangered if 1790 and 1797. it snfoed considerably from fire. there be a anialler qoantity than twelve poan. :... .luisb. a late t^.i .„^.\.,i^ .««- •lOhor, by a moderate cakmlatioi, cndcavoors tosfiew. ^'*'' popuUtK>n. ,'7^., dMt in the yeax 1917. the oroflt from -- ' •-.p par. ^- ■' ' vhelc's llulorg of Dnonthire ; and the Beau- rh ili I in I8I« thoMid be tsn : 15 : i ten re- . land and tVattt, vol. iv. p. ^. oaiin to carry on the stock. He cmi«i(irn tiie chief innii. See VrrcRiNi^Ry .MrutciKE. obrtacle to the cultwe of bees, to emtre m the nai of HOOCHLY, a river in Bengal, and the port of Cal- AecomnMn hive; and thrt. on the whole, it is better cntta, is formed by the Junctian of the Cosaimbasar and ttetbqrshenUbodortroTed at the end of the season. JHlingfay, the two wcMamrnaat branches of the Ganges. The cosnbabeiiig withdrawn from t' are to The Hoogfaly, thoogb by no mcuis the largwt btsacfa, be hid on a flne rirr o above a vessel, ch the bM the dMpcat outlet to the sea, and ia oonaiderad by hart honey wiD b* iwedvid : gentle beat will dben. the Hindoos aa the true Ciangca, or nMSt sacred part of gage tfMT not in yatty ; nd the whole rcmdhtng that rivar. It u the only branch which is commonly — *f»* y ^ ?""?^2*' *"* |>««^ whmby the re- nav^plad by farna vcomIs ; but iu entrance and pas. ■dndar win be iifm tid A catahi gwawtity of wax sage are a ai>ef th 3<» extremely dangerous, not so much ssid Oher u u| wiltw a lways peso over ^endera from the shaflo wm ai of the cnannd, as ftwn the num- ^^ri^tfmrj to mtm ^a htmrj etmA:^. :!ievca. her of the sndi^aalu which project into the sea. At sett agahi to best, and this admiu tbnr rising to itt janetion particularly with the noopnarrain, there is tbew&ce. when the whole can be rmosed. The a luge ahMt of water tarmcfl. which is full of shoals ; ptttifc^Ai of honeyia amdiHtad after a diftnat jao. ad. as the bod of the Hooghly turns to the right, ma. ceaa, accwdin g to the conntty wherein it is ptactiMd : ny vessels are lost, by being carried, with the force of snd prmfaont h ave farm oJfrrv-I for the hart mode of the tidc^ up the Roopnarrain, which more directly faces dcsng w ca the contjnent lluticy should be choaen the approach from the sea There is also, at tliis beud of an agreaaUeodoar, sweet, d«r, and new ; hut it of the Hoo){lily, a dangrmus sand named the Jamca may he prr^rrrH a yrv oelMigcr in the cotnti. tiHt re. and M»rv jr.Mind whidi the channel seldom continues *■*" ' JS*^*l^'*- See Hub«- . tlx? u l>t iJm* in sncoeesion, and requires very «^: TTfittitr tm Bt€$: Rea /*- frequ.:.: >«. The bore, which oosnfr ' *•"■ 'TowiBfes; and our article Hooghly point, where tlie river first contrar; "" ^ percepUbleslw— 'I- •■■wjiof Moop^"- --';,,, imir* . "' 'wn of England, distant ; ami so >e nnvrr- le, tliat it '" " ••■,i.,i. tintma passes through : t m £ur nuuro. it does not Otter, run mi the Calt i I'ut proceeds along the oppo> •—'—^ o~ •* t-voatry, site bank, from whkh u crosses at Chitpoor, about four H O O 108 H O O II Hookc. miles above Fort William, and rushes with great vio- lence past Bamagore, Duckinsore, &c. At Calcutta, , it sometimes occasions an instantaneous rise of five feet, and, upon its approach, it is necessary for boats to quit tJie shore, and go for safety into tne middle of the river, (o) HOOGHLY, a district in the province of Bengal, extends along both sides of the river Hooghly, and is situated principally between the 20° and 23° of North Latitude. It is hounded on the north by the districts of Burdwan and Kishenagur; on the south, by the sea; on the west, by Midnapoor ; and on the east, by Jes- sore, and the Sunderbunds. It consists entirely of low, flat, and fertile land ; but, though one of the earliest of the East India Company's acquisitions, and immediate- ly adjoining to the town of Calcutta, where a constant market is found for its produce, three fourths of it still remnin in a state of nature, the habitation of alligators, tigers, and reptiles. The division nearest to the sea, particularly, is covered with jungle, and is remarkably unhealthy, and thinly inhabited. Salt of an excellent quality, (and possessing, in the opinion of the natives, a peculiar sanctity, because extracted from the mud of the most sacred branch of the Ganges,) is manufactured on the coast for the government. The whole district is intersected by rivers, so as to render it capable of complete inland navigation ; but these remote streams are greatly infested by river pirates, who rob in gangs, and frequently apply torture for the purpose of extort- ing the discovery of concealed property, (q) HOOGHLY, an ancient town in the last mentioned •province, situated on the west side of the river of the same name, about 26 miles above Calcutta, in North Latitude 22° 54', and East Longitude 88" 28'. It was a place of considerable importance under the Mogid government, and was the seat of their custom-house for collecting the duties of merchandize carried up the western branch of the Ganges. It is now comparative- ly of little note, but still tolerably flourishing, and well inhabited. The French, Dutch, Portuguese, and Danes, had originally factories at Hooghly ; and, in I6;52, while in the possession of the Portuguese, it was the scene of the first serious quarrel between the Mo- guls and Europeans. After a siege of three months and a half, it was carried by assault by the Mogul ar- my, and the greater part of the Portuguese were put to the sword, or taken prisonei's. In 1640, the Eng- lish were permitted to build a factory at this place ; but their trade was greatly restricted, and subject to continual exactions. In l6'S6, they were involved in hostilities with the native powers, in consequence of a quarrel between some of their soldiers and those of the nabob ; and though peace was speedily restored, they withdrew their settlement to Chittanuttee, or Calcutta. See Bruce's Annals of the East India Compaiuj ; Ren- nol's Memoir of a Map of Hiiidoslan ; Lord Valentia's Travels ; and Hamilton's East India Gazetteer. ((^) HOOKAH is the name of a pipe for smoking, in great use among eastern nations. It consists of a glo- bular vessel of glass, nearly filled with water, in which two tubes are inserted ; a perpendicular one which holds the tobacco, and an oblique one to which the mouth is applied. The smoke is thus rendered peculiarly agree- able, by passing through the water. HOOKE, Robert, an eminent natural philosopher, was born at Freshwater, on the west side of the Isle of Wight, on the 18th July 1635, and for the first seven years of his life was in a very infirm state of health. His father, who was the minister of the parish, edu- cated him under his own roof, as he had been such a sickly child that he was not expected to live. He was at first intended for the church, but after begin- ning the Latin grammar, his health became so weak, and he was so much subject to headacl-e, that his parents despaired of making him a scholar. Being thus left to the direction of his own genius, he amused himself in the formation of toys, and be even succeeded in the construction of a wooden clock, that exhibited in a rough manner the hours of the day, and in the formati(jn of a full rigged ship, about a yard long, which had a contrivance for firing some small guns as it sailed across a piece of water. Tliis circum- stance led his parents to the resolution of putting him an apprentice to a watcli- maker, or a painter; but by the death of his father in 16iS, r.either of these plar's were adopted. He was placed, indeed, for a time ur- der the celebrated painter Sir Peter I.ely ; but he soon found from experience, that he had chosen a profession which the state of his health would not allow him to prosecute. He was therefore sent to Westminster school, and was kindly taken into Dr Busby's house, where he made great progress in Latin, Greek, He- brew, and other oriental languages. He made also considerable progress in Euclid, and, as Wood infonns us, he invented and communicated to Dr Wilkins MtV/y different modes nfflijiiig ! In the year lo50 according to Mr Wood, and 1653 according to Mr Waller, he went to Christ's Church, Ox- ford. In 1()5S he was introduced to the Philosophical Society there. He was employed to assist Dr Willis in his chemical experiments ; and he afterwards la- boured several years in the same capacity with Mr Boyle. He received instructions in a.stronomy from Dr Seth Ward, Savilian professor of that science in Oxford, and was henceforth distinguished for the in- vention of various astronomical and mechanical instru- ments, and particularly for the air-pump which he con- trived for Mr Boyle. In consequence of perusing Ricciolus's>i/»nage4<, which Dr W^ard put into his hands, l>e was led, in the years 1656, 1657, and 1658, to the invention of the balance or pendulum spring, one of the greatest improvements which has been made in the ai-t of horology : (See HonoLOGV, chap. iii. p. 137.) He mentioned this discovery to Mr Boyle, who, as Dr Hooke remarks, " immetiiately after his Majesty's restoration, was plea- sed to acquaint the Lord Brouncker and Sir Robert Moray witli it, who advised me to get a patent for the invention ; and propoimded very probable ways of making consideraible advantage by it. To induce them to a belief of m)' performance, I shewed a pocket- watch, accommodated with a spring applied to the arbor of the balance to regulate the motion thereof. This was so well approved of^ that Sir Robert Moray drew me up the form of a patent ; the principal part whereof, viz. the description of the watch so regulated, is in his own hand-writing, which I have yet by me. The discou- ragements I met with in the management of this affair, made me desist for that time." In the agreement be- tween Dr Hooke, Mr Boyle, Lord Brouncker, and Sir Robert Moray, which seems to have been drawn up about 1 663, it was provided, that out of the first £ 6000 of profit, Dr Hooke was to have three-fourths; of the next £W00, two thirds ; and of the rest, one half: but the other partners in the patent very improperly in- sisted upon the insertion of a clause, giving to any of themselves the sole benefit of whatever improvement* they might majte upon his invention. Hooke. » ^ H O O K E. 101) r fivM tfafM by the Itra^ikical, apd aatfooMaical, aada baibra tb* Rojal Nxirty on MTcral oocaMona, at GmkMB CoUrg* ; to which wc aild««l ilitrr. mttccllaMaHdiMmnaM.'' Od ih* llib JanoAi ' • Bojni SoMtjr Httkd bin a mkrj of Ji ... r-. mbmb fer Mr, lor hk — COTterof tiMiMwiitt; MdanlbeaOibarif«cbcf th« HMw j«wr, b« WM aopoiMcd to MMCMd Or Owm M p>a(ntar amtcmttrf m CriihiM CoOtg*. In thtTcar 1 665. HoalM ybi»*'»*« ^ " Mkntrmykm. or wt pby. •iotofpokl dacfiptMBi of liniiU badit% wrta bjr ■•(>■ M mmI cnqmriM Uicr»> I Ibk work wcr* dnwn with rasany of tbaaa tn m kiad of MmuL ani l aiM iaa iHatiu iia. which b««« bean oopi«cl by tocw aMbofs. Hm bwt aa« Ukm of the coBaaa gnat, and taH, A sew edkien of k wab a bl aaatali il daacnpliaM ifipand ta 1745. in which dw bwawcya , tba bygnaoop*, and tba engine 3 mfjriaw glaaaw, wtib obaar opoo.' All the ignraa In bia own baatl, ana many o About the aamc tirce Hooke contrived the circular Bendulim, whkfa waa «htwn to the Royal Society in itifiS, and which was aArrwartls cUiaacd by Hoygcna. Thia pcndulnni, which ia deacribed in Hooke'a Ani- ■Mdvcniona on the Umtkimm Ctkali* at He\plius, doc« not Tibtate bacfcwaida and figrwwda, bat alwtgra in a cfade, " the atrinc being annndod above «t the tripe- dal length, and tb ball ixcd bdoar. na knppoae at the endortheflyof • comman jack. The motion of thia circular pctMlulam ta aa regular, and nuwb the aame with tbi»e mcntianad beloce ; and waa made to give warning at any noinmt of itt circnmcTfatian, either when it h^ tuned but a quarter. * hdr, or anr leaacr ur greater part of its eirde. So that here you had no- tice not only of a aerond. but of the moat minute port of a fecond of time." See Derfaam'a Artijidat Clock- one aaairr, p. 97. The ertabKahncnt of the Rciyal Society in 1660, af< faded to Or Hooke numcraua oMNetanitira of extend- ing hta repuution. He pnbliJiad in lfi60, a amall tract on the aacent of water in amall tnbca by capillary attraction, in wlii he ahcwed that the height of the water waa in a certain u e u p u r ti on to tbair Mtea. A debate aroke on thia aubjcct in the Boyal SodeMr in April \GHi\ ; iMit Hooke'a raptira ware conaidcraa ao aetiafartiij. and raiaed him ao bigb in the eatimation of the Society, that in l668 be waa appointed cunrtor of miiiiianii to that diatlngnialiad body. He waa abo one of the 96 nenooa who were dodarrd membera of the Rayal Swfttr. at a meitbigaf thecoocibeldlfay mh, Ititt, by virtao of the povi chmtar ftr two aaontba. He waa adhnitiad la tittf aa tfaa M of Jane; and waa pacaliaHy ftaaaaaaajmwla. In the aame year be toak fail da. r ef Maalar of Aita, and the BapuMtary of liw Royal fai the WhitaGdkryofOiaaiHa Caihga waa ' tahtaava. Abaat tUa tiaw he drew ap a liat «f aw qal iim fee ibe am af ibnae who aught have oceaaion to viait Graenbad or fraland Tbam wWcb roipect Iceland era nuaaaraaa^l imeroaiing; and ana iif Itiiai ia pailiiatailj ilamiiiaa of luitlfr •• Whether •niriuep|Mari in what ahapat wKat ibcv aay and do; any thing of tW kind rery ii lamlrahW, ana af good qedit r In May ItiM he deli«cr«l tlw aatranaadal lartart at CfwlMm Callwe r«e Or P^ who waa abaaaft hi Italy} and in lie aaaw year Sw Jebn Catler gava Mm marhawical laitattaw andar the diractiay af tba Boyal Ma^ ia l«79l aader tba tMaaf » Lwiimra CwUtrimm, of lictama, pbyacalL for grinding optic glanee, were wholly orailted. Du- ring the receaa of the Royal Society, on account of the plague in l665, he accompanied MrWilkinsand other in- genioua authors into Surry, where they continued their philoaophical labours. In lfS65, at one otthe first mcet- mga of the Royal Society, Dr Hooke produced a very amaO quadrant for obaerving the minutes and second:!, by meana of an arm moved with a screw alon^ the limb of the quadrant. Hw explanation of the inflexion of a direct into a curvilineal motion, waa read to the Society on the 83d May 1066. On the 19th of September I666, he laid before the Royal Society a model for rebuilding the city of London, which waa deatrcgred by the great fire ; but though hia plan waa not comcnted, he waa appointed of the surveyors under the act of parliament ; a si- tuation in which lie realixed a considerable sum of mo- ney, which was found after his death in a large iron cheat, that appeared to have been shut up for SO yeara. The irritable temper of our author now in- volved him in several quarrels, in alt of which he con- ducted himaelf with impropriety. In our life of Heve- liua, we have alrmdy given an account of his contro- versy with that aatronomer reapecting the compara- tive merits of plain and teleacopic sights. In 1671, he attacked Newton'a theory of li^Oit and colours ; and in 1675 he had a. warm dispute with Mr Uldenburg, the aacretary to the Royal Society, in consequenccof his pam- phlet, entitled. " A Ocacription of Helioscopes, and some other lastraments, made by Robert Hooke," in which beoeaiplaioatfaatOidmdNirg liad not done him justice re- tptrtiffg hia ianwiliaa of nen pointed to the vacant office of secretary ; and while he AaM that aituation, be pnblialSod between 1679 and I6B1 the seven numbers of the PktUuopltiail CoUte- liaaa, which have alwaya been ngafded aa a partaf tba PbileaopUeal Tianaactioaa. tbeaabMalpaoviriuwmof his temper qnita Itabtabh : He daiaied as his own the iovantiono aad dtaeawiea of everr rthrr per- aon ; and he became ao rcaervad in coam hia own UboarstatbepablictbattlMagbhe T' ' wrr which kept the planeta in their orbits, and he even marie some rsperi- menta to determine the law by which it was regulated; but what a vast interval is there between thia contccture, baapy aa it is, and the iplcadtd diaeoverica of Newton I In the year I«>87 he raffertd a aevere loaa by the death of hia farather'a daughter, Mra Grace Hooke. who had livad aevcral years with him ; and the disttcaa of hia mind wm atiU farther incrcaaed by a Chancery suit with Sir John Cutler reapoctina hu salary. In 1()91, Archbiahop Tilknaoo rmphNrea him in rontriv- iog the plan of the hmpital near rioston, founded by Robert Ash; and out of gratitude for hit services, that diotingniahed artiate obtained for him the degree of M.D. WhmttaClMBcaryaajt with Sir John CttUcrwM Houke. H O O 110 H O O Uooke, {letermined in hig favour in 1696, he was so overjoyed, ^^'Y^^ that he left an account of his feeHngs in Ijis diary, ex- pressed in the following manner : " Domshloissa, that is, Deo, optimo, maxima, sit honor, laus, gloria in aaecula saculorum. Amen." " I wjis born on this day of July 16"3.5, and God hath given me a new birth; may I never forget his mercies to me ! while he gives me breath may I praise him !" In order to induce him to complete some of his inventions, the Royal So- ciety requested him, in IGQG, to repeat most of his ex- periments at their expence, but the infirm state of his health prevented him from complying with their re- quest. During the two or three last years of his life he is said to have sat night and day at a table, so much engrossed with his inventions and studies, that he never undressed himself or went to bed. Emaciated with the gradual approach of old age, he died in Gresham College on the 3d March 1 702, in the 87th year of his age, and was buried in St Helen's church. Bishops- gate Street, his funeral being attended by all the mem- bers of the Royal Society who were then in London. Besides the works which we have mentioned, he published in 1677 his Lamjias, or Descriptions of some mechanical improvements in lamps and water poises. The most important of Dr Hooke's inventions, was undoubtedly the method of regulating watches by the balance-spring, which has since his time been carried to the highest perfection. Huygens has commonly been considered as the author of this invention, but there is no doubt that Hooke had invented it about 14 years before. The posthumous works of Dr Hookc, collect- ed from his papers by Richard Waller, secretary \o the Royal Society, witli a life of the author prefixed, were published in 1705. Another life of Hooke was pub- lished in Ward's Lives of the Gresham Vrqfessors, p. 109. Lond. 1740. The papers which Hooke con- tributed to the Philosophical Transactions, will be found in volumes i. ii. iii. v. vi. ix, xvi. xvii. and xxii, of that work. The following list of Dr Hooke's inventions is taken principally from a MS. of the late Dr Robison, profes- sor of natural philosophy in the university of Edin- burgh. 1 655. Hooke discovered that the barometer indicated changes in the atmosphere, and was connected with the weather. Before the year 1652 the same discovery was made by the Rev. Mr Gregory of Drumoak. See our Life of James Gregory, vol. x. p. 506. note. 1655. Contrived the clockmaker's cutting engine. 1656. Contrived a'scapement for the small vibrations of pendulums. 1656. Invented the spiral spring for regulating the vibrations of a watch bal.ince. 1658. Conti-ived the Boy lean or double barrelled air-pump. 1660. Used the conical pendulum for procuring a minute division of time. 1660. Explained capillary attraction by affinity. 1660. Found that the catenarian curve was the best form for an arch. 1663. Invented his marine barometer and sea gage; and also the method of supplying air to the diving bell. 1664. Invented a quadrant by reflexion, and a clock for registering the weather. 166'1-. Proposed the freezing of water in a fixed tern- perature ; and in 1684 the boiling of water as another fixed point. 1664. Applied a screw for dividing astronomical in- struments. 1665. Proposed to find the earth's parallax by means of a zenitli telescope, also by observing the moon in dis- tant places, and in a solar eclipse. 1666. Nov. 28. Invented the spirit level. 1 668. Proposed his theory of combustion. See hia Micrographia and Lampas. 166^. I'roposed a pendulum, or a drop of water as a standard measure. Proposed a camera obscura with a lamp. 1674. Invented the areometer. 1 674. Tried the famous experiment with Newton on the inflexion of light. 1678. Proposed a steam engine on Newcomen's prin- ciple. 1 679- Shewed that the path of a falling body com« pounded with the earth's motion is an ellipse. 1 680. First observed the secondary vibrations of sound- ing bodies ; — that a glass touched with a fiddle bow threw water into waves at four points, and that the fun- damental sound was accompanied with its harmonics. 1682. Observed the separability of heat and light by a glass plate. 1687. Observed the rapid propagation of sound through solid bodies. Hooke appears also to have been the first who ex- plained the rise of vapour by a dissolving power in the air, and who took a just view of the arrangement of iron filings round a magnet. See Hevelius and Huy- gens. (jr) HOOKER, Richard, an eminent English divine, was born at Heavitree, near Exeter, in the year 1553, or, according to Wood, in 1554. His parents, who were by no means in affluent circumstances, intended to educate him for some mechanical trade ; but his schoolmaster at Exeter, having discovered his natural endowments and capacity for learningj prevailed witii them to allow him to continue at school. His uncle, John Hooker, wlio was then chamberlain of the town, recommended him to Jewel, bishop of Salisbury, who, after examining into his merits, took him under his protection, and got him admitted into Corpus Christ! College, Oxford, of which he was chosen fellow in 1577. Before this last period, however. Hooker had the misfortune to lose his patron ; but his talents and excellent disposition soon procured him other valuable friends in Dr Cole, then president in his college, and Dr Sandys, bishop of London. The bishop placed so much confidence in Hooker's chai-acter, that he en- trusted his own son to his care. In 1577, Mr Hooker took his degree of M. A., and in the same year he was elected fellow of his college. In 1579j he was appointed deputy-professor of the Hebrew language in the university ; but for some cause, which cannot now be ascertained, he and some others were expelled the college by the vice-president, to which, however, they were again restored in the course of two or three weeks. In 1581, he entered into orders, and was soon after appointed to preach at St Paul's Cross in London. Through the great sim- plicity of his character, he was, about the same time, entrapped into a foolish and unfortunate marriage with a woman who had neither beauty nor portion to re- commend her, and who has been represented by Wood as " a silly clownish woman, and withal a mere Xan- tippe." In consequence of this imprudent step, he lost his fellowship, and was obliged to quit the univer- sity before he had obtained any preferment. He was therefore obliged to support himself as well as he could, until the latter end of the year 1584 ; when he was Hooke, Hooker. H O O 111 H O R fi w iitwl by John Cheuey. Eaq. to the rectory of Dny- too-Beandump^ in BackiiwfaiuiMhire. whcr« be led a nuwt anoDmrortable life with hi* wife Joan. In lltii aitiwtkMi, he icceivcd a Tint frotn hi* rriend and popU Sandys, in coapMiy with another panii, Mr Cranaer, ■ fnoA-mitfbtm t£ the celebrated Arcbbiahoe Cnuuner. Tbea* yoong lacii finnd their learned and rt i pert eil tatir in m oombmb 6ekl, with a Horace in hi* hand, a «bhI1 flock of ahaep, in the abteaoe of hia , wiio had be«B oriied away to awitt hia mittrea* in aoMe inwiitir hawneaa. When reWawd firam thia dnty, hia frienda aar— pwiiri hta to hia houo. where thOT had an iyot«nly of witnwaiiy the rexation ■aanaiaery towSah he wia ii — l i i uli wl yc ta d, from the dwriidi md raprici— a anndnrt rf hia wife, Upon their ratnm to f^iwdnw, Mr Scadya acg—'aitiid hit fa- ther with Hooker'a dephmbk Amtaan. who look a ■d Mt him aapoiated oftheTea[ifli.ia IJSft. AMmMjh tUa waa a —a ntece of pi rfeniiii<. Hooker aoaBaeovcfcd that Loadni waa not a place tiial faiicd Ua laa|»er and die- poaitjon ; and tevcnl circvaMtaaon caoiBirad to ex- cite in hhn the deaire of ebtannqf the iHim i wi it of a cuiui t i> livin;;. At the time when he waa cfaoaen OH^ ter of the Temple, he got involred in a CMUti grawy with Tiwran, m thmwmo loclwer ther a< a vama, K attached to tht Gnwea gotanaaaBl. Iliia esntiveany the IbaadatiaB aad p^ «f which w«m kid WW at tha TeaqriB. Bat in thia raadinw ha Ibaad te aoipiiad wtlh by aa^ aa to aMr oar naa af dhaRb^Baanaaaa^ oartoa» aarafOadH aiiiMii.aar pwiiJMMdpiwfaw tohia^ 1 1 — i ai i ai AJI laqaiw m. And hi tUa I bar* aot cakp aMiiiad niyaeif, but bava bmai a tiac, hi which I nttcad the toliAfliiiii of oUm i % by a ilemonatfatioB of the rr ai nn r dd a a ia of oar lawaaf cose dt tntk aad maaoa, and drawn in ao aacrad ci^ , that they ahoU novcr fiaie^ bat givo an immortal — ^ tothaairtbar." k tho a%ht books of EtrUaiaHicai Poikw, and hia aaawar to Trayera'e SmppUimlhn, Hooker left souc which ware oolleetod and published with bis works in folio. An octavo edition lus also bean print. cdatOxfiird. fr) HCMX Hoo If Ba> ■ Chi?(a, voL vi. p. 21 i. )0. See CiiiHA, voL vi. p 311. iLTCKK, vol. L p. 419: and i.sTica FtArc I >, one of the rnn poets, was txirii .it Ve- t' Apulia II '1, inthaeoii , . ,^ „ita and M^ i /r- quatot. His father was the son of a frrrdman, and fol< H O R 112 H OR Horace. lowed the employment of a tax-gatherer. This was the poet's own account, and most likely to be true. Some of his enemies, however, reproached him with his father having been a fishmonger {Salsnmenlariu.i), •nd one of them said to him, Quoties egn vidi palran tuum brachio se immungentem. His father, however, though of humble origin, appears to have been a man of liberal sentiments, and to have given his son an ex- cellent education, as the son has recorded in these lines to honourable to the memory of both : •' Cauia fuit pater his : * qui macro pauper agello Noluit in Klavi ludum me niitterc, magni Quo piieri magni- o ccnturionibus orti Leva suspcnsi Imulos tabiilamquc lacerto, Ibatit octoms reftrentes Idibus sera : Sed pueruin est ausus Komam portare docendum, Artcs, quas doceat quivis eques, atque senator Semet prognatos : vestem servosque sequentes In magno ut populo si quis vidisset ; avita Ex re pra^beri suniptus niihi crcderct illos. Ipse mihi custos incorruptissimus omnes Circiim doctoies adcrat, quid multa ? pudicum (Qui primus virtutis honos) servavit ab omni Non solum facto, verum opprobrio quoque turpi. • • • * * Nil me pceniteat tanum patris hujus." . . . • Sat. VI. LIB. 1. At the age of eighteen, Horace was sent to Athens, for the purpose of finishing his education, by the study of philosophy and Greek literature. Whilst he was in that city, Marcus Brutus, in his way to Macedonia, stopped at the university, and, being pleased with Ho- race, took him along with him on his journey. Brutus afterwards entrusted a legion to his care as military tri- bune. As the poet, in his writings, freely confesses, that he had no great genius for fighting, it may be sus- pected, that it was by his wit and companionable ta- lents that he had ingratiated himself with Brutus. At the battle of Philippi, he describes himself, with some humour, as throwing away his shield, to be disencum- bered in Iiis flight. By the victory of the opposite par- ty, his property was forfeited, but his life was spared. In his indigence he wrote verses, and so recommended himself to Virgil and Varius, that, with the generosity of true poets, they recommended him to Maecenas. At the first interview with that noble patron, as he tells us in the satire already quoted, he behaved with diffidence, and simply told Maecenas what he was. The nobleman, as was his custom, said little in reply, and did not send for him again till nine months after, when he admitted him among the number of his friends, and made him easy in his circumstances. Horace proved so agreeable to Maecenas, that he made him his familiar Companion, in which capacity he accompanied him to Brandusium, in that journey which the poet has so agreeably de- scribed in verse. He also introduced him to Augustus, who delighted in his society, and used to call him ko- muncio Icpidissimus. When seated between Virgil and Horace, the emperor used to say, that he was between sighs and tears; alluding to the uneasy respiration which afflicted Virgil from a chest complaint, and to Horace's tender eyes. Horace was certainly a courtier, and he did not lay on his flattery in faint colours ; nor does he seem to have troubled his piitrons with any re- currence to those maxims of public liberty, which he must have learned with Brutus, and which had led him into the field of Philippi ; but, on the other hand, he makes allusion to great republican names with the spi- rit of a Roman and of a poet ; and he lived among the great with personal independence, for he declined the post offered to him by Augustus of being his private secretary. The incidents of his life are few. His person is de- scribed as short and inclined to corpulence, and his temper as easy and obliging. He pas«ed his time be- tween Rome, his Tiburtine or Sabine villa, and the soft climate of Tarentum, to which he fled in winter. Though an Epicurean enjoyer both of society and of sensual pleasures, his writings breath a fondness for rural retirement, and he seems often to have returned from the satiety of vice, to the calm of virtue and re- Eose. He died in his ."igth year, and was interred near is patron Maecenas. Horace is the only one of the Latin lyric poets who has come down to posterity; a circum- stance for which the judgment of Quinctilian may con- sole us, who assures us, that they were scarcely worthy of perusal. In Horace have been supposed to be uni- ted, if not individually surpassed, the gaiety of Ana- creon, the majesty of Alcaeus, and the fire of Pindar. We must leave it to the lovers of voluptuous literature to decide, whether the revelling of the Teian bard pos- sess not a lighter grace of ecstacy than that of the Ro- man ? The soul of pleasure is in both ; but Horace's moral reflections (Epicurean as his philosophy was) are often like a drapery tc his luxuriant images, that encumbers their joyousness without communicating de- corum. In the parallel with Pindar, he presents a clear and rapid brilliancy of thought, more pleasing, if less astonishing, than the vague and obscure sublime of the Theban poet, as well as a richer variety in his subjects. He may be called, perhaps without a rival, the master of expression ; and such is the harmony and diction of his odes, that an apt quotation from them always sparkles like a gem when it illustrates the most eloquent- ly expressed thought in the p;ige of any language. Of all poets he is the most frequently quoted. To the me- rits of style, harmony, and lanc}', must be added his knowledge of human nature, and of the principles of human manners, exhibited in that part of his writings where the tone of fancy and poetical diction is purpose, ly relaxed ; in his satires, to wit, where we take him to our bosoms for his good humour, and where his good sense instructs us in the language of friendship. His epiitle to tlie Pisos ha?, perhaps, been too much consi- dered as an attempt on his part to give a preceptive theo- ry of the whole art of poetry. It is, in fact, only an epis- tle upon the subject, in which his design is evidently desultory. Horace knew poetry too well, to think of submitting so ethereal a subject to the trammels of sys- tematic theory ; and it is not his fault, if tlie world has been since annoyed with sickening attempts to teacli the art of inspiration. The infallibiUty of all his tenets of taste it is not our business here either to impeach or support; but, in a general view, it must be confessed, that his maxinw, though misapplied by pedants to nar- row the range of dramatic genius, have, with reference to all that was then known in that species of poetry, a most respectable weight and felicity, (n) HO RAT 1 1. See Rome. HORIZON, Artificial. See Quadrant. HORN, a musical wind instrument, which, whether of the short kind, called a bugle horn, or the long coiled kind, called a French horn, has a scale of intervals alike defective, and similar to that of the common Trumpet, which see. Tiie supplying of chromatic notes to tlie scile of the French horn, so as to render it an instrument of general use in an orchestra, is said Horace Horn. Speakirg of the btttet traits of his clinractqr.. H O R IIS H O R is mdarcd con^Mte bj tUm, aad keys lika tboM to have been tnt attempted in the beginning of the 18th emtaiT. in Gcmunj; and (ince 1740, Messrs MeMing*, SfMDdau, Porto, Leanden, Petrides, &c. hare raceecded here in diferent degrees, in supplying all the l e qu i a te notes to the hom, by means of the hand, ur • tnmed faloek ot wood thnist into the moath at the iwnmmeat, so as to alter the length of the somul* iofrpsft of the tube, in the requisite degrees, during pcrwnnaacc The late Mr Chariaa C1^K««, as we has* csplaiiied in our artide CuwMwnc frtmek Horn, attaniplcd to aceanpUih the aanc tiring, by m ea ns of two aUadied tubas, SM iMlf ■ toM liwiisr tiMR the other, cither of whidi tiM HSi fa Bwr cooid Mow al pleasure ; bat it did noksaccMd,soast»canliniMiaaask In IHID, MrWiU Ivm Qsra nvcnled and tiausleiitw to Mr Pceceval, OOTMsite St Janei^a Maee, tiw patenl far a polyi^honian Fimcli iiani* wnoae a manna of nngcr*lioles n its of a Bote. (() yi.Mt V C*,fc See FoKCo, voL x. p. 84. eeL «. Rsaaiira, is the art of nouldingar Cmnini; 1^, ^>u varioMS asticlea in horn or t «iH oia «i shell. 1mm animat ankataseas aiw capaMa of being so soften- ofasaodenrtabeat, tliat ttiey can mta flny ivc|niMd sh a pe , ana twMyhe imprinted with anyrlasign in the id saost dclioaia reliaC Aaeatiar valaable fm ie ity ia, thai piacas may ba mad* to adtiei* Armly lanalJMrwilhont any camant. In the asticic BtrrraM- Jtfainw, we have aliaady gi sa u a J aa Li i u ti a ii oftha aa- thodof prssdna hosnbnWaw, by msnneof Isan nmnida TnaaaMMnacMRa/and swaflarnnwl d s, 'timplaaittclca; bat tm making hollow artl^BSi sncb n» ■wrifUunti, tooih. pick eases, pawdet^laaks, tabaa of npsin glaasn. ink- noms, Ac. a serew.press is nsad. Tbapraeaas is estreme- lystmpla: Tha lwr« or teewisa s h ell is bbiiad in water I softened, and is then pot intn monlds of ' »in twoor mora piece*, ami with cavi' I to cneriyand viih tlw artide srMch iatolw&fancnicd, and, wiife aH ik intended amamenta, i nlsi< e r sorfhee of the moakL This ^ > iMt, tha Dsvn or *nell is pat between ili taw hilva^ sskI tha monid being put in ■ nnall >^h(v to imprint ofthaaanhL if tMacannolbe thabam,! tha( tha iuleee are fcsved tocher to imf carily bf« tMa presa^ wiia tM I in K, is pot into a capper, and boiled atlil longer : It ia than tobaa enl, and, by a lever applied to the HMW, it ia s aai ws l Ugb l w, so as al len^ to ubtain th» bnpntriaa dasiradL Winn a single piece of bom or le w aisa ib t i ia net snacien < >y large to til the mowM, twn orHHre nieces are put lagetlMr: they are eat to At toaach other with a ptnper ilegfta of orerlap, and I by bodinf in water, the tor- tmmf m^tiy prraaad tagaiher, and they will thus anjied as Hmdy aa if tlMrr were originaRy in one tea. Tha s»"« ^ the flue or chimney, at which the amoke passes off; FFG |'°™-P"»*- is a press, made very strong, of cast iron, and capable p^..^^ of being drawn up out of the water, or let down into it ccxciX. at plaaaure, by means of racks a, a at each side, which pjg. i. & t. are actuated by pinions d, d ; the axes o of these ninions extend across the machine, and have each a wheel N at the end ; and these wheels are moved at the sane time by two arms or endleaa screws, cut upon an axis, which extends from one to the other, and is turned by the handle H : the press is guided in this ascent or descent by grooves in the side of the boiler. When raised up out of the water, the moulds, with the hom or tortoise-fhell between them, are nut beneatli the pr e i e e r I, and a severe pressure is produced liy turning the wheel K. This wheel has an endless screw R upon its axis, which works the teeth of a large wheei L, fixed on the top of the screw P. The screw is received into a female screw formed within the box or presscr I, which is guided and prevented from turning round by the cross my e e, through which the presser is fitted; by thianieatu, when the screw Pis turned round by the whed L end endless screw, the hom or tortoise-shell is [Mi is iJ between the moulds ; the press is then lowered Bgai: '!ir water of the boder, in order to be sull oftAtfcd by the boiling; but when the the screw can be screwed <'l K until the desired ira- 'Iff the handle N, the .■ Iioiler, and by turning tlic pressure is released, and the mool da est! be removed. The Figures X, V and Z represent a pair of moulds properfbr forminga cylindrical snuff-box : X is the in- ternal mould for the I -'le bottom of which a piece of shell, softene i m^t, and cut round, is Wat placfil ; snd round the in«idc a Ituif; slip is curled, the ends bring made to Isp over with a pn'per joint. The external meaM Y ia then put into the cavity of the horn, and is forcibly pressed by the icrrw so as to give the ham the shape or Y when it is withdrawn from the raoold : a similar moold is used for making the lid of the box. ftaMU bans, and those which ore slightly raised, can ba made from one single piece without join* ing; alao toa(h.pick cases and ^iiniUr articles. The Chinese are famous for making lanterns of hom ^■ery thin and tnmmarent. We are informed, in the AmmUt Ha Arts, that they employ the same methods aawedoof dKrctingthe|anuag« by softening thehora in hot water, but Uat they use a kmg beam or lever, for maicing the pressure. This method is for making up the mvee oif hom ft«n small pieces ; but as the lioiliiig would disfigure these leaves, thry are united together to form the lanterns, by warming them .it the fire, and pressing; the edges or them together by hot pincers, made fl^t on the inside ; by this means the joints are so }>erfect tlut they can scarodv be perceived. See a transbtion of this paper in the ifepertorj/ nf Arit, 9il Series, vol. xxix. An account of the manalacture of r" ' rnis, will be found in the Mfmoirt* dct :nptrt, torn. ii. p. 350, in a Memoir by id. D'liicsrviUc. (J. p) HURNS. Sea Anatomt, Cosi/Mrativr, vol ii. p. S4. in pre pressuui 1* obtaii nreas is then raisr^ I back the wheel K, 114 HOROLOGY.* Iliflory. Toadied irhMla ap- plied to depsydim. Vick's clock, Plate CCC. Fig. 1. Clocks made by Pacificus ■end Oer- beit. flichard of Waling- iord's clock. Horology is tTie art of coHstructinp machines for mea- suring time. The word is derived from the Greek 'n^tXtytti, (through the Latin horologium,) compounded of «j«, an liour, and >.iyu, to read or point out ; hence «^>i«yi«y, a machine for indicating the houi's of the day. Long before sun-dials were invented, clepsydras, or water clocks, had been made in the most remote perioiU of antiquity, and were used in Asia, China, In- dia, Chaldca, Egypt, and Greece, where Plato intro- duced them. Julius Cicsar found them even in Britain, when he carried his arms tliither ; and it was by them lie observed, that the nights in this climate were shorter than those in Italy : (See his Commentaries, lib. v. xiii.) Toethed wheels, although known a considerable time before, were first applied to clepsydrte by Ctesibius, a na- tive of Alexandria, who lived 140 years before the Chris- tian era. At what time, or by whom, was invented the clock with toothed wheels, crown wheel 'scapement, and the regulator in the form of a cross suspended by a cord with two weights to shift on it, can now only be guess- ed at, as no positive information on this subject has been handed down to us. It was tliis kind of clock, a large turret one, which Charles V. king of France, sur- named the Wise, caused to be made at Paris by Henry Vick, who was sent for from Germany for the express purpose, and whicli was put up in the tower of his pa- lace about the year 1370. Julien le Roy, who had seen this clock, has given some account of it in his edition of Sully's Regie Arlificielle du Temps, Paris 1737: (See Plate CCC. Fig. 1. and the Description of the Plates at the end of the volume.) Before a clock could be brought even to the state of the one made by Vick, there must have been many alterations and progressive improve- ments upon that which had first been projected, so that it must have been invented at least two or three cen- turies before Vick's time. As the same word for a sun- dial among the Greeks and Romans was also that for a clock, disputes have arisen, whether the horologia of Pacificus and of Gerbert were sun-dials or clocks. Father Alexander asserts that the horologium of Ger- bert was a clock; while Hamberger supposes it to have been a sun-dial, from the pole star having been employ- ed in setting it. Pacificus was archdeacon of Verona about the year 850. Gerbert was pope, under the name of Silvester II. and made his clock at Magdeburg, about the year 996. Richard of Wallngford, abbot of St Albans in Eng- land, who flourished in 1326, by a miracle of art con- structed a clock, which had not its equal in aU Europe, according to the testimony of Gesner- Leland too, an old English author, informs us, that it was a clock which shewed the coui-se of the sun, moon, and stars, and the rise and fall of the tides; that it continued to go in his outi time, which was about the latter end of Henry the Seventh's reign ; and that, according to tradition, this famous piece of mechanism was called Albion by the inventor. " In 1 382," says Father Alexander, " the Duke of Burgundy ordered to be taken away from the city of Couitray, a clock whicli struck the hours, and which was one of the best known at that time, either on this «ide or beyond seas, and made it be brought to Dijon, his capital, where it still is in the tower of Notre Dame. These are the three most ancient clocks that I find, after that of (jcrbert.'' " We know no person," continues this author, "more ancient, and to whom we can more justly attribute the in- vention of clocks with toothed wheels, than to Gerbert. He was born in Auvergne, and was a monk in the ab- bey of St Gerard d'Orillac, of the order of Saint Bennet. His abbot sent him into Spain, where he learned astro- logy and the mathematics, in which he became so great a master, that, in an age when these sciences were little known, he passed for a magician, + as well as the Ab- bot Trithemius. From Spain he came to Rome, where he received the abbacy of Bobio in Italy, founded by Saint Columbus ; but the poor state of its funds com- pelled him to return to France. The reputation of his learning and uncommon genius, induced Adal- beron. Archbishop of Rheims, to establish him, in 970, as rector of the schools there, and at the same time to make him his private secretary. It was near the end of the tenth century, about the y-ear i)f)6, when he made at Magdeburg this clock, so wonderful and surprising, 6y means of weights and wheels. He was Archbishop of Rheims in 992, a situation which he held during three years then archbishop of Ravenna in 9^7, and at last sovereign pontiff, under the name of Silvester II. in 999 ; and he died at the beginning of the fifth year of his pontificate, in 1003." The clock constructed by Gerbert seems to have been made after he left Rheims, and before his appointment to Ravenna; and it is high- ly probable, that this was the period when clock-making was introduced into Germany. " William Marlot," continues the same author, " to show how wonderful this piece of work was, makes use of an expression which can hardly be sufferetl in our language : Acfmirabite horologium /abricavit, per tnsirU' mentum diabolica arte inventum." Since toothed wheels had been known above 1300 years before Gerbert is said to have made his horologi- um, and above 1 1 00 after they had been applied to the clepsydra, and as they were also sculptured on "Tra- jan's column at Rome, where they are still to be seen, there seems to be nothing unaccountable in Gerbert's having fallen on the way of applying wheels to make a clock different from the clepsydrae, which had been long in use. Besides, Father Alexander seems to have investigated the history of horology more profoundly and indefatigably than Hamberger ; and Gerbert may have made use of the pole star, for other purposes than merely to set a sun-dial by it, and probably for the pur- pose of drawing a meridian line, in order to regulate his clock. If it were a sun-dial, as some suppose, why does Marlot, who .wrote at Rheims in 1679, consider it as such a wonder, since it appears from our Jlistorij of Dialling, that dials were well known, and in com- mon use, 1600 years before Gerbert's time.-' Hamber- ger, however, admits, that the clock was invented in the eleventh century ; and he thinks it probable, that we are indebted to the Saracens for it. Now Ger- bert's clock was made near the commencement of the same century. The college in Spain, where he had been instructed, had Arabians or Saracens among its History. Gerbert's. dock. • The Editor U indebted to Mr Thom4s IIeid for the following article on Hokolooy. t It may have been for a crime of tliis kind that he was afterwards banisheil from France. HOROLOGY. H5 and «•• at tfwt time the only pUce in Eu. rope who* any leanunir or fdcnce was to be found. Tbe arxnmeat afinut Gerbcrf ■ horahwiuin l>eing a clock, in our acceptation of the word, ia, that he made lue at the pole tlur, a* if to tet a sun-dial by it ; and yet we have no positive infarmation that it was a tun- flial. Bertboad admits, that soch a cloclc as Vick's could not have been a new invention ; and bethinks, " that the diflerent partt which cuo i p u s e the baluioe clock, ha\-e only been m«k ahtt a knc train at w wr ch and of time, which aoiiiiani the hi^icet antiquity for the auc- (caaive dis wwraneat and that clocks were not known in France tfll the mddle of tlw 14th eentnry " The art of hoR>lafnr "■8*1* >>• 8«Df *Iowly an in GcmMny. thmiirh the bauace dock was unknown IB Fttttn I psvvieas to which N'ick had been aoK tor. I : t not taken pbce, it might per. hapa hava reaiaincd still laa||ar mBkncmu. It most ba aUo««d. that thcfc ia sanic«bia|| iaciawhliiil in Father Aknnder's aripiatent, for Riving the dock to Ccibert, «id raAMing it to Pacificua, " becaosa it was ■at known in Fnuiee till S50 yean after. The disco- very was of too great utility not to be spread abroad, particularly in OMaaatMias, where it was so taodi i»- quired to regakiathaaAee of the night. Inthafaaions aaoMHtary of Claiy. howaw. tha MCviMaB. hi IIOS, want oat to Ma tfa* ttva, in avdcr to knew tha thaa whan to awaken tha aMnka to prayer." In the aariy ttmit of tha art very fcw dadts conld hav« been BMda, ad which were cmtift a rt enald not ba ' " As aU am ara at fnt iaptHket," *• itisabaervadaftfaawdaaba,lhattliay w tlM t}rd» Ohaiaraiwi Bfmmrtti voa n^gnlatad tka ciofii la aaderad, in caaa k ibaiild go wronK. ' nt notat in rrrce, et in oarsn Mdlanm rai atiam lamr, ut fratres turKrre faciat ad harHB eomMtcntem.' TbaaanwadaaaMtieaiagi' in tba CaojMatioacj Hinrngtrnda." Vnm what ia aaid here, it May ba infcfTCd, dodu in tha aariiMt periods, canid net plaaa ■dwftbar Iwitbi tba and af tha 1Mb I f th^r cnaala ba m ma asHBg prisala pan Tba art af claokBakiBf taaaM ta baa* baaa dhead into liipib bv mm rf tbi Tbcy wta*. la MMrH, asparially tba p i wi mrl ti waabb, tJMa, and Isis at a to cnkmaa ( af tba arts aad idaacM M wet* tbea to ba I jftbaartafhuiulBgji did not arifWila with rfMlntvWdidavMTllMv b fcr tba iMakliiai af tba dqr Md Mgtal> tbMr to • Mb)ect in which they ThaMwhawidiftr docka.are TrtM HZ la lUliciaaa AParialTM A % HiltrjftflmMi^kmt, vol .__af D.D London, le^t. r. par la B. P. Oom. Jaeqaa ' ' da la riMMiH^Tda Aftria I808L J dak ThblaMiaaveririm 1797. for r in horology, od waa (be molt of •ercD yean labour, when the author was at a very advanced period of life. To these may be added Hisloire de CAslrono- mie Modtrme, torn. L p. 60, edition de 1785. and Hii- totrt de PAstromomU Amcieiine. Eclaircusetnctu, Itv. iv. 5 5t. liv. ix. $ 5. Vitruvius's Architecture. PoUius Vitruvius lived 40 yean before Christ, and was archi- tect to Au^stus. In a triumph of Pompcy, among the spoils brought fVoin the East, was a water clock, the case of which wa« strung round with pearU. Pliny, lib. xxxrii. cap. i. Memoirt* de C Academic det luscrip' tkm*, tam. xx. p. 446. It would be a waste of time to describe the nature af wh e e ls and pinions, as this kind of machinery is now so generally known. It may be sufficient to remark, that a dock or a watch movement is an assemblage of wheels and pinions, contained in a frame of two bras& piatea, cann a rtail by means of pillan; the iint or SI 111 wbad of which, in an eight day clock movement, ■as ooneentric with it a cylindrical liorrel, having a spiral groove cat on it. To this cylinder is attached one eiKl of a cord, which is wrapped round in the groove, for any determined number of turns, and to the other end of tbe cord ia hung a weight, which coa~ stitntea a power or force to set the wheels in motion. Their tima of oanttnaing in motion will depend on the height throngh which tl^ weight has to descend, on the awnber of trrth io the first or (neat whed, and on the af taath or leaves of Vttm pinioa upon which Ac. The wheeb in spring docks and ia waMlMi arc argad oa by the force of a spiral iprini^ coatainadin a hollow cylimlrical Itorrcl or box, to which ona end of a cord or chain is fixed, and lapping it roand the barrel for several turns outside ; the other cad ia 6Md to tha battoa of a solid, shaped like the ftaauia af » coaa, known b^ the name of the futer, *^ — ' * ■ ra cut on It : on the bottom oi'this flnt or great wheel is put. Tha on which the spring barrel turns, is so fixed in that it cannot turn when tha fttsaa is wind • lag an ; tha ianv and of the snring books on to the favrri arbor, and tba ootar end books to the in«Mlr ol' tba band. Kow if the fusee is turned round in the diraction, it will take fm the cord or chain, and take it off (Irani tha band. This bcnd« tba ipri^g i and if tha IbaMand great wbcd are left la fhaasdrM, tha Ibrea anrtid by tha spriiv in tiic to wn lia nd ilMllS will make tha barrel turn in a whicli it WM bent up. This tha fnam aaboidinc itself, bdng oommuni. calad to tha wImw^ wB Mt tMa in motion, and they will Mova wilb wniiiliiihli idedty. Their time of •■Miaaki* ia aaatioa will dnaad on the number of tama aT om ^drai giaore on urn fuMa, tba number of teeth in tba Mt ar gnat wheel, and on thaaumbar of leaves in tbe piaiaa apon which the graat wheel acts, fte. Tha wtaaala in any sort of movenient, when at liberty ar ftaa to turn, and whm imuellcd by a force, wbetfaar it is that of a w aig b t or of a spring, would aoon allow this Ibree to tarmlaata ; for, as the action of iha loroa ia constant fVom ita firtt eanflMnoanaent, the wheels woald ba greatly a ccalaiala d ia thair course, and it woald baaa iaaprapar maebiaa to regblertima aritaparts. The wura MJ t y of chadting thiaa c oda i a t .on, and leaking the wheels move with an uoifonn motion, gavv rise to the invention of the escoaeawal, or 'tcape. memi aa it is oonuaonly cdlad. To effect this, an alter- nate motion wm nec a aia r y, which required no small eflbrt of humaa ingenuity to produce Hiitorjr. Geocral dc •criptioa ol° « dock. Plate COB Kig. 1 &.V. Gtnetal d*. KiipiiaB of s wuch. Pl*t« CCCII. I* I. 116 HOROLOGY. ments. CHAP. I. On the Escapement, or ^ScapemetU. On cTCipe- The escapement is that part of a clock or watch moiU. connected with tlie beats which we hear them give ; and these beats are the effects of the moving power, carried forward by means of the wheels in the move- ment to the last one, which is called the swing nhed in a pendulum clock, and the balance wheel in a watch. The teeth of this wheel act on the pallets or verge, which are of various shapes, and which form the most essential part in a 'ecapement; the drop from each tooth of the swing or balance wheels, on their respec- tive pallets, giving one beat or impulse to the pendu- lum or balance, in order to keep up or maintain their motion ; and were it not for the pallets which alter- nately stop the teeth of the swing or balance wheels, the motive force would hare no check. Hence it is, that, by this mechanism of the 'scapement, the wheels in the movement are prevented from havmg their re- volutions accelerated, which would take place to such a degree, as to make the machine run down in a mi- nute or two; whereas, from the resistance opposed by the pallets, it is kept going for twenty -four or thirty hours, for a week or a month, or even for twelve months. In the clocks or watches, however, which as a matter of curiosity h,ive been made to go so long, it was not possible to have an accurate measure of time. Crown No P^r' of ^ clock or watch requires so much skill ■wheel and and judgment in the contrivance of it, and so much care verge and nicety in its execution, as that of the 'scapement ; 'scapement. j,(,j,g ^f tj,g 'scapemcnts of the present day require this more than the ancient crown wheel and verge 'scapetnent, which when nicely executed, upon the pro- per principle, does extremely well for a common pocket watch. But this is a thing hardly now to be met with. From the time of Dr Hooke, and during the last cen • tury, many ingenious contrivances for 'scapements were suggested ; but the number of them adopted in practice is very limited. The crown wheel and verge Plate 'scapement is represented in Fig. 2, where V is the verge and C the crown wheel, p, /) the pallets, and BB the balance. It is the oldest that is known, and must have been the only one used in clocks, for several centuries, previous to the middle of the seventeenth, or towards the end of it. Although it has been so long in use, and so well known to every clock and watch-maker, that its merits are now overlooked, and held in little estimation, yet, if it is duly consider- ed, it will be found to have been a very masterly and ingenious device. The crown wheel and verge are of such an odd shape, that they resemble nothing that is familiar to us. Yet some ancient artist had contrived it for the purpose (and it certainly was an ingenious thought) to give an alternate motion to a plain wheel, or cross, which he had suspended from the upper end of its axis by a string, or which at first might rest on the lower end of the axis or fool pivot. This plain wheel was like the fly of our "common kitchen jack. In place of this circular rim, or plain wheel on the axis, there were some of them that had two arms upon it, forming something like a cross ; on these were made CCC. Fig. 2. a sort of notches, concentric to the axis, in which were Escap*. hung a small weight on each arm, which, by shifting ""'ents. more or less from the centre, the clock was made to go ~' " ~' slow or fast. From the weightiness of this kind of balance, and the rude execution of the work, the fric- tion on the end of the foot pivot would be so great that it is probable there was some difficulty to make the clock keep going for any length of time. Recourse was then had to suspend the balance by a small cord, , 80 that the end of the lower pivot should not rest on the foot of the potence. This ingenious idea has in modern times been adopted both by Berthoud and Le Roy, who have had the balances in some of their ma- rine time-keepers suspended by a very small wire, or a very delicate piece of watch pendulum spring wire. The mechanism of the movement of these old clocks is exactly the same as has been frequently made for an alarm. To construct this, and apply it to a clock, there was hardly a step to go ; and therefore in all probabi- lity the invention of the alarm part took place before that of the striking part, though some have thought otherwise. The contrivance of the striking part was a pj^^^^j. more comjJex process, and less hkely to take place.* ccc. The alarm-clock is represented in Fig. 3. Fig. 3. Tiiis opinion is strongly corroborated by the observa- tions of Hamberger in Beckmann's History of Inventions. " These horologia," he remarks, " not only pointed out the hours by an index, but emitted also a sound. This we learn from Primaria Instiiuta Canonicorum Pros- momtntentium, where it is ordered that the sacristan should regulate the horologium, and make it sound be- fore matins to awaken him. I dare not, however, ven- tui-e thence to infer, that these machines announced the number of the hour by their sound, as they seem only to have given an alarm at the time of getting up from bed. I have indeed never yet found a passage where it is mentioned that the number of the hour was ex- pressed by them ; and when we read of their emitting a sound, we are to understand, that it was for the pur- pose of awakening the sacristan to prayers. The ex- pression horologiiwi cecidil, which occurs frequently in the before-quoted writers, I consider as allusive to this sounding of the machine. Du Fresne, in my opinion, under the word Horologium, conceives wrong the ex- pression de pmtderibns in imum delapsis, because the machine was then at rest, and could raise neither the sacristan or any one else, whose business it was to beat the scilla." When an alarm is set off, the weight, which is the moving force of it, very soon falls to the bottom, and then the alarm ceases. In attempting to make the first 'scapement, there can be little doubt that something of the circular or cy- lindrical kind was contrived, and the only thing which could give it an alternate motion, was either a spiral spring or a j)endulum ; but these things being then un- known, the clockmaker was obliged to seek after other methods, and at last produced the crown wheel and verge scapement. How came it that means so compli- cated were fallen on, when those which were more simple and better were overlooked ? It is a very singular circumstance, that a small Discover)' of ball or weight, when suspended by a slender thread, tt>e pcndu- and drawn a little aside from the perpendicular, on q^J,_ * In many parts of India, where public clocks are unknown at this- day, they strike the hours upon a plate of silver, or silver al- loyed with another metal, of a lenticular form, about 18 inches in diameter. It is hung on a frame by a doubled string ; and when the hour is pointed ont, either by their sand-glasses, clepsydrae, or water-dropping instruments, which they sometimes u*e, they strike ■with a wooden hammer on the middle of the circular plate, and thus indicate, by the number of blows, the hour of the day. The sound which is produced is strong, clear, and pleasant. This contrivance is used in many of the towns and camps throughout India. HOROLOGY. 117 Ih* ptiulu- kuu. •4k«v*- being let g», eoMtnMM f- vtlmte for a canaidcra- ■••»• bl« time, ana with '" ">« regularity. Bleny ■'^' ' '- thing* in dwaratir 1. imng op «r anapcoded TUtorujoi by stringa, and were evitv tlav aaen or obaer r ed; yet wbat « long time cbpacti b«n« any thing of this kind was ever tboogbt of, or applied to regulate the motion of a clock! It is taiu tliat Galileo took bia ides of a pcndnlom from the nM>tioa of a lamp, aoanmdcd from the roof or oeibng of a dMrcb, which bad been accidentally act • Tibnting. He uaed the •imple pendnlnm in his astroaofnical obscrrationa, loajr bemc it was applied to a dock. Some of the emcr aat i wMmew. aa well as Galileo, «*ed a omb- noB etriflg Mid ball, wbieb tbey aaade to vtbrMe a little wb&, dnfing the tine of an obeerration of any of the heatvcMy bodiea. Yet eren theae aatre- nenendidnottbHikof ilaifiplicatiiinlockidu. Some waich JBiahiri, wImb their waldi i* ialahed, for waat of • peadaloaa dock, legnlalc it by means of a ball and ttamg, which will answer verr well, by taking 50 vibratiotia of a pendtilum's leogta for aecouds, in the aame time that the wheel oagbt t* make one mwliitiMi. As gmritatioa ii the p riB ci|> le on which the pendu- lum ia fwded, it oaanoc propai ly be cunddeff ed w aa inrentien, as aame hairo ailed it, whatercr name may be given to it when efipiicd to mtnlate the mo- taaaofadock. Tbo pendnhmi baviiiit before thia been long kaawa in ita aioqJo alate. and need aa • aart of time mManrwr, it waa no woMfer diet tfa» idea of applying it to a dacfc. waa cnleMained by aevaral per- sona neatly aben& Ine aanie pertan* * Tne movement of the old bal an ee clacks w as n ln i^ i tet far the anplicatian of tbepeadnhnn, aoaslogiveniotiantoit : the wheels in it were all flat onee cxoapt the crawn wheel, and no other 'irapienrnl at thia time we known b«t that ef the crown wnael and ^rmgt ; so that, without ennaJgabla dificnl^ and i nf i tiwi , the nandidnw eonld not well Tim pnrkal wneh kdl baan mad* a before this, and the constmctien of itt nwirinianl, which had a CDMnM wheal in it. woidd natmaUy had them to that ef one whidiwoaUadant itself to theamtion of a pendulum, aa by nmaaa of we ennti i te wheel the n wheel coald he nmde ta stand in a vertical inlheoM halancacfecks. the peas. of llw paadaloaa, and the in- withfrnteaceaM by Hay- The son' of Galilea apfSed the pendalmn to < *r*^^ a dock at Venice fa the year t6*g ; but to what scat i X^^ " «^» mrwH as a t wa a— > pwland to say. tho^ we ' maasanng.and they both happened to take place near- ly about the same period. NoCwithstandia^ the application ef the pendulum, and the ingenious cootrivance of cycloidal checks by Haygcna, u order to nuke the long ami short vibra- tiom be aaifciineJ in nearly n equsi time as possible, yet the deck «lid not keep tone with that correctness which was expected : Thia arose from the great extent of the arc of vibealieBi tha Mahtneaa of the pendulum bail, the great rfaaiaiiaii wliic£ the dodc had over the pendalam, and the bed eAcU produced by the cydoi- dal cheeks, which, however excellent in tneory, were never found useAil in practice. See Fig. 4. where a front view of the cvcloidal cheeks is represent- ed in Fig. A. This led artists and amateurs of the prefmsiuii lo t&ink of farther means of improvement ; aoooadinglT. about the year 1680, a dock was made by W. Ckanant, a deck-maker in London, havioig in plaae ef the crawn-wheel and verge 'acanement, a 'ecapaacnt which waa nearly the aame as toe com- nnn raeailieg 'arapemcat of the preaent day. The swiny-whecl S \V was flat, having a sort of ratchet or aaw-like teeth; and the pallets P, V hi* - - — - • -r-^nn. blancc to the head of an anchor, by Hi 1st that time tha name of the mmcKor '»t»pri>u-Hi. on- i- ig. 5. Tba ballof tha paodnlam waa HMdaamch heavier than what had fenaeily bean adapted, the arc of vibration muckahotter, and the BMlivaAace much less. From the excellent lia^keepiag of ike dock, thia was found to be a great iapBavam«Bt, and hence this '•capoment was af- lerwarda gcneially practised. It passed into Holland and Gennany, and waa baldly known in France until the year 1693. Sea Hhtmn de ia Mtturf du Tempt, lemuL ptioa At tha tiaaarkMilhia clack of Clement's appeared. Dr Hoaka rtaiiad tha kivcniien of it as his, and af- ltu]rgtas'« cluck. Pl.ATB CCC. Kig.4. Pig. A. AadMr PtATX CCC. fig. 4. that tHar the great fire of London, in 1666, he had ahewn latha B^wl Society a dock with thi* 'ecaneaamt. " Cenaidving, " sayt .Suiiy, m hi« /tiUmne in fikujiftmmt, " the geniu*, and the j^reat ' ina dHMTCna* of this esodleut n sost Bfupcr Mr it. as* of thia aort ef Ik to be rMnhlad by tha wfaieh he iMd alaa anpbed. Of late, ■ data A* tke iMllialiiin ef tha nendahim to a dnck haa been kMaght ftrwad by sodi (aspactablc aathon t^, that laavea little er nv taem to daabt of ita twtty. MrGrifnien in MH2. bv Itirhard Harris of London, fartkecbaarh "f .^t 1 'sill's, Cof eat Oanlen, and that tha deck had a pwdalam to it." HiffiB W |,«Wm ninq a w l iu na bli aei«i»ee,thatGdileot «a the Grand Duke of Tnaeaay, ir*t ■ af ttha pandolam, ased it in tsee ha waa the first inventor of it." ; with thia 'saspanwaf had received the Tha di*l leaf 'irapaaiwit of Graham's nestauooecd- ed, which wee invrnteil seme thnaafter the btjgiaBipa of the laghttialh century, and has oentinuad to be Uut which is aeneially uanl in ragnlntr.n. nr axtmnomical clcd(%widia«MvfrwtaMpaicn» '>outt«n er liftst n y ear a am i a ai J^iteawc i.. ... — 1 France, and waa adopted there alao aa the best ibr dorks in- tended to aieasafa time ver|r aorurately. Lcpaute, a very ingenious watchmaker m Paris, produced, about tha year 17fi3, or Mmatime before it, a 'acapement fitandad on that ef Gaahaa'a dead4Kat one. i>ee Fig. 7. la LepauU'iv (he reel of the teeth on like paUeU was aU Oialiam'i dnd-bwt PiS-O. l.cpSDU*l nopcoTS- aMMapaa it Pif T. 118 HOROLOGY. Kseapt- mcnt. Plate CCC. »ig. 7. ways with the same effect, because it was on the same circle, whicheveroftlie pallets it rested upon; the impulse Lcpaute'T g'^o *'** "'^o always the same on whichever pallet it ncapemcnt. ^^ given, the flanches of the pallets being planes equal- ~ ly inclined. This was no doubt some improvement on Graham's; but the teeth of the swing wheel in Lepaute's consisted of sixty small pins, thirty being arranged on each side of the rim of the wheel ; and where pin-teeth are used, oil, which is in some degree necessary, can- not easily be kept to them, the attraction of the rim of the wheel constantly draining the oil from these pin sort of teeth ; an evil which is perhaps not easily to be got the better of, unless by using stone pallets and hard tempered steel pins. Retniliog Notwithstanding the seeming superiority and great 'scapement character which the dead beat 'scapement had long ac- Fig. «. Comparison of the dead beat and recoiling 'scapements. quired over that of therec«i7(«o- one represented in Fig. 8. this last had, however, its partizans ; and among them were artists and amateurs possessed of first rate talents. Such were Harrison, Professor Ludlam of Cambridge, Berthoud, Smeaton, andothers Harrison, indeed, always rejected the dead beat 'scapement with a sort of indigna- tion. The author of the Elements of Clock and Watch Making, has said a great deal in favour of the dead beat, and as much against that of the recoiling one, without having shown in what the difference consisted, or what was the cause of the good properties in the one, or what the defects in the other. It appears doubtful if these causes were known to him ; yet he was very deservedly allowed to be a man of considerable genius. When pallets are intended to give a small recoil, their form, if properly made, differs very little from those made for the dead beat, as may be seen by the dotted lines upon the dead beat pallets in Fig. 6. We shall endeavour to point out the properties and defects naturally inherent in each : When the teeth of the swing wheel, in the recoiling 'scapement, drop or fall on either of the pallets, the pallets, from their form, make all the wheels have a retrogi'ade motion, opposing at the same time the pendulum in its ascent, and the descent, from the same cause, being equally promoted. This recoil, or retrograde motion of the wheels, which is imposed on them by the reaction of the pendulum, is sometimes nearly a third, sometimes nearly a half or more of the step previously advanced by the movement. This is periiaps the greatest, or the on- ly defect that can properly be imputed to the re- coiling 'scapement, and is the cause of the greater wearing in the holes, pivots, and pinions, than that which takes place in a clock or watch having the dead beat, or cylindrical 'scaptement; but this defect may be partly removed by making the recoil small, or a little more than merely a dead beat. After a recoil- ing clock has been brought to time, any additional motive force that is put to it, will not greatly increase the arc of vibration, yet the clock will be found to go considerably faster ; and it is known that where the arc of vibration is increased, the clock ought to go slower, as would be the case, in some small degree, with the simple pendulum. The form of the recoiling pallets tends to accelerate and multiply the number of vibra- tions, according to the increase of motive force impres- sed upon them, and hence the clock will gain on the time to which it was before regulated. Professor Ludlam, who had four clocks in his house, three of them with the dead beat, and the other with a recoil, said, " that none of them kept time, fair or foul, like the last : This kind of 'scapement gauges the pendulum ; the dead beat leaves it at liberty." Were it necessary, many good proofs could be adduced of the excellent performance of clocks Escape- wliich had the recoiling 'scapement. me nt. Let us now make a similar comparative trial with the p f~~^ dead beat 'sc.npement. An additional motive force be- of the'cTe^ ing put to it, we find that the arc of vibration is consid- bcit and erably increased, and the clock, in consequence of this, recoiling- goes very slow. There are two causes which produce '"^^1"- this ; the one is, the greater pressure by the sv;ing ""^'"*' wheel teeth on the circular part of the pallets during the time of rest ; the other is, the increase of the arc of vibration. It was observed in the case of recoil, that an additional motive force made the clock go fast; and the same cause is found to make the clock having the dead beat go slow. As the causes are the same, and yet produce effects diametrically opposite, does not this evidently point out what is necessary to be done.^ The pallets should be so formed, as to have very little of a recoil, and as little of the dead beat ; and here any variation in the motive force, or in the arc of vibration, will produce no sensible deviation from its settled rate of time-keeping. We have been informed, that a clock was given by Mr Thomas Grignion to the Society for the encouragement of Arts, Manufactures, &:c. " which had a dead beat 'scapement, so constructed or drawn off, that any diminution or addition of motive force, would not alter the time-keeping of the clock." All the 'scapements of this kind which have been hith- erto made, were commonly drawn off nearly in the same way as Mr Grignion's, that is, the distance be- tween the centre of the pallets, and the centre of the swing wheel, is equal to one diameter of the wheel, and the line joining the centre of the pallets, and the acting pai-t of them, is a tangent to the wheel, taking in ten teeth, and 'scaping on the eleventh. This is nearly the same as that represented in Plate 1 1, of Mr Cuming's book. The only difference is, that Mr Grignion's circle of rest is the same on each pallet. But whether it possesses the properties which have been ascribed to it, shall be left to the determination of those who may chuse to try this experiment with it. Clock makers in general have an idea, that, in a 'scapement, the pallets ought to take in seven, nine, or eleven teeth, thinking that an even number would not answer. This opinion seems to have arisen from the old crown wheel having always an odd number of teeth, because an even number could not have been so fit for it. There seem to be no rules (as some have imagined) necessarily prescribed by either the recoiling or the dead beat 'scapement, for any particular distance, which the centre of the pallets ought to have from that of the swing wheel. The nearer that the centres of the swing wheel and pallets are, the less will be the number of teeth taken in by the pallets, when a tangent for them is drawn to the wheel. It is very obvious, that when the arms of the pallets are long, the greater will be the influence of the motive force on the vibrations of the pendulum, and vice versa, when the pallets are short, the angle of the 'scapement will naturally be greater than may be required, but this can be easily lessened by making the flanches so as to give any angle required. When this angle is not quite half a degree on each side, a very small motive force will keep a pretty heavy pendulum in motion. We have known a very good clock maker, who thought that the flanch of the pallets was an arbitrary or fixed point, which could be made only in one way, and it was some little while before he could be convinced of the contrary. The flanches may be made so long as to act something like detents, so as to stop the wheel altogether by the teethj r HOROLOGY. 119 tff- (3«ti to act b*- mean* of very dehcate springs, and sometimes •ishuut otl yj ^^^ p,!^ gravity), have a very oonaiderable recoil, which waa a most ingenious contrivance, to do away the ocoessity of having oil put to them The construc- tion of tlMn aeeBiato be but little known; and the^ have ve*y nreiy been adopted in practice. Indeed, it is a 'scaperoent of such a nature, that venr few would be competent to execute it properly. The cirrum- alawet which lr The jnstly edcbratad Mr Mudge, in a sooll tract, ^oT'^o'- pnbKslMd in Jane IT^. relative to the be* meana of uapevving marine tiiosi kssipsrs, ii^yoMcd. aa a grant advantage, tiiat of making tiie manag P"*? ''*'**' "P at every vibration of the oolonoe^ o tinall ifriBg whoae rr turning forco shonld be exartcd in aonlaiBitv the ° ^ion of the bal.t"'- '-^ Fig. 9) The ffavt caaay of ■soet ingcnio ^ «nce was a wnall picket '- ited Uy ■iii>i>rii, ncoriy aboat this period ; e Sims |i tin ci|i lo wkidl, some yoars afW- ^^'.i ..r Jtloplod and pnctiaod fa tbooo time- k oo p rt a wIihIi ticaado. »-»tu«t i» Aluut twoor tlveo yaaraor so after thopobiioBtion '■'r**^*- ef this tract, Mr Coming contrived a dodi Vaprw ent, nearly oo the aanso prindpio aa that of Mmtge'a, where tbonwtion of tbe in n d a lam waoM ain t a hod by the ferce of gravity of taro soon balla, viMh adad npoa it darwg dwtimoaftbadoaecnt in thio'wpiwiiit, iharatia of mtAm of tho potleta ia iadipondoK of tlwt oflho po». nnMni and forgr, althongii toe aano^ and ooncantnc witii them ( two detents were applied for locking the swing wbed tcctli, ooc for oadi pallet ; fVooi ton of tho pallet arbor* a wire projected in an iioriaantal noa»> tion, and on tho end of thcae wires the baUs were tucd, which were altonMtal|jr raiaed up at every vibration of the pendulum, fav aoana of the action of tho swing wheel toeth en we pallota. In a periodiod phtloto- phical jonrnal, it ia inssnaatcd that Madge lied bor- fowod the ids* of tho 'scapoaanl, which he used in has timekeepers, from this of Coaii^s. That Mndge'a ' a ca p emen t vaa hia own invention, m d ea rl y evitfent from tiw hialorical facU wbidi have been stated. And althongh liiere is an apparent similarity between Cnnagfo aid it, yet we are not inclined to be of opinion, that Mr Cuming borrowed his from Mudge's. The '«ca|)tnient of the clock made by Cuming for his Majesty the king in the year 1763, is of the free or detached kind, a name which was not then known. The improvement which he himself made upon it two or three years aAer, was to keep up the motion of the pendulum by the gravity of two small ball:), independent of the motive force through tl»e wheels of the movement. In this 'scapemrnt, he insista on the adjustment between the pendulum screws and crutch being made so as just to uulock the swing « heel and no more. This can then be only unlocked at tlie time, when the force of the pendulum in its ascent is nearly gone, and that the pendulum should not then meet with the arm of tlie iMdl, but to receive it, as it were, just before the descent of the |)endulum has conmienced. In that part of Mr M ud>;e'.4, each pallet and detent were formeil in one, and the unlocking takea place a conaiderable while before the end of the vibra- tion. Thus, the springs which maintain the motion of the balance are bent up, not only by means of the ac« tion of the swing or balance wheel teeth on the pallets at every vibraaiun till the wheel teeth arc locked, but arc still a little more l>ent up when unloi-kiiit; by the esortion or momentum of the balance, or pentltiluin it- self, previous to the vibration* being nearly finislied ; and this is one vf tlie greatest properties of this 'scape- roent, whether it i« applied to the balance and spring, or to the pendulum. No 'acapement appears to be better caloilatea than this is, to keep the petululuin or balance conatantljr up to tho aoate arc of vibration, notwithstand- iam ita having what aome have been pleaeid to call a Jtfeei in the reooiKng one, that of oppoaing the balanoo or pendulum in ita aacent, and promoting ita descent. In the Hiring pallet 'aoapeinent, as in the recoiling one, the penaidum u opposed in its ascent, and ha* it* descent c«)uany promatctl ; but there ia still a difTerenre be- tween them, notwithstanding this similarity. In the spring liallet 'acapement, no retrograde motion is given to the wheel*, pinions, and pivota, which produce* that early wearing on them, and where the seconds' hand partake* alao of thia retrograde motion aa in the com- men roeoiling 'scapemenL Tbeee are circumstances which have no place in that of the other. In such 'scapementa as those now mentioned of Mudge's or Coming's, it has been said by aome, that it matter* not what sort of work the clock movement i«, or however ill it may be csrruted ; since tlie motion of the pendu- lum is kept up by a force, which, in some degree, is in« dependent of the motive force pruduced through the wMob in tho MBfiMiwit. Thia may be ao &r true, yet that* i* no 'siapiwiiit, where any irregularity in the pitdting*, piniona, ftc of the movement will be more radi^ diaoovercd than ill ' i ing the going of the eiodt, whidi will be ver\ . Me to the ear at the time of raising op the bails, or Uiat c^ bending up the spring*. We would therefore by no means advise, that toil sort of **capenient should be put to a movement of indiftrinr cxocntioti : on the contrary, it seems to re. quire one flniahed in the l^est possible manner. The motive force put to it requires to be greater than that which is usiully put to clocks having the dead boat 'scapement. It may be aaked, whoUicr weight* or spriM* are the best for these sorts of 'scapementa, which i* perhape a question not easy to be resolved. We confer that spring* appear to be preferable ; they seem to have, aa it were, an alertness or quickness of action, when compared to the apparent heavy dull motieo of gravity in the balls. 'The pivoU which are 3 120 HOROLOGY. Esc»p«- incnt*. Description of a clock 'scapement by Mr Tho- mas Reid. Plate CCCl. Fig. 1. Fig,?. at the centre of motion of the pallets and balls would be regardeelief that oil is necessary to theni. Oil does not seem to us in the least degree requisite, considering the very small angle of motion which they would have; and we have always thought, for the same reason, that oil was not necessary to tiie pivots of such detents as were some- times used in the detached 'scapement. We shall now proceed to give a description of a clock "scapement, on tlie same principle as that of Mudge's in his marine time-keepers, which was put to a' very capital regxdafor or astronomical clock, made some years ago by Mr Thomas Reid, for Lord Gray's observatory at Kinfauns Castle. It had a mercurial compensation pendulum, and its time of going without winding up was forty-five days. Tiie great wheel, the second wheel, and the swing wheel pivots, were run on rollers, three being put to each pivot. Rollers were first applied by Sully to the ba- lance pivot of his marine time-keeper, and have since been adopted by Berthoud, Mudge, and others. They have sometimes been used for clock pivots, but in such an injudicious manner, that, in place of relieving the friction of the pivots, they have at last jambed them to such a degree, that the pivot could not at all turn or revolve upon them. ■ In Fig. 1. SW is the 'scapement or swinjf- wheel, whose teeth are cut not unlike those of tlie wheel for a dead beat, but not near so deep. P, P are the pal- lets, the upper ends of whose arms at s, s are made very thin, so as to foi-m a sort of spi'ings, which must be made very delicate ; for, if they are any way stiff, the force of the swing wheel will not be able to bend them when raising up the pallets. In order that these springs may have a sufficiency of strength, and at the same time be as delicate as possible, they are cut open at the bending parts, as may be seen at Fig. 2. These springs come from a kneed sort of sole, formed from the same piece of steel, by which sole they are screwed on to cocks, which are attached to the back or pillar plate of the clock-frame. The pallet arms must be made very light and stiff, in order that their weight may have the least possible load or bur- den on the springs ; a, a are the arms of the pal- lets, as represented in the front view. Fig. 1. and are ftdly as broad as is necessary. Their thickness may be made much less than this. An edge view of the pallet arms is seen in Fig. 2. The acting parts of the pallets at P, P, Fig. 1 . should be made of such thickness as to al- low room for inserting a piece of ruby, agate, or any fine or hard sort of stone, the thickness of the stone be- ing a very little more than that of the 'scapement or swing wheel. Each of these stone pallets has a sort of nib or detent for the wheel teeth, which is left at the end of the pallet flanches, as may easily be seen at the left hand pallet, Fig. 1. These nibs are made for the locking of the swing wheel teeth, and their use will be more particularly explained af- terwards. On the back of the pallets are screwed to each a kneed light brass piece c, c, as seen at Fig. 1 , On the lower ends of these kneed pieces, the screws d, d are put through, serving the double purpose of adjusting the 'scapement, and setting the pendulum on beat. 'The upper part of the pendulum-rod is com- posed of a sort of frame, whose steel plates A, A, A, A, Fig. 1. are represented as being contained within the dotted circular lines; the thickness of these ring-sort of plates is seen at A, A, A, A, Fig. 2. This frame has three pillars to keep the plates properly together ; and though they are not represented in the drawing, yet any one may readily conceive where their places ought to be, and what should be their length and height. At e, e, Fig. 1. is seen on each side the ends of a thin steel plate, or traverse bar, which goes from plate to plate, and is fixcil in the frame. An oblique view of one of them is seen at e, e, Fig. 2. In the steel frame plates, there is a circular opening, as represented by the dot- ted inner circle, Fig. 1. This opening must be of such a diameter as to allow the swing wheel and the cock which supports it to come freely through ; a part of the cock is seen at /, /, Fig. 2. the sole of which F is screwed to the back of the pillar plate of the clock ; the other knee K turns up to receive the pivot of the arbor of tlic swing wheel, the pivot at tiie other end of this arbor being supposed to run in tlie fore plate, or in a cock attached to it, and is the pivot which carries the seconds' hand. This descrijitiou of the manner by which the swing wheel is supported within the pendu- lum, it is to be hoped will be sufficiently understood, notwithstanding the want of a proper drawing of that part. The swnig wheel S W, and part of its pinion arbor g, are seen edgewise at Fig. 2. ; also the arm a of one of the pallets P, and its screw d bearing on the steel bar c, e. At the point of contact between the end of the screw d and the bar e, a small piece of fine stone may be inserted into each bar. This will prevent any wearing or magnetic attraction which might otherwise take place, if the screw was left solely to act on the steel bar ; for the smallest wearing here would in some degree alter the effects of the 'scapement. In Fig. 1. H represents a part of the bar of the pendulum ro tl> mtttioff with the pallet on i : force rta war on the flandi, and raiie .- stopped by ii'- ■l.»rnt or paHet nib. ed is locked III 'rt»m of the per- at aide, when .: - ... 'on amua nslockcd. ime of the unlocking at Um rigbC hand (MiUt, ui; the mupm takca place at the left haad. the penduluai, dnring ita acariioa to the right, ia oMoaed D^ the spring part of the pallets, and on iu return It is aa- atttcd by the sane part, ontil the pendulum eoows in c«fi> tact with the point af the screw tf en the left Imbh) part: Here it is agim oppcaed in ita excursioo, aa tor aa '^e are it dcscrflMa; and on ita dcarrnt or rstnm, it - assisted or iapened by that et the spring part of the pallet, in conjunction with the totf of gravity. In Una cktck, all th^ the motive force throogb the wheels haa to do^ ia to raiaa un the pellets, by bending up the tftiagt, and these, along with gravity, maintain the motion of the pendnlum. When docka of ihecoaunaaconalractioagetibaJin the oil. or dirty, the arc of vOmtkn faUa of, or ia Ims than what it was when the dock waa dMB and ftw. .janencnt. however, when the dock thefefcn Eaca^ moru. s« tt. ha I it H. In this 'scancnent, however, when the dodi gata Ibnl, the fiifcn of the swing wheel teeth, on the dHant pot of ihepallcta, will be kaacnad, consaqnaptly the wM clock 'scapement, which the writer of this article con trivtd about twelve or fifteen years ago. >»-^..^ In Plate CCCl. Fig. 3. SW is the swing wheel, Am.iUt whose diameter may be so lar;;e, as to be sufficiently clock free of the arbor of the wheel that runs into its pinion, 'icapaueBt which in eight day clocks is the third. The teeth of by Mr ad* this swing wheel are cut thus deep, in order that the ^',■tl\■^. wheel may be as !i;;ht as po«sible, and the strength of 3^ 4^ «. the teeth little uiore than wliat is neoeasary to resist tlie action or force of a common dock weight through the wheels. They are what may be calletl tlie locking teeth, as will be more readily seen from the use of them afterwards to be explained. Those calletl the impulse teeth, consist of very small tempered steel pin», inserted on tlie surface of the rim of the whiel on one side only. They are nearly tw > !'an inch in height ; and the smaller they are, s'«■*■ side view of the verge at a, and where the socket of the pallets ia seen as fixed cx) the verge. At b. Fig. 4, is aeen the outer cod of one of tM atone pallcU flnah with thr steel. That part of the stone pal- F'g- cu, wiu Da MaacnMi, OMwc^nantlT toe n lwl lilt nor* eaaily be unlodied bjr th« pendaMm : bene* we may expect a small increase in the ate of ribn* tion ; but whether this will sflect the thnakcvpirit, by makmg it skw, must be left to the rapcrienca of thcae who may think of making aacfa trials. It appears to us, that if any longthaniog of the arc of vibration takca place, it will be equally acccferalcd by tho gnralcr tcnaioa oflhc spring part of the palletsi Another dock having the same kind of 'ifapiumii, haa since been made by Mr Thonsaa Rdd, wboro the adjnatments fur '•miKtnrrii nml \\^^t ar^ traasAticd from the p Wy thia aria, «h«« "•''" : .—. . ii>«de, but are «••«•< Ker to which the palltis ate f*P»«' • ^""e by the screws wlmh are m thtm. This 'scapement haa also been very advan- lagcously appli4d, even where a verge md cratch were #iwuted. The following is a sdwotc and iWarriptieo of another •OL. u. rARr I. I which the pin teeth act, may be seen in 9, wkara they art rapn a wt o j in their napoedve po- rfdonordalieo loth* pin tMlh. Tboir akpoorforai ia oaclhr that which gives tho dond boat. In Fig.S. are ncn tho detents J, d, whose eentr* of motion is at r, e. Thn are fisad on their arbors by a thin steel socket, maM as forged with the detents, much in the same way M the pallets were, s* may be M-m at r. Fig. 5, whidi |.",g, {, mvca a side view of one of tite ilrtents and its arbor. The screws *t,jj, in the arms of the detents, liave a place made to receive them, which is more readily seen m Fig. 5. than in Fig. 5. I'he screws e, t, serve for the purpose of adjusting that part of the 'acaperrt-"' <-'»'"rct- ed w ith the pallets, push ing the detents uu t : 1 iig the wheel, oy meonsof thr I ■'^ •>' of tho sorwie,can tho unlotl .of thestonepallets, rneof vkhuli i. .ail^l'^. 4. The text^»f,J', serve toadjukt tl of the wheel teeth on the rietrnts. p. — ' .. > rectangular pieces or studs, which are fixrti idc of \bt pillar frsme plate, and may benraran iiku jh height Therndsoflhe screw sy,/ rest on the tide of tl.ese ttudt, and according aa they arc more or leas aciewed through at the ends i>f 192 HOROLOGY. E«c«pe- tlie iJetents, so much less op more hold will the detent toxni*- pieces hHve of the teeth. These holdiiij^ pieces of the dc- . " tents are not represented in the drawing, as they would clock have made other parts of it rather obscure. They are •soipement made of stone, an"l are fitted in by means of a dovetail by Mrneiil. cut in a piece let\ for that purpose, on tlie inside of the PiATK detent arms, as may easily be conceived from the draw- o^'i't'''^' '""• where it is rt-presented in part at e, Fig. 5 ; and ' ' ■ is in the line across the arm with the screw e, which is close by tlie edge of the detent stone-piece, which jirojects a little beyond the end of the screw. Having descril)ed the parts of the 'scapement, we shall now ex- plain their mode of action. On the left hand side, the ^in-tooth is represented as having just escaped its pal- let, as seen in P'ig. S ; but, previous to its having got on to the flanch of this pallet, let us conceive that the back of the pallet, or end piece h of it, had come, in consequence of the motion of the pendulum, to that side, and opposing the screw e, which is in the detent arm, pushes or carries it on with it, and consequently unlocks the tooth of the wheel which then endeavours to get forward ; but the pin-tooth, at this instant of un- locking, meeting with the flanch of the pallet at the low- er edge inside, and pushing forwards on the flanch, by this means impels the pendulum, and after having es- caped the pallet, the next locking tooth is received by the detent on the right hand side, where the wheel is now again locked. In the mean time, while the pen- dulum is describing that part of its vibration towards the left hand free and detached, as the pallets are now at liberty to move freely and independently of the small pin-teeth, on the return of the pendulum to the right hand side, the detent, by means of the back of the pallet on that side, is pushed out from locking the wheel, and, at the instant of the unlocking, the wheel gets forward, and the piu-tooth is at the same instant ready to get on the flanch of its pallet, and give new impulse to the pendulum, as is obvious by what is represented in the drawing. Fig. 3. After the pin- tooth has escaped the pallet, the wheel is again lock- ed on the opposite or left hand side; the pendulum moves on to the right freely and independently till the next locking on the left takes place, and so on. It may be observed, that the unlocking takes place when the pendidum is near the lowest point, or point of rest, and of course where its force is nearly a maximum. Without attaching any thing to the merits of this 'scapement, we may remark that the clock was observed from time to time by a very good transit instrument, and, during a period of eighty three days, it kept within the second, without any interim apparent deviation. This degree' of time-keeping seemed to be as much a matter of ac- cident as otherwise ; and cannot reasonably be expected from this, or any clock whatever, as a fixed or settled rate. Method of This 'scapement being a detached or free 'scapement, ^*'«;a"e- '''"' ^* pleasure be converted either into a recoiling or ment either ^ ^^^^ heat one, without so much as once disturbing or into a re- stopping the pendulum a single vibration. To make a coiling or a dead beat of it, put in a peg of wood, or a Small wire to dead-beat each, so as to raise the detents free of the pallets ; and ""^' these being left so as to keep them in this position, the pin-teeth will now fall on the circular parts of the pal- lets, and so on to the flanch, and the 'scapement is then, to all intents and purposes, a dead beat one. To make a recoiling one of it, let there be fixed to each arbor of the detents, a wire to project horizontally from them about 3^ or 4 inches long ; the outer ends of the wires must be tapped about half an inch in length; provide two small brass balls, half an ounce weight eachj having a hole through them, and tapped so as to screw on the Fsc«pe- wires ; the b;ills can be put more or less home, and be jnentS' adjusted proportionably to the force of the clock on the '' ~ penduhmi. No recoil will be seen by the seconds' hand ; yet these balls will alternately oppose and assist the mo- tion of the pendulum, as much as any recoiling pallets can possibly do; and as their effects on the pendulum will be exactly the same, it may be considered as a good recoiling 'scapement. This sort of detached 'scapement, by becoming a dea''s p»l- or right hand pallet, carries it on, until another tooth meets with the hook or notch at the end of the driving pallet arm. When this takes place, the wheel is made to recoil a little back; at this instant, the hook of the leading pallet gets free of the tooth, and is made to rise clear of the top of it, by means of the counterbalancing of the brass arm, and the screw k at HOROLOGY. 1^ (bt «oil a£ it. Tbe toodi of the nriiw- w{>ecl, which lui« avm gU into tbe notch at the end of the driving pallet urn, Carrie* itfarward until anothar toath, meeting with the hook of the laadini; pallet, canaca the wheel again to momI. TimaUowf the notch of tbe drLvin^ Ballet to Mt Irce of the tooth, and the braat piece, whicL i« on Utc pallet arbor, fidla down, till it coraea to re»t on the piu m the braM croa* piece, maktnc the pallet notch get quite clear of the top of tbe tooui, and ao on. There ia a giMt deal of it^anuitT diapl^ed in the ooatrivance ofthia 'toafeaieiit, vat the nice and tickli^ tMlandtig of the ptUet* iirraaiani aeaac U^rae of meaftaintj in their ofMfatiooa; aad whether the great raooil which it baa anmr net b« >gri — ' the tima-kaeiHi^ of the clock, t— ■w^parhapa.yttebepiwd. Waa it ihia 'acape- mmUL which waa in • dodt of Mr HaniaonX at hit hMM* in Orange Stnc*. «f whoae goiiy Mr Short aaid, " Tha* beceuU AtftnA on it to oae mmmn/ I'a a mnalk" and *' that it had DMi going for fouttceo year* at thia The prapctttea of a good lod 'wammmt are, that the iiBelteig tatxm ahovid i>a applied ia ibe caoat uMfonn ' aoddiiMt way, and with the leait friction and laa* of netivefctce; that it raqvirr litile oil. or none ; aadlhat the aadllaliena of the wnwller, wbalbrr it ia a pandit •Imb «r abalanca. be made in a* faae and iintliahlrhad'a Tbe nice eacouiion nooind iar a dacii or • wa*a, tmt af the aUMiliiia af wad tbajr. ia ioaw •aMMM, icat ligktaf thaynMMiaaoflhe pefnhiian<.«a!— UaaAataftWapiralar taltaw pa»- duliaa «MW. and ihowht (iMt iha fim»>immmm ef HotpitaL n a tbiM, «i«lMnt eonaidariM, that ihia, from Kea wMUy, or ahaaat whAy. in the pen- liuluaa and in the spiral (priag. BaHhnua iaipataas no* tion hka this to HarnKon. fm attasptiag la anke the 'aaifMmt in hi* tiwcfcai^rr ao that the long and tboet vihnitiaaa •houki be otaile in aaual tiaaca. Wbeteaa be aaya. " he aagbt to harva laokaa for ihia in the itodwa. nompmpetty of thrtpiralar tialanrw yin^ Bat tfaa property (h«ad(k)wa*unknawi»altbattiaMlPtbeEi^ Iikh ani«t» : and wa* a diKtMrcty of thoaa in France, fracii «hd it happen that Mr Mnib)e, !^^.^!^ long helot* tbe pcf«Ml when Lc Bay mmI BertbMid &. ** "^ 'm«( Ibe pronnty of thia apirai epiia^ each tbe aerit of nairtng fint aade tbe diacwvoy. '« pwpwliie ^ very lately, dMagh Mr X niad lb«a oat ao long baAa*. aad tl coaiaiaedialhewarkaafDrMaobe. {loyidMd at Pari* in 17fi7, nM«di*l«rt.bintoflb«e KimokxkK I i l ia r iifriag; beaoetbey weienati there at the tiaae when L«|HM* wrote, iilbwaiai be It waa toon t^M this, Ibeft iIm diwmee aoiMMnaod between >UIUy aid Jea. the peaduluei ipring while at the Wattb tnahaea alwi^a for tbe watchn of tbor wwa same time knowing uotliing of iU properties, the gene- £•«?•► ral practice wa« to taper them, so that the coils, when ._"^*^. bending or unbending, ibould preserve an equal di»- ~ .' ~ taiMX with one onotJier ; and this method has been used e^MT aince the application of the ! w^s done at liome by either kludge or Duttou the(&> aalvea, wbi^ no doubt, endeavoured to make tliem a* nearly iaochronou* as possible. This, among other causes, perbapa gave their watohe* the celebrity which they at that time had deaervadly acquired. The palleU of the 'acapenent at the turret clock in Greenwich Uoapital, are aaid to have been contrived by Mr Sroeaton. The foUowiitg narrative will (>how how he came to be concerned in it. It may be observed, that at that tiuK- he was one of the oommlasionera. Tbe turret clock, » hith is in the cupola of Greenwich F,,c»pnn«M Hecpital, was undertaken by tlie late Mr John Holme*, of the tur. and eaecutctl under his directions by Mr Tliwaitea. ret-ciock ai liut before any thing was done, Mr Iloliucs consult- Gr««iwich ed two gcntlaBen, wno happened to be liis mukt inti- mate fiMnda; the one was the Bev. Mr Ludlam of Camfaeidge, the other Mr John Smeaton, both of whom wore very eminently qualifietl to give such advice a* waa wanted in this buaiuow, not only about tlte 'scape- ■Mnt, but how every part of the clock ahould be fitted up, ao aa to iniurc salciy ai;<' iti< {terfunnanoe. very Um and n)a«>> ' r» (of wliich Mr ,iie*, loaagh itone ol lite original* were ever L) peaird between them en that occasion, and -aeinaaaiadlittgaHiily. Th^ agreed that ihe'acepement ebaald have araMil. Mr Smaaton reeonaaonded, that Ibe paUata, in piece of having plan>»,- <•• >Iu •vtr.niitv of tbe vibration, the 'aaipanient >•! riy dead. Thi* waa, a* be said, vrliat . . ^^ at Yofb had ultimately come into !" M ' •dviaact that the swing whwl Iteth altould U ;..... ..iid dee^ and of aach a shape as to roll a* it were on the pallet^ and not to alide en them, which would pi«vcnt bitii^ er wearing. The pallet arau were of bnas, made no aa to pat it in the nd^- - *' rhe clockmaker to take the aaOeta very easily <> rr)iairii« was necessary. Tllcae BMruioda liatt lunv iirlurc ll ' ' 7 !.ur- riaon, and woraadeptaainackiik il- i^g«^C^ilai40e,a*aieationcdb> Mr Lu. hnngiy adt i>ed by tbem. MrSin«»> Ion at ihi* pa e iad look away g«dgr<>fM> luait a mill wbeet wbaae dianeler* were oi4y i\ iarli< «, uid put other* in ibetr piece at % inrhe* with grrat MirceM, aa it ai\e». ward* proved. On lb«»iimv prineip)«<* whirh Imvr juet ao» ■ ■ • the cUk ^ - . . ' w't Chiir«ih, Ivtlailiwtgh , aiMl >• ■ Cpr aboat tbir^ Jiow, tbe iDH'baiBi af « raawnti aay 'snap«tnfnt. and even ihea itcen iennapartofit, uMtc than the wheel* < or the weight whiefa aave* them. Tbe DMttve force paaeing tbroHch tbe wheels, ta^ Beraiwitoir, at luaea be anti^uslly impaneed himi tbe aieni ei l i wr of « cloUt ut walah. This idea rise to tbe invanlien of what ha* been called r« '!»- of id. to to lit. 124 HOROLOGY. Description of the re- montoir which was applied to the dock of St An- drew*9 thiirch, Rdinbargh. toirs^ that is, that the movement should at intervals be made to wind up eitlier a small weiglit, or bend up a delicate spring, which alone should give its force to the 'scapenaent, by which means the pendulum or balance was supposed to be always impelled by an equal and uniform force. The earliest thin;» of this sort was used about the year 1 600. Huygens applied it to some of his clocks, and gives a description of it in his Horologium OiCiUatot turn ; and Harrison had one in the marine timekeeper, which gained him the great reward. VVe are of opinion, that they are of no great use either to a clock or a spring time-piece; for if the pendulum of the one is well fixed, and the momentum of the ball is not too little, any small inequalities of the motive force through the wheels will hardly be percepiible; and in the spring time-keeper, the isochronism of the pendu- lum or balance spring is sufficient to correct any ine- qualities whatever in its motive force. As their me- chanism, however, is curious, and has been rarely de- scribed, it may not be uninteresting to our readers to have such an account of it as would enable them to make and adopt it should they think it proper. The one which we propose to describe, is that which was contrived by Mr Reid for the clock of St Andrew's church. Suppose a small frame, separate and indepen- dant of the clock frame, to contain two wheels, one of which is the swing wheel, having within it the 'scape- ment work. The other wheel is crossed out, so as to be as light as may be, the rim being left just so broad as to admit fixing on it seven kneed pieces or teeth, each about a quarter of an inch thick and half an inch long, three of which are on one side of the rim, and four on the other side. Three on each side have the knees of different heights, corresponding each to each. The fourth is a little higher than either of the third highest. The wheel on which these are fixed, has a tooth pro- longed beyond the rim, of the same thickness and length as the others, making eight teeth in all, having a small space left between each. These teeth become as it were 80 many wheels in different planes, and are at equal dis- tances from one another, with the same extent of radius coming to the centre of the swing wheel arbor, being just so much larger than that of the swing wheel, as to allow the swing wheel teeth to clear the arbor of it. The edge or side of the teeth which rest on the swing wheel arbor is a plane, and rounded off on the opposite side, to the point or angle formed by this plane. The arbor of the swing wheel has eight notches cut into it a little beyond the centre. These correspond to the eight teeth of the other wheel, and are sufficiently wide and deep to allow the teeth to pass freely through them. Each notch stands at an angle of 45 degrees to the one which is next it, which difference is continued along the arbor through the whole, making 360 degrees for one revolution of the swing wheel. On each of the ar- bors of these wheels was fixed a pulley having a square bottom, in which were set about ten hard tempered steel pins a little tapered, something like the pullies at the old thirty hour clocks, whose bottom was round in place of square. The pendulum was fixed to the wall of the steeple, as well as the frame containing the 'scape- ment work, and the apparatus which has been descri- bed. The arbor of the eight toothed wheel had one of its pivots prolonged with a square on the end outside. The clock frame containing the movement was in the cen- tre of the steeple, and the pinion in it, which suppose to be that of the swing wheel, had one of its pivots also prolonged, and squared outside. These squared pivots were connected by a steel rod and Hooke's joints. The main weight of the clock being put on, must urge not only the wheels to turn, but that of the wheel having the kneed teeth ; but some one or other of these teeth pres- sing on the arbor of the swing wheel cannot turn, con- sequently none of those in the large frame can turn, nor can the swing wlieel turn here unless some other means are used. An endless chain was j)rovided, and passed over the two pullies fixed on the wheel arbors, and through two common pullies, to one of which is hung the small weight which is to turn round the swing wheel, and to the other a counter weight. The weight which turns the swing wheel, has its force placed on that side so as to make the wheel act proper- ly with the pallets; now, while the swing wheel is turn- ing, (the pendulum being supposed in its motion,) one of the other wheel teeth is gently pressing on its arbor. Whenever this tooth meets with its own notch, it will, by means of the main weight, be made to pass quickly through it ; while passing, the small weight is wound up a little by the main one; the succeeding tooth then meeting with the swing wheel arbor, rests on it for a quarter of a minute, till its notch come* about ; it then passes in its tuni, and so on. The swing wheel makes a revolution every two minutes, in which time the wheel with the eight teeth makes also one. The mi- nute hand, by this mechanism, when passing one of the notches, makes a start every quarter of a minute; at every such passing, the small weight is wound up a lit- tle by the great or main one. After the clock had gone a considerable time with this, it was found that the kneed teeth got a little swelled on their parts of rest, by the force of the main weight which made them fall on the swing wheel arbor. To remedy this, an endless screw wheel was put on the arbor of the remontoir whee}, (or wheel with the kneed teeth,) working into an upriglrt endless screw, on the upper end of whose ai-bor was fixed a pretty large fly, in order to lessen the velocity of the remontoir wheel, and make the kneed teeth fall gently on the swing wheel arbor. This helped the swelling greatly, but did not entirely prevent it, though it existed now in a less degree. The endless chain had also a tendency to wear fast; in consequence of this, and of no provision having been made for the swelling of the kneed teeth, by making the notches on the swing wheel arbor much wider than was required for them when newly finished and first applied, this part of the remontoir was taken away, and the rod, with Hooke's joint, was put on the square of a pivot of the swing wheel prolonged on the outside of its frame. These matters being guarded against, it might be well for some artist in future to try such a remontoir. During the four years it was in use, the clock went uncommon- ly well, and was the admiration of a gentleman who lived opposite the church, and who was an amateur in horology. One of Mr Reid's men who took an interest in this clock, said it did not do so well after the remon- toir was taken away. This, however, may have been more owing to a change in the position of the weights, than to any thing else, occasioned by a chime of eight large bells being put up in the steeple. For the weights, in place of having their natural fall, were carried a great way up in the steeple above the bells and clock, in order to fall down again ; and here a complication of rollers and pullies became requisite. Harrison's remontoir is a very delicate spring, which is bent or wound up eight times in a minute. Were it necessary, a more obvious description could be given of it than that which is given with his time- keeper. In Haley's, the remontoir spring is bent up Escape- ments. Description- of itic re- montoir whicli was applied to the clock of St An- drew's Cliurch, ' Kdinburglv Harrison'*, i remontoir. i Halej's. HOROLOGY. 125 Etute- ttmig^'t ChKfa witk 150 tiiacs in • minute. In th« '«c*p«nent of Mudge's marine timekeepers, what may be called the remontoir waa bent up :MK> times in a minute ; the 'acapement bcre, become in aane degree wholly the remontoir. A variety of 'acapenMnts mav be seen in TJkioul, and in •oine ef the modem periodical works; yet, for the |>4ir> poaeof cwnmon or otdiiMry tort of dodo, they are HWiflwd chied3r to dwae of the dead beat and the recoiL Wlwii e e uaaU iwfuiwiLii h expected, lome may have iceoone to 'aeapeBcnta ct a diff ew u t deacriptiew. AboMt the jtmr t7M, Le Roy, Lcpente^ and other cinrkmekera in Pkrn, were mnch encaged in making docks baring only one wheel; and some bed not even a single w h e e l io the morcment. They were, however, more e»pen» v e in making, and p er fo r m ed ^^ whidi w^ consd^ucted in the otdinary war. Si m plici ty in the madiincry secnM to hare been their chief ebj|ect. It requires, how< ia abccJ vgrk am- experience to know what simplicity in machi* ia; althoogfa apparently more ample, a clock having two wbeds in it, wiU not be equal to that h*. ring three or figor;^ it does not folk>w, th«l, by having ■ " " ter: it wfaick be eecntepped with impunity. This subject be better rxeinplificd thai by making a comp*- of one ef Hindley's decka, having two wheeia, mad giviag tliif^ vibntiena in a nmiute, with a dork giving the saae — mher ti viiratiens in the same time and with three wbeela. The ftnt or great wheel, in one ef Hindley'a, had ItOtaelh, the accend or swing whsd l*a and the pinaa & The nonbtr of these teath. aMioftheptnianleBvaa,MMintotoSOew In the athar, the wheeU were 48. 40, aid 90, and two pinions of 8; thesumof theaeia 154; thedilknnee ia t7», be- iiw the aoBber ef teeth move in the one than in the other, and aiere than the soa of tbe tactb io the three wheeled dock. We ahall now preered tn give a dMetaeeaaat of such watch 'ara p e w i mt s a* have ba«i diiw i f t* wa nhy of no. tioe, fram the old crowniAed and verge le the mo- dem 6«e or datadied 'aa|MaMnl ; bifrt. hi erdar thet the > raadar may be eble to e driven by the wheel ; if the pinion turns the wheel, the whed is then aaid to be led by tlie pinion. The pendulum or balance spring s $ has its inner end fixed to a ooUct, which goes spring tight on the arbor of the balance ; the outer end is fixed or pinned to a stud fisedon the inside of the fore plate. Ia the action of the crown whed teeth on the pallets, the balance »prtng ia ettbir brat sp or nnbcnding ; it is by the small force ef it, that the oalanee ia made to give twice the num« bar of eifanbona that it would give without it. It aboold bant been obserred, that, by putting a key on the square of the cannon pinion, and tuniing it about, this wdl not only move the minute hand about, but will oblige tbe hour hand to follow slowly, in the ratio- of one turn te-twclvc of llie minute head. The irat n ahA ea may readily be supposed to have been of rade e M e lkn . Having no pendulum spring, and only an boor hand, and bring watmd op twice a day, tb^ could not be expected to keep time nearer than IB le Tfl iniwrtw in ihiilwaline hnnri AfW tbe appli< ef tba ninilalnni ipring, they would no doubt go ballar, and may now hemada to heeptUM ly earfeet fee tbe ordinary parpoaaa of UAl ' n the cMwn wbed and verge 'srapement it aMOMid wjib care, it will do aaooaunoniy well Let tbe angle of the verge be 9S or 95 degrees, tbe Crawn tretb ef tbe crown wheel oadcrcnt to an sngle of • rt nw to Urer V if nrmi t. PUkTK CClU. The okl 'loqpMUM, ercn after the application of the pendulu m ■ ui i inu iiotgiviwgtlMl Mtiiftcri on which was re({iiired, {■dMM Hnjrgcaa and Hooke to think of other ■MBiM at impfwii^ it, or ta rabititnte a tuperior me- dianlm ia it> plaoe. In this pvnoit, the mechanical talenu of Hooke ■toad eanspieaootly eminent over tboae of tile justir c«lebialcd HmygcM. Sonae or the uiunMeiiU of Hnygeru' watches, or taoe-kecpcra, wen —eh larger than those of our box •IwiMnaMtmL Th* w t W B vhcc) wm cat into teeth of the Mnw fiwm as those of the caaiiaoa crown wheel, and made to 'scape with a vetfe of the usual kind. On the axis of this vene was a soft of cootrate or crown wheel, havinif teeth hke tfic ordinaipr contrate wheel, which drove a pinioa ixed on the axis of the balance. The rrrffe, wIm "MBpfof with its wheel, caused the *— '«f«<«" to make teveral twolatiana from every impulse oathendletK. Sane of thcoi had no pnwlulum- spring, h«< the periurn befioR ita application. When ■evani revohitiam in rvcfr vibration. In if two aaoondi, this 'scapement would be bat ill •■itedlbrthe ceils of a pendulum- sprinfT- 1' hose having thejpanduk— ipiiiiy appeared about 1 67-5. Thi^wasthe ~^ ' of half'thanng, upon seeing, when the pendulum- I ap al i a d , that it made the balance give two ia Oie saaM time that it gave <>ne wichoot it. Kmket Abeat dw mmc period, Dr Hooke brewght into notiee ' ■! i y » i m «Bt his watdi with a new 'seapcnaeM ; which, for swcMem waflia bcKW) he had beevi pnvaiivv cndrai^DurMig to f9* ihii WW ^^^^ otrruk ffiaiM the old cMm ode, wad m laaen •» Ikon thai of Hwiensw It had tw« Hilaawi, as (h* flih of Mch of «Mdi waa a toQifaed wheal, ailCBiin Mio ooa ■Dattar* The verge oraiiiafthrwlMlnaa fea4 oath apallrfon it. The hdanrr-wheei waa te, tmwtag a IkwralchM or aaw.like its arbor nm m ih* fnaae, panIM to thoae of at a ponK ttfitHf wHtun nan llMn ; the rawing, as M wov^ flie aafpco of an eipn* 1*. Whoa a looib of the balance-wheel oa OBO pallat; tho other, bjr the pitching of the two vhoeli, waa bfoaglN aboat ta iMal •oath, (after the wheel had wriyad ftwa tha the oppealla fide,) ia ordar to fwriv* hapalse ia'ha I There waa a peMohaMprfay ■■ oaaof the aad the ol^faci af tfteir Map piMfeed legaiher waa lo tm«ttafenwiMJaieliBwaBUM». while it pafpoae cv Bratpaa anernaiely ahaait Jl gave someracoil to the wheels bjr Ahhoagh this was a verjr eoDtrivancc for a ' Kausimm , jet it appeaie nal to haverivaa tiMt aatidheWeo whieh waa cxpaocd AoH it, (pniMMj Aval Innnieal Mecalian, which, IVam Sally's aetaaat. was the flisa,) Md the oM one was a§nu adopted. Heei ni , seoie jrears afterewds, other ■MfMi^ aaong whom was r>atertre, were mat led by thh' b aB p i w iii l of Or Ifoeke-a. and wet* led, firoaa thae to Ham, to anke h a p tuw ia iutt on it. Prooa it ar%i. nitcd tht doplrx 'scapement, which has of late yaare been so much in repiite. A large okl Oenaaa dock had a 'i c ap eamit o« the ssaw principle ss the ahave, of which the nakcKsMneiaanknown. Dr HoohifsaWm The ABMaa Tu aiaia n . who «aMr»atod graatljrto bring the art of H r iiali n i hi Bn^asd to that r». (Wtation which H had ae^M, ftr a ha« period of ajmn or aiofv, darte vUch he pnaliMd it, a ' laip t B uw i ahoai tllpB, mf ' with bsiay wry wi et a si ft il. The tha briaoea vai • mrna sotid d» pollata, which still gave i rile raaeliaa of the hslancca. Taa^iea' across at the middle, and nearly hATf*!»y<1own ; along the length way of this jvirt cut • leep angular notch was made, tbrmin.j n -^r' on the right hand side: the halancv > tint, «ml much like DrHoohe's; and the ween the teeth suffi- ciently wide to allowthe cyhihler totnrn freely between them. When a tooth tff the wheel im()ellc(l the pal- let, and when on oscapi t, the icmth following dropped on the ontstt". vlin.lcr, neir the left ai^^, n rting on th^ Tiitionof the babnoe, after peas i < "tine a little recoil, it got on the pallet, and gave a new impulse, which was given only at every second vibration. An excellent property was observ «<1 iii this "scapement, that any iiie<)aalitie« in the motive force made no deviation in its time-keeping ; but the fh'ttion of the baUnce rheel teeth n" and dcstructi Knowing w ....; i under liiin, Ciraham, work with th" -—i." succeeded. generally knoM, Ttrgt f* ^ Under anil iteing bred a good many years after, set to ler 'scapement, and ultimately this 'scapement \n now pretty we may be allowed to give an account t»f what he did. In place of Ttimpion's solid cyhndcr he mode a hollow one; on the points of the wheel teeth of Toiapion were raised something like ■aoM pins t>r wftm; on the lops of which a sort of in- diited or carvKl wedge-like teeth were formed, of such a length as to hove very little freedom when in the inside of the cylinder, and the ontside aftherylinder to hove the saaie flpeedon bet« < >f one tooth and the heel of the ether. A ' 'g was made across the cylinder, itot quitr h^it way do^n the dia- ; the edges of the o Ihwler made bv this opening ' to that the curved edge of the tooth might enthem ; the right hand rd;^^ yrn% ffancned oatWBid, thehAonenmndea; whenii -watat rest, and tf>e wheel ia its pfaM* to 'scatx ntoftlie tooth got then JiMt in on the cylindrr eilges, and no aisre; a ascend notch ws< mndr (v1( vlinder wheel eMapes from the left edge of i Vr, the point of it falls into the inside of fi'~ — ns Boaiiiy tha>», and then passing ar !it handai^ge; on asaapuig ■• ■'■■■ 'uctc'iung toath dfDpa on Iho natsi ler, where it re- C; on the retam of im- i'.Tinn«-r, it gets on the left edge, gMag a new impulse, and «o on. The I knpil ot both edffrs of the cylinder, giving bjr a ribratian to the balance. This 'scapement tieing the best of anv that had prc>. esded k, (IMiaufre's perhaps exce)>ted) procured for Graham's watches a very r. 'le reptiuuon. as their performance was mud) to that of those af the dd eoiutructicm. Mowc»cr, on comparing the of same of (>raham's with tho»e of a later te, we cnmfrss that none of his, thnuvli excellent, ever equal to them in thit. The cjllndert rather herge In diameter, the halaiu-e too light, the motive force too weak, and he had great e pendulum spring no doubt had its share in keep- ing up this uniformity. Balances whose diameters are rather small, will have a natural tendency to cross farther, that is, the arcs of vibration will be greater than where the diameters are great. Their weight will be in the ratio of the squares of their dia- meters ; from which it follows, that if the balance is Method of taken away from a watch which has been regulated, estimating and another put in its place, having the diameter only P^ec'se one half of the former, before the watch could be re- of watch ba- gulated with the same pendulum spring, the balance lances. would require to be four times heavier than the first. One way of estimating the force of a body in motion, is to multiply the mass by the velocity. Let us then calculate the respective forces of two balances whose diameters are to one another as two to four. The radii in this case express the velocity. According to this principle, we shall have for the small balance two for the radius, multiplied by eight of the mass, equal to sixteen, and for the great one, four of the radius by two of the mass, equal to eight ; six- teen and eight are then the products of the mass by the velocities ; consequently they express the force from the centre of percussion of each balance ; and as it is double in the small one, it is evident that the arcs of vibration will be greater, having the faculty of over- coming easily any resistance opposed to it by the pen- dulum spring, witliout requiring any additional mo- tive force. Let us take an example done in another way, which is the square of the product of the diameter multiplied by the velocity or number of degrees in the vibration, and this again multiplied by the mass or weight, so as to compare the relative momentum of two balances of different diameters, &c. Suppose one balance to be .8 of an inch in diameter, the degrees of vibration 240, and the weight eight grains; the other .7 of an inch in diameter, the arc of vibration 280', and the weight 10 grains. 240 X .8= 192 X 1 92=36764 X 8=2941 12. 280x.V=19()X l9C=384l6x 10=384160. The balance having the smaller diameter, has its mo- mentum to that of the greater, as 384 is to 294. When the arcs of vibration are great, the nearer to isochron- ism will tlje long and short ones be. When a little expciice in the cylinder or horizontal 'scapement is not grudged, a ruby cylinder is certain- ly a great acquisition to prevent wearing on the edges; if it is not steel cased, and wholly of stone, it is so much the better, giving a little more scope to extend IIOROLOGV. 129 the liinif* of the banking, the steel crank of the other confining the extent of banking. There i« no doubt a greater Ti*k of breaking than in the caaed one ; yet tliia might be contiderably leaaeneci were seme atten- tiea paid to make the notch which frees the bottom of the whcd, aa haa been prapoaed in the case of the ateal CTMndar, BO longer than it necet aa r Y. It would be • In ir mM m to have the cylinder formed by the straU of the apaNre or ruby, being placed in a rertical positiaa in- ■lend ofahorisontal ana; Tliia i* torelx attainable, when we know that diamond tpUttera can distinguiah the strata or layers of die Aimnank, a atone which may be suppo- aed more compact than oUkt the ruby or aapphire. We have seen a cylinder, wholly at stone, in a watch be- longing to a gimtleiBan, who wao wearing it when be- tween 70 and 80 yaon of age : he oaed fteqnently to let it fall withont any attklwu h a pt w i i i ii g to the cylinckr. Three somU grift or eocka p la ced on the po- tenee plate, so aa toaOoir the balance edge to come into notcbaa ittcd for it. and having a ul R ci e tH freedom, woald prertnt cither the c}' Under or the cock pivot ftooi breaking. A linle practicaahenld make the atone cylin- der easier , and perhapa dMaper amde, than the caaed one ; at all erents, even on equal terms, it ought to be the prefrrable of the two. From what has already beeti said. It spfears that the weiglR and diemelar ol the balance are matters not mcfcly ■ b it iaiy ; for if the motive Ibntieloogmlfcrtkatoftbeibroeof tbehaiaaoe, the watch will go Am! when ia tba laying or horisontol p»> ■tion, and «i«w when in the vertical or bangif>g poaition: By dinriariring aitbar the motive Ibtve, or making the balance heavier, the watch may be made to go the in both p u dti e n a. The propertiea of the |^nda- ■ bttfe to this. It is in scmie a pocket watch to have the ■• that the balanee with ib flpriait. when in a alale by itaelf, and free of anj the wheela, ahonkl vibrau the of time, whether it ia in a vertical or a We know when it is in the last, that it wiU'oontinoe to vibrate twice the length of that it will do in the olhar. We are humbly of tba* this cooM be eoaw at Bat who will be at the tfonUe and s i piea to onko each cxpafimenta as may kadlait? Mr Eamakaw'a pivota, whb ' Jiallaw boiaa, ahoald aaae very near to AboM Arty T*tes ^o we of liBMnce pieuCa* im^mm^^mt "^ toe uttKnUf oitwwfi ToiBplona bavmg mr on *» at (f Im trui* i" e nawp ci n g the hatbwntal 'acepeaMiN, and nrrftamV having ^"^'f^ it to ■ ateM if M. Facia, a aaUve of Geneva, itevlBf art of picfving haica in nMieiy ev "7 Hone, caaw to Parfa with thia aH as a tactal ; iad not baiag ««Q received, either by the Duka af Orlanik at thai tiine reMt of Prance^ or by the watchaiakfln, he repaiKd to Lendoa with it aboat the year ITOO, which waa at that time a achool where the art of moiv cahtvaled than at Pbria. lie wi member of the Royal Satktf, aad having a kind of pai lw w rfi u widi a native of Prance, who had been settled in LoadbB, whoae Mae WM Dobaufre, tliey carried on the baiiMai of waleh.jewcUnig. * Facio'a partner had. at thia time, oenCrived anew 'scapement: it was a dead beat one. w hich was the thing now sooghi for. The balance and balance- wbacl hoica of it were jeweU led i the pallet waa made of diaaaond, fmaad from a vary tha eMact, Matidi M. Fad» II. short cylinder of two-tenths of an inch in diameter; Bsespe. the upper end of the cylinder was cut down nearly mam. one-haU* of the diameter, and flanched to the lower end • and opposite side, rounded off from tlie circular p.irt of the baae left at top, to the lower end of the flaiich, re- sembling scmething like a cone bent over, and want- ing a part of the top. Two flat balance-wheeU, having ratchet or crown wheel sort of teeth, were on the same arbor, the teeth of the one beinj? opposite to the mid- dle of the spaces of the other ; the distance between these wheel* was a little less than the diameter of the cylinder ; the drop of the teeth in scapin^r falls on what was left of the upper baae of the c}'linder, (the lower baae being taken away in forming the pallet) and near to the ei%e fomed from the flanch ; here they rested during the time of the vibration of the balance. On the return, the tooth gets on the flanch, and passe* over it, during which, giving impulse to the balance, and esca- ping at the lowt-r cn«l, a tooth of the other wheel drops oppoaite on the same baae of the cylinder, and so on. A watefa having this 'a mptia a i i t , and bearing Oebaufre's none, waa put for trial into the hands of Sir Isaac New« ton, who, in shewing it to Sully in 1 704, gave a verr flrtttering account of its perfurroance. It attracted Suf. ly's notice very much, hut thinking it by no means well executed, and not bring quite aatisfied with two wheela, it waa thought that an improvement would he made by haviiy one wheel only and two pallet.i, wnich waa part of the acheme of the 'scapement he adopted far hia marine time-keeper made in 1 71 1. Considering the geniua which Solly waa allowed to poaaeaa, this waa by no meana an improvement on Debautre's 'sca^wment. Although an Engliahman, Sully's luroe was unknown to his countrymen ; and wonkl have remained so, had it not been for the acoonnta given of him by the French mlittM, m whom he excited an emulation, and whom he i i Myi i a d with a taste to acquire such a pre-eminence in tlicir prafeaaion aofaad been boAav unknown to them. Jolicnle Roy, who waa intimately ai ■ ■' ! with Sully, Actanatnf and Berthoud, are nnoommonly L <>ir encomi- the labmus umsonhim. Soon after he had oaaipit-tiaw of I.auri.>t»n, under the aaihtrity of the court of Veraailles, gut him enga- ged fa aateimab a nHmn&etery of clocks and watches. In coawqaanea of thia he came twice to I^mdon, and having carried away a great number of workmen at a vast expence, and spent much money on tooU and Other aiticica. Law began to murmur, and tlie esta- hKahaMBt in two yean or little more fell to the ground. This made him complain bitterly of his Iwd fortune to a friend ; but fortunately a nobleman to whom Uiis waa ama i o im l. feeling much for the disag ire a b leMtuati on in wfaichSuil V waa placcd.scnt him in a present some shares in the pofalie Amds, value IS.OOO livres, which enabled him, for •evcral vaars afterwards, to pursue very itea- loasly his ftvoarwa ■ chen ieof making a marine time- tfa* witha VOU XL PABT I. iS ttmOtj, «r aauM, wing one of them, and resting on the semicylindrical part of the other. The action of, the two wheels shall now be explained. Let us sup- pose, that one of the larger wheel leeth, after reposing on one of the semicylinders, is, on the return of the vi- bration of the balance, admitted to pass throujjh the notch ; after having passed, a tooth of the impulse-wheel falls on the corresponding pallet, gives impulse, carrying it on till it escapes ; when another tooth of the wheel of repose falls on the other semicylindtr, and rests there until the return of the vibration of tlie other balance ; when it passes the notch in its turn, and the corre- sponding pallet presenting itself, is impelled by a tooth of the impulse-wheel, and .so on. Hooke's 'scapement had a small recoil ; the aim of Dutertre was to make a. dead beat one of it, in which he succeeded There is a drawing of this 'scapement in Plate xiv. fig. 4. of Berthoud's Hisioire de Li Mesiire du Temps. He says, " that the properties of this 'scapement are such, that sudden shocks do not sensibly derange the vibrations ; that the pressure of tlie wheel-teeth of arrcte on the cylinders, corrects the impulse that the balance re- ceives from the wheel-work, which, on the tnotive- Ibrce being doubled, prevents the vibrations from being affected." In Plate xli. fig. l6. of the first volume of Thiout's work, is a drawing of this 'scapement, modelled for that of a clock, described at page 101. He says, " Fig. 16. is an escapement of the Sieur Jean Baptiste Dutertre, which has only one pallet, on, the axis of which is the fork. The two ratchets or wheels are on the same ar- bor, when the pallet escapes from the small ratchet ; the larger one, which is called the ratchet or wheel of arretc, rests on the arbor of the pallet, and leaves the vibration to be pretty free. On the pallet's returning to meet witl> the teeth of the small ratchet, the pallet-ar- Dutertre'f 'scapement ■ for a watch. Plate CCCIl. Fig. 6- Dutcrtrc's clock 'scape- ■ ment- Fig. 7. t HOROLOGY. 131 k«* bar, or cjrMnder, bein^r notched or cut across into the eevHn, allows the wheel ot' arrcte to p«*», and the wheel of bnpubien, after getting a araail recoil, ^'ves new force to the ribratian ; to that in two ribrations only one of them is accelerrtcd : Hence it was thoofrht, that the half of the vibrations btivfifrrr, and indepen- dent of the wheel work and its inequalities, they would be more correct than others; but experience did not cooilnn thii.' This is, then, the duplex 'scapement, or the i mitsl possible approach to it. Itiavtore than fifty yean since we saw a small spring dock havirfr this 'scapencnt, aaade by ■ rerr infjcnious cioclraiaker of this place, whose name waa Rabat Brack- enrigft. It may be suppm ed to har« baea andc a very lew y^vs after loMVira vorli was psDMlMfl. In 17S7. Peter le Roy gute an account of a 'scape- ment which he had imde, harinir one pallet on the axia of the babncr and a noldi below it. a wheel of ar- tHe, and one at impaW, a* deaeribed in the preceding 'scopaoMnt ; so tbai on(>-ha)f of the ribration* were in- dependent of tho wbeet-work. I>;trrtrr clnimrd the pretended inr tiitk i of Le Roy, who, finding' it not to answer his expectations, icave it up. 1 hjit Dutertre OMdo the one which is represented in PUte sli. of Thioot, we have no doobt ; attd there is unqoestion- M» aMhority, that be bmaitlit Dr Hoeke'a to the itn- |iro*«d Stat* whidi has jnsi been mcntionad. It is mU, that bo bad ■site a free or detached 'scapcaaciit ; bnt no accimiW wnalMfr iMa beas ipvcn of il Tlw dvpIcK ' s c ap s w wB t , as k it now eaOtd, waa ia> tfodaead into its native eoMilnr aliont thirty yean afo or nHffv, onder the n aw te of ryrer't 'acaptnant, tno name, it ia sapaasad, of him who pat the last hand to i«»- p«v* tut which came in a lineal daarinl from Dr Haoh*. In plaea of the notch bcinfr wmdm right across the arbor, as has bren mcntifliMd bt^ire, Tyrcr'a had a vcrr svaD cyMndrror nMtr, whoa* d i ameter waa .05 of an mch, into which waa madr, in a loniptudinal ditte- notehofflOorMdcicrrca. Tbecy- of staal, bnt moat Aooocntly of ni- «wbaBl<~ by. WhaathopoinUflrthatcathafthei fall hMo the noicht they meet with a very by tha hahnra. w what offapose bv tha hahnri. in what amy be called the retaraing lihiariaii. TMa fooaae far aa to make the point of the laoth tea Utile to Imto the notch, at the side oppania to thai by whtah II came in. The balance on 1 11 iiii twf. ie now m the eome at that ribralioa when it b to racerre inipolae fkom tha wheal, whick tdkaa place ' an the toother tha wheal of repeselaavfaw r, and aa soon as the tooth of hnpahaesBii^aa froaa'the pallet.— the nest tooth af rtpaaa Ma ta test en the naml cylinder, and ao an. Thia 'aeifaMaat af Tpn'a is mnch anpcrior to that of the ty lin ih r , or hertaonlal one : it is almast inde. pendant of oil. w uni ii ng aaly a very little to the points of tha w horl teetn of lapoie. It can carrr a halaocr af ^Mh afaaaw aMaMalna, and, when writ esecnted, B«t there an ao asany cir- to be attended to hi it, that I af thsB may at times cacapa the eye of the aaoat ■d oncful ; the waldi may slop, and yet the be in tym other aaspact aa eompMe aa peanVe. This has affan civaa the wearer csnae to and to sospact the qnaUtiea of his watch. I have bten induced to abamkm , and adopt infariar onos. The pallets ^ Tjm^s were at Ant »a«y thin. Wc fmiurntlv ur- fad the n s er ari lt of having than made much thicker, 1 were pkaaad to sac that thia waa gndnally adopted. Why should they not be made as thick as the pallet of a detached 'scapement .> There is no 'scaperoent whicli requires to have the balance wheel teeth more correctly cut, or the steady pins of the cock and potence more nice- ly 6tted to their places in the potence plate. The minu- tiae alluded to were, too much or too little drop of the impulse teeth on the pallet, the 'scapement not set quite so near to beat as miglit be, the balance rather heavy, or the points of the teeth of repose too much or to little in on toe small cjlinder. In a good sixeable palIot. a tooth on theoppoahesttfedrappcdonihe stii li- cal pan of the other pallet, where it rested >e Cl^and coming of the vibration ; ^ettin^; uun on the , « pve new impulse, caei^Mnf m iu turn ; the |>a]- let on Ute uBpoa i l e «id of the verge rrcrivrt tiiiin.-r The /rf or drt.> .-wiO is that in which the greater purt of tlie v....... , ol tlie balance is free and indepcodcot of (he wbeds, the balance wheel being KclKlal'i '•capcmcat. Pl.ATK (< LIU. ^it-l. Fncar 'MapcmtDC 133 HOROLOGY. JiMBpc> oieiiu. Free or itctacliMl '•c»j)«ment, Bcrthoud's iiioilel of a detached 'scapcment. then lock«d ; when unlocked, it gives impulse which only takes place at every second vibration. In Mudgc's detached 'scapement, the impulse is given at every vi- bration. The progress which lias of late years been made in improving the detached 'scapement has been very wonderful, when we consider that half a century ago the name of this 'scapement was unknown. The first rude draught of any thing like it, appears to be that of Thiout's, described at page 110 of the first volume of his work, and shewn in Plate xliii. fig. 30, which he calls " A 'scapement of a watch, the half of whose vibrations appear independent of the wheel work, during the time they are made. A hook retains the ratchet or balance wheel ; the return of the vibration brings the pallet to its place of being impelled by tlie wheel ; in the returning, the hook is carried outwards, and leaves the wheel at li- berty to strike the pallet, and so on. This sort of 'scapement cannot act without the aid of a spiral or pendulum spring." Peter Le Roy's 'scapement is the next step that was made towards this invention. He contrived it in 1748, and, like Thiout's, it has hardly ever been made use of. Both of them have a great recoil to give the wheel be- fore it could be disengaged, and their arcs of free vibra- tion are not much extended. Berthoud informs us, that in l75ihe made a model of one, which he gave to the Koyal Academy of Sciences. Camus, on its being shown to him at that time, told him that the late Dutertre had made and used such a 'scapement, having a long delenl and free vibrations. Nothing appears now to be known of the construction of Dutertre's, and Le Roy seems to liave acknowledged the priority of it to the one he con- trived in 1 TiS. " My thought, or invention," he says, " was not so new as I had imagined. Dutertre's sons, artists of considerable repute, shewed me very soon af- ter, a model of a watch in this way by their late father, which the oldest Dutertre must still have. This model, very different from my construction, is, however, the same with respect to the end proposed." The detached 'scapement in Le Roy's time-keeper, which was tried at sea in I768, is very different from that of 1748. Berthoud, in his Traile des Horloges Marines, pub- lished in 1773, has given, in No. 281, an account of the principle on which the model was made in 17.54; and, in No. 971, a particular description of the parts com- posing it, which are represented in plate xix. fig. 4. of that work. It may be somewhat interesting to lay be- fore our readers what is contained in No. 281. "I composed," says he, "in 1751., an escapement upon a principle, of which I made a model, in which the ba- lance makes two vibrations in the time that one tooth only of the wheel escapes, that is to say, the time in which the balance goes and comes back on itself; and, at the return, the wheel escapes and restores, in one vi- bration, the motion that the regulator or balance had lost in two. The 'scapement-wheel is of the ratchet sort, whose action remains suspended (while the balance vibrates freely) by an anchor, or click, fixed to an axis carrying a lever with a deer's-foot joint, the lever cor- responding to a pin placed near the centre of the axis of the balance. When the balance retrogrades, the first vibration being made, the pin which it carries turns a little back the dcer's-foot joint, and the balance conti- nuing freely its course, its liberty not being disturbed during the whole of this vibration, but by a very small and short resistance of the deer's-foot joint spring. When the balance comes back on itself and makes the ■econd vibration, tlie same pin which it carries raises the deer's-foot lever in such a way, that the anchor which it carries unlocks the wheel, in ortler that it may restore to the balance the force which it had lost in the first vibration. This effect is produced in the fol- lowing manner : In the instant that the deer's-foot joint- ed lever is raised, the wheel turns and acts upon the lever of impulsion, formed with a pallet of steel which acts upon the wheel, and with another arm which acts on a steel- roller placed near the axis of the balance; and, in the same instant that the wheel acts upon the lever of impulsion, the second arm, which its axis carries, and which is the greatest, stays on the roller, and the mo- tion of the wheel is communicated to the balance al- most without loss and without friction, and by the least decomposition of force. As soon as the wheel ceases to act on the lever of impulsion, it falls again, and presents itself to another tooth." " To render the vibrations of the balance more free and independent of the wheel-work,'' continues Berthoud in No. 282. " and diminish as much as possible the resistance it meets witii at every vibration, the pin must be placed very r.ear the centre of the balance, so that the lever may not be made to describe a greater course than that required to render the effect of the click perfectly sure, and while the ba- lance turns, and makes its two vibrations, prevent only one tooth of the wheel from escaping ; an effect which would be dangerous, by the seconds' hand, which is carried by the wheel, announcing more seconds, or time, than the balance by its motion would have measured. It was the dread of such a defect that made me then give this 'scapement up, which, I confess, seemed to be rather flattering ; but it did not give to the mind that security in its effects which is so necessary, particularly in ma- rine time-keepers, tlie use of which is of too great con- sequence, to allow any thing suspicious in them to be hazarded." The principle given here by Berthoud is the same as that of the detached 'scapements now made, although the parts of the model are more complex. This 'scape- ment had received a variety of modifications under his hand. In 1768, he had five marine clocks planned to have spring detents to their 'scapements, the lifting spring being placed on the roller, or pallet, which recei- ved the impulse. These were not finished till 17S2. Subsequent improvements, made by the late Mr Arnold and others, can hardlj' be considered as differing very materially from those of Berthoud. This 'scapement in pocket watches may sometimes come under such cir- cumstances as have been noticed with Tyrer's; but no other can well be admitted into box-chronometers, whe- ther it is made in the manner of Arnold, or in that of Earnshaw. In the 'scapement of Arnold, (see Fig. 2.) that part of the face of the pallet, at the point or nearly sOjOn meeting the cycloidal curved tooth to give impulse, rolls, as it were, down on this curve, for one half of the angle, and in the other goes up ; or it may be thus ex- pressed — the curve goes in on the pallet for the first part of the impulse, and comes out during the last. In making this curve too circular near the point of the tooth, as has been done by some, when the drop is on the nice side, the pallet has to turn a little way before the wheel can mo\e forward, which has sometimes caus- ed stopping ; but, where attention is given to the proper form, this is not likely to happen. In that of Earnshaw, (see Fig. 3.) the face pf the pallet is considerably under- cut. Here, the point of the tooth will slide up for the first part of the impulse, and down in the last ; in the first it seems to have little to do, and may acquire some velocity in order to overcome the part it has to perform Bseapv nients. Free or de- tached 'iicapement Arnold's 'scapemeBl Plate CCCIIK Fig. 2. Earnsha« 'scapKine l-ig. 3. i HOROLOGY. 133 P- ced, served to lignlate (or mean time. Thraa acrewa in the balanfa wan alao need fat thia parpoae. Whaa tba ii ii «rf the pallet wflar hv # conai. to that of the wbooi, tha anria of 'wtUbalaaa,andtheheldonthefaceof the win alao ba Icaa; bat tha imaidae given will be dinet, and the cbanae of atamai, ftoBaay eonn. bjr astamal asoCion, win ataaw vntly leaaen. ed. InthiaanglaaMiaaMlbaiBdndadthMthatwhieh ia made from tha dm U tlM toalb ta ila mmi^a^ the tha paint whoa yw laa* aMma ftam tha nalB pallet or ntiler, and tlwpaiat t0 wUdl tha *"" in rrtimiinK, afbr having paaad Tk«B CBoiaaa'aeBBhif HdaaTi paaaad tha UMns wfAamx It ia than i«ni lock tha whaeL h ia iidiitli, that tha «i»ii r^W of tha wheel (bodd be iMda with tha ■Ma ta tha vibratiaoa ef tha balaaoa : wbkh ia attained, by kaviM the and of tha Itfttnt^naUet m mm ta the caMaof the balanea aa ia eooMlaBt with ita gettmg can raadily and aaaly bribg aat tha dalaot ftaai lock. ing the whecL Tha bald oT tba laoth on tba detent rtioohl not bameea than tha ^ Mi h aJ lh part of an inch. But, m doing thia^ tha wppliMiiHaiy an^ becomea greater, and faMraaaaa tha angle of 'acapement ; and thenfore it may ba proper to have the laUng.pallet a Itttleloogcr. A little additiaaal length will gn^y rtw daca tha angle of 'aaq^ancnt, and not -nrrti innmi tha evil of a greater miManee to tha vibMtfoaa of the bahncr. In a box chraaometcr. where the balance wheel has twelve teeth, and tba «hoitMfla«f 'Mtfoat ia to be 60", it is required to find the ratio of the diameter of the Txmir*- whecl to that oX the roller. The supplementary angle "'" "*• being taken at 15°, the angle of impulse must then be (r^„ 45~,wluch is rather wide as oUierwise ; but it will beless dd^hcd than this, when the thickness of tiie points of the teeth, '(capcmeiit. and tlie spaces for drop and escape, are not taken into the computation. Now 3(tO° being divided by twelve, the number of the wheel teeth, gives 30° for the quotient; and again divided by 45, the number of degrees for the angle of impulse, tlie quotitnt will be 8°. The diame< ter o( the wheel is supposed to be .6" of an inch. To find that of tlie roller, say, as 1:! : 6 : : 8 : 4. Four-tenths of an inch is the diameter requiretl for the roller, which will give somewhat less than 45° for the angle of im* pulse. The diameter of the roller may be found in ano- ther way, auflBcieotly near for practice. The diameter of the wheel is .6 of an inch, or .(>00 ; then say, aa 1 IS : 555 : : .600 : 1.865 ; this Ust being divided by \% the number of the wheel teeth, gives for the quotient .157, the distance bctw(>en the teeth. This distance ta- ken as a radios for tlie roller, would give ()U° for the angle of impulse. About one-fourth more of this added, will give .800 for the radius, so that the angle may be about 45°. Nothinc' shoidd be overlooked, which can contribute to make the balance unlock the wheel with the least poaside rcisistance. When the wheel is lockepetnenu like that for Tyrer's 'acapcBMnt The long teeth ofar-p^^,^ rHt faat on the detent, and the upright teeth give im- cccili. polae. It ia evident ttut the unlocking with such teeth Pig. i. mast ba vary oaay, whan compared with the teeth of thoaa wheals wfaidi an made after the ordnuur way. Lest what has been said coooeinlng the pnncinle of a detached ' i t ap ein e n t may not be aufident, we sludl en. deavoor ta daac ri be the 'acapement itadf, such as it is at Dvcaent c o mm o nl y made, so aa togive an idea of it, andofthaaMnoarl^ which itaeta. Tha balance-wheel of a pocket chraaameter h..s fiftaan teeth not very deep cot. and a little ander cut on the (ace. A notch cut in- toa round piece of aleci or roller, which i* thl.li r th»n tha wheal, lama tha ftce of tha pallet. leta aaMlI piece ofruby or sniphireisinsettetment like the common detachw one. After what has happened, it is not like- It that it will be again adopted. The basis of it is that of the curiooa of Madge's, is ingenious ; though nothing of this kind can ever be equal to that of being in tlie balance itself. The train of wheels went contrary to the ordinary di- rection, and we iiave no aatiafactory reason assigned for it. AltlKMigh the tialance in pocket watches may be put very well in equilibrium, yet many things contribute to make them go unequally in different fmiitions, such as in hanging, laying, tec which require time, and give a great deal of trouble, before they can be completely corrected. In order to get the better of this, Breguet, Br_j„^., an eminent watchmaker in Pari*, coiitrivetl a '»cape- „,uiving ment, which, with the pendulum spring stud, revolved 'wapaiMat. round the centre of the balance once everj- minute. By this means, whether the balance was in equilibrium or not, tbe going of the watch was little aflected by it, aa every part of it waa up and down in the courae of a minata^ which iiwiiiwnialiid any want of equilibrium. Thia oootrivanoe u rnerdy mentioned bv Berthoud in his H'utoirr, aa be did not think himaelf at liberty to give any deacriptian of it, since Bregoet bad a patent or br»lit tfmttmtiom to make then. We have heard it said that the same invention had been made- before by the late Mr John Arnold. Tboae who wish for farther information reapecting 'si apnanHe. owy conaolt TraiU i HoHogtrir, par M. Thioot. HistairtJetm Mrtmrt dm Ttwmt, par M. F. Ber- thoMi. and the Trammttiomt eflAt SociHy/or Ute Em- I ^ Arts, C om m t r e e, 4%- CHAP, IL o*a CaHf m*%TioN against the effects of heat and cold in On liie cos. haa bean one of the greatesit im|>rove- p »n» i i »Bo couU have bean applied to them. ^^ "ixxf *'^^'^ thia they woald have been far from keeping tine, and „,„J]fJL|f wosddnave varied continually with the temperature of,^ the aaaanhare, so that no txcd or aelSlod nrte oould have boen ahtainad. The detached 'mpwit wiU tUa BMire than any other : for if ihm ia no < tioa to it, the watch « ill vary nearir thirty I _. twan^r-fbar hoon. The in&sntee of oil on tha cylinder andidie aftct of ahoMaa of l awwuiata re is much leae ebrie aa in it thai in the tletarhan 'a uau ei a e n t. There is very great rraaon to believe that Flarrison was the first who applied a compenaatian ; but there are no written docaments to warrant us in ascribing to him tile liooour of the invention, to which, however, we tliink he has a ju*t title. Some very imperfirct hinta liad been given by Martin Folke*. Esq. President of lite Royal Society in the year 1749. of Harrison'a having (umc merhanism of this sort in the three time- pie) cs vhirh had lieen msde prior to the fourth, which gsine «r(iB^ neral ascribed ttfHu|gens. while they •'Jmit the idea of • atnight tffing having been I The natural answer is, that he OMMt be*e seen it in the hands of Dr Hooke. On nothing doc* a iJknmaiMetar depend so nucfa as in the good quality ■'' ' ' >n soring: greet m the power of the m iroaiing and regu- lating the oiotioa of ure eitraordi- oary than that «f ihl^ . :>g the ntotioiu veu xu NaT i. of a chronometer, and we may be allowed to say, that it possesses soracthirj; like invitible properties. It may be set so as to m^e tlie machine go fast or ■ slow, in any position required, while neither its length, nor the weight of the balance, are in any way altered. Le IViy thought that he had made a great discovery, and it must be granled to be one, when he found, Pr^'pertiei " that there is in everj- spring of a sufficient extent, a "'''•''«"« certsin lengrli where all the vibrations, long or short, '•'■'"'' great or small, are isochronous ; that this length being found, if v"" sLorten the spring, the great vibrations will be quicker than the small ones ; if, on the con- trary, it is lengthened, the small arcs will be perform- ed in less time th.nn the jrrcat ones." Notwithstanding this condition of a 'rnt, the ijochronoiis proper- ty will renisin no!. ^. • iiwhiletheformofthespring is preserved, as it original!}' was. Should the coils bo more compressed or taken in, the long vibrations will now be slower than the short ones ; and, on the con- trary, if they are more Irt out or extendee»t and most direct way is to try them in the timekeeper itself, by taking four hours ^o- ing, with the g r ea test force the main spring can gtve, and then four hours with the least. It is of conse- quence to liavc these springs hard, or well tempered. CHAP. IV. On lAe JnetUing of Pixxti Hole*. OvK chronometer*, from the art of jewelling tlie JnrcIIioe of pivot holes, may be said to have acquinnl a durability i>i»o« holts. and character «1.w I. they would not have otherwise received. It be imagined that there is any ••' I..— .i.^ , ,|,.t or improvement in a jewelled i a brass one ; and, notwithstanding nii.ii ii i><>ii ::>iA in favour uf the last, few will be hard? enough to run the hasard of having the balance, and Dalance wheels, to move in brass boles. It is very well known, that in a common verge watch, where the balance holes are jewelled, iu motion will be kept up fur a longer time than when it runs in brass holes. I'be friction at the balance holes cannot be supposetl to be Ices than at those of the fusee ; for, in the time of one-fourth of a turn of the fusee, the balance must make more than what ia e(|uivalent to 9000 revolutlun''. lierthoud regretted much that he had nut an opportu- nity of getting the pivot holes of his time-kecnera jew- elled ; yet, from that versatility of genius which he [kts- acased, he Mipplied admirably the want of thit, in a manner th.r '. could nave cijuuIImI. Seme of the balances c- keeper* were made to give six 138 HOROLOGY. h™"im °^ ■*'''?™"°"^ '" * second, while others gave only one. -^° -^' His number eight made one vibration in a second, and ^^ ~ was the one which gave the best performance of all tliose that he had constructed. It seems to have been considered as a wonderful discovery, that jewelled holes wore down the pivots, and thickened the oil, after they had been used for upwards of a hundre«i years. How came this not to be sooner observed, when so many were engaged in making chronometers, and that too in considerable numbers ? That pivots, from a length of time, even with good oil, anti with greater probability from bad oil, may have got, as it were, glued in their holes, there is little reason to doubt; but this never arose from particles wearing away from either the steel or the stone, by the friction of the pivot Let any one try to whet a graver, which re- quires some degree of force, on a polished Scotch pebble, tot instance, and they will find that no exertion what- ever will make the graver bite the stone, or the stone the graver : for where any effect of this kind takes place, it must be nearly mutual. The hardness of the Scots pebble is well known to be much inferior to that of the ruby or sapphire. After being exposed to the air for a considerable time, oil gets viscid and thick, which arises, as has been observed by chemists, from its absorbing or attracting oxygen. We suspect that oil, from this cause alone, may became more glutinous at a jewelled hole than at a brass one. By its applica- tion to brass it soon acquires a bluish green tinge, as if something acted upon it. This is owing to the metal becoming oxidated by the joint action of the oil and air. The oxide thus formed combines with the oil, and forms a metallic soap, which is much less tenacious than that formed at a jewelled hole. By the continuation of this process, the hole in brass in time becomes wider, and tlie oil disappears, leaving the pivot and hole in a great- er or less degree wasted ; and instead of the oil we have the metallic soap, which has hitherto been considered as rust. To be convinced, however, that this is not the case, we need only attempt to wipe it olTfrom the pivot, from which it easily parts, and which it would not do were it really rust. Oil, however, can have no action on the jewelled hole, and any change tiiat is effected by the oil must be confined to the steel pivot, on which its action is so exceedingly slow, that a great length of time must elapse before the oil is decomposed and dis- appears ; and hence what has been called rust in a brass hole, is seldom or never met with in a jewelled hole. If a little fine Florence oil is put into a small phial for about two-tenths of an inch deep, and remain for a few years, it will become exceedingly viscid and glutinous, and will be intermixed with parts tinged with red of various shades. The same appearance is sometimes seen at jewelled pivot holes, and has been erroneously sup- posed to be produced by the operation of the pivot on the hole. It is singular that oil will act more forcibly on fine bi-ass than on the common sort, or even on cop- per ; a metallic soap somewhat resembling verdigrease will soon show itself on the former, while the latter will have no appearance of being injured. But we are not to infer from this, that copper holes would be preferable to those made in fine brass ; for although the oil in this case would be more durable, from its acting more slowly on copper than on brass, yet the increase of friction from the copper would more than counterbalance this advan- tage. It can hardly have escaped the eye even of the most indifferent observer, that oil acts more readily and forcibly on new than on old work. On the former, k will frequently showitself inthecourse of 24 hours. Oil varies so much in its quality, that some will become so thick and Jewelling o( viscid in the course of a few months, as to stop the ma- P""°tIloltg . chine altogether. This has occurred in tlic experience of ~ ' "" a very celebrated artist, who informs us that " his regu- lator, which has been found to go to a greater degree of accuracy (though not to a second in two months, as has been said of others) than even that at Verona, as observed by the astronomer Cagnoli, or that at Manhcim, as ob- served by Mayer, was found to perform very indiffe- rently after being cleaned, and at the end of three or four months stopped altogether, which arose from the application of bad oil." We arc of opinion, that where the pivots are small, and the revolutions of the wheels quick, jewelled pivot holes are the best. It will not be an easy matter to do without oil, particularly in pocket or box chronometers, although astronomical clocks or regulators may be so constructed as not to re- quire it. CHAP. V. On the Machineri/ for going in time of Winding, The earliest machinery for going in time of winding, is the simplest and best that has yet been produced, al- though, upon the whole, it may not be so convenient in its application. In the old thirty hour clocks, the first wlieel of the going part had on its arbor a fixed jagged pulley A : (See Plate CCCIV. Fig. 6.) On the arbor of the first wheel of the striking part was a move- able jagged pulley H, with click and ratchet to it. Over these, and through or under the pullies of the counter weight^} and main weight P, went an endless cord, woven either of silk or cotton. Both parts of the clock were car- ried on by a single or main weight; and, when winding it up, this was done by the striking pullej'; by which means, the weight acted constantly on the going part. This is a methotl which we adopted in some common regulators, and afterwards found it was the same that Berthoud had used in some of his. The moveable and wmding up pulley with its ratchet was on a fixed stud, having a click and spring, which were fixed to one of the plates, as was also the stud. The other piUley was on the arbor of the first wheel, and fixed to it. The only inconvenience anrl objection to this contrivance, particularly in eight day clocks, arises from the wear- ing of the cord on the jagged part of the pullies, which produces a great deal of dust, and makes the clock get sooner dirty than it would do, if this was effected in a dif- ferent way. In clocks which go a month, or six months, as some of Berthoud's did, this will be very much obvia- ted, particularly with a fine and well wove silken cord. There is a very ancient way of going while winding, which was long applied to the fusees in clocks and watch- es. On the inside of the great wheel is another wheel, whose teeth are cut to look inward to the centre, upon which acts a pinion of six, which runs in the bottom of the fusee, and is turned round with it. The fusee arbor is free within both the great wheel and the fusee ; upon it is fixed the fusee ratchet, and a wheel with about half the number of teeth of those in the inward toothed wheel. It is evident, that if the fusee arbor is turned round, the wheel fixed on it, which acts also into the pinion of six, will by this make the pinion turn ; and this again, acting on the inside wheel teeth, will apply as much force to it, as the fusee requires in setting up. When wound up, the click in the great wheel, as in the ordinary way, stops the fusee by the ratchet from 5 Machinery for going in time of winding. First mcclia- nism for this purpose. I'LATE CCCIV. Fig. 6. Anotlier mechanism forgoing in time of winding. HOROLOGY. 139 Dninkco fujee. \ lawi jm nm* af lading. MtdJatTj running; back. This method Ukea six times longer of *°'tS!^" * '"•''"» up ^han by the- common way ; and Uie great str.iin which is laid m» the pinion and inside wheel teeth, soon destroy* them. With a little more apparatus, a fu- see of this kind can be made to wind up wnichever way the arbor i^ turned ; hence it got the luroe ui° the druni- tnjiuee. (See the (Kirticnlars of it in Thioul, vol. iL p. S83. and Plate xxxviii. Fig. 14.) ^^ A going in time of winding, of later application to far docks and r^ulaton, coruisted of an arbor within the bmttt, on which was a pin, and an arm inside, with a nib and deer's foot joint ; another arm on the outside when pulled down, served to make the joint- ed nib rise and pass the third wheel teeth ; a spring acting on the pin brought the nib in a contrary- direc- tion, to act on the third wheel teeth, by which it eave moCion to the swing wheel during the time of winding, ind roatinued to do so until j^ettJOg dear of the teetli. The general roeilMxl which is now adopted, both in ck>cks anlit in the great wheel \ pin in the anxiliary ratchet is placed so as to correspond to the hole ia the apring and the alit in the great wheel, through bothof whidi it coroea; the slit gives range for the op of the spring. When the force ^ the main I not act on the fusee, which is taken off* when Dp; the auxiliary ratchet, and dctcat which haa • Aadar lariag to keep it to itaplaca. arrra the laaae eatf as baabMB dUMribad ftr the dock. I by HsRiaaa ia h»tbaa4Mper, whan ex- to the rn —isi iuu iii who were itDraocieathaa. khaabaMiaaid*«b»iook iilw nf M ftem hntaw ma m aaala^aas wntrifBtie inan nMkitch a B jack, where i> bad b—aapMaJ lakaay the spit taming while the jack waawiada^np. Tketa h* been a Kreat dad of iagaaaity diiplagwdavaa ia>ek. adoag. Hwaingdar.bowercr, that It waaattar thought oflaapply vance or wiags to the fly. wUcfacaaldU** baaa eat ao as to regalala the vdodqr aeeaadiiy to the graalw er Icm wd^ with whteh the spii ay^ be leaded : bat, aiapb « the actta^ of these wia«s would be, itaightastbesoaaqrtapraTailapaathecMkto tahetbeanable af aithar andaMaadiBg «r asing ihani. The wMr.iack.whidi haa baaa kamra IB tb« coanti^ ■ in thu water at quarter, on the sauU kind of BiiU-whed wUcb dttrea the whole of the auohiaery lialiBging to the jack. A Mat aaay years ago, we oontrived an easy way sf adnag a gdof in time of winding for a dock, to for Boare taaa aavaaty years, a reir caa««MBt m respect, aa it is so aaay to Make the rfiarhatgs of wai tha cock to run foil, haM; er quwtcr, on tae saidl several of which it was applied. The third wheel has a ^f«liinffy socket (with a small shoulder) truly fitted to it, the hole ^" P''"8 ni being soundly and smoothly broached. That part of the vvuid;^, third wheel pinion arbor, which works in thesocket, must _, ^' also be truly turned, and made as smooth as any pivot, so Mr Rdd's as to be free, easy, and without shake. The end of the coouiruice socket, which is not in the wheel, should be smooth *?' 8"jn« >« and flat ; its diameter outside about tliree tenths of an *^j , inch, and to apply to a flat smooth steel shoulder formed * ' ''* on the pinion arbour. On the side of tlie wheel op|)osite that on which the socket shoulder is placed, let there be fixedasmall steel pin, distant from the centreaboutthree- tenths of an inch, the height of it being about one- tenth. Make a piece of brass so as to have a fine small ratchet- wheel on it, of about four-tenths of an inch in diame- ter, with a sort of hoop or contrate wheel rim on one side of it, threc-tentlio and a half in diameter inside, the thickness being a little more tlian that of an ordinary contrate wheel of a watch, and the depth one-twcnliet]i of an inch. The ratchet-wheel and hoop have a socket common to both, which is twisted on the tliird wheel pinion arbor ; this socket on that side of the hoop in- side, is the smallest matter lower tlian the edge ol the hoop ; on this part of tiie socket is fixed the inner end of a small ana weak spiral spring, of two or three turns, the outer end having fixed to it a small stud, with a hole in it. that goes over on tlte steel pin of the third wheel, which works in a sltort circular open- ing in the rat^ct whed or bottom of the hoop, of a aumctent range for the spind spring to keep tlu- clock coinc during the time of winding up. The detent lor the ntchct haa one of the pivots of its arbour in the back frame plate, the other runs in a small cock attached to the inside of this frame plate, and sufficient- It dear of tlic third wheel on that side. The edge of toe hoop, when tlic socket is twisted home, should d- low the third wheel to have freedom during the action of the spiral spring on it. In applying tins going in time of winding apparatus to a clock, it will easily be seen in which way tlie small ratebet teeth must be cut, and dso in which way the spiral spring must ex- ert itself. During the action of winding up, this al- lows the minute hand to make a retrograde motion, but it resoacs its place as soon as the weiglit is at liberty. In the eariy part of the last century-, a considerable iatoromne was carried on between Hollsnd and I'urt S ea ton , by the ship owners of I'restonpaiii, in East Lothia n . Among tne im|M>rts, was old iron in hogs- head*, and many of tlie articles were little worse for be- ing usetl as by a law with the Dutch, no iron work was ailewod to be repaired. Among the things which came ham I, were some camp jacks, of a very ingenious con- mnaiaa, and evidently of German origin. Two or tbrMoflhem,or>eofwhidi we have seen, are still inthat adchbonrhood. It was composed of the usud wheels aadniaianB, endless screw, and a snull fly, rather waigbty. The frame mounted on an upright stand, was about four feet or aiore in bdght. A thin and narrow iron bar, of four or five feet long, was at- tadiod to tlie stand, and could be made to slide up and down on it, nearly the whole four or five feet ; one edge of it was toothed like s straight rack, and work- ed iiyo the pinion of the first wheel, by means of a weight or weighu hun^ on a hook at tlic lower end of the bar { when the weight and bar came to the low. eat point, it was easilr roored up to the greatest height, when the jack was to be wound up. The pinion had a hoUow socket, and conkl turn freely round the arbor of the fint wheel ; on the lower end of the socket was a Machinety for :^iiiog in time of Winding. 140 HOROLOGY. ratchet which rested on the first wheel, where the click ami spring w.is placed to act with the ratchet, which by the hollow socket allowed the pinion to turn freely backward when winding up; on the weight being al- lowed to act on the rack, all the wheels were made to turn the proper way, and so on. An idea occurred to US, that, in place of the rack moving, a machine might be made to go by its own weight, by means of a pi- nion turning down on the toothed edge of a fixed rack. A scheme shall be given for a box chronometer of this construction, which supersedes the necessity of either fusee, barrel, spring or chain. A contrivance of a si- milar kind, has lately been communicated to the Socie- the toothed edge on the right hand side of tl»e pinion, so as to make the second wheel and pinion turn the proper way. To the ring or cap which incloses the move- ment of the chronometer, arc attached three pieces of brass, kneed up at each end ; the distance from the ends is a^out two inches and a half, in which are holes made quite parallel to one another, and go on three steel rods, 15 inches long and ^V^'is of an inch in diameter, fixed in the lower and upper ends of the case, and parallel to one another, and near to the dial of the chronometer. The case may be either of wood or brass, having a door on one side, which serves the purpose of getting at the chronometer, ci- ty of .Arts in Paris, by M. Isabelle, and is described in ther to observe tlie time, or to push it up after it is the Btillelin de la Socicti' d' Encouragement, No. 52. nearly run down. In the lower part of the cap, a recess Mr ReidV hcjx clirono- tn'-'tcr wiili- nut fiiSv'i-, l»;ir:cl, spring, or uuia. The same method, which has been known for a consi- derable time, is used at Liege by Hubert Sarton, who makes eight day spring clocks on this plan. On the arbor of the first or great wheel, is fixed what may be called the fusee ratchet, working with the click and spring, which are on the auxiliary or going ratchet ; in the last is fixed a pin, which comes through the end of the auxiliary spring, and the circular notch in the great wheel, which is keyed on in the same way as in the case with a fusee ; and having also a detent and spring for the going ratchet, the whole forming the great wheel, and the mechanism for going in time of wind- in^. On the great wheel arbor, close to the main ratchet, let a small bevelled wheel be fixed, of any small number of teeth, fully stronger than those in the great wheel, the back of the bevelled wheel lying against the main ratchet : indeed both might be made from one and the same piece of brass. Supposing the diameter of the pillar plate to be 2.25 inches, that of the great wheel would be 1.5 inch, and the number of teeth 72; tlie bevelled teeth being half an inch in diameter, would admit J 1- teeth ; and if made a little thicker than the great wheel, the teeth would be sufficiently strong. Another bevelled wheel, of the same diameter and num- ber of teeth as the other, is fixed on a pinion arbor, (a hole behig made in the potence plate, to allow t^p bevelled wheels to pitch together,) which is placed within theframe inahorizontal direction, inthat line which passes through the centres of the great and second wheels; one of the pivots runs in a cock inside of the potence plate, and placerrn made. See our article Giuolation', vol. X. ■ - a oofMoua hiatory of Diuidimg Emguttt, and a : .1 of tfaa aogiaM itiTented bjr Bamsdcn and Trowghtea CHAP. VIL Q» EqmUiom Ottkt. RijuMiM Tnb fin* eqaatton dock* which ii a very n^cnions <*K^ coatrivanoe lo shew both aMan and apfMfcot time, was made in I.Aadaa about 120 yaars mo. The following hMton of the invntioa ia given oj Bctthoud in hu Hutotn. " The OHal Mdeat equation clock," aays be, " which has come to oor kBowlcdee, ia that which waa pUoad in the cabinet of Chvica II. King of Spain, and which ianentioacd at the end of Tht Arii/Uaal RmU ^ Tim, bjr Snlly. (edition 1717.) who gives the fbUofmag ae. eooBl of it, from an extract of a letter of the Bev. FadHT Ktmb. of the tocicty of Jems, written lo Mr of tlM cthiact of bia Impe- EquatioB Clockn. WtUMBian, tratchiMkcr -. «W MaAMtjr. aruwiSjanaary iTli. " WlMt Mr BafOB Leibnits aays, in his rcoHrfca at the end of SuUy's book ;— that if a watch or dock did of ilaalf make the ledoctioa of sy— / (aasr to mfpmmi, it wooM be a vacy fian aad eonwHBt ihiag;— «i thia ■al^ect 1 have t» taU joa, that ftaa the vaaaa l699aBd 1700^ Iherehea baan in the ohiaat off KW OMrka n. of fioneaa wmimagy, Ki*! ^ Saaai» a docK with a roy- al aaadahua. (a mmnm p—faliim.) made to go with wotahlaand not with sprinp,gaiBg fat h— died daya wiifaewt requiring lo be oace voMBd w^ 1 have, bjr oedar of his Majwij, aod in hie prasi nc a, soaa aad ex« plaiaad tht taamialioaa^ which wore sent ftwn Loadoo with wBlahi^ iddih laalaiaad BMny CMrioaa Ihinfft 1 badafdatetOflaeeafjrde^ to the pdece daring trvrral ■eolhi to obs u 've the aad dock, and c a ay ar e it with the aaa dial. And at that tiaw i icaaarkcd, that it shewed the aqanlioa of tana cfaeZ and apfurfi, rxact- It accMdiag to the Tablea of FteaMtewi,* which are fcand Ukewiae in die Boddphiaa TablM^- fto. a«|]jr. at the aid of the lettar of vMdi aa extract haa jait boMi givea, aakca the MIewiaa rMuriu, page 9 : « What the Bav. Father Kiwiidblaa of the dedi of the late King of Spain, is very true. It is mare than twenty years since such clocks were made in London, _ _ and I believe that I am the first who applied this me- ~ ' ~ chanism (for equation) to a pocket watch, twelve or fourteen years ago." The following is a descriptionof a very excellent and curious equation clock, which belonged to the late Ge- neral Clerk. It was left, with severiil other things, to the late Sir John Clerk, and entailed on the house of Pennycuik. Thie clock goes a mnnth, strikes the hour, and has a Deseriptiorr strike silent piece. The 'sca|>cment of it is made afler "•'^ *" ."jV** that of John Harrison's, requiring no oil to the pallets; "*"' (see p. 1 19) and the pendulum is a gridiron coin|>ensation • one, composed of five rods, three of which .ire steel, the other two of zinc, or some compound of zinc. On tlie dial are seen the hours, minutes, and seconds, and their hands. 'I'he minute hand keeps mean or equal time ; the equation of time is pvcn bv a hand with a figure of the sun on it, which makes a revolution every hour as the minute hand does, only for the most part it goes sometimes a very little slower, and sometimes a little faster than the minute hand, keeping solar or un- equal time, and shows at all timea when the sun is on the meridian. The age and phases of the moon are also rep r esented, the days of the year and of the month, the decrees of the ediptic, and the aigns of tlic zodiac, die riang and'setting of the sun, tlie length of the day, ttc The dial is a twelve inch arched one. Concentric with the arch, is a sort of ring plate wheel of 365 teetli, —.fcwij ita revolution in a year, or S65 (lays. Its diame- tcr iaAoiit S inches, and the breadth of the rim or ring 1 4 indi needy. On this ring plft«< «< the outermost drclcs containing divisions, are laid down the days of the year ; and oa the apace nest within, are tlie names «(' the months, the days being numl>ered by tlie flgurrs 10, 80, .SO, and so on. The nest drcles contain the SflO degrees of tlie ecliptic ; the space within lias the signs of the sodiac, and the numbers 10, iO, and .'to narked for the degrees in every sign, and corres|M)iid- ifif with tike days of the year and of the month when the son is in any of these signs* The innermost circles contain what may be called the divisiona of the semi- diamal arcs. On the space ouUide of this, are marked the corr r spe ndin g hour <: - . in Roman chaMcter*. This i» what gives tlte i <• rising and settii^ of the eun, aad tLs length <>i uk- imy. In the aanaal plate ring, arc rivetted six small brass paUafs, one iadk and oae te^th of an inch in height, whoae upnenH oada are screwed by »teel screws, and their heads sunk into a plain riiy whcd neatlv crossed in- to SIX anaa, the diameter bang five hxfaes end three cniar- ters of an inch, and the breadUi of the rim three^dghtbe of an iudu The back of this f^n ring is distant from the back of the annual plate ring one indi and a qaarter. The plain ring is at the centre, screwed on a faraia socket, having a square hole in it Wiiliiu the ftaaae of the cluck movement, and at a perpendicu- lar ditlati'^ of six indica from the centre wheel holes, a atcd arbor ia run in, and at oiie end pn>1on>;«d about an inch and a half beyomi the fore fr , some- what like a stud. The pivot in Uie o is of sach a length and thickness, as to alluw a kquare on its ONtaide. It is on this sqiuuv that the equation elliptic plate i» put, and above it is put on the annual plane ring by means of its socket, with a square hole in It. That part of the arbor which is al>ove this socket is roond, wd serves as a stud for tlte moon's age ring. • ns Tatlaa eos cakukua b; ow fint Amonsaft R071I Hf ('kaaMsd, at Giccavkh. r4» HOROLOGY. P>luatioD lioeks. Description of an e<|ua- tion clock. IVIoou'5 age. : Lunar phases. On ilic moon's motion. aoclcet, to fevolv'* on it freely and easily. The moon's age ring turns within the annual plate ring, and is divided into 59 equal parts, numbered 3, 6", 9t antl so on to 29A. Its diameter is five inches and one-eighth; its breadth fully three-eighths of an inch, and it is connected with a plain wheel neatly crossed into six arms, of the same uiameter and breadth of rim ns the moon's age ring, having six small pillars, nearly an inch in height rivetted into it, and the moon's age rmg screwed at the opposite ends of three of them, by three simk steel screws. This plain ring has a socket, which runs or turns on the stud, above the annual plain wheel ; the face of the moon's age ring comes flush up with that of the annual plate ring, and both come up to the back of the dial, in which an opening in the arch is made, in order to show a great part of what is on these rings. From the top of the arch, across the opening, and down in a straight direction, is stretched a very fine wire, serving as an index to the days of the year, the moon's age, &c. The annual plate ring and the moon's age rmg move or turn from the right to the left hand, yet separately and independently of each other. On the inside shoulder of the socket of tlie moon's age ring is screwed a small bevelled wheel, having 37 teetli, and one inch in diameter, the use of which will be afterwards explained. In the dial is a circular opening of one inch and three quarters in diameter, a little below the opening in the arch ; in this opening is exhibited the lunar globe of an inch and a quarter in diameter, made of brass and silvered ,• one half of it is perpendicularly painted black, in order to give the phases, the new and the full moon. On the arbor of the lunar globe are two wheels, one of 63 teeth, and about an inch in diameter, the other a bevelled one of the same diameter, and with 37 teeth. Both are placed below the lunar globe; the wheel of 37 and the globe are fast on the arbor, the wheel of 63 being keyed spring-tight above the bevelled one. The arbor of the lunar globe is in the plane of the dial or nearly so, and this bevelled wheel takes or pitches into that of the same number, which is screwed on the moon's age ring socket as before mentioned; and by means of holes in the ring, the whole, that is, the globe, the bevelled wheels, and moon's age ring, &c. can be made to turn together, when the moon is at any time setting to its proper age. The pivots of the lunar globe arbor run on cocks which are screwed on to the back of the dial. Behind tlie globe, and at a little distance from it, is screwed on to the back of the dial, a sort of concave or hollow hemisphere of thin plate brass, paint- ed inside of a sky blue colour. We shall now proceed to show how the moon's mo- tion is produced. On the top of the month nut socket, where it lies in the plane of the dial, is cut a right handed double endless screw, working into a small brass wheel of IS teeth, which is on the lower end of a long arbor, standing upright in a slit made in the dial. This slit is covered by a large circular silvered plate, on which are engraved the hours, minutes, and seconds; on the upper end of this long arbor, is a pi- nion of 8, which carries about the wheel of 63, and with it, at the same time, the bevelled .wheels, globe, and moon's age ring. The pivots of the long upright arbor, run in small cocks attached to the back of the dial. "The month nut, or hour wheel socket, makes a revolution in twelve hours, carrying the hour hand. The revolution of the moon's age ring is made in 29 days, 12 hours, and -iS minutes. The wheel of 63 and i5 being multiplied together, the product is 91-5, and this divided by 8, the number of the pinion, gives 118.125 times six hours, which being reduced gives the lunation. or a revolution of the moon's age ring as above, of 2i) Kquation days, 1 2 hours, 4'5 minutes. The time of the revolution (.locks. may be made out by another w»y. It is evident tliat ,^T"''V"^ one tooth of the small wheel of 15 is turned every six """'P'"" hours, of course the wheel will be made to have a re- tion dock!" volution in 90 hours, and so will the pinion 8. Then IC we say as 8 : 90 :: 63 : 708.75 hours, which is also equal to the given lunation of 29 days, 12 hours, 45 minutes. To produce the annual motion of the ring plate wheel of 365 teeth, the month nut is cut into 42 teeth, and makes its revolution, as was said before, in 12 hours, and turns a wheel of 84, con- centric with which is a pinion of 8, leading a wheel of 96, having concentric with it a pinion of 12, leading the wheel of 365, which is the plate ring circle, having on it the days and months of the year, the degrees of the ecliptic, &c. turning once round in 365 days. Now as 365 X 96 X 84=2943360, this product, divided by that of 42 X 8 X 12=4032, will give 730 times twelve hours, or 365 days. The pinion of 12 is put on a square, which comes in and through a small hole in the large silvered circular plate ; the wheel of 96 is put on a round part of the arbor just below the pinion, and is keyed spring tight on it ; by means of a small key which fits the square, to turn the pinion, the annual wheel of 365 teeth can be set to any required day of the month, which can be done without disturbing any of the motion-wheels. The setting of the moon's age ring is equally free as this is from any disturbing cause. The diameter of the month nut wheel of 42 is one inch, and three and a half tenths of an inch ; that of the wheel of 84 is 2.5 inches, and near to a tenth and a half more. The wheel of 96 is three inches ; its pinion of 12 is .307 of an inch, the pinion of 8 is .316 of an inch in diameter. The minute pipe- wheel of 56 teeth, and 1.8 inch in diameter, runs on the arbor of the centre wheel, car- rying the minute hand. It turns in the common way, the minute wheel m of the same number and diameter, whose centre lies nearly under that of the other, about .6 of an inch to the right of the middle line of the fore frame plate, and 1.7 inch from the centre of the minute hand wheel. The arbor of the minute wheel has a pinion of 8 leading in the common way the hour wheel of 9G, whose diameter is 3.25 inches, that of the pinion is .426 of an inch. This pinion of 8 is put on the arbor, by means of a square, and with the minute wheel both are fast on the arbor. See Plate CCC IV. Fig. 7. The Plate upper side of the wheel may be distant from the lower ^p^'^^^' face of the pinion about .7 of an inch, the lower side hav- *■ 'S- ''• ing a proper freedom of the fore-plate. Two wheels, one a plain wheel of 38, the other a bevelled one of 38, hav- ingthe same diavneter 1 .2 inch,are screwed together, and on a socket common to both ; the flat wheel is the up- permost, and is pretty close to the back of the bevelled one, whose teeth look downwards ; their socket turns on the minute wheel pinion arbor, between the lower face of the pinion and the upper side of the minute wheel, having a proper end shake between them ; the back of the flat wheel of 38 is below the lower face of the pinion .4 of an inch. These wheels of 38 can be made to turn on the minute pinion arbor, independent of it and the minute wheel. The minute wheel and pinion arbor extends a little way bej-ond and below the minute wheel, perhaps one inch and three or four tenths more to the end of its pivot ; it extends also be- yond the face of the pinion more than .6 of an inch to the end of its pivot, which runs into a cock C screwed on the fore frame plate. There is a part fonued on the arbor of a flat circular shape, and whose thickness is ra- ther more than that of the diameter of the arbor ; in the HOROLOGY. 143 miJJl« of tiiij is a hole tapped, uito which is screwed a (tud. Handing at right angles to the arbor ; a bvs elled wheel ot* '38, tav\ diameter l.ti inch with its socket turns on this stud, which is placed on the arbor at that distance.to that the two beveheJ wheels may fairly pitch into one another ; the minute wheel is croaked into tour, and throogb one of the otom's openings, the l>cvo)|e(l wbeel B which is on the stud gets to pitch with the be- vellad wheel b which is abore the minute one. On the inside at the pillar plate is screwed a cock A. near 1.2 inch in height, and so that the middle part of the upper kn^ shall be oppotitc to the lower end and pivot of the minute pinion arbor. On one end of anotber arbor in length about 2. 1 inches, having a shoul- der on it, is ri vetted a bevelled wheel c of the same diameter and number of teeth as the others ; another ■hoolder of iost a sufficient thickness is made on this arbor at the back of the bevelled wbeel ; the rest of the arbor is nearly straight all the way, to the shoulder of a pivot which is at thu end ; from this shoulder the aroor is squared down for about .6 or .7 of an inch, to receive the socket of a small wheel W of SS teeth, which turns behind the pillar plate ; this wheel is neariy one inch in diameter, and a cock K is screwed on the back of the pillar plate, in which the pivot of the wheel of 38 ran ; a pin u put through the socket and square, to kHp the wheel fast to iu place oo the arbor. When the ahouldcr at the back of the (x-v>i~i wheel bears oo the outaide of the kneed ct>^ i is on the ia«de of the pillar plate, the ooik iiavuig a hole in it which allows the arbor to go through and to turn in it, then the pivot at the arbor will run in the cock which ia at the back of the pillar plate. The inaide bottom of the bevrikd wheel, which ia rivetted on the thouldcr of tfaii arbor, haa the end of the arbor made flush with it, and a hole OMKle in the end and ocotn of the arbor to receive the lower pivot of the minale pinion, in which it nine or tama, the brvelM wheel which is on the stud hdam sapnaesid to be set as low down as tt shall meet ana pitcn properly with that which is at the •Hlofthe other arbor. It wiU now be seen that the end ahake of thaea arbors, when combined, will lie between tha ninata pinion cock on the fore plate, and that which ia an the back ofthenillar plate. Let us suppoae that the bavaOed wheel, whica is at the end of one oftheev arbors, rcnMBM as it were atatinnary an/] ikat theaMOWIC pinion and whaet are carried about by the minote p'pe wheel, srinchiaoa the aiboa of the centra wheel ; during arc. Tahrtiao at the minute wheel and nhuoa, the bevelled whaal, whkb tWM on the atwl, will be canied not only lomd wkh ito itwi, bat ia DMda to oisike another revo- lution brmeana ofita tarah^ nttad oathatactfi of tha bevelled wheel, wWcb ia alatMMfy* caasfatir tt>e bcveU led wheel, and the flat wheel connected wit' h aia below the ninala poMOO, to make two ;. ■ ,.ns ill the hoar; and at the flat wheel of 48 teeth tums t be ana hand wheel of 76 teeth and '2 i inches in diame- ter, this last matt make its re «< m hour. Its soc- ket turn, fri 1M-!V iitl that ofthe 1 ipe wheel, which '>«Dd; between the sun hand wheel •nd I I pa wImcI, b a slender spiral spring, the inn«-r end of which is Ibed to the k>wer end of the kun'a wheel socket, the outer end being fixed in a stud on the apoeravlaee ofthe minute hand whacL Thiaspring b lor the porpoae of keeping forward the son hand to ite plaes. notwithstanding any shake which amy be anMMif tha teeth of those wheels concrmed in the aqnation mo- tiaa wadk. The son's hand jp of braw gildei^ having the flgnrr of the sun on it, at a little distance IVom the end which points to tha minute divisioM. The sun's Itand lies between the hour and minute Ivuids ; tlie wheel Equstioo of 71), which carries it, besides the motion of going once Clocks. ^ round in an hour, has at one time a small motion retro- qZ—L^ grade, at another a small motion progressive, accordingto „( „, equa. the equation ; and there are four times in the year when tion dock. the minute and sun hands are nearly together. One half nearly ofthe sun wheel is crossed out, on that side in whicli the sun's hand lies, in order that the equili- brium of tl>e hand and wheel may be as nice as poa- sible, whatever may be the position of the sun hand. From the centre wheel hole on the fore frame plate, towards the lel\ band, and a little upwards, take, with a pair oTcompasses, a distance of 3.8 inches, and sweep an arch ; and then from the centre of the hole, in which the arbor mna, which carries the annual plate wheel, take in the oompaaaee an extent of 4.6' inches, and sweep another arch so as to intersect the first, the place of in- tersection will be that of an arbor having pivots, one of which runs into a cock, screwed on the back of the pillar plate ; the other runs into a cock screwed on the front ofthe fore frame plate ; a notch is made on the edge of each frame plate to admit the arbor to come into its place. On the end of this arbor, whidi is just behind the pillar plate, is fixed a rack or segment of a circle 5 inches radius, having S2 teeth cut on it, and cut from a number on the engine plate of 318 ; the rack-teeth pitches into the small wheel of 32, which lies l>ehind the pillar plate, and whose centre coincides with that of the minute ptnion arbor, as mcittioned before. On the other end of this arbor, and beyond tlie fore frame plate a very little, i< fixed an arm of 4.5 inches long, having at tha end of it a smooth hard steel pin, whidi bears on the edge of tha annual elliptic equation plate, being BMde to ik> so by means of a coil or two of watch main spring not vary strong, attached to the arbor, near to tha mwb of the fore frame plate, the outer end be- ing fbcd te ana ofthe piUara, or to a uud fixed for that purpose on tha inside of the fore plate. The elliptio equation plate is a very irregular sort of a figure, as otMy be ooncdvad in boom de^ae by the descnption of its shape ; its greatest length over all is 6.5 inches; the centre is 3.8 inches from the broadest end, and 8.7 inches fram the narrowest; tha nearest edge across the centre is about one inch, and the edge opposite is 1.8 inch ; the grtata* breadth of the broad end is near to 4 imJMs, that of the narrowaal end is 8.8 inches. Du- ring the course of iu annual revolution, the edge of the elliptic plate makaa the arm which has the steel pin in it ri>c to variona heights, and fall as variouidy to dif- fercnt dqiths. By this rising and falling, the rack which is at tha n ppoai te end of the arbor, is made to have a ntotioo so me fiaaes backward, and at other times for- ward, which it onnimunicatas to the small wheel of SS. behind the pillar plate, and of course to the bevi-lkd whadof 38 on the same arbor, with it. Thi« continu..lly canaes a anall change of place, to the bivilled wln-cl of 39, consequently a change of place to that which turns on the stud, and hence to the wheel carrying the sun hand ; thix shewn by the i and sun ha- ' equation « goes backwaru * hat gives the equation, lie between tiie minute II in the ami ' " >vanl, and whu' liii _ If ijrpau-' 181.5, on the 3d day of Noveii sacoml^ which, added tn ;' fiir the same year on Uic I : 86.3 seconds, m .'.' so that one toot equivalent to one minute uf tsuuatiun. . lor 14.9 ■ ition ■utca, ^i.4 Mcunde j lar be neariy To trace pro* periy a true figure to the equation plate, must be a 14 i HOROLOGY. t kicks. T) (script iim oi' an ciiiia- tion cluck. Mechanism for shewing the day of the mtiDih without any shifting, ex- ■cept in leap years. very tedious and nice opcratiun ; for this purpose the rack, and all the wheels immetliately connected with the equation, must be put into their places, as also all those which {rive motion to the annual plate, and to have a sprinjj tight arm, having a sharp point to it, iM-arinij «» the face of the brass jjlate whicli is to be the elliptic one : the sharp point must lie so as to coincide -with the side oF the steel pin, when bearing on the edge of the elliptic plate. The sun and minutp hands l)eing on. and the annual plate set to the 1 st of January, the equation hand set to the cqnatw'n for that day, then by setting forward the minute hand until 12 or 2+ hours have elapseil, the equation hand may be changed to what it ought to be, in the same time ; so by going on step by step in this way, the figure of the equation plate may be tridy done. The rack must be artificially made to assist in this ; and when the revolution is com- pletely at the end, before taking out the rack and the e(iuation wheels, marks must be made to one of those teeth, which must be marked by its corresponding space in the other wlicels, so that when they are again put into their places, they shall give such equation as was done when tracing for the elliptic plate. Besides the days of the month, which are shewn on the annual plate, there is a common month ring, having 31 figures engraved on it, placed as usual at the back of the dial. One of these figures is shifted everyday through the whole ring when the month consists of 3 1 days ; and two figures at the last are shifted at once when the month consists of 30 days, to bring the ring to the first day of the succeeding month ; and at the £8th of February four figures are shifted, so as to bring the ring to the 1st of March : by this means the day of the month ring requires no shifting or correcting at these periods, as those in the common way do. To produce this motion, five short steel pins are placed in a circle, on the under side of the elliptic plate, whose radius may be about half an inch, and set at such a dis- tance from one another as to con-espond with the num- ber of days between February and April, between April and June, between June and September, between Sep- tember and Novembw, and between November and February. This may be done by applying the elliptic plate on a cutting or dividing engine, having the num- ber 365 on the dividing plate. When fixed on the en- gine, and set to the first point of the number, make a point for Febniarj' on the elliptic plate, then count off <)1 from the dividing plate, which will give the place tor the pin on the 30th of April ; another 61 will bring it to June 30th ; 92 will give the 30th of September ; 6"1 the 80th of November ; and 90 more will bring it to the 28th of February, the point which was set out from. When the pins are put in the elliptic ))late, that for February will require to be longer than the others, for a reason whicli will be ex])lained when we come to shew the use of these pins. The month-wheel of 84. teeth, and whose diameter is 2.75 inches, has its centre on the left hand side, distant from the central perpendi- cular line lA inch, and from the centre hole in the fore frame plate 2 inches. The month wheel, as usual, is turned about by the month nut. A long piece of brass forming two arms, each four inches in length, has a small arbor through the middle of the whole length of eight inches. The pivots of this arbor run into small cocks, attached to the front of the fore plate, keeping the long piece of brass very near to the plate ; indeed a great part, particularly the end of the uppei: arm, and towards it, is ,'junk partly into the fore plate. This long piece of brass is placed so that one of the arms shall txjiae to tile socket of tlie month wheel, and the otlier, with its end nearly below the circle in which are tlic Eqiiatioi five pins, in the annual elliptic plate described as before. Clocks. A spring is placed below this upp<-r arm to keep it up, ^7 f^ unless when any of the pi"" get on the end of the arm of'an 'e'tmll and press it down The end of the arm is chamfered, tion clock. or made s<^ tliatany pin, when approaching it, gets easily an, and presses it down gradually, by means of ascend- ing the chamfered part as it were ; and when past this, it meets with a flat and very narrow place, where it cannot remain longer than sometime short of 21 hours, say 16" or !S hours, or perhaps not so long. After hav- ing passed the flat part, it. meets with l^hamfered side opposite to that of the first. Besides that of freeing the pin, this is made for the purpose of more easily setting back or forward the annual plate. The month wheel has its socket equally long on both Pfate sides, and quite straight; the length of each may be .6 <:i'''lV'. or .7 of an inch. Two small brass pillars are rivettcd '''=*■ ^' *• on the upper side, and opposite one another, each at a distance from the centre of the wheel about .7 of an inch, (see Figs. 8, 5.) the height of the pillars from the wheel to the shoulder about half an inch ; and from the shoulder of each pillar a sort of straight pivot is pro- longed, about one half inch moi-e ; the diameter of these pivots about one-tenth of an inch ; that of the pillar .2 of an inch. There is another socket which goes easily on the lower or under socket of the month wheel, which is rivetted in a rectangular piece of brass, about an inch long, and half an inch broad, or nearly so, say .4 of an inch. In this piece of brass, on the side opposite that of the socket, are also rivetted two small and straight brass pillars, about an inch in length, and the diameter about one-tenth of an inch. There arc holes in the month wheel, to allow these pillars to go easily back and forward in them ; their places will be equally be- tween the month wheel socket and the pillars which are rivetted in the month wheel. The other ends of the small straight pillars are made fast, by two small steel screws, to a piece of brass, which is formed to cor- respond with two broad crosses of the month wheel. Only one of them is made to have at the end a segment of a circle, whose radius is nearly equal to that of the month wheel. On this segment three teeth are cut, equal in their spaces and form to those of the month ring. In the arms or crosses of the segment are three holes, one of Wlllcll J^oes cosily over or on tlip upper SOC- ' ket of the month wheel ; the other two holes go easily on the small straight pivots which have been already mentioned. This segment cannot be put on the ends of the small pillai-s, till the socket of the rectangular piece of brass is put on the lower socket of the month wheel, having previously made the pillars connected with it to pass through their holes in the month wlieel. It will be easy to perceive, that when the segment is put on to its pillars, and a sufficient space left behind the month wheel and the rectangular piece of brass, its socket may be made to pump up and down on that of the month wheel, and at the same time carrying the segment back and forward with it ; a pin in the month ' wheel stud keeps the month wheel socket always to its proper end shake, notwithstanding any motion of the segment backwards and forwards. Below the rectan- gular piece on its socket, a small groove is turned out of it, for the purpo^ie of a forked piece getting in on it ; this forked piece is formed on that end of the arm which lies along the fore plate, and on to the socket or centre of the month wheel. From the preceding description, it is evident that when any of the elliptic plate pins come to prefs down tliat end of the long arm which lies near and under HOROLOGY. 145 ^■*a<* them, the forket day of the sue- iiiiliiig Booth. The pin in the elliptic plate for the month of Februmry bein^ hmgrr than tne others, preaaes the end of the arm a little man down, cooaequently the Damping up of the segment must be to a greater hMgnt ; by this means the three teeth on the segment get hold of the three pins on the back of the month ring ; this, with the fixed pin in the month wheel, are rrmAy to thifl four teeth of the month ring, via. from the -iSth of I-eln>Mry to the 1st of .March ; and, by this very ingrnioos sort of mcchaniaai, the month ring siMnrs always the right day of th* month, except on the 99th of February in leap-years. It nay be nmassii to notice, that the fixed pin m the dajr of the manth wheal mast be phrrd at sodi m di aa nce fknn the irst tooth OB dM MgaMDt, as ismHl lotfaeijpMi Ike tcetfa on the amam. Tm nontlinnf is net mdtedbynMmt totbe ImA of tke dial in tlw ray, bat runs in Amt tolarav wbidi art bed oa Aar studs on the fill* ftwic piata. Thia b fcr tlM f s aai ng wan aaaily the u pam tki Ba of the the aMBth rinf, wImb tlM nymiit it Tit eonstractian of the BMBth wheel, and of theap- MHlaa §K shiftily the BMOtb riaf. will he l>etirr un- oenlood fteca Figs^ 8 and 9, where AA is the month wheel ; B, B. two arms or crosses nearly similar to those of the BMoth wheel, baring a bole in the centre which goaafra^ on the upper aodut of the nMNith wheel; on MWoCtltMa mfim m a aanaat sTa drde, neariy of the ■■le radiu* .. that of OM BMBlh wheel, haring thraa taethoitonit, UketheaeoriheMOth ring; «.«. an two braas piUan rivMMi oa the apMr wie ofthemooth wheel, the BBBor cndi baiof IfanMd iMo a sort of pivots ; tDnevaftvelyapanddown. C ia a rsctannlor piooo ^ htaaa, into which a socket is rivctted, wUch lawvaa ■p and down on the lower socket of the oMMh wheal, Mnf a more twoed oirt on it, whkh iwiivea the ftned end of the ana, which pom the are into the ia the >nmp« it ap aad down ; pilLsra, which ate rivettad of bnaa, having two the Math whad, Arn^ which they paas sikI down ; the olhar ends of them go wto at 44^ aad aw aowwed to it bjr bbomh of iwwB. On oae of the anaa of the BMath wheal is scnwed a aaaU kaeed aott of cock J. hniam m pia fud ia it, for tummg the dqr of the Baath tmg io the oaaal aianner. CHAP. VIII. On Rtptating Clock$ and WatclUt. --l,ii,. To thoae who do not sleep well, nothing can be more aSTZ "«"»«>>«« "nd asaiU dMa a r*peaUr. whether it is in vMriMk • ««tch, or in a small fixed dock A history of this ia> VOL. SI. raiT I. vention is given by Mr Derham in his Artificial Clock- maker. Berthoud, in his Hhtoire, has given the fol- lowing account of it, which is taken chiefly from Der- l>*m. " The art of measuring time, (says Bertlioud,) was again enrithcd with two line and useful inventions be- fore the end of ihe seventeenth century. One was the equation clock ; the othvr, which is the most precious, and of the most general utility, i« that kind of striking which has been called repeating. It is of the most inge- nious mechanism, and wnen added to a clock, serves to make known at pleasure, at every instant of the day or night, without seeing the dial, the hour and tlie parts of ilie hour, which are pointevl out by the hands of the clock. Both these inventions are due to the English artists." " The clocks in question here, (says Derham,) are those which, by means of a cord when pulled, suike the hoocs, the Quarters, and even some the minutes, at all timesof the day and of thenight This striking or repeau ing was invented by a .Mr Uarlow, towards the end of the reign of Kin^ Charles II. in l(i76." It is not mentioned by Derham, whither Barlow was a watchmaker or not. We have heard it said by old watcfamakers, that he was a clergyman. This senns in soaae measure coofirmed, by his having applied to Tom- pioo to nwke his repmtiii^ watch, wbtn he was about to obtain a patent fur the invention. " I'his ingenious invention," continues Berthoud, - which had not baao bafora tbooght of, made at the oataet a gnat noiia, and owch ansa^ the attention of thoLaMoawaldbBakers. On toe idea alone which aadi farmed of it, thcr aU set to work to try the same thiag, but by very different ways ; whence has arisen that great variety in the work of repeating modoos, whi(£ was acMi at thiatiaM in London. " Thia d iau» » w t coalinaad to be practised in cham- ber clocks until the reign of James II. It was then applied to pnckrt watclMS. But there arose The repctitaaa ia Mr Barlow's watch was effected by pashmg in two small pieces, one on each side of the wstch caaa^ oae of which repeated the hour, the other the quar- ters. Qoare's watch rspeatad by meaiu of one pin only fixed in the paada at of the eaae, which, being pushed in, made the repetition of the hours and quarters, the aa is done at this present time, by puslting in only the pendant which carries this pin. Qosn'siv- 14f) HOROLOGY. rtepeating Clocks and Watchcj. DiftcrenCT between Quare and Bvlow's repeaters. DifFerence between the repeating and striking motion- work. ■ This invention of repeatinp; the hours in small fixed clocks and in watches, was soon known and imitatetl in France; and these machines were very common in 1728, when the celebrated Julien LeRoy was much occupied in their improvement. It was at this period that he made the repeating clock of which a description i» given at the end of Thr Artiftcial Rule of Time- This was made for the bedchamber of Louis the Fifteenth of France. The first repeaters, even those of Quare's, as well as others, gave the number of the hour according to the length pushed in of the pendant ; which was very in- convenient, by striking any hour, whether the pendant was pushed home to the snail or not. This frequently caused mistakes, in regard to the true hour which ought to have been given. From the report of our predecessor, Mr J.imes Cowan of this place, who went to Paris in 1 751 for improvement in his profession, and who executed some pieces under Julien Le Roy, it was he who intro- duced the mechanism into repeaters, which prevented the watch from striking any thing but the true hour. This, we think, was done to the repeating clock for Louis the Fifteenth's bedchamber. In this construction, imless the cord or pendant made the rack go fully home to the snail, it either struck none, or struck the true hour, which was a very considerable improve- ment. The piece employed for this purpose is called the all or nothing piece. Considering the great talejits which Julien Le Roy possessed, we have no reason to doubt of this improvement being his. " Although the repetition," says Berthoud, " such as is now in practice, is a particular kind of striking, its me- chanism differs totally from that of the striking clock; I st. Because every time tliat it is made to repeat, the main re- peating spring is wound up, whereas, in the common striking part, the main-spring is wound up only once in eight days, fifteen, or a month: 2d, In the repetition wc must substitute for the count-wheel, which determines the number of blows that the hammer must strike, a con- trivance wholly different. The first author of this in- genious mechanism substituted for the count-wheel a piece, to which, in regard to its form, he gave the name of the snail. The snail is a plain piece, divided into twelve parts, which form steps, and come gradu- ally in from the circumference towards the centre. It makes a revolution in twelve hours. Each of the steps is formed by a portion of a circle. Every time that the clock is made to repeat the hour, the puUy which carries the cord is connected with and turns a pinion, which leads a rack, whose arm falls on one or other of the steps of the snail, (on the cord being pulled), and regulates the number of blows which the hammer ought to give ; and as this snail advances only one step in an hour, it fol- lows, that if it is wanted to be made to repeat at every instant in the hour, we should have always the same number of blows of the hammer ; whereas, in setting off the wheel- work of an ordinary striking movement more than once in the hour, we would have a different hour. A count-wheel would then not be fit for a repetition. The mechanism of the repetition has a second snail, which bears four steps also in portions of a circle, to regulate the blows which the quarter hammers must give." The count and hoop wheels, and locking plate of the old striking clocks, for regidating the number of blows of the hammer, and locking the wheel-work, was ex- cellently contrived. It had only one inconvenience, for when set aS by accident, it would prematurely strike the hour to come : this made it requisite to strike ele- ven hours before it couhl be again brought to the hour wanted. Had it not been for the invention of the re- peater, these would have continued, and would have 5 been ftill made in the modern clocks, the same as in the Rq>eaiing ancit-'ut ones. But the snail of the repeater showed that tlloi^ks and it could be adapted for regidating the number of blows ^ "' < =""• for the hammer of a common striking clock, and has ~' * prevented the inconvenience of striking over a number of hours, before the clock could be set to the right hour of striking. " Wc owe to Julien Le Roy," continues Berthoud, " the suppressing of the bell in repeating watches, a change which has made these machines more simple, by rendering the movement larger, more s^d, and less ex- posed to dust. These watches, which he cwled raised brass edges, are of a more handsome form. From the time of this celebrated artist, all the French repeaters have been made according to this model ; but in England, where repeating watches were invented, they make them for the most part with a bell; and in Spain, this construction is still more preferred. In repeating watches without a bell, the hammers strike on brass pieces, either sol- dered or screwed to the case. Repeating watches with a bell, have also, as those without one, the property of being diivih, that is to say, of being able to moke it repeat at pleasure, without the hammers being allowed to strike on the bell, or brass pieces." This effect is produced after the pendant is pushed in, by putting the point of the forefinger on a small spring button, that comes through the case. Being a little pres- std in, it opposes a piece against the hammers, which pre- vents them from striking either a bell or the brass pieces inside of the case; by which means the blows for hours and quarters are felt, though they cannot now be easily heard. This makes this kind of repeaters very conve- nient for those who are deaf, as during the dark of night they can feel the hour at a time when they can- not see it. These sourdine or dumb parts have been left off of late years ; yet they are not without their ad- vantages, as has been now shown. The late Julien Le Roy had tried to render repeat- he Roy's ing watches more simple, by suppressing the wheel- repeater?, work which serves to regulate the intervals between the blows of the hammers, and also the main repeating spring. This celebrated artist succeeded in these, to construct new repeating movements, of which several have been made. But it appears that the public have not found them very convenient, so that this mode of composing them has not been imitated. The only one of this kind which we have seen of Julien Le Roy's, was a very good one in the pos- session of John Rutherfurd, Esq. of Edgerston. Al- though they have not been copied, they certainly de- serve to be so. Repeaters have of late been made with springs in place Repeaters of bells, which are a very ingenious substitute, it must be with spring: allowed, of Swiss invention, though they arc as superflu- {"jj"'*" °^ ous as bells. Considerable trcuble is necessary in mak- ing and placing them. They ought never to be recom- mended, if it could be avoided ; but we are often obli- ged to yield to the fashion of the day, even when it does not coincide with our own opinion. When three or more hammers are used to give the quarters, we then would admit springs in place of bells, as when they are well tuned, they give a most beautiful chime for the quarters: were bells introduced for this purpose, they would give a clumsy appearance to the watch. Julien Le Roy saw good reasons for setting aside the bell ; and no plan of a repeater will ever be superior or equal to that of his, which Graham frequently adopted in many of his watches, though hisrepeatingmotions were different; Ju- lien Le Roy's having what iscalled the plain, and Graham's the Slogden motion, a most ingenious contrivance, re- HOROLOGY. 147 Waufac*. voriL. vTC V. I. i biakiiup It. iMiiMliifi » wJ aa«pto<) tor halt quar- tew: Though we have hardly iter '~' ' ~ with it, yet it is not unknown t -.as appean tram Thiout's work, torn. ii. p. nil, plau xxxvL 6g. 3. Pari*, 1741. This repeating; motion must have mat its name from the inventor. Upon inquiring after Em when in London, in the year 1 770, we learned, with much regret, that he bad died a few months be- fore iu a charity work-house, at a very great age. The tiame appean to be German; but whether he was a fo- reigner or aafcngliafataan, we have not been able to 1— m. We shall now lay bcftre our r M iim a complete de- •cription of the repeating movement and motion-work t£ docks and watoici, which we have taken princi« pellv fran Bcethoud's Etsai nr L'Uorlogerie, ComtJ it. Ciocka that have a striking part, strike of themselves *^|^P^ '^ the hours, and some strike the hours and half hours ; j^^IJ^^J^ but tboM having a repeating part strike onl^ on a cord ■ad oKKMik- being polled, if it is a dock ; and if it u a watch, wImu the pendant or pusher is forced home ; thus two hammers strik* the hour and the qiuuncrs, which the hands point to on the dial. We shall see by the de- scription of a repeating clock, bow this is produced ; bat belbee doing so, we shall give a general idea of this ingenious mecheniam, which i« oeariy the same for a dock as (or a watch. In order to make a clock repeat the hour, ^see Plate CCCV. Fig. 2.) the cord X is dnwn which is wound - round the pulley P, fixed on the arbor ot the finrt wheel of a particular whed work, the safe otgect of which is to regulate the intervals between each blow at the hammer. The arbor at tbi* wheel has on it a hook, which take* hold of the inner end of the repeating tnain-sfiring oontained in the barrel U, Fig. 3. On this arbor is also a plain wheel G, Fig. 1. having li pins in it which serve to raise the hammers, twelve of them for the hours, and three for the qaartem The nnmher at blow* that the hour hemmar strikes, depends on the greater or lem course which the pin whed G is made to take when puUii^ the Mnl, and this course depends itself on the hour pointed at by the hand* on the did. Thus, if the cord u drawn wben it is twelve hours and three quar- ter*, the pin whed ie t M gt d to make an enUre rcvdu- tien i at this instant the wp e di i ig spring bring* it bMk. in whick woim it oakas the heoimiT give twdve blows i«r the hows, and then lime for the quartan. To diHiiigHish the ijiiarterB from the hovn, a acooad hammer is added, which, with the first, mafcea a double blow at each ipiarter. U mast now be shewn by what means the cmirse which the pin wheel take* is r^gnLoed on the cord being polled, and bow it is ptopertianed to the boor whicB the hand* |ioint to on the dial. A wheel S. or minute wheel, of the did work. Fig. S. has iu arbor nrolouge^wti oulaide of the back of the pil- lar plateu (In this case, and in cammon, the rsnitiiie work is put between the did and foreplate of the ImrnaL*) Itcarrieethepiei««A, Fig.3. the pin of wbidi c torn* the star whed £, which takes twelve hour* to goence round, and carries with it a piece L, called the komr tnaii, di- ridcd into twelve parts tending U> the ocntn of the star whed. Each oftbeseparufigrmsdifeantdepths, like as many steps, which gmditally come nearer the centre, and wliich serve to regiiliite the number of the hours which the Itamroer must strike. For tliis purpose the pullt-y 1' carrie.>< a pinion a, which pitches in with a portion of a wheel C, Fig. 2. called the rack. When the cord is pulled, and the rack is in consequence made to advance towards the snail, the arm 6 stops on such a step of the snail as it may meet with m its course ; and, according to the deptli of this step, the luunmer strikes a greater or less number of blows. It will strike only one hour if the arm b of the rack is stopped on the »tep 1 , tiie most di&tant one from the centre, as then the pin wheel getting only one of its pins engaged, the hammer strikes only one blow. If, on the contrary, the step 12, which is the deepest and nearest the centre, ia met by the arm b in its course, which cannot get there until the pin wheel shdl have made one turn, then the spring in the barrel bring- ing it back, will cause the hammer to give twelve blows. It remains to be seen how the quarters are repeated. Tlie piece /, Fig. 2. which turns the star wlieel, and takes one hour to make a revolution, is carried by another snail h (ntlled tlie iputrler tmiil, ) funned by four divisions, roakii^ three paths or steps, on one at which, when the cord ia pulled, the arm Q of a piece QD, called the Jb^tr, |daoes itself, and according as the step is nearer or farther from the centre of the snail, the end D of 4he finger finds itself more or lesaaaide from tile centre a of Uie pulley P ; so that when the pidl of the cord is finished, and the pulley returns by the force at the spring in the barrel, one of its four pins acts on thia finger, niundy, the one which it finds at a dista nce from ue eentn e, which answers to the eleva- tion of the arm D, and this is what determines the blows ibr the quarter* : thus wlicn the finger is aMiiad on the pin nearest the centra of the jmlbjr, the boor hammer strikea only tiie ntmiber at hoom that the snail L and the arm 6 of the rack hare determined, if the fimrer ia pUeed on the second pin, it does not stop the pulley till aAer the hour hammer has struck the hour, then a quarter, and so on for the three quarters. Having thna given an idea of the essentid parts of a repeater, let us now proceed to a particuhu- description of a complete repcaung deck with an anchor 'acape* mcnt. PlaU CCCV. Jigfc I. S, and 3. represent all the petU of a repeating dock, seen in plwo. Fig. I. re- nr«Mnu the wbedbi and piaeaa mntained widiin the name, or what an pat between the two plates, witli ifaeaotccptionertheanchor A, which is placed in this war, to shew the 'scanement. The wheels B, C, D, E, F, are those of the move- ment Bisthebarr:' " '-F) contains the dock inain- spriiM. The great tlxed to tlie bottom of the barrd B, aitd pitclic-s into the pinion of the wlied C, which is the great intermediate wheel. I> is the thtnl or the centre or minute whed. t £ the fourth wheel, or that where the oontrate wheel was uiuaUy pUccd. F the ratchet, or 'scanement wheel. I'he centre wli< < I 1) make* a nvobtian in an hour. The pinion on \ i.ii this whed is fixed, has i! rdongcd, wliich pas- ses through the fore pl» Thw arbor or pivot. Fig. 4. enters springtightmtothe cannon of tJie minute pipe whed ei. seen in penpectave, Fig. 5. which makes also, by this means, a turn in an honr. This caimon carries the miiuito hand ; and iu wheel m pitchee into Clocks nta Watcbe*. PtATK CCCV. Fig. «. Rrpriiio( clock Willi >n anchor '•caimnrnt. rLATE CCCV. 3. ♦. i. _ -- — . ms at ih* ■«Ma wmk. t m»ma aiii jim ihs asmsaT lb* sMooiag wImcI ; sad •hsi h« callt Um miauit la soanieiiiy to ami Isaum*. 148 HOROLOGY. Scpetktin;. Clocks. the returning or minute -wheel S, of the same number of teeth, and of the same diameter as the wheel m. The pinion of the wheel S makes twelve revolutions in the time tliat the hour wheel C makes one. The wheel V, which is one of the dial wheels, takes then t""elve hours to make one revolution, and is that which car- ries the hour hand. It must be observed, with regard to these three whieels, C, m, S, which are called dial wheels, that they are al- ways the same, wliether the clock is a striking one or a repeating one ; tlieir effect being, to cause the hour or dial wheel C to make a revolution in the space of twelve hours. The wheels G, L, M, N, Fig. 1. and the fly V, form the wheel work of the repeating part. The object of this wheel work, as has already been mentioned, is to regulate the interval between each blow of the hammer. The ratchet R, and the pin wheel G, are fixed on the same arbor in common with the wheel L, within whose centre it freely turns. The spring r, and the click c, are all placed on the wheel L. When the cord X, which is wound round the pulley P, Fig. 2. is pulled, the ratchet R, Fig. 3. fixed on the same arbor as the pulley, retrogrades, or goes back- ward, and the inclined planes of the teeth raise the end of the click at O. Then the repeating spring brings back the ratchet, whose teeth butt or stop against the end of the click, which carries about the wheel L, and the wheel work M, N, V : but while the ratchet R thus carries the wheel L, and while the pin wheel G, and the pulley P of Fig. 2. which are fixed on the same arbor, turn also, the pins of the wheel G act on the pieces m, n, Fig. I. whose arbors prolonged car- ry the hammers I, m. Fig. 2. Each piece m, n, is pressed by a spring, to bring forward the hammers, af- ter the pins had made them rise up or go backward. The spring r is only seen, which acts on the piece m ; that which acts on the piece ?j, is placed under the plate which carries the motion work. Fig. 2. The piece o serves to communicate the motion of that of m to the arbor or piece n, which carries the hour hammer. The piece, {bascule,) or see-saw mx, Fig. 1. is move- able on the arbor which carries the quarter hammer. On this arbor below m x, an arm like that of m moves, on which act the three pins placed on the under side of the wheel G, These three pins serve to raise the quar- ter hammer fixed on the arbor which carries the piece m. It is this hammer which the spring r presses. When the cord is pulled, the wheel G is made to go backward, the pins of which come to act on the back part of the arm m, which yields, and comes from vi to x. The small arm which is below for the quarters, makes the same motion ; and when the repeating spring brings back the wheel G, a small spring, which acts on these pieces m, obliges them to get engaged between the spaces of the pins, and to present the right planes on which these pins act to raise the hammers. The pulley P, Fig. 2. carries the pinion a, which pitches into the rack b C, the effect of which is, as has been said, to make the point b go upon the steps of the snail L, and determine the number of blows which the hour hammer must give. The star wheel E, and the snail L, are fixed together by two screws. This star moves on a screw stud V, Fig. 2. attached to the pieceTR, moveable itself in T. Thispiece forms, with the plate, a small frame, in which the star E and snail L turn. One of the radii or teeth of the star bears on the jumper Y, which is pressed by the spring g. When the pin c of the quarter snail turns the stJ^r wheel, the jumper Y moves out, receding from V the Repeating centre of the star, until the tooth of the star arrives at <^cks. tJie angle of the jumper, which happens when it has ^''^"^ made lialf of the way which it ought to do. Having p^cv'? escaped this angle, the inclined plane of the jumper j/jg. 9] pushes it as it were behind, and m.akes it precipitately finish the other half; so that from the changing of one hour to another, that of the star and of the snail is done in an instant, which is when the minute hand points to the 60th minute on the dial. The jumper finishing thus in turning the star, each tooth placed in c comes on the back of the pin c, and makes the surprise s, to which it is fixed, advance. The surprise is a thin plate, adjusted on the quarter snail ; it turns with it by means of the pin which comes through an opening made in the surprise ; the advance which the star wheel teeth causes the surprise to make, serves to prevent the arm Q of the finger from falling into the step S, which would make the three quarters be repeated when at the 60th minute. As soon as the star changes the hour, it then obliges the surprise to advance to receive the arm Q ; so that if the cord is pulled at this instant, the hammer will strike the precise hour. The arm Q and the finger are moveable on the same centre. When we have drawn the cord, and when the pins of the pulley have freed or left the finger at liberty, then the spring p makes the arm Q fall on the quarter snail, and the finger D presents itself to one or other of the pins in the pulley. These two pieces can turn one on the other, and be moved separately : This serves in the case where the arm Q going to fall on the step h of the quarter snail, and the finger D being enga- ged in the pins of the pulley, this arm bends a.id yields to the pins of the pulley, which at this in- stant cause it to retrograde or go backward ; it is ne- cessary that the pin for the present in hold can make the finger move separately from the piece Q. The spring B brings back the finger D, as soon as the pin has retrograded, so that it may present itself to the pin which stops for the hour alone, or for the quarter, if the arm falls on the step 1, &c. Having seen the most essential parts of the repetl- tion, there remains only one of which an idea must be given, and which we shall endeavour to make the read- er understand. This is the all or nothing, which has this property, that if the cord is not fully drawn, so as to make the arm b of the rack C press on the snail L, the hammer will not strike, so that by this ingenious me- chanism, the piece will repeat the exact hour, if other- wise it will not repeat at all. We have seen, that when the cord X is pulled, the pin wheel G, (Fig. 1.), oversets the piece m, and makes it come to x; and that before the hammer can strike,a small spring must bring back this piece m, to put it in holding with the pins ; alter that, it is easy to see that if, in place of allowing the piece m to take its situation, it were made to be still more overset, the repeating spring bringing back the pin wheel, the hammer would not strike while this piece remained overset; this is precise- ly the effect that the piece TR (Fig. 2.) produces, which is on that account called the all or nothing piece. This is effected in the following manner: The piece m ( Fig 1 . ) carries a pin, which goes through the plate by the opening o, (Fig. 2.) ; if we pull the cord, the pin wheel causes the piece m to move, as we have just now seen. The pin which it carries comes to press against the end o of the all or nothing piece, and sets it aside, so that the pin shall arrive at the extremi- HOROLOGY. 149 Rrpaatiac WMcfac*. PtATE i:ccv. 3, t, X CCCVI. ty, which is a little inclined : But the spring d tending to bring back the ann o, the inclined plane obliges the pin todescribe still a (mall space, which takes the arm ■I (Fig. I.) entirely out of the reach of the pins, so that the hammer cannot strike unles-i the pin is disen- gag«d from the end of the arm o To effect this, the arm at the rack niu5t come and press on the snail L, which moves on a stud V, fixed to the all or nothing piece TR. Now, in pressing the snail, the arm o of the pin is set aside, which getting free, gives liberty to the arm m to present itself to the pins of the wheel G, and to the hammers that of striking the honrs mod quarters given by the dial work and hards. The ratchet R (Fig. 3.) is that of the click and ratchet ir«iifc of the moTcment ; e u the click, r the spring. The ratchet Ri« pat on a square of the barrel arbor; this being prolonged, serves to wind up the spring by of a key ; B is the barrel in which the spring or nMthw force for the repetition must be put ; V is a •Crew, called the eccentric or pivot carrying piet-e : On the pert which enters with force into the plate, • ncde awt (Wen the centre of the arbor o( the screw • hole ia nurfe fur the pivot of the anchor A. In BMking this screw turn, the pivot of the arbor of the flBchor ia made to go fanhrr «• nearer the centre, and CWMqncntly the anchor itself, so that the points of the paDcIa take mere or lesa in, accardinr .i< i« reonired with the teeth of the 'Mapement wti. is theeock of the 'icapement, it rami rr«d H ewsp en de d . One attarhed tn the attiar e, which ia called maarr or rttnnt, (fast or slow) ; the other end of ttiia arbor goes through to the dial, and ia aqoar t-ive a small kcjr. By this means, we can t«ni -.- -;i>ar e to any side, so as >" )■ ■ '■ rot which this arbor carrira at the end where the fork i*. enter* into ■ hole made in the cock A, Fig. 9. Fig. 4. represents in perapectire the wheefD, whoae rerolation i« performed in an hoiir ; it is the arbor of it tha« carrica the wheel as of Fig. S. This wheel ai ia acen in penpact i se fai FW. 9. whose cannon aerrca to carry the minata hand. Pig. 8. rapaeaaim fai p e n pac ^ tive the whcd .S of Fig. 9. It is the whor of tMa whed proioMgcd, which paai i^ ta the metiaii work, catriaathaaMrtaranaa A.rif. S. The pinioR af tWa wheel 8, pHchea kilo d» hear wknl. aaaa in pewpec- tive in Fig. 7 : and it ia oa tha aodut af (kir wheel, thatthahoThaaJbaiWaHiJarfaaJ. It wiD ba aaan Aon «a ptceadhtg daacription, that the piecca of the repaying nation work are here placed eaidMbacfc af thepin« nkttc. Fladng then an the wphia will maka no JM k i a me. Wt tbtn now BTacaed tadMcribe a repeating watch Rcpeatine Watches. w naw sv^w «*-«»■■ vrv «w^«r ^^a^iBn ■■•«■ •■• rw the eock of the 'acaaenient, it rai ar yiiig, to which ue pendalan oftheendaoftheailk thread ia atu th a hw iauu U l ar cy li Bdrkal 'ac ap e m e nt of Tf raham'*. Wii» haa haea aaid caaoaming the repetitions in , or plain watch, If aawe wall nniWialaad, the laadii will have no dU- Bcahvin ■•-[-•*•-■"■ ff TtrTMiTtMwiwi afaiiiiiliiia wMch, which i. only an a aaidiaeBla what the dadtC an a great scale. Fig. I. ef Plate CCCVI. rrpreaenU the wbect-work «f tha lar aw t and of the WMti^ou, mmI all the piaoa whMi aro pM withfai the ftana |iliiii. There ita diKiwc t ion here between the whcelay-.thaac of the movement, or which serve to measure the time, as the wheels B. C, D, E, F, and those of the repetition, which serve to r^ulate Uie interval between the blows of the pTTte^ hammer: such are the wheels a. A, c, d, e,f, whose cccvi. asaemlilage is called the little wheel work, or runners. Fig. 1- The spring of the movement is contained in the bar- rel A ; B is the great or fusee wheel ; C the centre or second wheel, whose arbor prolonged carries the cannon pinion on which the minute hand is fitted .ind adjust- ed ; D is the third wheel ; E the fourth wheel ; and F the cylinder, 'scapemeni, or balance wheel. The fusee I is adjusted on the great wheel B, a spring-tight col- let and pin keeping the wheel to its place on the fusee ; the chain is wound round on the fusee, and holds like- wiae of the barrel. The hook O of the fusee serves to stop the hand, on the watch being full wound up, by the hook stopping against the end of the guard de gut stop (the name it got before tlie chain was put to the niaee; the modem name of it is the fusee stop,) €( Fig. 2.) pj— j ^ j. attached to the other plate ; its effect is the same as in the plain w.-itch. Fig. S. of PlateCCCII. represents the cylinder 'acapement, of which a description has al- ready been given in p. 127. B is the balance fixed on the cylinder ; F is tlie cy- linder wheel, which is represented as tending to act on the cylinder, and cause vibrations to be made by the balance. None of the pieces are drawn here, such as the cock, slid^, curb, and pendulum or spiral spring, as they would have rather made the 'scapenient part obac ure . The wheel work, or runners of the repetition, ia compoacd of five wheels, a, b, c, d, e, and of the pi- nion /*, and of four other pinions. The effect of this wheel work is to regulate the interval between each blow of the hammer ; so that if the first wheel a ia made to have 49 teeth, the second 6 36, the third r S3, the foarth d 90, and the fit\h e 25 ; and moreover, if all the pinions into which tliese wheels pitch have six leaves or teeth ; then in the time that the first wheel a makea a turn, the pinion /'will make 48t2J revolutions; but the ratctiet R, which the fir«t wheel a carries, is com- monly flivide bfows for the 12 hours. If. then, we di- vide 48 1 3 br 24, we shall have the number of turns that the fifui pinion makea (br each blow of the ham- mer, which give* (OOf tuma of the pinionyfor one tooth of the ratchet R. Tha iral wheel a, or great wheel of the striking part, c an im a dick and a *pring, on which act a small ratchet, pot aadar the ratchet wheel R, which forms click and ratchet wark, like what hm been acen in the first wheel oftharapetitian (PkteCCCV. Fig. \X which has the same use ; that b to my, when we push the pendant or poaher, the ratchet R rctragradea, without the wheel a lumiag ; and the apring which is in the barrel B (Fig. t. ) bringing back the ratchet R, on whoae arbor g, the inner end of the spring is hooked ; the small ratchet comes bun against the dick, and turns the whed a ; and the ratchet R makes the hammer M to strike, whoae arm m u engaged with the teeth of this ratchet. The «pring r attached to the plate (Fig. 2.) acts on the small part a of the arm ni (Fig. 1.) The effect of tfda apring ia to nrem the arm m against the teeth of tha ratchet i so toat when we make the watch to re- peat, the ratchet R retrogrades, and the spring r brings alwa3rs back the arm m, in order that the teeth of the ratchet may make the hammer to strike l.et us now on to the description of the motion work. Plate CCCVI. Fig. 9. repreacnts titat part of a repcaU Fig. S. 150 HOROLOGY. Repeating Witches. Plate OCCV£. Fig. *, er -which is called the dial or motion work. It is seen in the instant where the button or pendant is just pusli- e